Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Paper, Lumber & Forest Products / De La Rue plc

De La Rue plc

dlar · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker dlar
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Paper, Lumber & Forest Products
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · De La Rue plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
De La Rue plc 
Annual Report 
2023

About De La Rue

Authentication

Currency

De La Rue’s Authentication 
division enables governments 
and commercial organisations 
to protect their citizens and 
consumers, revenues and 
reputations. We provide 
high security digital and 
physical solutions, such 
as comprehensive supply 
chain traceability, physical 
authentication tokens and 
ID security components.

Our Currency division provides 
market-leading end-to-end 
currency solutions to over half 
the central banks and issuing 
authorities around the world, 
from finished banknotes to 
secure polymer substrate, 
banknote security features 
and design services.

Protecting goods, supply 
chains and identities

Secure, durable and 
sustainable banknotes that 
enable financial inclusion

–  Government Revenue

Solutions

– Brand Protection
–  ID Security Solutions

– Banknotes
– Design services
– Polymer substrate
– Security features

Revenue

£91.7m
+1.6%

Revenue

£254.6m
-9.4%

For more information:
delarue.com/authentication 

For more information:
delarue.com/currency 

Who we are
De La Rue provides 
governments and commercial 
organisations with products 
and services that underpin the 
integrity of trade, personal 
identity and the movement 
of goods.

With a rich history dating back 
over 200 years, we have built 
strong relationships with 
governments, international 
brands and central banks 
around the world, developing 
leading-edge traceability 
software while staying at the 
forefront of material science 
and design.

What we do
Our highly secure digital and 
physical solutions provide 
surety and control. Our digital 
authentication solutions 
provide transparency, 
engagement and control 
across supply chains. 
Our physical features and 
documents leverage our 
design expertise to meet the 
needs of a diverse range of 
stakeholders and scenarios.

Our purpose is to 
secure trust between 
people, businesses 
and governments

At De La Rue, we are driven by a desire to enable businesses and 
individuals to participate securely in the global economy, and to 
protect them from the impact of counterfeiting and illicit trade. 
We do this by producing secure documents, providing international 
support, and offering physical and digital tools that authenticate 
goods and protect identities.

Why it matters
Strong economies and thriving societies 
require trust. Counterfeits and illicit 
trade represent a multi-trillion dollar 
issue and 3.3% of global trade, with the 
potential to undermine that trust. Our 
solutions help to secure trust and both 
physical and digital solutions play an 
important role in this. 

Our digital authentication solutions 
provide transparency, engagement and 
control across supply chains.

However 5 billion people are not 
connected or poorly connected online. 
To put the global digital infrastructure in 
place to connect them would require 
over $400bn. 

Physical banknotes include everyone 
financially, while contributing towards a 
more resilient payments landscape and 
protecting the fundamental right to 
privacy. Tax stamps, brand protection 
physical tokens and passports provide 
standalone off-line surety and enable 
quick visual authentication.

Contents
IFC  About/Highlights

Strategic report
4 
Our markets
10  CEO review
16  Our business model
18  Our strategy
20 

21 
24 

46 

 Engaging with our 
stakeholders
 Section 172 Statement
 Responsible business 
report
 Key performance 
indicators
Financial review
Risk and risk management

50 
56 
64  Viability statement

Governance report
70 

72 
74 
78 

 Board statement on 
corporate governance 
Board of Directors 
 Governance at a glance
 Board leadership and 
company purpose
80  Division of responsibilities 
83 
 Composition, succession 
and evaluation
 Audit, risk and internal 
control
101  Remuneration
128  Directors’ report
133 

 Directors’ responsibility 
statement 

88 

Financial statements
136 

 Independent Auditor’s 
Report 
 Consolidated income 
statement
 Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income
 Consolidated balance 
sheet
 Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity
 Consolidated cash flow 
statement

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

207 

151  Accounting policies
161  Notes to the accounts
205  Company balance sheet
206 
 Company statement of 
changes in equity
 Accounting policies 
– Company 
 Notes to the accounts 
– Company 
211  Non-IFRS measures 
214  Five year record 
215  Shareholder information 

209 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

1

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsStrategic report

2

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

10bn+

unique products 
are tracked annually, 
via our digital 
traceability systems 

60%

of all commercially 
printed banknotes  
designed by De La Rue 
since 2020

Authentication
Page 11

Currency
Page 12

Why invest?
Page 15

CEO review
Page 10

4 
  Our markets
10    CEO review
16    Our business model
18    Our strategy
20   
 Engaging with our stakeholders
21   
 Section 172 statement
24    Responsible business report
46   Key performance indicators 
50    Financial review 
56    Risk and risk management
64   Viability statement

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

3

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsOur markets 

We are ideally 
placed to benefit 
from future growth 
in our markets

De La Rue operates in a truly global 
market, with customers in every continent 
other than Antarctica. In countries where 
we have customers, it is hard to find a 
consumer without one of our products in 
their pocket or bag. Both Authentication 
and Currency divisions are therefore 
subject to a range of global trends.

Group revenue split per region

140

countries in which we 
have customers

30

countries with 
SAFEGUARD® polymer 
substrate banknotes

48 

countries signed to World 
Health Organization 
Framework Convention 
on Tobacco Control but 
without compliant tax 
stamp scheme 

Read more:
CEO review – page 10
Our business model – page 16
Our strategy – page 18

16%

UK

20%

Rest of Europe

7%

The Americas

42%

Middle East  
and Africa

11%

Asia

4

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

4%

Australasia

Banknotes 
maintain 
dominance 
in the global 
payments 
landscape

Currency:  
Banknote demand

Why use banknotes in the 
21st century?
 – Privacy, including protection from 

identity theft

 – Does not require electricity or 

internet access

 – Needs no change of habit or 
additional education to use 
new technology

 – Acts as a storage of value, 

particularly in difficult times

 – Increases margins, particularly for 
small businesses, due to lower 
transaction fees
 – Can help budgeting
 – Sustainable – uses only 17.5% of 

the energy consumed by the global 
payments industry, according to 
the IMF

Electronic payment methods 
remain out of reach for many 
 – 1.4bn do not have a bank account¹
 – 5bn have poor or no internet 

access²

 – 43% of adults in developing 
countries have not made a 
digital payment¹

 – 65 countries pay at least a quarter 

of their adults in cash¹

 – Over $400bn needed, mostly in 

emerging market economies, to get 
a global digital infrastructure in 
place according to IMF²

Demand for banknotes is 
driven by three things:
 – To increase the value of cash 

in circulation

 – To transition to a new series 

of banknotes

 – To replace banknotes that have 

reached the end of their useful life

Value of cash in circulation 
continues to increase
 – 4.9% increase in the volume of 
banknotes in circulation in 2022

 – 96 of 98 issuing authorities 

surveyed saw an increase in cash in 
circulation March 2023 vs 2020
 – Inflation was over 10% in 71 countries 

in 2022

 – Growth in the absolute number of 
transactions, caused by a growing 
and more economically active 
population, also increases use 
of cash

Benefits of polymer substrate
Ten years ago De La Rue introduced 
SAFEGUARD® polymer substrate and 
remains one of the two substantial 
manufacturers in this growing market. 
Compared to paper, polymer 
banknotes are: 
 – more durable
 – harder to counterfeit, particularly 

through use of transparent windows

 – more easily recycled
 – more accessible as they can 
incorporate durable blind 
recognition functionality

Banknote series are renewed every 
7 to 10 years on average, to remain 
ahead of counterfeiters. Often the old 
notes are replaced rather than being 
allowed to wear out.

Annual demand for commercially 
printed banknotes (in billions)

De La Rue is the largest commercial 
designer of banknotes, creating 60% 
of new designs since 2020. We saw 
an increase in new design requests 
in FY23, an early indicator that 
several banknote series are about 
to be upgraded.

Notes:
1. 
2. 

 Global Findex 2021 survey
 IMF Spring Meeting 2023: Analytical Corner: Tackling 
the Digital Divide

For more information:
delarue.com/currency

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

5

FY04FY11FY08FY17FY20FY14FY23302520151050Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsOur markets continued

Authentication:  
Global counterfeits and illicit trade

The proliferation of illicit 
economic activity is a key 
global risk according to the 
World Economic Forum

Illicit economic activity:
 – undermines excise revenues 
 – damages businesses
 – harms consumers 
 – benefits criminals, including 

funding terrorism

 – innovation is not rewarded 
 – goods are produced and 

supplied without needing to 
meet the health, safety, legal or 
environmental requirements of 
a legitimate supplier

Governments need to minimise the 
impact of illicit trade and protect tax 
revenue and identities in order to:
 – fulfil a financial and moral duty
 – meet legal obligations, such as the 
WHO Framework Convention on 
Tobacco Control

 – decrease tax leakage and so 

generate revenue

 – provide security for jobs, increase 
trade and protect the health and 
wellbeing of their citizens

Countries that fail to build strong tax 
administrations are missing a 
‘tremendous opportunity to improve 
the quality of life for their citizens. 
In a rapidly developing economy, 
a 10 to 15% increase in tax revenues 
often translates into an ability to 
double expenditures on, for example, 
health care or education’ according 
to McKinsey1. 

The size of the problem
 – Sale of counterfeit and pirated 
goods represents somewhere 
between $1.7trn and $4.5trn per 
annum according to the US Patent 
and Trademark Office

 – 2.5% of all global trade per OECD
 – 5.8% of all goods entering the EU 
– across all channels – are illicit2 
 – 25.8% of global alcohol consumption 

involves illicit products3 

 – Estimated to cost 2.5m jobs 

every year

 – All industries are impacted
 – Rise of e-commerce, social media 
platforms and cryptocurrencies 
provide fertile grounds for the sale 
of counterfeit goods

 – Weak and disrupted supply chains 

also provide avenues for counterfeits 
to enter legitimate channels

Types of illicit trade
 – Smuggling is the movement of 

products between tax jurisdictions

 – Counterfeiting involves the 

production of fake goods, often 
at scale

 – Tax evasion arises from undeclared 
goods, overproduction in country or 
falsification of shipping and taxation 
documents, allowing criminals to 
take advantage of different tax 
levels between territories, without 
necessarily moving products

Impacts of illicit trade
Risk to life and public health: 
 – 1 in 10 medical products in low and 

middle income countries are 
substandard or counterfeit 
according to WHO

Risk to livelihood:
 – Africa loses up to 70% of food 

production because of low-quality 
or counterfeit seeds

 – Non-genuine pesticides account 
for around 30% of the domestic 
agrochemical market in India
 – A threat to international security
 – Financing of organised crime 

and terrorism4

 – Economic losses and destabilisation 

of legitimate industries
 – Environmental damage
 – Intellectual property infringement

6

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Preventing illicit trade
 – Digital traceability is essential to 

combat smuggling

 – Physical tokens, increasingly in 

combination with digital solutions, 
help distinguish real products from 
fake ones

 – Volume verification of production, 
through the use of tax markings 
and data analytics, ensures that 
excise revenues are correctly 
aligned with the actual volume 
of goods manufactured

 – Protection of travel documents to 
protect supply chains from bad 
actors and aid law enforcement

De La Rue provides digital and physical 
end-to-end authentication solutions 
that are reliable, adaptable, and rapid 
to implement to protect revenue 
and reputations. 

We offer comprehensive traceability 
software which, together with physical 
security token and documents, make 
our expertise in preventing illicit and 
counterfeit trade world class.

Notes:
1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

 McKinsey & Company – Unlocking tax-revenue 
collection in rapidly growing markets 
http://www.mckinsey.com/insights/public_sector/
ten_quick_steps_to_unlocking_taxrevenue_
collection_in_rapidly_growing_markets
 https://dfworldcouncil.com/wp-content/
uploads/2022/09/TTS-Duty-Free-paper-2022_
FINAL.pdf
 “Size and Shape of the Global Illicit Alcohol Market”, 
Euromonitor International (2018)
 https://www.un.org/securitycouncil/ctc/sites/
www.un.org.securitycouncil.ctc/files/ctc_cted_
factsheet_cft_oct_2021.pdf

For more information:
delarue.com/authentication

Global macro trends

Trend:
Rise in electronic payments

Trend:
Rise in online purchases

Trend:
Move to digital from 
physical solutions

Why this is important
Online purchases are rising generally. 
Without the ability to physically inspect 
goods at the point of sale, this offers 
more potential for counterfeiters. 
The rise in online shopping is linked to 
increases in counterfeit and illicit trade, 
creating significant issues for brand 
owners and governments hoping to 
reduce this activity.

Our response
De La Rue’s brand protection solutions 
and tax excise schemes provide ways of 
verifying genuine products, combating 
the spread of counterfeit goods.

Why this is important
There is a trend towards providing 
digital solutions, either in combination 
with traditional physical ones or as 
stand-alone solutions. Our digital 
products must evolve to keep pace 
with technological advances and our 
physical solutions need to interact 
seamlessly with them.

Our response
Within Authentication, our solutions 
are now digital enabled or digital based. 
Our Government Revenue Solutions 
(GRS)and Brand systems, DLR Certify™ 
and Traceology®, offer digitally enabled 
end-to-end track and trace systems 
together with customer digital 
verification. Our solutions are designed 
with the needs of all stakeholders along 
the supply chain in mind and built on 
the best technological solution to deliver 
against their needs. Our solutions are 
fast to use and easy to implement.

Why this is important
The rise in electronic payments is driven 
by technological advancements and 
changing consumer behaviour. This is 
expected to continue as a steady trend. 
In a minority of countries, such as the UK, 
concerns about access to cash in the 
future are triggering protective measures 
and laws. 

Our response
While increasing electronic payments 
represent more of a risk than an 
opportunity for the Currency business 
of De La Rue, in many of the significant 
countries in which De La Rue operates, 
the infrastructure, cultural habits and 
global financial literacy levels mean 
rapid changes are not expected:
– For central banks and governments
recognising that cash will have
a significant role to play even in
a less-cash society, De La Rue’s
SAFEGUARD® polymer banknotes
offer a more cost-effective solution to
maintaining a functioning cash cycle,
compared with paper banknotes.
– De La Rue is keeping a watching brief
over the rise of digital currencies and
is pro-active in influencing 
discussions about access to cash and
central bank digital currencies.

People without a bank account 

Percentage of retail sales made online in UK

1.4bn* 

*  Source: World Bank

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019 2020 2021

2022

Source: Office for National Statistics

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

7

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsOur markets continued

Global macro trends

Trend:
Inflation

Trend:
Population growth in 
developing countries

Trend:
Aftermath of Covid-19

Trend:

Increasing sophistication 

of counterfeiters

Why this is important
Many countries are experiencing a 
resurgence of inflation as the world 
recovers from the Covid-19 pandemic, 
exacerbated by rapidly rising energy 
prices following Russia’s invasion 
of Ukraine.

Why this is important
Populations are still growing in developing 
countries. This leads to a greater need 
for goods, services and identification 
documents and helps sustain the use 
of cash over time.

Why this is important
Many countries stocked up with 
banknotes at the beginning of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. Several of these 
used up foreign currency reserves during 
the pandemic and now have little hard 
currency in reserve to replace banknotes.

Our response
De La Rue is well placed geographically 
to provide banknotes for most countries 
where cash will remain a significant 
payment tool. We are also well-placed 
to deliver solutions for the growing 
markets for excisable goods and 
identification documents that population 
growth brings.

Our response
Currency volumes have been subdued. 
We are repositioning our operations 
within this division to optimise efficiency 
during this time of low banknote 
demand, while retaining the ability 
to scale up operations when the 
market returns.

Percentage revenue from Asia, Middle East 
and Africa 

Estimated fall in commercially produced 
banknotes in 2022 

53%

c.15-20%

Annual trade in counterfeit and  

pirated goods

$1.7trn+*

Our response
Inflation is both a challenge and an 
opportunity for De La Rue. 

Inflation provides us with cost challenges. 
We have reduced our FY23 cost risk by 
managing existing suppliers, realigning 
and dual sourcing. We also fixed our UK 
energy costs substantially below both 
spot prices and the Government’s winter 
price cap.

Inflation also provides an opportunity to 
our Currency division. Countries with high 
levels of inflation require more banknotes 
as the purchasing power of a single 
denomination drops and ‘storage-of-
value’ banknotes become transactional. 
Some countries need to introduce higher 
value banknotes to keep their cash 
volumes at manageable levels.

Rise in currency in circulation

1.8

1.6

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

2020

2021

2022

Lines represent selected De La Rue customers. 
Value relative to value in circulation at 1 Jan 2020 = 1.   
Source: IMF IFS Currency in Circulation

8

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Why this is important

Counterfeiters are becoming ever 

more sophisticated over time and take 

advantage of the developments in 

commercially available equipment and 

materials to produce additional and 

more realistic fake products. Counterfeit 

goods undermine consumer trust, 

expose consumers to greater risk and 

weaken economies. 

Our response

Whether it is the use of laminated 

polycarbonate in the production of ID 

documents or the use of increasingly 

sophisticated combinations of 

components in banknotes, all De La Rue 

products and solutions are designed 

with the aim of deterring counterfeiters. 

Our solutions are extremely challenging, 

and consequently expensive, for 

counterfeiters to simulate.

Global macro trends

Case study:   
Authentication

Trend:

Inflation

Trend:

Population growth in 

developing countries

Trend:

Aftermath of Covid-19

Trend:
Increasing sophistication 
of counterfeiters

Our track and trace software 
systems read billions of unique DLR 
codes with sub-second response times

Why this is important

Many countries are experiencing a 

resurgence of inflation as the world 

Why this is important

Why this is important

Populations are still growing in developing 

Many countries stocked up with 

countries. This leads to a greater need 

banknotes at the beginning of the 

recovers from the Covid-19 pandemic, 

for goods, services and identification 

Covid-19 pandemic. Several of these 

exacerbated by rapidly rising energy 

documents and helps sustain the use 

used up foreign currency reserves during 

prices following Russia’s invasion 

of cash over time.

of Ukraine.

the pandemic and now have little hard 

currency in reserve to replace banknotes.

Our response

Our response

Our response

Inflation is both a challenge and an 

De La Rue is well placed geographically 

Currency volumes have been subdued. 

opportunity for De La Rue. 

to provide banknotes for most countries 

We are repositioning our operations 

where cash will remain a significant 

within this division to optimise efficiency 

Inflation provides us with cost challenges. 

payment tool. We are also well-placed 

during this time of low banknote 

We have reduced our FY23 cost risk by 

to deliver solutions for the growing 

managing existing suppliers, realigning 

markets for excisable goods and 

demand, while retaining the ability 

to scale up operations when the 

and dual sourcing. We also fixed our UK 

identification documents that population 

market returns.

energy costs substantially below both 

growth brings.

spot prices and the Government’s winter 

price cap.

Inflation also provides an opportunity to 

our Currency division. Countries with high 

levels of inflation require more banknotes 

as the purchasing power of a single 

denomination drops and ‘storage-of-

value’ banknotes become transactional. 

Some countries need to introduce higher 

value banknotes to keep their cash 

volumes at manageable levels.

Rise in currency in circulation

Percentage revenue from Asia, Middle East 

Estimated fall in commercially produced 

and Africa 

53%

banknotes in 2022 

c.15-20%

Why this is important
Counterfeiters are becoming ever 
more sophisticated over time and take 
advantage of the developments in 
commercially available equipment and 
materials to produce additional and 
more realistic fake products. Counterfeit 
goods undermine consumer trust, 
expose consumers to greater risk and 
weaken economies. 

Our response
Whether it is the use of laminated 
polycarbonate in the production of ID 
documents or the use of increasingly 
sophisticated combinations of 
components in banknotes, all De La Rue 
products and solutions are designed 
with the aim of deterring counterfeiters. 
Our solutions are extremely challenging, 
and consequently expensive, for 
counterfeiters to simulate.

Annual trade in counterfeit and  
pirated goods

$1.7trn+*

*  Source: US Patent and Trademark Office

Within DLR Certify™, enforcement 
teams can rapidly read the DLR codes 
to confirm authentic product and that 
duty has been paid. For both systems, 
consumers can use a smartphone 
app to reassure them that goods 
are genuine.

DLR Certify™ and Traceology®
De La Rue has two proprietary 
software systems for the tracking 
and tracing of goods. 

DLR Certify™ manages products 
covered by our GRS schemes and is 
compliant with the WHO FCTC. Our 
brand protection schemes use our 
Traceology® system. 

Both systems trace goods through the 
supply chain to end user by assigning 
a unique code to each product.

Case study:   
Currency

100 notes are now on our 
SAFEGUARD® polymer substrate 

Continued conversion of banknotes 
to polymer
The introduction of SAFEGUARD® 
ten years ago marked an acceleration 
in the rate that central banks converted 
to polymer, providing a second source 
of supply and removing any business 
continuity risks. The recently 
introduced new Jamaican series of 
banknotes marked SAFEGUARD® 
tipping over 100 notes.

The launch of the first two 
SAFEGUARD® Egyptian banknotes and 
continuation of the UAE series on to 
polymer demonstrates De La Rue’s 
strategy to grow revenue by selling 
more to state print works. 

The move towards ASSURE™ level three 
covert taggant, only detectable by 
central banks, embedded in the core of 
SAFEGUARD® opens up new customers. 
Polymer now offers every type of 
security provided by paper substrate.

Number of Polymer Denominations 
in Circulation

250

200

150

100

50

0

2013
Safeguard
 launches

1990

1995

2000

2005

2010 2015

2020

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

9

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements CEO review

Well positioned  
in growing markets

The actions we have taken over the 
past few months, implementing a range 
of initiatives about which we provide 
further detail below have stabilised 
the Company. Specifically, we have 
renegotiated terms with our lenders, 
leading to covenant relaxation, and 
agreed a substantial deferral to our 
pension deficit repair contributions. 
These factors have allowed us to remove 
the ‘material uncertainty’ cited at the 
Interims in November 2022, and to 
reiterate our guidance for adjusted 
operating profit for FY24.

We set out below more detail on these 
recent initiatives, together with narrative 
on the results for FY23, where adjusted 
operating profit and net debt for the 
FY23 were in line with guidance 
previously given in April 2023.

In FY23 the Currency division was 
profitable at the adjusted operating 
profit level, generating £13.6m despite 
the low levels of demand across the 
industry. This compares with £19.5m in 
FY22, but demonstrates a continuation 
of our commitment, made in FY20, that 
the Currency division will be profitable 
at this level during downturns, breaking 
the historical cycle of losses during 
market lows.

Amended bank facilities
Following extensive negotiations with 
our banking syndicate, we have agreed 
revised terms, which include substantial 
relaxations of the covenant ratios to 
which we have hitherto been subject. 
This reflects the reality of the higher 
interest rate environment in which 
we now find ourselves, given recent 
increases in base rates, which rose 
350bps over the course of FY23 and, 
with inflation still at high levels, the 
prospect of further rises still to come.

We would like to thank our lenders for 
their understanding and pragmatism 
in reaching this revised agreement, 
recognising the challenging competitive 
and global economic environment in 
which we are operating.

For the remainder of the term of the 
loan, which runs to 1 January 2025, 
the interest covenant ratio to which 
De La Rue is subject has been relaxed to 
a minimum of 1.0 times from its current 
minimum of 3.0 times. The limit on the 
gearing covenant ratio is relaxed to a 
maximum of 4.0 times until March 2024 
and then 3.6 times for the remaining life 
of the facility. For comparison, at the end 
of FY23 our interest cover ratio stood at 
3.03 and our gearing ratio at 2.21.

An additional liquidity covenant will be 
introduced, requiring De La Rue to 
maintain ‘headroom’ of at least £25m 
on its £175m facilities. 

The new facility is subject to a 1% 
arrangement fee, reduced to 0.5% if 
the facilities are refinanced prior to 
31 December 2023. It is payable on 
the earlier of 1 January 2025 or the 
refinancing of the facility. However, the 
margin that we pay at any particular 
gearing ratio will not be changing, other 
than recognising additional rachets given 
the higher ceiling this ratio now has.

Further details of the terms of the new 
facility are given within the Financial 
Review section on pages 50 to 55.

We remain focused on generating free 
cash flow to reduce the average level 
of debt.

Clive Vacher
Chief Executive Officer

Following a significant 
downturn in Currency 
demand over the past 
18 months, there are 
encouraging signs of 
recovery. In addition, 
our Authentication division 
is on track for significant 
revenue growth in FY24.

10

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Authentication

In FY23 the Authentication division 
produced an adjusted operating profit 
of £14.3m (FY22: £16.3m) on revenue of 
£91.7m (FY22: £90.3m).

In FY23 the division benefited from 
significant revenue from the contract to 
supply ID datapages for the new Australian 
passport. The division also onboarded 
new GRS schemes in Bahrain, Oman and 
Qatar, with all three schemes generating 
revenue from the first half of FY23.

With these three latest schemes on 
board, De La Rue now runs Framework 
Convention for Tobacco Control (FCTC) 
compliant schemes across all countries 
that have implemented a scheme in the 
Gulf Cooperation Council area (totalling 
five out of the six countries in the bloc), 
a 100% win rate. Our other Government 
Revenue Solutions contracts performed 
as expected.

In the Brand segment our business with 
Microsoft was impacted by the fall in 
PC sales globally, with International Data 
Corporation (IDC) noting a 16.5% year on 
year fall in PC demand/shipments in 
2022, and a 29% drop in the first calendar 
quarter of 2023, compared to the same 
quarter in 2022.

Adjusted operating profit was impacted 
by sales mix, and the division also 
attracted a greater proportion of central 
overheads, having generated a greater 
proportion of Group revenue in the year.

The arrival of Dave Sharratt as the 
Managing Director, Authentication in 
September 2022 has reinvigorated and 
refocused marketing and sales efforts 
within the division. The immediate focus 
in GRS is now on expanding the offering 
in territories where we already have 
arrangements in place, to cover other 
excisable goods, with e-cigarettes, 
sweetened juices, mobile phones and 
beauty products all being discussed as 
additional product types. Three GCC 
countries have already committed to 
cover soft drinks. In addition, we have 
recently secured multi-year GRS contract 
renewals with countries across Europe 
and Africa, securing our existing revenue 
for future years.

Within GRS, the World Health Organization 
has been pushing signatories of their 
FCTC for compliance by the promised 
dates (for example at the Meeting of the 
Parties in October 2022). Linked to this, 
our level of pre-sales activity is also 
increasing: we are in direct conversation 
with multiple countries in our focus 

regions of Africa and the Middle East who 
have expressed an intention to tender for 
Digital Tax Stamp solutions within the 
next 18 months. Our win rate for tenders 
in this space since 2020 is over 50%.

In Brand protection we are targeting 
expansion of the customer base, with 
investment in the sales force and 
implementation of a partner model to 
boost opportunities. This approach is 
already bearing fruit, with three-year 
contracts recently agreed with a 
multinational pharmaceutical company 
and a wholesale parts manufacturer. 
A strong pipeline of further opportunities 
is being explored.

Our ID business secured a significant 
boost during FY23 when we agreed an 
extension to the contract to manufacture 
datapages for Australian passports from 
five to 10 years out to 2032, building on 
our success to date in fulfilling the needs 
of the Australian Passport Office (“APO”).

Based on that commitment, we have 
invested in a second line to produce 
polycarbonate datapages for ID 
documents in Malta. This is now fully 
operational, with available capacity 
initially earmarked to allow the APO to 
build up buffer stocks.

The commissioning of the ID data page 
second line is the first fully-implemented 
part of our Malta expansion. The remaining 
expansion for the Authentication division 
will considerably increase our capacity 
for printing tax stamps and is expected 
to be fully operational by the second half 
of FY24.

Our software capabilities, with our DLR 
Certify™ and Traceology® systems 
allow end-to-end track and tracing 
of De La Rue authenticated products. 
These form a significant part of our 
Authentication offering. Shortly after 
Dave Sharratt joined De La Rue, he 
requested a thorough review of our 
software development operation. 
Following this review we have mothballed 
two projects, resulting in a £2.9m 
exceptional write down. However, this 
has allowed our team to focus on the 
core business and our strategic direction 
allows concentration on the areas that 
give us the greatest future return.

For more information:
delarue.com/authentication

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

11

Our systems 
track billions  
of products with 
sub-second 
response times 
through supply 
chain from 
manufacturer  
to end-user

100%

of tax stamp schemes in Gulf 
Cooperation Council area are 
De La Rue schemes

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsCEO review continued

Currency

Maximising efficiency 
and flexibility 
throughout this 
transformation

60%

Commercially printed banknotes 
designed by De La Rue since 2020

+4.9%

Growth in cash in circulation 
2021 to 2022

The Currency division in FY23 saw 
revenues fall to £254.6m (FY22: £280.9m) 
and saw an adjusted operating profit of 
£13.6m (FY22: £19.5m).

Currency was impacted by the downturn 
in activity in the wake of the Covid 
pandemic when central banks stocked 
up with currency, and subsequently the 
global economic slowdown. This is an 
industry-wide trend, as evidenced by 
recent public statements made by a 
number of competitor companies. This is 
also evidenced by our win rate on bids, 
which remains at the same high level as 
it has been since we implemented the 
initial changes back in FY20 and FY21. The 
amount of cash in circulation continues 
to rise, growing 4.9% between 2021 and 
2022, indicating that central banks have 
been working down the banknote 
inventory buffer they built in response 
to the Covid pandemic.

We entered FY24 with the total order 
book at £136.8m (25 March 2022: 
£170.8m) and the 12-month order book 
at £131.7m (25 March 2022: £163.5m). 
There are now encouraging signs that 
the market is recovering, with strong bid 
activity, a continuing positive win rate, 
and the substantial majority of FY24 
banknote print orders already awarded. 
These include recent wins, especially in 
Africa, the Middle East and Asia, that have 
been received since the end of FY23.

In 2020 we made a clear pledge to 
transform Currency, so that it is profitable 
on an adjusted operating profit basis 
even in downturns. While it is accepted 
that Currency has fallen short of 
expectations in recent times, the FY23 
results of this division bear out that 
pledge. In FY20, the Currency division 
demonstrated an adjusted operating loss 
of £9.4m. In the three subsequent years, 
FY21 to FY23, the division’s adjusted 
operating profits have been £16.2m, 
£19.5m and £13.6m respectively. This 
includes the severe downturn in FY23, 
from which the market is beginning 
to recover. 

De La Rue has significantly enhanced 
its competitiveness, refining its 
manufacturing footprint and cost base, 
and is well positioned for when the 
market returns.

The termination of the long-term supply 
agreement for banknote paper with 
Portals in July 2022, eliminating £119m in 
commitments for a cash payment of 
£16.7m represented a further step in our 
transformation. We give more detail on 
this and progress on paper tendering 
below. The recently completed wind 
down of the Kenyan facility further 
right-sizes our manufacturing facilities, 
focusing on those with the greatest 
capability, while maintaining De La Rue’s 
position as the number one commercial 
printer of banknotes worldwide.

The expansion of our Malta site, where 
our new Currency operations will 
progressively come online from the 
first half of FY25, further refines that 
operational flexibility.

For more information:
delarue.com/currency

12

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Kenya
As referenced above, in January 2023, 
the Group determined that, owing to 
current market demand, and no 
expectation of new banknote orders 
from the Central Bank of Kenya for a 
considerable period, De La Rue Kenya 
(a joint venture with the Government 
of Kenya) would suspend banknote 
printing operations in the country. 
Furthermore, operations in our 
Authentication division in Kenya have 
been wound down.

As a result of the review of the business 
in Kenya, an exceptional charge of 
£12.6m (FY22: £nil) was made in FY23. 
This included redundancy charges of 
£5.5m, property, plant and equipment 
asset impairments of £4.9m, and 
inventory impairments of £2.0m

Deferral of pension deficit 
reduction contributions
We have also successfully concluded 
negotiations with the Trustee of the 
De La Rue Pension Fund, overseen by 
the Pensions Regulator, to defer £18.75m 
of deficit reduction contributions. 

The Trustee has agreed that we will defer 
our deficit reduction contributions of 
£3.75m per quarter from that due on 
5 April 2023, up to and including the 
payment that was due on 5 April 2024, 
less an amount equivalent to the 
arrangement fee agreed with our lenders 
on the covenant package, due on or after 
5 April 2024. During the second quarter 
of FY25, deficit reduction contributions 
will recommence at the rate of £3.75m 
per quarter. ‘Catch up’ payments, to put 
the Scheme in funds for the £17.5m 
deferred, will start from July 2025 and 
will continue from FY26 to FY29. 

The next actuarial valuation of the 
scheme is due based on the funding 
position as of April 2024.

This deferral significantly eases the 
short-term cash outflow for the business 
and builds upon the actions previously 
taken, such as the March 2022 
agreement with the Pension Scheme 
Trustees to lower cash payments that 
fund the pension deficit. After the 
deferral expires, cash payments to repair 
the pension deficit will still be £9.5m per 
annum lower than they would have been 
without this March 2022 agreement.

Going concern 
The agreements with our banking 
syndicate and the pension fund trustee 
are key elements in the Directors’ 
assessment of going concern, which 
has concluded that there is no material 
uncertainty with respect to going 
concern. A full description of the process 
and judgements made in reaching this 
conclusion is set out in Going Concern 
on pages 65 to 67.

Divisional performance
We set out on pages 11 and 12 more detail 
on the trading during FY23 and since 
year end within each division of 
the business.

Cost base
We made substantial progress during the 
year in limiting supply chain headwinds 
in a period which saw a step change in 
global rates of inflation. We used a 
combination of dual sourcing, tendering 
and robust negotiation to maintain a 
competitive raw material price base. 
Our UK energy costs are fixed to at least 
September 2024, providing us with a 
good degree of forward cost visibility.

The termination of the contract with 
Portals Paper to supply banknote paper 
in July 2022 marked another step in our 
journey to resolve the legacy issues that 
have impacted the efficiency of the 
business. We have since qualified multiple 
additional suppliers and validated the 
predicted future cost savings.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

13

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsCEO review continued

Malta
The substantial expansion to our Malta 
facility is progressing well. An additional 
line producing ID datapages is now fully 
operational and the remaining additional 
Authentication space should be 
completed in the second half of FY24. 
The Currency facilities, including a new 
vault, should be ready in FY25.

When complete, the new facilities will 
substantially increase our capacity 
within Authentication and add 
significantly to our Currency capabilities 
within Malta.

Conclusion
I would like to express my thanks to my 
colleagues throughout the Group, who 
have remained focused and resilient 
through significant changes in the 
business, and through a historically low 
demand period in Currency. As we go 
forward, we will redouble our efforts to 
develop the Company, with a strong 
operational plan, now underpinned by 
the amendment to the banking 
arrangement, a deferral of immediate 
pension contributions, and a going 
concern assessment that has not 
identified any ‘material uncertainty’.

FY23 has been a challenging year for 
the Company and its stakeholders. 
We remain resolute in our determination 
to build on the ongoing transformation 
actions and create a positive future.

Clive Vacher
Chief Executive Officer

29 June 2023

Outlook
As noted above, despite the low order 
book going into FY24, there are 
encouraging signs that the Currency 
market is recovering. We expect revenue 
in the Authentication division to exceed 
£100m for the first time in FY24, driven 
by existing contracts, including the full 
year impact of the Qatar, Bahrain and 
Oman GRS programmes, and a 
substantial increase in demand from 
the Australian passport programme. 

On 12 April 2023, De La Rue announced 
that the Board expected full year 
adjusted operating profit for FY24 to be 
in the low £20m range. Trading for the 
first two months of FY24 has been in line 
with this and it remains the Board’s 
expectation for the full year, albeit with 
H1 being broadly break-even at Group 
level due to the timing of the recovery 
in Currency orders.

Over the last three years we have 
taken decisive steps to restructure 
the business, driving efficiencies and 
innovation, and reducing costs. In FY24 
we are continuing this journey, including 
making the final payment for the Portals 
exit, thereby finally closing out another 
major legacy issue. This year, we expect 
net debt to rise to around £100m by 
both the half year and the year end.

14

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Case study:  Authentication

Renewal of GRS 
contract in Cameroon
In FY23 De La Rue signed a two-year 
contract renewal with Cameroon for 
the supply of a digital tax stamp 
solution for tobacco goods and  
wines and spirits via DLR Certify™. 
This extension builds on successful 
cooperation with the Government  
of Cameroon and the ongoing 
deployment of a GRS solution  
since 2010.

Case study:  Currency

Production of new 
King Charles III notes  
for Bank of England
De La Rue has been working with  
the Bank of England since 2003, 
including on the conversion to 
polymer banknotes which were first 
issued in 2016. 

In December 2022 the Bank of 
England unveiled updated notes 
featuring a portrait of His Majesty  
King Charles III. These are a 
continuation of the current series  
of notes and represent some of the 
most technically advanced banknotes 
in the world. The new notes are due 
to enter circulation by mid-2024.

Our values

Why invest?

De La Rue 
is well 
positioned 
in our chosen 
markets

Trust & Transparency
We are honest and transparent 
and always act with integrity.

Customer Focus
We seek to understand the 
needs of our customer be that 
internal or external, through 
insight and data. We challenge 
the speed of delivery and 
quality of output to exceed 
their expectation.

Collaboration 
We are inclusive and embrace 
differences, working together 
to deliver results through our 
collective knowledge.

Challenge
We challenge ourselves and 
each other to deliver the best 
results we can, to continuously 
improve and to learn from our 
mistakes. We are courageous 
and don’t shy away from 
difficult situations.

Problem Solving  
& Innovation
We create solutions that solve 
real challenges by applying 
new thinking and concepts for 
both ourselves and our 
customers.

Unique product offering
De La Rue is at the forefront of delivering currency 
products and authentication solutions. We 
specialise in design, material sciences, international 
manufacturing and digital solutions. Our products 
and services protect economies, revenue sources 
and reputations.

Well positioned in growing markets
We are one of only two significant producers of 
polymer banknote substrate. Just 5% of banknotes 
are made of polymer, though this is steadily 
increasing. We design more banknotes than other 
commercial manufacturers. 

We provide technologically advanced solutions 
that verify bona fide goods and documents, 
combating the $3 trillion annual trade in counterfeit 
goods. We provide solutions to enable government 
tax excise schemes.

Operational resilience
Over the past few years we have reshaped our 
manufacturing footprint to a modern, flexible base, 
adaptable to the demands of our customers. 
We also are honing our operational delivery to use 
our assets optimally, with our products meeting 
the highest quality standards.

Moving towards free cash flow generation
We have simplified the business, addressing 
legacy issues to improve profitability and cash 
flow. We expect to move towards free cash 
flow generation.

Leaders in responsible business
Engaging in business responsibly lies at the heart 
of what we do. We work to improve the world 
around us: for our customers, employees, suppliers 
and the wider community.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

15

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsOur business model 

How we create value

World leaders in our field, 
De La Rue provides expertise in 
secure product design, global 
manufacturing and software 
solutions for supply chain 
traceability to governments 
and businesses worldwide.

The resources we require

Our people
 – We have dedicated and passionate 

employees around the world who work 
closely with our customers. 

1,800

employees

A

grade issued by 
CDP* for supplier 
engagement on 
climate change 

14,500m²

extension in 
collaboration with 
Malta Enterprise

350

years of experience

1,000+ 

patent portfolio

Suppliers and partners
 – We work with suppliers and partners 
all over the world to ensure ethical, 
sustainable and reliable delivery to 
our customers.

Manufacturing and development 
capability
 – We are investing in world class facilities 

for banknote and authentication 
product manufacturing in Malta, along 
with targeted investments to grow 
our authentication software, security 
features, polycarbonate datapages and 
SAFEGUARD® polymer substrate.

Design expertise
 – We have our own design studio, with a 

team that has over 350 years of design 
and engraving experience. We work with 
customers from concept development 
through to proofing, trials, qualification 
and production.

Patents and know-how
 – As well as a wealth of technical know-
how, we have a portfolio of over 850 
patents granted, with 370 patents 
pending. We specialise in a range of 
surface-relief micro-structures, with 
proprietary equipment and patents going 
out into the late 2030s.

Strong balance sheet
 – A strong balance sheet enables us 

to compete efficiently and invest for 
the future.

16

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

* 

formerly Carbon Disclosure Project

Manufacturing
 – We produce goods of the highest 

quality at volume.

 – To be verifiable each banknote or tax 

stamp must be designed for recognition 
and authentication, but at the same 
time to be traceable, they must have 
unique identifiers.

Operations
 – Our physical products are produced 

and shipped securely on time.

 – Our digital solutions are secure, robust 
and reliable. They are designed for 
speed of operations and ease of 
implementation.

 – In order to meet customer timetables 
and run our manufacturing facilities 
efficiently, we plan our production 
timetables across our sites carefully.

 – We focus on the environmental 

efficiency of our operations to make 
sure that they are as sustainable as 
possible, complying to ISO 14001 and 
international best practice to drive 
continuous improvements.

How we add value

Excellence in

Design and technical know-how
 – We design products and solutions 

that can be produced at scale by us 
and are easy to authenticate, but also 
resistant to counterfeiting. 
 – We combine national symbols, 

security features, logos, colour and 
substrate to produce an attractive, 
cost effective, resilient end product, 
whether a banknote, brand protection 
label, tax stamp or software solution.
 – Our brand protection labels and digital 
tax stamps are designed to interact 
with our digital software offerings.

Understanding customer needs
 – Our customers are largely national 
tax authorities, international brand 
owners, state printing works and 
banknote issuing authorities. We 
understand the significance of the 
introduction of a new banknote series, 
ID document or a new tax stamp 
scheme and work closely with them 
on design and implementation. 
 – We have built up strong working 

relationships with many authorities 
and some major brand owners, up 
to the highest level over the years.

 – Our solutions are increasingly 

sustainable, with a general focus on 
reducing the impact of our business 
operations, the use of durable 
recyclable polymer banknotes in 
Currency and the ability to introduce 
more sustainable physical components 
into Authentication solutions.
 – Our research and development 

activities provide focused innovation, 
leveraging our deep knowledge of our 
customer needs.

The value we create  
for stakeholders

Our products in use in the world
 – Enable secure participation in 

the economy. 

 – Help deliver confidence in 

the economy.

 – Support social and financial 

inclusion.

 – Protect tax revenues.
 – Tackle counterfeit goods and 

illicit trade.

Customers gain
 – Authentication solutions that 
provide security and ability to 
trace products.

 – Durable, high quality banknotes 

reflecting key aspects of the country 
they represent, embedding a 
combination of features that make 
counterfeiting as hard as possible. 

Suppliers gain
 – A long term working relationship with 

an ethical partner.

 – Repeat orders from a customer that 

treats them with respect.

Employees 
 – We promote an inclusive culture 
which values diversity, the health 
and wellbeing of our employees 
and where they can achieve their 
full potential.

Communities and the environment
 – We are conscious of our 

responsibilities to the communities 
in which we work and are committed 
to minimising the impact of our 
operations on the environment.

Shareholders
 – Our strategy (see page 18) is 

designed to achieve sustainable 
profitability and cash flow and 
create long term shareholder value.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

17

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsOur strategy 

The De La Rue strategy 
undergoes a formal 
review and approval 
process each year

In 2022 we considered the evolution of both the markets 
in which we operate and the capabilities of De La Rue 
in the three years since we set out the Turnaround Plan. 
We refined our strategy accordingly.

Our focus can be summarised in three broad pillars: grow 
repeatable business, drive efficient operations and invest 
for the future. These broad pillars cover Government 
Revenue Solutions (GRS), Brand Protection and ID Security 
Solutions in Authentication. In Currency they cover security 
features, polymer substrate and banknotes.

These are explained in more detail below:

Grow  
repeatable 
business

Drive  
efficient 
operations

Invest  
for the  
future

Increasing our revenue 
through relationships 
providing ongoing 
income 

Streamlining our 
business to minimise 
cost while retaining 
flexibility

Focusing our technical 
expertise to develop the 
solutions of the future

18

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Business area

  Group-wide
  Authentication
  Currency

Grow repeatable business

Expand the GRS offering: 
 – to cover other excisable goods
 – in targeted areas, focusing on the GCC and beyond

Within Brand Protection, grow sales of our highly secure labels and digital  
end-to-end traceability

Build on the success of our world-leading polycarbonate datapage

Target the large market of state printworks for sales of:
 – polymer
 – security features and 
 – overspill services

Continue to supply secure, innovative banknotes of the highest quality to our customers

Drive efficient operations

Stabilise the funding position of the Group

Right-size Currency operations to match anticipated demand

Resolve remaining legacy issues affecting shareholder value

Deliver further operational efficiency improvement, with strong focus on cash generation

Deliver seamlessly for our customers

Invest for the future

Commercialise the next generation of effects, security features and product formats using 
our expertise in surface-relief micro-structures and volume holography

Implement best practice to enhance our digital offering in Authentication

Evolve SAFEGUARD® for the next generation of security features and maintain ‘best for 
printers’ position

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

19

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Engaging with our stakeholders

While their primary duty is to deliver a return to shareholders that is sustainable over the long term, the Directors are aware of 
their wider obligations, both to direct stakeholders and to society more generally. We rely on a number of internal and external 
parties and counterparties in order to run our business. Similarly, our business and operations have an impact on a wide range 
of stakeholders, as well as the natural environment. We have direct relationships with many of these stakeholders, but rely on, 
impact or interact with others with whom we have an indirect relationship only.

We have identified our principal stakeholders as being:

Corporate

Internal stakeholders

 – Employees/workforce
 – Pension Scheme members
 – Independent non-

executive directors of 
subsidiary companies

Authentication

 – Currency division
 – Employees/workforce
 – Pension Scheme members
 – Trade Unions
 – Third party partners

Currency

 – Authentication division
 – Employees/workforce
 – Pension Scheme members
 – Trade Unions
 – Third party partners

External stakeholders
– direct relationships
 – Shareholders and potential 

investors

 – Lending banks and other 

funders

 – Pension Scheme trustee
 – Tax authorities
 – Insurers
 – Auditors
 – Suppliers of goods and 

services

 – Minority shareholders 
in Group companies
 – Suppliers of goods and 

services

 – Customers – governments, 
tax/revenue authorities and 
passport offices

 – Customers – brand owners, 
manufacturers of goods 
carrying tax stamps
 – Certification agencies
 – Trade bodies

 – Minority shareholders in 

Group companies

 – Suppliers of goods and 

services

 – Customers – governments, 
central banks, state print 
works and papermakers

 – Certification agencies
 – Trade bodies 

(International Currency 
Association, Banknotes 
Ethics Initiative etc)

External stakeholders
– indirect relationships
 – Stock market users
 – Regulators
 – Proxy advisory firms
 – Sustainability rating agencies
 – Media

 – Communities close to our 
operations – as a source 
of our workforce, and as a 
group potentially impacted 
by our business
 – Natural environment
 – Competitors
 – Trade press
 – Potential distributors
 – Wider society as end users 
of our products and services

 – Communities close to our 
operations – as a source 
of our workforce, and as a 
group potentially impacted 
by our business
 – Natural environment
 – Competitors
 – Trade press
 – Wider society as end users 
of our products and services

Stakeholder interactions
The Executive Directors and the other members of the Executive Leadership Team, supported by a number of senior managers, 
undertake the vast majority of our engagement with stakeholders. All of our internal and external relationships are built on trust 
and we recognise that while this is earned over a long period, it can be lost in an instant. Communication is key to our success 
and there are clear accountabilities for relationship management across the business, to ensure that we protect and develop 
our reputation with all our partners and counterparties.

The Chairman and Non-executive Directors also meet stakeholders whenever needed. This is either to supplement the work 
done by management, or where engagement by them would be more appropriate. The experience or roles of the Non-executive 
Directors can sometimes mean that they are particularly well placed to discuss issues with a counterparty: for example, the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee routinely meets or holds calls with the internal auditors and external auditors. All of our Board 
members are encouraged to spend time in the business and to meet De La Rue’s workforce. 

20

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Section 172 Statement

Managing 
relationships for 
long term success

In their discussions and 
decision making during the 
year to 25 March 2023, the 
Directors have acted in the 
way that they consider, in 
good faith, would be most 
likely to promote the success 
of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a 
whole. In doing so, they have 
had regard to stakeholders’ 
interests and specifically 
each of the matters set out 
in section 172(1) (a)-(f) of 
the Companies Act 2006. 
That includes:

The likely consequence of any 
decision in the long term
The Directors recognise that many of 
the decisions they make will influence 
or drive our long term success. The 
principal focus for the Board and 
executive management in the year was 
on delivering the longer term outcomes 
set out in our business strategy. As well 
as delivering in-year results, the Board 
continues to oversee capital expenditure 
to generate transformational change 
and a repositioning of the Group’s 
technology and manufacturing base 
for the long term.

The Directors continue to pursue longer 
term sustainability goals, including 
carbon targets for 2030 and 2050, in 
each case supported by action plans. 

The interests of our employees 
and wider workforce
While we are a relatively capital-intensive 
business, we also rely on our highly 
skilled workforce to deliver our business 
results. The Directors and Board 
understand the strategic importance 
of these important stakeholders to our 
future and always have due regard to the 
interests of our employees, contractors 
and other members of the workforce. 
There is always the necessity of 
balancing competing interests and not 
every decision we make will necessarily 
result in a positive outcome for each 
of these stakeholders. Protecting our 
workforce in Sri Lanka, during a time of 
significant uncertainty and challenge 
in that country, was a concern for the 
Board during the year. The Board and its 
Committees have had numerous other 
discussions in relation to people matters 
with the CEO and other members of the 
Executive Leadership Team.

The Board has designated an 
independent Non-executive Director 
to lead on workforce engagement and 
Employee Voice Forum meetings were 
held during the year with workers at 
several of our sites globally, with 
findings and recommendations relayed 
to the Board. For further information 
see page 79.

The need to foster business 
relationships with our 
suppliers, customers and 
other key stakeholders
We are proud that we have served 
a large number of our customers for 
many years and, in some cases, 
decades. We have similarly 
longstanding relationships with key 
suppliers of goods and services. 
The Directors and Board understand 
the strategic importance of these and 
other stakeholders to our business.

We strive to develop and maintain 
business relationships based on mutual 
understanding, respect and trust. 
While most of the engagement with 
customers and suppliers is led by 
executive management, the Board kept 
the status of our supply chain under 
review during the year.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

21

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsCase study: 
Currency

Successful conversion  
of the LE10 to polymer
In July 2022 the Central Bank of Egypt 
issued polymer banknotes for the first 
time, a milestone reflecting an ongoing 
partnership with De La Rue supporting 
the central bank from design through 
to manufacture.

Polymer substrate was selected 
due to the increased cleanliness, 
durability, cost effectiveness and 
the overall reduced environmental 
impact of polymer substrate over 
other substrates.

The Central Bank of Egypt considers 
the introduction of the polymer LE10, 
printed at a new state of the art site in 
the New Administrative Capital, to have 
been a great success and of significant 
benefit to the Egyptian public. 

Section 172 Statement continued

The impact of our operations on 
the community and environment
The Directors and Board understand the 
importance of De La Rue being a ‘good 
neighbour’. Specifically, they recognise 
our responsibilities and obligations in 
relation to climate change and the 
environment. The Directors have 
adopted action plans designed to 
achieve carbon neutrality for our own 
operations by 2030 and we are aligning 
ourselves with the UK Government’s 
targets, aiming to reach net zero across 
our business by 2050. In 2023 we were 
pleased to be ranked in the top 
quartile of the Financial Times/Statista 
Climate Leaders index, for the third 
consecutive year. 

The need to act fairly as 
between our shareholders
Our shareholders collectively provide 
core funding for our business. Every 
share carries equal rights, whether held 
by an institutional investor or a retail 
shareholder. The views of all of our 
investors are an important consideration 
and are regularly summarised and 
presented to the Board. 

Well over 80% of our shares are held 
by institutional investors. We engage 
proactively with the fund managers who 
control these shares and discuss a range 
of strategic and operational issues 
though, importantly, they are given no 
privileged access to information. 

The balance of our shares are held by 
employees or retail shareholders, with 
just over 4,500 registered holders. While 
it is more challenging to deal directly 
with the retail investor audience, we use 
the AGM as our primary means of 
engagement but will also listen and, 
where necessary, respond whenever 
views are expressed to us. We provide 
a Q&A facility on our website in advance 
of general meetings, including the AGM.

During the year the Board reviewed 
the outcomes from the first year of 
implementing our sustainability strategy, 
building on our sector-leading approach 
to climate change. 

The desirability of maintaining 
a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct
The Board acknowledges its 
responsibility for establishing the 
purpose, values and strategy of the 
Company and ensuring that the culture, 
including adherence to high standards of 
business conduct, is aligned with these 
goals. The Directors and Board recognise 
that trust has to be earned over years 
and can be lost in minutes.

During the year the Board reviewed and 
approved a new Code of Business 
Principles which was launched across 
the business in January 2023. They also 
considered and approved a Human 
Rights Policy Statement. 

The Ethics Committee monitors the work 
being done to drive a healthy corporate 
culture, including monitoring reports made 
to our CodeLine whistleblowing service.
The Committee also reviews the 
completion of compliance training and 
considers employee awareness 
programmes to ensure that colleagues 
are aware of expected standards of 
ethical behaviour. 

22

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Key decisions made in FY23

The examples below show how the Directors and Board followed the principles described in the rest of this Section 172 
Statement, when dealing with major decisions taken during the year:

Case study: Authentication 
New polycarbonate production line in Malta

Investing and 
using our 
technical 
expertise for 
the future

In June 2022 the Board approved capital 
expenditure by the Authentication division 
on a new, second production line for 
polycarbonate datapages to be used in 
passports. Our key customer, Note Printing 
Australia (NPA) who act in partnership with 
the Australian Passport Office, significantly 
increased their volume requirement for 
polycarbonate datapages for Australian 
passports over the remaining four years of 
the existing contract. In recognition of the 
capital expenditure by De La Rue, NPA offered 
to extend the contract for the sole-source 
supply of the polycarbonate datapages by a 
further five years, so that this is now secured 
until 2032. We announced this publicly in 
September 2022.

Having established the customer’s 
requirements, we worked with the suppliers 
of the key equipment we needed to install 
and selected our Malta site, where the first 
production line is located, as the best home 
for this. We worked in partnership with Malta 
Enterprise, one of our key stakeholders, as 

well as our existing employees and the local 
contractors who installed and commissioned 
the new production line.

The new production line became fully 
operational in May 2023. The benefits of 
this investment will be enhanced revenue, 
operating profits and cash flow from FY24 
onwards, to the benefit of the Company’s 
investors, lenders and the pension scheme, 
as a major creditor. It should also provide job 
security for our workforce in Malta and work 
for the suppliers of the raw materials and 
other consumables used in the production 
of the datapages, which includes embedded 
silicon chips sourced from a number of 
suppliers. The ultimate beneficiary of this 
investment will be Australian citizens looking 
to obtain new or replacement passports.

For more information see page 11.

Case study: Currency 
Exit from the Portals Relationship Agreement

A decision 
with financial 
benefits in the 
short term 
and long term

In July 2022 we announced that we had 
successfully negotiated the termination of 
the long term Relationship Agreement (RA) 
with Portals Paper. We entered into the RA 
when we disposed of that business in 2018 
and it committed the Group to purchase 
fixed minimum volumes of security paper, 
for Currency banknote printing, until 2028. 
We paid £16.7m to exit the RA, which relieved 
De La Rue of the obligation to pay £119m, 
in addition to the cost of the paper we 
purchased, over the remaining term of 
the contract.

We worked with the owners of Portals Paper, 
Epiris, who treated the termination of the RA 
as a catalyst for the closure of Portals’ main 
production site at Overton, Hampshire.

The Board identified a number of 
stakeholders in this process. These included 
third party paper suppliers (who had to be 
able to meet our needs) and our customers 
(whose acceptance of paper sourced from 
those suppliers was critically important). 

Other key considerations were the financial 
interests of our shareholders and our lending 
banks in funding the settlement payments 
and avoiding the future liabilities to which 
we were otherwise committed.

To date, we have achieved savings in the cost 
of paper for banknote printing by running 
competitive international tenders, with a 
range of suppliers pre-qualified and 
acceptable to our customers. 

We have successfully protected the long 
term interests of our financial stakeholders 
(investors, lenders and the pension scheme, 
as a major creditor) by achieving these 
savings and avoiding the fixed payments that 
would otherwise have been owed to Portals.

For more information see page 12.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

23

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report 

Our Authentication and Currency divisions enable our 
customers to deliver sustainable services underpinning the 
integrity of economies and trade. To achieve our overarching 
purpose of securing trust between people, businesses 
and governments, it is crucial that we uphold the highest 
environmental, social, human rights, ethical and governance 
standards in the way we conduct our business. 

Our commitments

Environment
 – We are committed to leading the 

industry on environmental 
sustainability, and achieving carbon 
neutrality for our own operations 
by 2030. 

 – To minimise the impact of our 

operations on the environment 
we set clear environmental goals. 

Find out more on page 26.

This responsible business report outlines 
some of the ways we are fulfilling these 
commitments, upholding the principles 
of the UN Global Compact, and 
contributing to the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals. Further information 
demonstrating how Environmental, Social 
and Governance (ESG) considerations 
are embedded in our performance and 
strategy to support the long term 
interests of the business and its 
stakeholders can be found throughout 
the annual report and on our website 
www.delarue.com.

People
 – We treat everyone in an ethical 

and respectful way, promoting an 
inclusive culture that values diversity, 
and protecting human rights both 
within our business and in our wider 
supply chain. 

 – We prioritise the health, safety and 

wellbeing of our people

 – We work hard to maintain regular 

engagement with our stakeholders 
including investors, customers, 
suppliers, and the communities in 
which we work.

Find out more on page 37.

Business standards
 – Our Code of Business Principles sets 
out core principles which define the 
way we behave and work daily. 
 – Our governance system helps us 
deliver on our responsibilities to 
stakeholders through the operation 
of robust policies, processes and 
monitoring systems.

Find out more on page 43.

24

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 ‘De La Rue has been 
a participant in the 
UN Global Compact 
since 2016 and 
remains committed 
to the initiative.’ 

Clive Vacher
CEO

De La Rue has been independently 
assessed and has satisfied the 
requirements to remain a constituent of 
the FTSE4Good Index Series. This Index 
is designed to measure the performance 
of companies demonstrating strong 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) practices. The FTSE4Good indices 
are used by a wide variety of market 
participants to create and assess 
responsible investment funds and 
other products.

Governance and management
The Board has oversight of all our ESG 
initiatives through regular reporting, both 
on a standalone basis and as part of 
wider strategic initiatives. Kevin 
Loosemore was the nominated Non-
Executive Director with overall 
responsibility for our sustainability 
strategy until his resignation from the 
Board effective 1 May 2023. Clive Whiley 
will have responsibility for our 
sustainability strategy in the future. 
Governance of ESG-related matters is 
embedded within our existing Board and 
committee structure. See page 75 for an 
overview of this structure. The Executive 
Leadership Team (ELT) plays a key role, 
with responsibility for strategy 
implementation, setting targets, ensuring 
ongoing monitoring of performance and 
that ESG issues are an integral part of 
day-to-day business decision making. 

For further information about 
environmental governance, see page 32.

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals
We believe that, in delivering our purpose of securing trust 
between people, businesses and government, and adopting 
internal polices and processes which have a positive impact 
on our stakeholders, we make a significant contribution to 
the following of the 17 United Nations Sustainable 
Development Goals: 

UN SDG

How De La Rue contributes

UN SDG

How De La Rue contributes

Our highly secure physical and digital 
solutions underpin the integrity of 
economies and trade. Our Currency 
products and services enable all citizens, 
including those with little or no access to 
the banking system, to participate in the 
global economy. Protecting government 
revenues supports the provision of 
health, education and infrastructure 
to alleviate poverty. 

See pages 5, 6 and 17 for further 
information about our impact.

Our Authentication products help to 
tackle illicit trade, protecting populations 
from counterfeit goods, including 
medicines, food and drink which may be 
harmful to health. Through our track and 
trace solutions we directly contribute to 
strengthening the implementation of the 
World Health Organization Framework 
Convention on Tobacco Control, a key 
target of SDG3.

See pages 6 and 17 for further information 
about our impact.

We are proud of our diversity, equity and 
inclusion programme and have a gender 
target for our management population 
which is a KPI. We participated in the UN 
Global Compact Target Gender Equality 
initiative and report and publish 
information in line with our obligations 
under the UK Equality Act (Gender Pay 
Gap Information) Regulations.

See pages 37, 38 and 49 for further 
information about our impact.

We also make a positive contribution to the following SDGs:

We work with governments to secure trust 
and build strong economies by providing 
solutions which underpin the integrity of 
economies and trade. We protect labour 
rights and promote safe and secure 
working environments for our workers and 
expect our suppliers to do the same.

See pages 5, 6, 37 and 40 for further 
information about our impact.

We are committed to leading our industry 
in sustainability, working on the 
sustainability credentials of our products 
through their lifecycle and investing in 
recycling and waste management 
initiatives and carbon footprint models. 
We participate annually in the CDP 
(formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure 
Project), have SBTi targets approved, and 
support the recommendations of the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD).

See pages 26 and 34 for further 
information about our impact.

Our GRS and brand protection solutions 
prevent counterfeiting and illicit trade, 
contributing to combatting organised 
crime. The provision of secure 
components for identity documents, 
including holograms and polycarbonate 
datapages, supports the target under this 
SDG to provide legal identity for all.

See pages 6 and 17 for further information 
about our impact.

By delivering on our purpose and working 
closely with governments, central banks 
and commercial organisations, we provide 
products which improve economies, 
particularly amongst developing countries.

See pages 5 and 6 for further information 
about our impact.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

25

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Responsible business report continued

Environment

We continue to focus on minimising the impact of 
our products and operations on the environment. 

It has been a year since our ambitious climate 
targets were set, and we have made meaningful 
progress towards achieving them and building our 
environmental strategy.

Climate change is a material 
environmental issue for De La Rue. 
Credible low carbon strategies require 
science-based emission reduction 
pathways, and the Science Based Targets 
Initiative (SBTi) has approved our near 
term science-based emissions reduction 
target. In line with the target level of the 
Paris Agreement of keeping global 
temperature increases below 1.5°C, 
De La Rue commits to reduce our 
absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 
by 46.2% by FY30 from a FY20 base year. 
We also commit to reducing our absolute 
Scope 3 GHG emissions by 46.2% within 
the same timeframe. We are committed 
to consistency and transparency, and 
review our targets. If necessary we will 
recalculate and revalidate the targets in 
line with SBTi policy.

CDP (formerly Carbon 
Disclosure Project)
We have been disclosing to the CDP 
since 2010 and publicly since 2013. 
We are proud of the progress we have 
made: following our 2022 submission 
we achieved a score of A for supplier 
engagement on climate change and 
maintained our overall B climate 
change score. In 2022 we also made 
our first water security submission, 
achieving a C rating. Our aim is to 
continue to improve on our climate 
change practices as we transition 
to a low carbon economy.

26

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

We recognise the importance of carbon 
offsets and therefore we pledged in FY23 
to become carbon neutral by 2030 for 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions through 
a phased offsetting programme. This will 
complement our decarbonisation 
journey and support increased 
investment in the world’s carbon sinks. 
De La Rue will only invest in carbon offset 
credits which at a minimum will be 
purchased from projects aligned with 
PAS 2060, a recognised carbon 
neutrality standard. Projects will be 
procured from retailers with due 
accreditation – i.e. Quality Assurance 
Standard (QAS) – to ensure due and 
timely credit retirements are made and 
independently audited.

De La Rue captures and addresses 
environmental initiatives through our 
Transform Sustainability programme, 
which identifies, assesses and manages 
environmental initiatives throughout the 
Group. This includes progress against our 
climate targets, and initiatives on other 
material topics including energy, waste, 
single-use plastics and sustainable 
procurement. We regularly review our 
environmental initiatives to ensure we 
are addressing the most material issues 
to the business. There were no significant 
environmental incidents during the year. 
Material issues are those that are 
considered as a principal risk to the 
business, such as Sustainability and 
Climate Change, as it could affect our 
business performance. In addition, 
issues are considered material if they 
are important to our key stakeholders, 
our partners, our customers, and our 
suppliers and people.

We actively contribute to the 
International Currency Association’s 
Sustainability Charter and are a member 
of their Sustainability Committee. In 
terms of external assurance, the 
business has a Group Environmental 
Management System that is certified to 
ISO 14001, a standard first achieved by 
the business over 16 years ago, which 
is externally audited by Lloyd’s Register 
Quality Assurance. We also carry out 
internal group audits against the 
requirements of our corporate 
environmental standards. 

Our material issues

e  
s

s

u

-

Sin gle

pla s ti c

Im
pro

p

a

c

t 

o

f

d

u

c

t

s

E

n

e

r

g

y

n
o

i

t
p
m
u
s
n
o

W ater c

Impact of products: We evaluate the impact of our products 
throughout their lifecycle and therefore we will continue to invest in 
and develop our product lifecycle assessment (LCA) models and 
continue to reduce our emissions.

Water consumption: We understand the importance of sustainable 
consumption and have monitored and reduced our water consumption 
throughout the years. We are on track to hit our 2% per year water 
reduction target for FY24.

Waste management: We are building responsible waste 
management practices throughout the Group. We will always look 
for the most sustainable end of life treatment for our waste and we 
have a zero waste to landfill by 2030 target.

Energy: We are investing in energy efficiency and renewable energy 
is key to environmental and business targets. We look to increase the 
proportion of energy supplied from renewable sources and further 
develop energy reduction schemes.

Waste mana g e m e

t

n

Single-use plastics: We are ensuring the packaging we use for 
our products is sustainable and aligned with our responsible 
consumption practices.

Risks and opportunities
We look at environmental sustainability 
in a balanced way. We strive to manage 
our environmental impact to manage risk 
and to harness opportunities to achieve 
cost savings for our business, secure 
competitive advantage and enhance 
our partnerships with customers and 
other stakeholders. 

Significant environmental risks are 
identified through the Group Risk 
Register which covers Group strategic 
risks and site tactical risks. The register 
is reviewed at the Group Health, Safety 
and Sustainability Committee (GHSSC) 
twice-yearly and on a quarterly basis at 
the Risk Committee (RC). It is evaluated 
using our risk matrix as outlined on 
page 56.

Sustainability and Climate change has 
been a principal risk for the business 
since FY21. Climate-related risks and 
opportunities are therefore reviewed by 
the GHSSC and the RC and integrated 
into our enterprise risk management. 
The process for assessing and identifying 
climate-related risks is the same for all 
principal risks and is described on page 
56. We have carried out Climate Scenario 
Analysis (CSA) to understand the 
potential financial impact of climate-
related risks and inform our strategy and 
financial planning in alignment with the 
TCFD recommendations. Further 
information on CSA and identified risks 
and opportunities can be found on 
pages 32 to 34.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

27

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Responsible business report continued

Environment continued

Greenhouse gas emissions
De La Rue reports on all the mandatory non-financial disclosures required by the UK Companies Act including our greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions required by the Streamlined Emissions and Carbon Reporting (SECR) regulation. 

UK and 
offshore

FY22

Global*

UK and 
offshore

FY21

Global*

% of total

tCO2e

% of total

tCO2e

% of total

2.9

1.7

4.6

95.4

64.1

21.8

4.0

5.5

100

3.9

3.6

7.4

92.6

62.0

16.7

2.6

11.3

100

6,122

0

4,036

6,122

537

6,111

8,633

6,648

159,206

106,573

28,676

4,537

19,420

171,976

34.0

5,913

754

328

8,009

3,889

6,241

9,038

8,763

130,576

101,742

14,606

0

14,228

145,580

38.7

4.6

5.7

89.7

69.9

10.0

0.0

9.8

100

35,092,849 23,189,524

31,055,320

25,173,111

31,697,918 24,152,529

Type of emissions

Direct (Scope 1)

Indirect (Scope 2 – 
market-based)

Indirect (Scope 2 – 
location-based)

Scope 1 & 2 (market-based)

FY23

Global*

UK and  
offshore

tCO2e

6,820

430

0

4,341

3,191

6,820

8,128

4,771

Indirect other (Scope 3)**

241,863

 Purchased goods 
and services

 Upstream transport 
and distribution

  Capital goods

  All other categories

Total gross emissions 
(market-based)
Intensity ratio Tonnes of gross 
CO2e (market based) per £m 
turnover (Scope 1 & 2)

Energy consumption used to 
calculate Scope 1 and 2 
emissions/kWh

162,446

55,333

10,160

13,924

253,454

33.1

Notes:
* 
** 

Global includes all sites outside of the UK.
Three most material Scope 3 categories reported individually.

28

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
De La Rue remains committed to our 
journey to decarbonise our operations. 
We have seen continual decreases in 
emissions for our operations (Scope 1 
and 2) and we are working towards our 
goal of increasing visibility of our supply 
chain and beyond for more accurate and 
transparent disclosures. This year, 
De La Rue commissioned an 
independent third party limited 
verification of its direct (Scope 1) and 
market-based indirect (Scope 2) 
greenhouse gas emissions for FY22 
aligned with the ISO 14064-3:2019 
standard. This FY22 verification did not 
take into account the restatement made 
in this year’s Annual Report but it will be 
in scope for the FY23 verification which 
will take place during FY24. In addition, 
as we look towards our goal of achieving 
carbon neutrality for Scope 1 and Scope 
2 emissions by FY30, we have offset 30% 
of FY22’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions in line 
with our phased offsetting programme.

Streamlined Emissions and 
Carbon Reporting 
As a large, listed company, De La Rue is 
required to report its energy use and 
carbon emissions in accordance with 
the Companies (Directors’ Report) and 
Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018. 
The data detailed above represents 
emissions and energy use for which 
De La Rue is responsible, including 
electricity, gas use, process, and fugitive 
emissions in offices. 

The Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate 
Standard methodology has been applied 
to calculate the GHG emissions associated 
to De La Rue’s operational activities, 
along with the UK Government GHG 
Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting 2022, IEA Emissions Factors 
and AIB6 Residual Mix Emissions Factors. 

In FY23, De La Rue continued to procure 
100% renewable electricity for all our UK 
facilities. In addition, we have purchased 
Guarantees of Origin (GoOs) to partially 
offset electricity consumption in Malta 
and I-RECs that ensured the Sri Lanka 
facility ran on 100% renewable electricity 
for FY23. In addition to this, the site at 
Westhoughton began to generate its own 
electricity through solar panels installed 
on the roof. Lastly, there were energy 
efficiency upgrades that took place on 
equipment at the Malta facility.

The emissions for previous years have 
been restated within this year’s report. 
This is due to new evidence and historical 
data on process emissions becoming 
available. The methodology to account 
for this new information is aligned to the 
latest reporting requirements.

We reported an increase in Scope 1 
emissions, primarily due to an operating 
inefficiency at our Westhoughton site 
which has now been isolated and is 
being rectified. In contrast, overseas 
facilities showed a reduction in Scope 1 
emissions, which decreased by 20% 
compared to FY22. Investment in 
purchased renewable electricity 
overseas has also seen our Scope 2 
emissions decreasing by 29% on a 
year-on-year basis. Despite an increase 
in our Scope 1 emissions this year, we are 
seeing a 37% decrease against our FY20 
base year for our Scope 1 and 2 SBTi 
target. We have also seen a sustained 
reduction in the total Scope 1 and 2 
(market-based) gross normalised 
emissions, which have seen a decrease 
of 2.8% from 34.04 to 33.10 tCO2e per 
£m revenue in FY23 compared to FY22.

Scope 3 emissions account for over 
95% of our total carbon footprint. The 
majority of these emissions arise from 
our Purchased Goods and Services 
accounting for roughly 64% of total 
emissions. Due to the current lack of 
visibility of supplier-specific emissions 
data, De La Rue uses a spend-based 
emissions factor method. In FY23, there 
was significant increase in spend-based 
emissions driven largely by a 43% 
increase in the average emission factors 
used for our supply chain. This has 
resulted in emissions in this category 
increasing by over 50% and contributing 
to a correlating rise in total Scope 3 
emissions. As we improve on our 
sustainable procurement strategy and 
continue to lead engagement with our 
suppliers, including through EcoVadis, 
we envisage using supplier-specific 
emission factors for more reliable and 
accurate calculations. Furthermore, 
we were affected by global supply chain 
and transport disruptions which is why 
we see an increase in emissions for 
upstream distribution and transport.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

29

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

Environment continued

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
De La Rue supports the recommendations of the TCFD, which was established by the Financial Stability Board with the aim 
of improving the reporting of climate-related risks and opportunities. De La Rue has publicly declared support for the TCFD 
recommendations and has joined the TCFD Supporters Group to work with like-minded organisations on acknowledging that 
climate change represents a financial risk. 

In meeting the requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.6.R we have concluded that we are aligned with recommended TCFD disclosures 
regarding governance, strategy, risk management and metrics and targets. We acknowledge that there is an ongoing action for 
De La Rue to improve on our alignment with the TCFD recommendations as we refine our approach on Climate Scenario Analysis 
(CSA), with a focus on delivering insight for our internal and external stakeholders. We aim to better integrate the financial 
impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities into future strategic reports. 

TCFD at a glance

Pillar

GOVERNANCE
Disclose the 
organisation’s 
governance around 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

STRATEGY
Disclose the actual and 
potential impacts of 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy, 
and financial planning 
where such information 
is material.

Recommended  
Disclosures

a) Describe the Board’s 
oversight of climate-
related risks and 
opportunities.

Actions

Ensure governance 
structure is 
maintained.

b) Describe management’s 
role in assessing and 
managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

Executive targets 
to be aligned with 
carbon reduction 
targets.

FY22 

FY23 

FY24 

Location in  
Annual Report

page 75

page 119

page 32

Annual review and 
further incorporation 
into business 
strategy.

a) Describe the climate-
related risks and 
opportunities the 
organisation has identified 
over the short, medium, 
and long term.

b) Describe the impact of 
climate related risks and 
opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, 
strategy, and financial 
planning.

c) Describe the resilience 
of the organisation’s 
strategy, taking into 
consideration different 
climate-related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower 
scenario.

Quantify the impacts 
on our financial 
planning.

pages 33 
and 34

Develop robust 
scenario analyses to 
test the resilience of 
the business.

page 32

–

30

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

FY22 

FY23 

FY24 

 Partially aligned
 Aligned
 Continuous improvement
 Maintain

Pillar

RISK AND RISK 
MANAGEMENT
Disclose how the 
organisation identifies, 
assesses, and manages 
climate-related risks.

METRICS AND TARGETS
Disclose the metrics and 
targets used to assess 
and manage relevant 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities where such 
information is material.

Location in  
Annual Report

page 33

Actions

Review process for 
identifying and 
managing climate-
related risks.

Review our process 
for managing climate- 
related risks.

page 33

Review our process 
for integrating 
climate-related risks.

pages 33 
and 56

Review and monitor 
targets.

pages 35 
and 36

Disclose and monitor 
our GHG 
commitments.

pages 28 
and 29

Review and monitor 
targets.

pages 35 
and 36

Recommended  
Disclosures

a) Describe the 
organisation’s processes 
for identifying and 
assessing climate-
related risks.

b) Describe the 
organisation’s processes 
for managing climate-
related risks.

c) Describe how processes 
for identifying, assessing, 
and managing climate-
related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s 
overall risk management.

a) Disclose the metrics 
used by the organisation to 
assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in 
line with its strategy and 
risk management process.

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 
2, and, if appropriate, 
Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions, and the 
related risks.

c) Describe the targets 
used by the organisation 
to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
and performance 
against targets.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

31

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

Environment continued

Governance
The Board has overall accountability 
for the management of all risks and 
opportunities, including climate change. 
Further detail on our ESG and Risk 
Management governance structure can 
be found on pages 57 and 75. While the 
Board has overall accountability for 
climate change-related matters, our 
Chief Financial Officer and Executive 
Leadership Team member, Rob Harding, 
was responsible for oversight of our 
climate change agenda during the year 
under review. When Rob Harding leaves 
the business, Charles Andrews, Interim 
Chief Financial Officer will assume this 
responsibility. The Board delegates 
specific climate change matters to the 
following Board committees:
 – Audit Committee: oversees the 
monitoring and reviewing of our 
internal control and risk management 
systems including a synopsis of 
material risks which include 
sustainability and climate change 
from the Risk Committee chair. This 
includes reviewing the scope and 
results of any internal and external 
assurance activities obtained over 
the disclosures (See page 89).

 – Risk Committee: oversees the 
identification, evaluation and 
monitoring of climate-related risks. 
This includes reviewing the mitigations 
and controls relating to those risks 
(see page 97).

 – Remuneration Committee: oversees 

the remuneration policy and supports 
the alignment of De La Rue’s incentive 
plan to the sustainability agenda and 
ambitions (see page 102).

The Board is supported by the Executive 
Leadership Team (ELT) and the Group 
Health, Safety and Sustainability 
Committee (GHSSC). In FY23, the ELT 
discussed key strategic sustainability 
matters in their monthly meetings with 
sustainability subject matter experts 
invited to discuss progress against our 
climate targets and agenda. The GHSSC 
oversees progress against key 
sustainability obligations and targets 
including compliance. 

Executive remuneration for the Executive 
Directors and senior executives reporting 
to the Chief Executive Officer, are set by 
the Remuneration Committee. Changes 
to the Annual Bonus Plan (ABP) in FY23, 
resulted in ESG metrics accounting for 
0% of the weighting attached to the ABP. 
Further details can be found on the 
pages 105 and 119.

Strategy
Sustainability and climate change is one 
of our principal risks and therefore we 
consider it to have the potential to 
significantly affect our business and 
financial results. Climate related risks for 
De La Rue comprise physical risks arising 
from the effects of climate change and 
transition risks associated with the shift 
to a low carbon economy. The process 
for assessing and identifying climate-
related risks is the same for all principal 
risks and is described on page 56. More 
details on the risks, opportunities and 
mitigating actions De La Rue is taking 
can be found on pages 33 to 34.

Scenario analysis:
In alignment with the TCFD recommendations, we have conducted qualitative scenario analyses using two scenarios, 
including a well-below 2°C. In developing the scenario analysis, we considered a well-below 2°C scenario by 2100 and a 4°C 
by 2100 scenario to map the potential financial impacts of climate change on our business using the International Energy 
Association (IEA) Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) and the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 
Representative Concentration Pathways (RCP) 8.5, respectively. We used these two scenarios to model a simple and discrete 
narrative where a well-below 2°C would primarily model transition risks and a 4°C scenario physical risks, with no significant 
transition risks assumed. This approach was decided to be suitable for our first iteration of CSA, with an ongoing action to 
improve our scenario analyses and quantify financial impacts with greater clarity. 

Well-below 2°C assumptions (NZE) 

4°C assumptions (RCP 8.5)

General assumptions

 – Rapid and persistent transition to  
a zero-carbon economy driven by 
strengthened policy, legislation and 
behaviour change

 – Universal global climate action 

cooperation

 – Global demand for fossil fuels increases 
due to rising population and the growing 
middle class

 – Increased climate adaptation efforts 

required

 – No De La Rue response
 – FY22 baseline for scenario analysis

32

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Key risks and opportunities 
In developing our scenario analysis, we 
took the two pathways and considered 
a range of risk and opportunity types 
using the TCFD framework. Risks were 
evaluated as transition (market, 
technology, policy and legal, reputation) 
and physical (acute and chronic). 
Opportunity types considered include 
resource efficiency, resilience and 
innovation. The scope of our assessment 
included our operations, our supply 
chain, our products and investment in 
research and development.

Risks

Risk

Embedding 
climate action 
and progress 
into strategy

Type of risk

Time period

Transition 
– Reputation

Short term

Transition 
– Market

Medium 
term

Increased 
scrutiny on 
plastic

(Currency)

We have identified the risks and 
opportunities which we believe are 
significant and have the potential to 
impact our business financially. In 
alignment with our viability statement 
(see page 64) and due to the nature 
of climate risks we have considered the 
following time periods for our analyses 
– short term (within 3 years), medium 
term (between 3 to 10 years) and long 
term (greater than 10 years).

Below we have summarised our key 
climate-related risks and opportunities 
relevant to De La Rue’s business and 
activities for both scenarios. All the risks 
noted below are applicable to both our 
divisions unless stated otherwise. These 
risks and opportunities were identified 
through group forums and discussions 
with De La Rue internal stakeholders and 
subject matter specialists. The impacts 
are not listed in order of significance, 
nor are they meant to be exhaustive. In 
disclosing the financial impact of risks 
and opportunities, any assessment is 
scenario based and thus should not be 
considered as a financial forecast.

Description and
impact on De La Rue

De La Rue resilience

As a listed company, De La Rue could face 
reputational risks related to climate change 
from a variety of stakeholders. As ESG and in 
particular climate action become embedded 
within financial disclosures, a perceived lack 
of action could lead to divestment from 
De La Rue.

Certain customers may choose to limit or 
stop work with the company if they perceive 
us as not adequately addressing climate 
change. This may have a resulting impact on 
revenue and brand perception. In addition, 
our ability to externally finance the company 
may be impacted.

There has been increased global focus 
on plastic and more specifically 
single-use plastics. 

A potential risk is the cross-over of lobbying 
action against polymer banknotes which is a 
core aspect of our business. This may result in 
a loss of orders and limited market interest 
which is likely to impact our revenue figures.

De La Rue is well positioned to respond to this 
risk. With Sustainability and Climate Change 
as one of our principal risks, we have 
implemented several actions to build 
resilience including science-based targets. 

An opportunity arising from demonstrating 
our climate commitments is the ability to 
improve our brand image, attract a wider 
talent pool, and retain current employees.

We consider ourselves to be very well 
positioned to respond to this risk. Polymer 
banknotes have been proven to have a lower 
carbon footprint compared to conventional 
paper banknotes and are also increasingly 
secure making them a desirable option for our 
customers. Furthermore, as a secure product, 
it is rare for banknotes to be discarded freely 
and as a polymer product, these banknotes 
have multiple recycling options.

With each polymer banknote launch, De La Rue 
has worked with central banks and issuing 
authorities in developing public education 
programmes on the benefits of polymer 
banknotes. In a recent survey conducted by 
De La Rue, 82% of the world’s polymer 
banknotes are recycled. To support our 
customers further, we have established a 
process for identifying end-of-life options to 
provide the most sustainable disposal route.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

33

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

Environment continued

Risk

Type of risk

Time period

Less visibility 
on future 
trends

Transition 
– Market

Medium 
term

Cotton 
shortage
(Currency)

Physical 
– Acute/
Chronic

Short term

Transition 
– Market

Short term

Customer 
expectations 
for lower 
carbon 
intensive 
products

Opportunities

Description and
impact on De La Rue

De La Rue resilience

A rapidly changing market which responds 
to new climate legislation and changes in 
consumer behaviour may lead a move to 
shorter term contracts or more stringent 
contractual provisions.

As a result, De La Rue may lose its ability 
to predict cost models beyond a five year 
period as change requests may come more 
frequently. Decreased visibility of trends may 
also reduce our ability to respond to any 
changes to the production schedule which 
may lead to increased costs.

De La Rue continues to promote the growth 
of polymer banknotes, however conventional 
paper banknotes are still a significant part of 
the business. The raw materials for paper 
banknotes come from cotton. 

Extreme weather and extended droughts are 
likely to have a significant effect on cotton 
production resulting in crop output decreases. 
This will increase the costs associated with 
purchasing cotton which is likely to affect 
De La Rue.

As the world transitions to net zero, there will 
be increasing demand to lower the carbon 
intensity of products. This may lead to 
revenue loss as inaction could make 
De La Rue’s products undesirable. In addition, 
slow action would require rapid investment 
which would lead to higher costs for 
De La Rue.

A significant proportion of our contracts are 
long term enabling us to predict cost models 
and reduce the impact of any short term 
contracts. In addition, we actively engage 
with our suppliers to ensure fair pricing in 
our contracts.

De La Rue has built relationships and engaged 
with multiple paper suppliers that are 
geographically diverse. This will help De La Rue 
to mitigate the impacts of cotton shortages. 

De La Rue’s Transform Sustainability 
programme is aimed at reducing the 
environmental impact of our products 
(see page 26). 

In addition, our SBTi targets have increased 
focus on decarbonising the business and we 
are defining our strategy to transition into 
a low carbon future.

Opportunity type

Time period

Description

Products and 
services

Medium term

Resilience

Short/Medium term

Reducing the carbon footprint of our products and activities will help De La Rue transition 
into the zero-carbon economy. For example, the switch to polymer from paper banknotes 
allowed De La Rue to offer a more environmentally friendly option. Polymer banknotes have 
been proven to have a longer lifecycle and are able to be recycled at end-of-life. By 
developing our product Life Cycle Assessments we are investing in an opportunity to 
understand the carbon impact of our products and subsequently to lower our footprint. 

Building resilience as we transition to the low carbon economy is vital. This is why De La Rue 
has submitted science-based targets to reduce our carbon footprint and lower our impact. 
We expect this will come with an associated cost and as such we are reviewing our trajectory 
and aligning it with our financial planning for FY24 and beyond.

34

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
Next steps 
De La Rue has previously reported on our efforts to mitigate impacts of climate change on the business; however, this was 
our first attempt at evaluating our exposure to the impacts of climate change. For FY23 we used two distinct scenarios and 
completed a qualitative analysis to understand the potential impacts on our financial planning. In FY24 and beyond, we expect 
to review and build upon our analyses to better quantify the impacts of our significant climate related risks. 

Risk management 
The Risk and Risk Management section on pages 56 to 63 describes our risk framework and how we identify, assess and manage 
all principal risks. This includes sustainability and climate related risk which is mentioned on page 60.

Metrics and targets
Performance against FY23 climate objectives

Objective

Outcome

Submit our CDP response for FY22

Achieved. We submitted responses for Climate and Water questionnaires and scored B and 
C, respectively. In addition, we achieved a Supplier Engagement score of A.

Further alignment of risk management with 
TCFD recommendations

Achieved. We have completed a qualitative climate scenario analysis to support our risk 
management process and compliance with the TCFD recommendations.

Conduct a review on the impact of our 
facilities on biodiversity with internal 
ecological site surveys

Achieved. Our sites in Westhoughton and Malta have completed environmental surveys 
considering biodiversity. We look to build upon this further in FY24.

Complete initial review of plastics across sites Achieved. We have begun the process of identifying the current gaps in our data collection 

Reduce absolute energy use by 3%

Reduce energy use per tonne of good output 
by 7.5%

Reduce waste generated by good tonne of 
output by 5.5%

and what we can do to improve. 

Not achieved. Unprecedented and greater than expected usage of natural gas at 
Westhoughton Sites 1 and 2 severely impacted our progress against this Scope 1 target and it 
was not achieved in FY23.

Not achieved. This target was set prior to the beginning of the financial year. FY23 production 
volumes varied, decreasing our ability to operate efficiently, meaning that we did not achieve 
this target.

Not achieved. This target was set prior to the beginning of the financial year and production 
volumes varied meaning that we did not achieve this target in FY23. The destruction of 
secure waste delayed to after the pandemic also affected our ability to meet this target.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

35

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

Environment continued

Ongoing climate objectives
Our short and medium term climate metrics and targets are as follows:

Future goals

Target 

Performance to date

Reducing the carbon impact from our 
operations and activities

SBTi near term targets, Scope 1, 2 & 3 -46.2% 
against FY20 base year by FY30

We have achieved a 37% reduction against 
our FY20 baseline for Scope 1 and 2 
emissions putting us well on target to meet 
our goals in FY30. We saw an increase in 
Scope 3 emissions for FY23 against our 
baseline year, however, we are still within 
our allocated carbon budget to achieve 
our SBTi target, and we have identified 
pathways to have more accurate 
calculations of our Scope 3 impact.

Reduce Scope 1 & Scope 2 by 23% against 
FY20 base year by FY26

We remain on track to achieve this target 
by FY26.

Suppliers accounting for 80% of total 
procurement spend to be invited to 
complete/share an EcoVadis scorecard

Since launching our EcoVadis programme in 
FY22, suppliers accounting for 40% of our 
total spend have now shared or completed 
an assessment on EcoVadis. Through our 
ongoing EcoVadis programme, we are able 
to understand how our suppliers are 
engaging on key ESG topics.

Targeting energy efficiency and renewable 
energy within the business

Reduce absolute energy use by 20% FY26 vs 
FY20 base year

We have currently achieved an energy 
reduction of 6% against our FY20 base year.

10% group power use from onsite renewable 
sources by FY27

Sustainable consumption and nature solutions Reduce waste to landfill by 45% by FY26 

against FY23 baseline. (Zero waste to landfill 
by 2030)

Solid waste tonnes per tonne of good output 
-3% by FY24 against FY23 performance

Reduce water consumption by 4% by FY24 
against FY22 baseline

We have installed solar panels at our 
Westhoughton site and we are looking 
to have solar installations in Malta and 
Sri Lanka.

This goal was introduced during FY23 and 
we will report against our target from FY24 
against an FY23 baseline.

This goal was introduced during FY23 and 
we will report against our target from FY24 
against an FY23 baseline. 

We have achieved a 2% reduction in FY23 
against our FY22 baseline, and we consider 
ourselves on track to hit this target.

In FY23, De La Rue conducted a review of all our reporting performance indicators and targets to assess their suitability for the 
business. The targets for FY24 detailed in the table above align with what we consider our most material environmental issues: 
carbon, energy, waste and water management. We believe these targets will help build resilience as we transition towards a low 
carbon economy. Our GHG emissions including Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions for FY23 can be found on page 28.

In addition, we plan to review our internal carbon tax for relevancy and better integration into our strategy. In FY23, De La Rue has 
used an internal carbon price of $50 per tonne of carbon which is primarily used to evaluate internal projects from a carbon 
perspective. Changes within the business and our carbon reduction targets warrant this review to inform future Group strategy. 

We believe the targets we have set are correct for the Group and have captured the key strategic goals including reducing the 
carbon and environmental impact of our products. Regarding our long term carbon reduction target, we are aligning ourselves 
with achieving net zero by 2050, or before, in line with the UK Government. We continue to develop our pathways to achieve 
these goals.

36

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

People

We are committed to creating a culture of respect 
and inclusivity for every individual who works 
within our business, prioritising their health, safety, 
wellbeing and fair treatment. Meaningful engagement 
with our employees, customers, suppliers and 
shareholders – as well as the communities in which 
we operate – enables us to react and respond to 
their needs and feedback.

Human rights
De La Rue fully supports the principles 
set out in the UN Declaration of Human 
Rights and we have effective management 
systems in place to protect human rights. 
De La Rue has been a participant in the 
UN Global Compact (UNGC) since 2016 
and is committed to its principles which 
include human rights and labour issues. 

De La Rue’s Human Rights Policy 
Statement, which is published on our 
website, confirms our commitment to 
fair pay and working conditions, freedom 
of association and collective bargaining, 
the elimination of forced, compulsory 
and child labour, health, safety and 
wellbeing, our expectations of our 
suppliers and ways to raise concerns. 

Our Code of Business Principles covers 
human rights issues including fairness 
and respect, modern slavery, 
employment principles, health and 
safety, anti-bribery and corruption and 
the protection of personal information. 
The Code also highlights that we seek 
to provide an environment where 
employees can raise any concerns via 
a variety of mechanisms, including 
a whistleblowing hotline known as 
CodeLine which is managed by an 
external third party, and a network of 
Ethics Champions across the Group 
so issues can be raised in confidence. 

Our Supplier Code of Conduct also 
covers human rights issues. See page 44 
for further information.

The business has remedial processes 
in place should there be any human 
rights infringements. These include 
claims procedures and trade union 
engagement procedures.

Further information outlining our 
approach to specific human rights 
matters is detailed below.

Modern slavery
De La Rue directly employs c. 1,800 
people and provides livelihoods to 
thousands more indirectly. We are 
committed to preventing slavery and 
human trafficking in our operations and 
in our supply chain. Our modern slavery 
statement, available on our website, 
details the preventative steps we take 
and how we comply with the UK Modern 
Slavery Act 2015. Online modern slavery 
training is mandated for relevant 
employees. Suppliers are obliged to 
abide by the United Nations Convention 
on the Rights of the Child and International 
Labour Conventions 138 and 182. Our 
supplier onboarding process considers 
modern slavery risk.

Diversity, equity and inclusion
Diversity, equity and inclusivity in the 
broadest sense remain a key focus at 
De La Rue. We continue to promote 
diversity in all respects through proactive 
initiatives including training, awareness 
and continued robust recruitment, 
succession and development practices. 
We are confident that this will help us 
to continue to make De La Rue a place 
where differences are embraced.

Our participation in the UN Global 
Compact (UNGC) Target Gender Equality 
initiative enabled us to self-assess our 
current practices and identify areas 
for improvement such as a review of 
some of our family-friendly policies 
and practices.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

37

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

People continued

While legislation in many countries 
prevents us from asking candidates 
for diversity data, the UK data that we 
collect tells us we attract a broad range 
of people across different diversity 
types including age, ethnicity and 
beliefs and we continue to look for 
opportunities to improve our recruitment 
and retention practices. 

Over the past 12 months, through our 
internal communications, we have been 
celebrating different cultural events 
around the world and asking employees 
to share their own stories and photos 
with us. For International Women’s Day 
in March 2023 we asked employees to 
share stories of inspirational women in 
their lives. These included colleagues, 
friends and family.

Our refreshed company Values and 
Code of Business Principles emphasise 
the expected behaviours of our people 
managers, employees and partners 
in relation to creating an inclusive 
environment where everyone is treated 
with fairness and respect.

As at 25 March 2023 the male:female 
gender split across the organisation was 
72/28 (versus a target of an average 
male/female ratio of 70/30 or better by 
FY23) and in management the split was 
65/35 (against a target of 60/40). We 
continue to work on initiatives to support 
the achievement of our gender targets. 

Our employees are treated fairly and 
equally irrespective of any factor 
including gender, transgender status, 
sexual orientation, religion or belief, 
marital status, civil partnership status, 
age, colour, nationality, national origin, 
disability or trade union affiliation.

UK gender pay gap
We publish information in line with our 
obligations under UK Equality Act 2010 
(Gender Pay Gap Information) 
Regulations 2017.

Since 2017, any UK organisation that has 
250 or more employees must publish 
and report specific figures about their 
gender pay gap on an annual basis. 

The gender pay gap is the difference 
between the average earnings of men 
and women relative to men’s earnings.

Since we began reporting in 2018, our 
gender pay gap has shown improvement 
each year in large part as a result of 
a greater number of promotions and 
appointments to managerial grades 
among women.

Our current gender pay gap report is 
based on a snapshot of data taken at 
5 April 2022. 

Further promotions within the managerial 
positions, for example senior managers 
to directors, have seen the gap close 
even further to its position in the latest 
snapshot of 3.1% (median), equivalent 
to women earning 97p for every £1 men 
earn, and 1.8% (mean). We believe that 
anywhere within the region of +/- 3% is 
a healthy number and will continue to 
monitor this. The manufacturing industry 
gender pay gap in 2021 was 11.7% 
(median) and 8.1% (mean) so it is most 
encouraging that the wider industry is 
also moving in the right direction.

We remain proud that our data, as at 
April 2022, continues to be significantly 
better than the average. 

The full report can be found on our 
website, www.delarue.com

A full breakdown of our workforce by 
gender can be found below.

Gender diversity statistics at 25 March 2023

All employees

Management¹

Senior Managers²

Executive

Board

  Female
  Male

72%
1,328

28%
513

65%
165

35%
87

72%
29

28%
11

60%
3

40%
2

62%
5

38%
3

Notes:
1. 
2. 

All managerial employees including senior managers but excluding executives.
Includes executive management.

38

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Employee engagement 
and culture
We recognise the importance of regularly 
engaging with our employees and 
particularly during periods of change. 
We share regular communications at 
group, divisional and site level and 
provide many opportunities for 
employees to give us feedback and 
ask questions. 

Many of our sites run local employee 
groups to talk about what matters to 
them and organise staff events. 
Examples of this include an Employee 
Involvement Group in our Debden, UK 
site who have been discussing wellbeing; 
and the ACE (Activities, Culture and 
Engagement) team in Logan, USA who 
organise charitable collections and 
seasonal events. Our Malta site also has 
a well-established employee-led Sports 
and Social Committee who meet 
regularly to plan social activities.

During the year Catherine Ashton took 
over from Maria Da Cunha as our 
Non-executive Director responsible for 
workforce engagement and attended 
‘Employee Voice’ meetings held at our 
Westhoughton and Basingstoke sites to 
find out first-hand what it is like to work 
at De La Rue and what our employees 
think is working well and what can 
be improved. 

Our UK National Employee Forum and 
European Employee Forum meet 
regularly with senior leaders to discuss 
company matters. They represent the 
views of all employees, whether covered 
by a collective bargaining agreement or 
not. All available executives and a Board 
member attended the Forums’ joint 
annual meeting in June and December 
2022, and feedback from our employee 
representatives who attend the meeting 
is consistently positive.

We are extremely grateful to all our 
employees and in particular our 
representatives who give up their time 
alongside their day jobs to show their 
commitment to constructive engagement. 

In January 2023 we refreshed our Values 
to better reflect our organisation and 
culture. These Values are a framework of 
common behaviours that underpin how 
we work with each other and with our 
external stakeholders. They help us make 
the right decisions in the right way and 
set out how we expect everyone to 
behave, providing stability, particularly 
during periods of change. 

We recognise that our line managers 
have additional responsibilities to their 
team and to the business. We have 
therefore developed our People 
Managers’ Charter that we expect every 
manager to abide by to build strong and 
successful teams and outcomes.

Employees and people managers will be 
invited to attend workshops to explore 
what the Values and Charter mean to 
them. The Values and Charter have been 
incorporated into our policies and 
processes such as our employee 
induction, our performance management 
standards and our new Code of 
Business Principles.

Our Values

Trust & Transparency
We deliver on our promises to each 
other, our customers and shareholders. 
We are honest and transparent and 
always act with integrity.

Customer Focus
We seek to understand the needs of our 
customer be that internal or external, 
through insight and data. We challenge 
the speed of delivery and quality of 
output to exceed their expectation.

Collaboration
We are inclusive and embrace 
differences, working together to deliver 
results through our collective knowledge.

Challenge
We challenge ourselves and each other 
to deliver the best results we can to 
continuously improve and to learn from 
our mistakes. We are courageous and 
don’t shy away from difficult situations.

Problem Solving & Innovation
We create solutions that solve real 
challenges by applying new thinking 
and concepts for both ourselves and 
our customers.

Our refreshed values reflect our organisation and culture.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

39

ChallengeCollaborationProblem Solving& InnovationFocusCustomer TransparencyTrust & Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

People continued

Health, safety and wellbeing
Occupational health and safety
We continue to prioritise the health 
and safety of our workforce. Our main 
manufacturing sites are all certified to 
ISO 45001:2018, the international 
standard for occupational health and 
safety management systems, which is 
externally audited by our accredited 
providers. We ensure all our health and 
safety processes are robust and meet 
our responsibility to keep our employees 
and everyone visiting our sites safe and 
secure. This is done through clearly 
defining responsibilities, good 
communication and training, risk 
assessment and the implementation 
of appropriate controls. We continue 
to track several key metrics regarding 
health and safety, including governmental 
reportable accidents, lost time accidents, 
near miss reporting and corrective 
actions and minor first-aid incidents. 
This takes place alongside proactive 
measures such as HSE training, 
compliance to our safe, secure, and 
sustainable inspection programme and 
by providing specific health and safety 
training for managers and supervisors.

All significant incidents are reported to 
the executive leadership team on a 
monthly basis to support and agree any 
corrective actions required. During the 
year we have had major development 
and change projects ongoing at 
Westhoughton, Malta and Gateshead 
and we have had no significant incidents 
resulting in harm (injury or ill-health) to 
our employees. 

Performance against FY23 health and safety objectives

Objective

Outcome

Zero lost time to accidental injuries and a lost 
time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) per 200,000 
worked hours of ≤0.32 over 12 months.

Ensure that ≥80% of all operational line 
managers and process leaders are trained to 
IOSH Managing Safely level, or an equivalent or 
higher qualification within 12 weeks of starting 
a new role.

Increase the number of reported near miss/
my safety concerns and achieve a five day 
closure rate of ≥85% at all facilities.

Achieve a ≥90% compliance to our area Safe, 
Secure and Sustainable inspection 
programmes.

Continue to increase the volume, quality and 
variety of online health and safety training 
available for employees and reintroduce some 
face-to-face training post Covid-19.

Achieved. Our end of year LTIFR rate outcome 
is 0.30; globally we had six lost time accidents 
of which two were government reportable. 
Severity of these lost time accidents was 
reduced compared to the previous year.

Achieved. Despite many operational changes 
the percentage of managers and process 
leaders trained or holding certified 
qualifications has averaged 85% within 12 
weeks. The exception was our Sri Lanka site 
due to ongoing Covid travel restrictions.

Achieved. There has been a 5% increase in 
near miss reports per employee per year. 
The near miss closure rate has exceeded 90% 
on average over the full year.

Not achieved. Compliance to this programme 
has run at an average of 85% over the year 
due to a significant number of operational 
changes and various headcount reductions.

Achieved. We have increased the breadth of 
online H&S training available to our employees 
and added some further environmental 
modules to our Venture in-house training 
platform. We have also increased our 
face-to-face HSE training post Covid-19.

Achieve good HSE training delivery 
performance of over ≥1,700 8hr person days 
per year.

Achieved. We have achieved this HSE training 
target (1,742) without factoring in employee 
headcount reductions.

FY24 health and safety objectives 
Objective

Zero lost time accidental injuries and to achieve a lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) per 
200,000 worked hours ≤50% below the UK Labour Force Survey average calculated LTIFR rate.

Maintain our operational manager and supervisor IOSH Managing Safely (or equivalent or 
higher qualification) training at over 80% within 12 weeks of starting a new role.

Increase our near miss/my safety concern reporting to an average of at least 1.4 near misses 
per employee, with a five day closure rate of ≥85% at all facilities.

Conduct a review of our safe, secure, and sustainable inspection programmes with a view 
to achieving ≥87% compliance at all sites.

Track our HSE person days of training to ensure we achieve ≥90% of employee end of year 
headcount in a year of further change, with a strong focus on environmental training.

40

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Wellbeing
Wellbeing support is widely available in 
all our sites and we monitor and compare 
what we offer to ensure levels of support 
are comparable. 

In the past year across different 
countries we have provided information 
and support on a broad range of topics 
including men’s and women’s health, 
musculoskeletal health, neurodiversity 
and financial wellbeing.

We offer free services such as flu 
vaccines, health check ups and access 
to GP and occupational health services 
as well as comprehensive Employee 
Assistance Programmes.

Where possible, we have retained hybrid 
working to give employees flexibility to 
their working hours and location and 
have also started bringing people 
together face to face to collaborate and 
create a sense of community.

All our sites have accredited Mental 
Health First Aiders (or equivalent, where 
this exists) and we ensure they receive 
regular training and support.

Training and development
We provide all employees with access 
to our Learning Management System 
(LMS) covering an array of learning and 
development materials. This gives 
employees the opportunity to access 
content that aligns their learning styles and 
preferences. The content has recently 
been aligned to our company Values.

Some training modules are mandatory 
and, where required, the content is 
delivered face to face as well as on 
our LMS. 

Employees and managers hold 
development conversations as part of 
our performance management process 
to agree what training is required and 
our in-house learning and development 
team can support these requests.

We continue to focus on virtual 
classroom delivery of workshops such 
as understanding self and leading with 
inclusion as well as storytelling.

We encourage the use of the 
apprenticeship levy for both continuous 
professional development and for 
building skills and capability across 
all sites in the UK, covering areas such 
as professional coaching, software 
development, finance, project 
management and IT.

We have recently launched a 
comprehensive training programme 
to support our people managers 
and leaders.

Working with our unions
We maintain strong and productive 
relationships with the unions in the 
countries where we have manufacturing 
operations and in FY23 we recognised 
the following unions: UNITE (UK), General 
Workers Union (Malta), Kenya Union of 
Printing, Publishing, Paper Manufacture, 
Pulp & Packaging Industries (Kenya) and 
De La Rue Branch – Internal Company 
Employees Union (Sri Lanka). Overall, 
around 62% of our employees globally 
are part of a collective agreement. During 
the year some of the key areas where we 
worked closely with our unions were:
 – Consultation in our Gateshead, 

Debden and Westhoughton sites to 
reduce headcount and align shift 
patterns to meet changing business 
requirements reflecting external 
market demand.

 – Consultation in our Kenya site 
to reduce operational activity 
and headcount in line with 
market demand.

 – Commencing negotiations in relation 
to a revised collective bargaining 
agreement in Sri Lanka and Malta.

 – Attendance from UNITE UK and 
General Workers Union external 
officials at our annual UK and 
European Employee Forum.

Raising concerns
We encourage our employees to 
speak up about any concerns regarding 
behaviours or business practices. 
Internal reporting via line managers, 
senior management, Ethics Champions 
or our Human Resource teams are 
encouraged, but our CodeLine 
whistleblowing service, operated by an 
independent third party, is available for 
all employees to use and gives them 
the opportunity to report anonymously. 
Regular communications are issued 
regarding the importance of speaking up 
about ethical issues and how to do so, as 
well as ensuring posters are on display at 
sites to ensure awareness of the service 
is maintained. Further information about 
the service can be found in the Ethics 
Committee report on page 99.

External stakeholder 
engagement
Engagement with our customers, 
suppliers and shareholders, as well as 
the communities in which we operate, 
is crucial to the success of our business. 
Some of the ways we interact with them 
are summarised below.

Investors
The Board values the importance 
of building strong relationships with 
shareholders and other investors. 
A planned roadshow following full and 
half year results where the CEO and 
CFO meet significant shareholders is 
supplemented by a range of other 
meetings and calls. The last planned 
roadshow which took place following the 
announcement of half year results in 
November 2022 included meetings with 
a number of active managers, together 
holding 62% of the share register.

Further detail can be found in the 
Section 172 statement on pages 21 to 23 
and in the Corporate Governance report 
on page 79.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

41

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

People continued

Customers 
De La Rue maintains close contacts 
with many of our business, government 
and central bank customers, frequently 
updating them on our latest news, 
developments and initiatives. Our 
in-person interactions are supported by 
digital marketing activities that enable 
interactions via social media, emails and 
the delarue.com website.

A multi-tiered approach is taken towards 
customer needs. Macro-level analysis 
(e.g. PESTLE – political, economic, social, 
technology, legal, environmental – 
analysis of our markets) supports some 
customer conversations (e.g. future of 
banknote demand). Structured surveys, 
such as net promoter score, and 
voice-of-the-customer interviews 
are carried out, feeding into Market 
Requirements Documents and product 
portfolio considerations. Account 
management and support team feedback 
is also regularly captured and used 
across the business.

The various interactions happen virtually, 
via territory visits, via visits to De La Rue 
sites and at a range of conferences. This 
includes our own events, for instance 
De La Rue recently hosted central banks 
from Africa, the Middle East, Central 
America, Central Asia and Europe at a 
two-day event to open the new polymer 
line in our Westhoughton site. In 
Authentication the inside sales team 
engages with our loyal, existing customer 
base on a weekly/monthly/quarterly 
basis as appropriate to ensure they are 
receiving the right support, they know 
who to speak to and they are aware of 
De La Rue’s solutions. 

Suppliers
We have been working in close 
partnership with our key suppliers, 
including work with our new portfolio of 
banknote paper suppliers, to mitigate 
and manage the impact of the current 
global supply chain challenges and 
inflationary headwinds associated with 
the global cost of energy, oil and oil 
derivatives, and supply disruptions 
following the pandemic and the impact 
of the war in Ukraine.

42

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

We have continued with our Scope 3 
analysis work, recognising this significant 
carbon impact, and are currently 
engaging with a range of our key 
suppliers who collectively account for 
80% of our total procurement spend 
across the business. During the year we 
launched the Ecovadis programme and 
have invited more than 50 suppliers to 
participate in the assessment 
programme. This will enable us to drive 
both improved understanding and 
visibility of our suppliers’ ESG impacts 
and sustainability improvements across 
our supply chain. We look forward to 
widening this approach to all of our key 
suppliers during FY24. 

The progress of our work with suppliers 
on ESG through these initiatives has 
resulted in De La Rue achieving an A 
score (the highest score available) in the 
CDP Supplier Engagement Rating, putting 
us in the top 8% for supplier engagement 
on climate change. 

Charitable and community 
activities
We are conscious of our responsibilities 
to the wider communities in which our 
operations are based. We focus our 
charitable activities in the local 
community to ensure we are having 
a positive impact.

In addition to ongoing support for several 
educational initiatives, examples of 
charitable activities around our sites 
during the year included:
 – Our Malta site launched a 

collaboration with the Foodbank 
Lifeline Foundation that assists people 
who find themselves in financial 
difficulty by giving them a supply 
of staple food items. The site also 
participated in an event to support 
cancer charities.

 – Colleagues in our Logan site in Utah, 

USA collected around 30 warm coats 
which were donated to a charity that 
supports abuse prevention. 

 – In our head office in Basingstoke UK 
we organised a fundraising event for 
the national cancer support charity, 
Macmillan and held a Christmas 
Jumper Day in aid of Save The 
Children charity. We also supported 
a local primary school for children 
with special needs and provided each 
pupil with a Christmas gift. 

Images of some of the charitable 
activities undertaken by colleagues 
during the year.

Business standards

It is vital that we conduct our business with integrity, 
honesty and transparency. The risks of unethical 
conduct are recognised and managed through a 
robust governance and compliance structure, 
underpinned by our Code of Business Principles,  
and comprising internal policies, process and 
oversight and compliance assurance standards. 

De La Rue’s ethical framework
The graphic below summarises our ethical governance framework. 

Supporting policies

Processes

Code of Business 
Principles

Our people
Health, safety and 
wellbeing
Fairness and respect
Human rights and 
modern slavery

Our business standards
Environmental 
sustainability
Bribery and corruption
Gifts and hospitality
Fair competition
Conflicts of interest
Fraud, tax evasion and 
money laundering
Sanctions

Inclusivity
Modern Slavery and human trafficking
Stress management
Human rights policy statement
Group HSE Sustainability policy 
Occupational Health and Safety manual

Anti-bribery and corruption
Competition and anti-trust
Conflicts of interest
Recruitment of PEPs
Prevention of tax evasion
Gifts and hospitality
Supplier Code of Conduct
Fraud
Group HSE Sustainability policy and 
EMS manual
Sanctions
Expenses
Charitable giving

Our information
Records and reports
Protecting personal 
information
Confidential information 
and information security
Market abuse and 
insider trading

Acceptable use of Information systems
Data protection
Document retention
Group Baseline Security Manual
Confidential Information and Dealing
Operational Delegation of Authority
Securities Dealing Code
Social Media

Global health and safety 
standards and monthly 
reporting
ISO management systems
Safe and Secure audits
Grievance and disciplinary 
processes

Gifts register
Expenses vetting
Third party onboarding 
processes
Legal department 
guidelines
Environmental reporting
Global environmental 
standards
ISO management systems

Compliance declarations
Separation of duties
External Monitoring
Procedures for managing 
confidential & inside 
information
Controls over share 
dealing
Data protection annual 
returns

Oversight, control 
and 
communication

Training & induction

Benchmarking

CodeLine 

ISO certifications

Specialist audits

BnEI accreditation

Internal audit

External audit

Risk reviews

UN Global Compact

SharePoint intranet

Employee surveys

Ethics Committee

Sanctions Board

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

43

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsResponsible business report continued

Business standards continued

The Board encourages a culture of 
strong governance across the business. 
Our ethical credentials are monitored 
by the Ethics Committee, via formal 
internal and external audits and senior 
management review forums. In addition 
to the governance activities described 
earlier in this responsible business 
report, further details about the activities 
of the Board and its Committees can 
be found in the Corporate Governance 
section of this Annual Report on pages 
74 to 127.

Code of Business Principles
In January 2023 we launched our new 
Code of Business Principles, bringing our 
guidance up to date to reflect legislation 
and current best practice. The Code is 
available in English, Maltese and Sinhala 
to ensure accessibility for all colleagues.

The new Code is divided into three 
sections: Our People, Our Business 
Standards and Our Information. Further 
details about the subject areas covered 
in each section are shown in the graphic 
on page 43. The Code includes an ethical 
decision guide, scenarios based on each 
subject covered, and details on how to 
raise ethical concerns.

Every employee is required to either 
attend a training session in person or 
complete an online training module and 
confirm that they understand and will 
adhere to the Code and will speak up if 
they become aware of any breaches. 
Our people managers are asked to 
complete a version of the online training 
which highlights their enhanced 
responsibilities under the Code. 

If an employee is found to have acted 
in breach of the Code, the Group takes 
appropriate action to address that 
breach, including disciplinary action and 
ultimately terminating employment in 
the most serious cases. Contractors and 
all those acting on our behalf are also 
expected to adhere to these standards.

44

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Ethics champions
The Group’s network of Ethics 
Champions ensures that each site has 
local support and representation for 
Code of Business Principles matters and 
continues to play an integral part in 
ensuring that strong ethical values are 
embedded across the business. All new 
Ethics Champions receive one-to one 
training. Ethics Champions have been 
involved with the rollout of the new 
Code of Business Principles and, where 
possible, are involved with employee 
inductions to ensure new starters know 
who they can approach with questions 
around ethical practices.

Anti-bribery and corruption 
We have a zero tolerance policy on 
bribery and corruption and have 
implemented a robust framework of 
polices and processes to prevent our 
employees, contractors, third party 
partners, consultants and other 
representatives from engaging in bribery 
or other corrupt practices. All employees 
are made aware of our stance through 
their acknowledgement of our Code of 
Business Principles and those in roles 
which may have a higher potential 
exposure to bribery and corruption risk 
are required to complete detailed 
mandatory online training every 
two years. 

During the year, an anti-bribery 
management system review board 
was established. This forum is attended 
by senior managers from enabling 
functions and the divisions and its role 
is to monitor the continuing suitability, 
adequacy and effectiveness of 
the management system. The activities 
of this forum are reported to the 
Ethics Committee. 

We have a clear approval process for 
gifts, entertainment and hospitality 
offered by or given to our employees. 
All employees are required to comply 
with the gifts and hospitality policy 
which requires all gifts, entertainment 
and hospitality above a nominal value 
which are given or received to be 
recorded on a central gift register. 
This register is regularly reviewed by 
executive management. Colleagues who 
have regular contact with customers 
and suppliers are asked to acknowledge 
annually their understanding of 
and adherence to our gifts and 
hospitality policy.

Third party partner sales consultants 
(TPPs) and suppliers
We recognise that, as well as our 
employees, TPPs who represent us or act 
on our behalf around the world could be 
exposed to ethical risks. There is a 
continuing requirement for TPPs to 
undergo our mandatory anti-bribery and 
corruption training programme and to 
conduct business in compliance with our 
expected ethical standards. Due 
diligence is undertaken on all our TPPs 
before they are engaged and this 
process is refreshed on a regular basis. 
TPPs are given regular training to ensure 
they remain alert to potential risks. We 
have risk management measures and 
controls in place, including in relation to 
remuneration of TPPs and the level of 
approval required to onboard or renew 
agreements. Fees are based on time and 
effort and milestone deliverables to 
ensure accountability and transparency. 
Activities are monitored through regular 
reporting and we ensure that the 
remuneration structure does not 
incentivise unethical behaviour.

Our Supplier Code of Conduct clearly 
sets out the ethical standards to which 
we expect our suppliers to adhere, 
including in relation to bribery and 
corruption and human rights. Further 
progress has been made with the rollout 
of our online onboarding system for new 
suppliers and the cyclical screening of 
existing suppliers. 

During the year an ethical risk 
assessment and management process 
was developed and is applied to all key 
suppliers. A supplier ethics forum 
comprising representatives from 
divisional and group procurement 
teams and the ethics team has been 
established and meets bi-monthly to 
discuss any ongoing or emerging issues, 
and to ensure that any risks or issues, 
once flagged, are escalated and resolved 
to our satisfaction.

Accreditations and 
certifications
De La Rue is an accredited member 
of the Banknote Ethics Initiative (BnEI), 
which was established to promote 
ethical business practice in the banknote 
industry. The initiative sets out a robust 
framework for promoting high ethical 
standards with a focus on the prevention 
of corruption and on compliance with 
anti-trust law. Members are required to 
commit to the Code of Ethical Business 
Practice developed in partnership with 
the Institute of Business Ethics. 
Compliance with the code is subject 
to an external independent audit every 
three years which rigorously tests 
anti-bribery and anti-trust processes, 
procedures and controls against an audit 
framework. De La Rue is accredited at 
Level 1, the highest level. 

In addition to BnEI accreditation, 
De La Rue maintains ISO management 
system standards for anti-bribery (ISO 
37001), occupational health and safety 
(ISO 45001), environmental management 
systems (ISO 14001), information security 
(ISO 27001), security printing (ISO 14298), 
quality management (ISO 9001) and 
business continuity management 
systems (ISO 22301). Our ISO standards 
are all certified by a UKAS, INTERGRAF or 
international equivalent certified auditing 
body. Further information on the auditing 
and scope of each standard can be 
found on our website.

Non-financial 
information statement

This section (pages 24 to 45) 
provides information as required by 
regulation in relation to:
 – Environmental matters
 – Our employees
 – Social matters
 – Human rights
 – Bribery and corruption

Other related information can be 
found as follows:
 – Our business model 

Pages 16 to 17

 – Key performance indicators 

Pages 46 to 49

 – Non-financial key performance 

indicators 
Page 49

 – Risk and risk management 

Pages 56 to 63

 – Corporate governance 

Pages 75 to 76 and 78 to 79

 – Ethics Committee  
Pages 99 to 100

 – Directors’ report  

Page 128

Training
Regular, relevant and focused training is 
important to support high standards of 
business behaviours. During the period, 
in addition to training on our new Code 
of Business Principles mentioned above, 
we continued our mandatory online 
training programme, allocating anti-
bribery and corruption, competition 
law, modern slavery, sanctions, and 
gifts and hospitality training to new 
joiners in relevant roles. The Ethics 
Committee reviews compliance training 
completion information.

Tax transparency
It is important that the Group pays the 
right amount of tax at the right time, 
complying with all relevant tax laws and 
regulations in the jurisdictions in which 
we do business while both respecting 
existing arrangements or seeking to 
reach agreements with tax authorities. 
De La Rue’s tax strategy is reviewed 
annually by the Board and published 
on our website.

Cyber security and 
data privacy
De La Rue takes the protection and 
security of its internal and customer 
information very seriously; the information 
security and assurance team who 
perform the internal governance and 
audit function have a separate reporting 
line to both the customer and corporate 
IT teams to ensure there is no conflict of 
interest and clear segregation of duties. 
Further information can be found in the 
Risk and Risk Management report on 
page 56.

Following a review by external experts, 
De La Rue’s data protection policies, 
procedures and documents have been 
enhanced to bring them in line with 
best practice.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

45

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsKey performance indicators 

We use a balance of financial 
and non-financial key 
performance indicators to 
measure our performance

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to remuneration

Link to remuneration

R

We measure IFRS revenue from each 
division, less, in FY21 and before, 
‘pass through’ revenue relating to 
non-novated contracts following the 
sales of certain historic businesses. 

IFRS operating profit, less exceptional 
items and amortisation on acquired 
businesses. 

Increasing revenue is the bedrock 
upon which the business is able 
to grow

This key performance measure of 
profitability is followed closely both 
within the business and externally.

Revenue in Authentication rose 
marginally as additional GRS contracts 
came online and sales of datapages for 
Australian passports offset weaker 
Brand sales. Currency revenues fell by 
9.4% as the impact of weak market 
demand was felt

Adjusted operating profit fell 24.2% 
in FY23, driven by lower revenue in 
Currency, a sales mix which had an 
adverse impact on margin and 
inflationary pressures which were 
partially, but not completely, offset 
by cost savings.

Definition

Why it is 
important

Performance

Historic 
performance

      Authentication
      Currency

      Discontinued

(£m)

      Authentication
      Currency

      Discontinued

(£m)

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

46

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

 
 
 
Our strategic pillars

  Grow repeatable business

  Drive efficient operations

Invest for the future

R Find out more in Remuneration

Adjusted EBITDA and 
free cash flow

Net debt/EBITDA covenant ratio

EBIT/net interest covenant ratio

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to remuneration

Link to remuneration

Link to remuneration

R

Adjusted EBITDA is operating profit less 
exceptional items, depreciation and 
amortisation. Free cash flow is net cash 
flow before financing activities, plus 
interest paid, lease payments and 
dividends paid to minorities.

This is the ratio between year end 
net debt and adjusted EBITDA, both 
adjusted in accordance with the 
definition of the covenant within our 
banking agreements.

This is the ratio between adjusted EBIT 
and net interest payable, both adjusted 
in accordance with the definition of the 
covenant within our banking agreements.

Adjusted EBITDA gives an indication of 
how much cash the Group is generating 
from operations. Free cash flow shows 
how much cash is being generated for 
shareholders and is a metric used in 
assessment of our Performance Share Plan.

Maintenance of this ratio below a certain 
level, for FY23 less than 3.0, is a key 
covenant within our historic banking 
agreements. This ratio has superseded 
EBITDA margin as a KPI as it is of more 
relevance in managing the business.

Maintenance of this ratio above a 
certain level, for FY23 more than 3.0, 
is a key covenant within our historic 
banking agreements.

Group adjusted EBITDA fell by 13.3% in 
FY23. However the outflow of free cash 
slowed, from £18.6m in FY22 to £11.4m in 
FY23. The business generated cash at the 
operating cash level, but paid out £17.4m 
to cover exceptional costs, £16.5m of 
pension deficit repair contributions and 
£21.4m of capital expenditure.

This covenant ratio was 2.21 at 25 March 
2023, within the limit set out in our 
banking agreements. The ratio has 
increased this year given the increase 
in net debt and fall in EBITDA.

This covenant ratio was 3.03 at 
25 March 2023, within the limit set out 
in our banking agreements. The fall in 
the ratio compared with prior year was 
mostly caused by the increase in interest 
payable, driven by the 450bp increase 
in Bank of England base rates over 
the period.

      Authentication
      Currency

      Discontinued
      Free cash flow

(£m)

      Limit

(Ratio)

      Limit

(Ratio)

75

50

25

0

-25

-50

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

2.24

2.21

1.3

1.46

0.99

14.0

12.0

12.90

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

7.40

6.30

5.20

3.03

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

47

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
Key performance indicators continued

Net debt

Total shareholder return

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to remuneration

Link to remuneration

R

R

Definition

The net of borrowings and cash and 
cash equivalents.

Total shareholder return of De La Rue 
shares compared with that of the 
FTSE 250 index. The graph below has 
been rebased to 100 at 24 February 
2020, the day before the Turnaround 
Plan was announced.

Why it is 
important

This is a key measure of our indebtedness, 
monitored both internally and externally.

This is a performance measure under 
the Performance Share Plan.

Performance

Historic 
performance

Net debt increased by £11.7m in FY23, as 
there was an overall net cash outflow in 
the business as explained in the EBITDA 
KPI opposite.

Share performance over FY23 was 
adversely impacted by market reaction 
to the trading updates that took place 
before and during the year.

(£m)

      De La Rue
      FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)

(Ratio)

0

-20

-40

-60

-80

-100

-120

-52.3

-71.4

-83.1

-102.8

-107.5

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

48

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

02/20 08/20 02/21 08/21 02/22 08/22 02/23

 
 
Our strategic pillars

  Grow repeatable business

  Drive efficient operations

Invest for the future

R Find out more in Remuneration

Adjusted basic earnings 
per share

Gender diversity in management

Energy used per tonne 
of good output

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to our strategic pillars  

Link to remuneration

Link to remuneration

Link to remuneration

R

Adjusted basic earnings per share is 
calculated as the earnings attributable 
to equity shareholders excluding 
amortisation and exceptional items, 
divided by the average number of 
ordinary shares outstanding during 
the year.

We monitor our gender diversity among 
our management team, looking to reach 
60/40 male/female split by FY23.

We measure our energy efficiency 
in terms of the energy used per tonne 
of good output, targeting a 7.5% fall 
this year.

This is a performance measure under 
the Performance Share Plan.

This is a key target that we set to 
encourage gender diversity at a senior 
level within the business.

We believe this is a representative 
indicator of the energy efficiency of 
our operations.

Adjusted basic EPS fell to a loss of 1.1p in 
FY23 due to a fall in adjusted operating 
profit and an increase in net finance 
expense as explained above.

We did not achieve our target this year. 
28% of the management team were 
female at 25 March 2023. We continue 
to work on initiatives to support the 
achievement of this target.

We did not achieve our target this year, 
due to the drop in volume of output. 
We will continue to measure this ratio, 
but are not setting direct targets for 
FY24 due to the unpredictability of 
volume of output.

      IFRS
      Adjusted

(p)

      Male 
72%
      Female  28%

(%)

(kWh/tonne)

45

30

15

0

-15

-30

3,633

3,656

3,139

2,903

4,000

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0.0

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

49

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
Financial review 

Building the  
business

To provide increased insight into the 
underlying performance of our business, 
we have reported revenue, gross profit 
and operating profit on an IFRS and 
adjusted basis, together with adjusted 
EBITDA and adjusted controllable 
operating profit (adjusted operating 
profit before enabling function 
cost allocation), for both ongoing 
operating divisions. 

In addition our ID business has grown 
strongly with our contract with Note 
Printing Australia (NPA) meeting 
scheduled volumes during FY23, securing 
sufficient semi-conductors despite 
general supply shortages of these 
components. The NPA contract reached 
full production volumes shortly after the 
year end on the newly commissioned 
additional production line in Malta. 

Over 99% of Group revenue for FY23 of 
£349.7m (FY22: £375.1m) originated from 
our ongoing operating divisions of 
Currency and Authentication. 

Together Currency and Authentication 
delivered adjusted operating profit of 
£27.9m (FY22: £35.8m), a fall of £7.9m 
year-on-year. This largely reflects lower 
revenue from the Currency division, 
adverse mix and a slight increase in 
operating expenses. Identity Solutions 
generated an adjusted operating loss of 
just £0.1m in the current financial year 
with minimal remaining activity (FY22: 
£0.6m profit).

Authentication
Our Authentication division protects 
revenues and reputations through the 
provision of physical and digital solutions 
to governments and commercial 
organisations. We also manufacture 
ID security components.

In contrast, our Brand business saw 
lower than expected sales, with Microsoft 
particularly impacted during the year 
by the fall in PC sales globally, with 
International Data Corporation (IDC), a 
well-respected industry observer, noting 
a 16.5% year on year fall in PC demand/
shipments in 2022, and a 29% drop in 
the first calendar quarter of 2023, 
compared to the same quarter in 2022. 

The supply of Covid vaccine brand 
protection seals, strong in FY22, also fell 
away due to a change in strategic focus 
by the customer.

Overall these movements led to revenue 
for the year of £91.7m (FY22: £90.3m), 
a slight increase over last year. 

Gross profit fell slightly in both absolute 
and margin terms with gross profit 
margin falling by 110 basis points to 37.1% 
(FY22: 38.2%), impacted by sales mix 
despite careful cost control.

During FY23 our existing Government 
Revenue Solutions contracts have 
performed as expected and revenue 
benefitted from contracts in Bahrain, 
Oman and Qatar coming on-stream 
during the year. This was offset by the 
HMRC contract ending as expected in 
the first quarter.

Rob Harding
Chief Financial Officer

In FY23 we contended with 
reduced revenue, an adverse 
sales mix and inflationary 
headwinds. We have worked 
hard to implement cost 
savings which have helped 
to mitigate this impact.

50

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Authentication

Revenue

Gross profit

Adjusted controllable operating profit*

Adjusted operating profit*

Operating profit

Gross profit margin

Adjusted controllable operating profit margin*

Adjusted operating profit margin*

*   Non-IFRS measure.

Adjusted operating profit in 
Authentication fell 12.3% to £14.3m 
(FY22: £16.3m), mostly driven by a less 
profitable mix of sales this year, a rise in 
depreciation on capitalised software 
development costs and a greater 
proportion of enabling costs being 
allocated to the Authentication division, 
given the higher percentage of revenue 
it contributed to the overall business. 

Adjusted profit before controllable costs 
also fell marginally, down 3.0% to £23.0m 
(FY22: £23.7m), hit by an adverse sales 
mix. On an IFRS basis, operating profit of 
£5.4m (FY22: £15.1m) was impacted by 
lower underlying profits and exceptional 
costs, relating to asset impairment and 
restructuring costs, that were £7.7m 
higher than prior year.

Currency

Revenue

Gross profit

Adjusted controllable operating profit*

Adjusted operating profit*

Operating (loss)/profit

Gross profit margin

Adjusted controllable operating profit margin*

Adjusted operating profit margin*

*   Non-IFRS measure.

FY23
£m

91.7

34.0

23.0

14.3

5.4

%

37.1

25.1

15.6

FY22
£m

90.3

34.5

23.7

16.3

15.1

%

38.2

26.2

Change 

+1.6%

-1.4%

-3.0%

-12.3%

-64.2%

-110bps

-110bps

18.1

-250bps

Currency 
De La Rue’s Currency division provides 
market-leading end-to-end currency 
solutions, from finished banknotes to 
secure polymer substrate and banknote 
security features to over half the central 
banks and issuing authorities around 
the world.

The demand for banknotes has recently 
been at low levels. As at 25 March 2023, 
the De La Rue Currency division’s total 
order book stood at £136.8m (26 March 
2022: £170.8m), a lower level at this 
time of year than in any of the last five 
years. The twelve month order book as 
at 25 March 2023 stood at £131.7m 
(26 March 2022: £163.5m).

Revenue of £254.6m in FY23 (FY22: 
£280.9m) for the Currency division was 
down 9.4% on the previous year. The fall 
in revenue was mostly due to lower 
banknote volumes, with a fall in polymer 
substrate volumes seen as well. 

The post Covid-19 lull in demand, 
exacerbated and extended by global 
macroeconomic uncertainty, continued 
throughout FY23. It is evident that this 
slowdown has been experienced across 
the Currency manufacturing industry, as 
several of our competitors in this area 
have commented publicly that they have 
seen similar declines. 

There are encouraging signs that the 
market is recovering, with a number of 
substantial new tenders underway since 
the year end, but the timing of this 
recovery remains uncertain. As of 16 June 
2023, we had secured the substantial 
majority of the planned FY24 revenue.

Strong cost control and operational 
efficiency, together with the benefits 
of the Portals agreement termination, 
meant that gross profit margin rose 
slightly to 22.9% (FY22: 22.5%), though, 
given the fall in revenue, gross profit 
fell 7.9% in absolute terms to £58.2m 
(FY22: £63.2m).

FY23
£m

FY22
£m

254.6

280.9

Change 

-9.4%

-7.9%

-11.5%

-30.3%

n/a

63.2

42.5

19.5

15.0

%

22.5

+40bps

15.1

6.9

-30bps

-160bps

58.2

37.6

13.6

(24.8)

%

22.9

14.8

5.3

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

51

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
Financial review continued

Adjusted operating profit in the Currency 
division fell 30.3% to £13.6m (FY22: 
£19.5m), impacted mostly by the fall in 
revenue but also partly by the rise in 
enabling function costs in absolute 
terms, despite a smaller proportion of 
those overall costs being allocated to the 
division. Further detail about enabling 
function costs is given below.

On an IFRS basis, the division moved into 
an operating loss of £24.8m (FY22: profit 
of £15.0m) with £38.4m of exceptional 
costs attributed to the division (FY22: 
£4.5m), comprising £17.0m of costs 
relating to the termination of the 
agreement with Portals Paper, £8.5m 
of credit loss provision on Portals loan 
notes and £12.9m of restructuring and 
relocation costs.

Putting aside the impact of exceptional 
items and the divisional allocation of 
costs incurred centrally by enabling 
functions discussed below, we also saw 
a slight fall in adjusted controllable 
operating profit to £37.6m (FY22: 
£42.5m) driven by the fall in revenue, 
though amid a background of cost 
inflation, controllable operating profit 
margin fell only slightly to 14.8% 
(FY22: 15.1%).

Identity solutions
As noted above, the legacy Identity 
Solutions business saw minimal activity 
in FY23 with an operating loss of just 
£0.2m (FY22: operating profit of £0.6m). 

Enabling function costs
In FY23 enabling function costs of 
£32.7m (FY22: £30.4m) rose by 7.6% and 
represented 9.4% of Group revenue 
(FY22: 8.1%). The rise in enabling function 
costs came from the non-recurrence of 
various credits received last year, a 
reclassification of entity costs previously 
deemed discontinued, IBRN (incurred 
but not recorded) insurance claims 
covering the risk that a claim may be 
made in the future related to cyber 
security and audit fee increases.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items during the period 
constituted a net charge of £47.1m 
(FY22: £5.7m) before tax.

52

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Exceptional charges included:
 – £17.0m (FY22: nil) relating to the 

payments agreed to terminate the 
long-term supply agreement with 
Portals Paper 

 – £12.6m (FY22: nil) in relation to 
redundancy charges and asset 
impairments associated with the 
wind down of activity in our Kenyan 
operations. Of this, £6.9m relates to 
fixed asset and inventory impairments 
which are non-cash items.

 – £2.9m (FY22: nil) impairment of 

capitalised product development 
costs within Authentication in relation 
to two programs on which work was 
mothballed during FY23.

 – £1.4m (FY22: £nil) impairment of 
software assets relating to the 
Currency where future revenue 
relating to these assets are minimal.

 – £4.2m (FY22: £1.8m) of other site 

relocation and restructuring expenses 
incurred in connection with cost out 
initiatives designed to right-size both 
divisions for future operations. 
 – £8.5m (FY22: £3.1m) recognition 
of credit loss provision on other 
financial assets. Other financial assets 
comprise securities held in the Portals 
International Limited group which 
were received as part of the 
consideration for the paper disposal 
in 2018, together with accrued 
interest. In accordance with IFRS 9, 
management has assessed the 
recoverability of the carrying value of 
these financial assets and recorded 
an expected credit loss provision of 
£8.5m in exceptional items. The net 
amount remaining on the balance 
sheet for other financial assets was 
£nil (FY22: £7.4m). This provision will 
not impact our efforts to work with 
the Portals Group companies to 
recover these investments.

 – £0.5m (FY22: £0.4m) in relation to 
legal fees incurred on rectification 
of certain discrepancies identified 
in the Pension Scheme rules net of 
amounts recovered.

The policy for exceptional items described 
in the Annual Report and Accounts is 
used when calculating our financial 
covenants as agreed with our lenders.

Finance charge
The Group’s net interest charge was 
£9.3m (FY22: £5.5m). This included 
interest income of £1.2m (FY22: £0.9m), 
interest expense of £11.6m (FY22: £6.2m) 
and retirement benefit finance income 
of £1.1m (FY22: expense of £0.2m).

Interest income of £1.2m (FY22: £0.9m) 
included interest accrued on loan notes 
and preference shares held in the Portals 
International Limited Group of £1.1m 
(FY22: £0.8m). Interest received on loan 
notes and preference shares is excluded 
from the Group’s covenant calculations.

Interest expense included interest on 
bank loans of £7.2m (FY22: £3.1m), interest 
on lease liabilities of £0.5m (FY22: £0.6m), 
net charges relating to the November 
2022 debt modification of £0.7m (FY22: 
£nil) and other including amortisation of 
finance arrangement fees of £3.2m (FY22: 
£2.5m). The increase in bank loan interest 
paid in FY23 was largely attributable to 
the rises in Bank of England base rates 
which moved from 0.75% to 4.25% over 
the period and now stand at 5.0%.

The IAS 19 related finance cost, which 
represents the difference between the 
interest on pension liabilities and assets, 
was a credit of £1.1m (FY22: £0.2m 
charge). The credit in the year was due 
to the opening IAS 19 pension valuation 
being a surplus of £29.8m.

The net charges relating to the debt 
modification of £0.7m (FY22: nil) relate 
to a loss in carrying value of the banking 
facilities incurred when they were 
modified in November 2022, net of the 
amortisation of this loss over the period. 
The transaction costs will be amortised 
over the period of the loan.

Tax related to exceptional items amounted 
to £5.1m (FY22: tax credit of £1.8m). As well 
as the tax impact of the items detailed 
above, it included £4.0m (FY22: £1.5m) of 
charge related to the derecognition of a 
deferred tax asset relating to the pension 
scheme and £6.1m (FY22: nil) relating 
to the expected utilisation of tax credits 
in Malta, which are expected to be 
surrendered for capital grants against 
future capital expenditure there.

Taxation
The effective tax rate on continuing 
operations before exceptional items and 
the amortisation of acquired intangibles 
was 123.2% (FY22: 11.0%). This includes 
the impact of provisions against deferred 
tax asset balances, changes in uncertain 
tax provisions and the impact of tax rate 
changes in Sri Lanka; the underlying 
effective tax rate excluding these items 
was 24.9% (FY22: 19.4%).

Including the impact of exceptional items 
and the amortisation of acquired 
intangibles, the total tax charge in the 
consolidated income statement for the 
year was £27.6m (FY22: £1.4m).

The net tax charge relating to exceptional 
items in the period was £5.1m (FY22: tax 
credit 1.8m). A tax credit of £0.3m 
(FY22: tax credit £0.3m) was recorded 
in respect of the amortisation of 
acquired intangibles.

The Group paid tax of £1.0m in FY23 
(FY22: £1.8m).

The underlying effective tax rate for 
FY24 on continuing operations before 
exceptional items and amortisation of 
acquired intangibles is expected to be 
between 70-80%. This appears 
disproportionately high due to the 
impact of expected corporate interest 
restrictions in the UK.

Earnings per share
The basic weighted average number 
of shares for earnings per share (‘EPS’) 
purposes was 195.4m (FY21: 195.2m).

Adjusted basic loss per share was 1.5p 
(FY22: EPS of 13.0p), reflecting the fall in 
adjusted basic earnings. IFRS basic loss 
per share from continuing operations 
was 28.6p (FY22: EPS of 10.6p) reflecting 
a basic loss of £55.9m (FY22: earnings 
of £20.7m).

Cash flow and borrowing
Cash flow from operating activities was a 
net cash inflow of £23.8m (FY22: £16.5m 
inflow), generated after taking into account:
 – £29.6m loss before tax (FY22: 

£25.1m profit)

 – £9.3m of net finance expense 

(FY22: £5.5m)

 – £20.0m of depreciation and 
amortisation (FY22: £18.6m)

 – £18.3m net working capital inflow 

(FY22: £17.2m outflow). This included:
 – £0.5m decrease in inventory (FY22: 

decrease £3.4m);

 – £6.0m decrease in trade and other 
receivable and contract assets 
(FY22: decrease £22.6m) mainly 
due to timing of cash collections 
on certain material customer 
contracts; and

 – £11.8m increase in trade and other 
payables and contract liabilities 
(FY22: £43.2m decrease), including 
the final settlement payment of 
£7.5m relating to Portals Paper 
being accrued at year end but not 
paid until April 2023.

 – £16.5m of pension fund contributions 
of (FY22: £16.4m) including amounts 
related to administrative costs of 
running the Scheme

 – £13.9m of non-cash provisions within 
exceptional items (FY22: £3.0m), 
namely £5.4m (FY22: £0.1m credit) 
of asset impairments and £8.5m 
(FY22: £3.1m) of credit loss provision 
on Portals loan notes

The cash outflow from investing activities 
was £20.8m (FY22: £25.8m) driven by 
capital expenditure of £21.4m (FY22: 
£26.9m) as the Turnaround Plan 
investment nears completion and we 
continue to invest in the capabilities of 
our software based products. Capital 
expenditure is stated after cash receipt 
from grants received of £4.2m (FY22: 
£1.5m), largely relating to the 
construction of our expanded facility 
in Malta.

The cash inflow from financing activities 
was £12.6m (FY22: £7.7m), including 
£27.0m net draw down of borrowings 
(FY22: draw down of £17.0m), £10.3m 
(FY22: £6.2m) of interest payments and 
£2.4m (FY22: £2.2m) of IFRS 16 lease 
liability payments. Debt issue costs of 
£0.9m (FY22: nil) were also paid on the 
amendment and extension of the banking 
facilities agreed in November 2022.

As a result of the cash flow items 
referred to, Group net debt moved from 
£71.4m at 26 March 2022 to £83.1m at 
25 March 2023.

The Group had Bank facilities of £275.0m 
including a Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) 
cash drawdown component of up to 
£175.0m and bond and guarantee 
facilities of a minimum of £100.0m, with a 
maturity date of 1 January 2025 following 
an extension signed in November 2022. 

The £100m of bond and guarantee 
facilities provided guarantees or bonds 
to participate in tenders and function 
as back up to contracts, where the 
customers require a guarantee as part of 
their procurement process. In addition, 
the facilities underpin some advance 
payments from customers. The Group 
considers the provision of such bonds 
to be in its ordinary course of business.

At year end the RCF cash component 
stood at £175.0m and the bond and 
guarantee component stood at £100.0m.

As at 25 March 2023, the Group, as part 
of the £175.0m RCF cash component, 
has a total of undrawn committed 
borrowing facilities, all maturing in more 
than one year, of £53.0m (26 March 
2022: £55.0m in more than one year). 
The amount of loans drawn at 25 March 
2023 on the £175.0m RCF cash 
component is £122.0m (26 March 2022: 
£95.0m). As at 25 March 2023 
guarantees of £52.1m (26 March 2022: 
£55.6m) were used from the £100.0m 
guarantee facility. The accrued interest in 
relation to cash drawdowns outstanding 
at 25 March 2023 is £0.3m (26 March 
2022: £nil).

During FY23 the financial covenants 
required that the ratio of EBIT to net 
interest payable will not be less than 
three times and the net debt to EBITDA 
ratio will not exceed three times. At the 
period end the specific covenant tests 
were as follows: EBIT/net interest payable 
of 3.03 times, net debt/EBITDA of 2.21 
times. The covenant tests use earlier 
accounting standards and exclude 
adjustments including IFRS 16.

On 29 June 2023 the Group reached 
agreement with its lenders to 
significantly relax its financial covenants 
as outlined in the ‘CEO review’ above. In 
addition to amending the interest cover 
and net leverage ratio, the Company has 
also agreed to maintain a minimum 
liquidity ratio of £25m. The minimum 
liquidity ratio is defined as available cash 
and the undrawn portion of the available 
RCF. The ratio is tested monthly but on a 
weekly basis covering a 13-week historic, 
actuals and a 13-week forward basis, 
effective from I July 2023. The Group 
must ensure liquidity must not drop 
below the £25m level in any two week 
consecutive period either looking 
historically or forward. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

53

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsFinancial review continued

Furthermore, the Group has granted 
fixed and floating security over certain 
material assets of the Group and has 
cancelled £25.0m of the £100.0m bond 
and guarantee line. The Group now 
has access to £75.0m of bond and 
guarantee lines.

Pension scheme
As well as focusing on operational 
performance, the Group continues 
to look proactively to minimise future 
cash outflows, particularly in the 
immediate future.

To conserve cash, we have agreed with 
the Pension Scheme Trustee to defer 
£18.75m of deficit reduction 
contributions. We will defer our deficit 
reduction contributions of £3.75m per 
quarter from that due on 5 April 2023, 
up to and including the payment that 
was due on 5 April 2024, less an amount 
equivalent to the arrangement fee 
agreed with our lenders on the covenant 
package, due on or after 5 April 2024. 
During the second quarter of FY25, 
deficit reduction contributions will 
recommence at the rate of £3.75m per 
quarter. ‘Catch up’ payments, to put the 
Scheme in funds for the £17.5m deferred, 
will start from July 2025 and will continue 
through FY26 to FY29. 

In order to preserve and support the 
position of the scheme, with the support 
of the lenders, the scheme will be 
provided with security on a pari passu 
basis together with the lenders, as well as 
an enhanced information sharing protocol 
to ensure ongoing communication 
between the Group and the Trustee 
remains comprehensive. 

On 24 May 2022, the Trustees of the 
Main Scheme entered into a partial 
pensioner buy-in contract for a 
proportion of pension members. In return 
for a premium paid from the Scheme’s 
assets, from the date of the buy-in, 
payments will be made to the Scheme 
that match the benefit payments to 
those Scheme members covered under 
the buy-in contract. The premium paid 
to the insurer was £319.0m. As at 
25 March 2023, the value of the buy-in 
contract was £220.6m. The impact of 
the partial pensioner buy-in has been 
recognised as a loss on the scheme 
assets within the comprehensive 
statement of income. This buy-in 
reduces the overall future volatility of 
the pension fund by fixing the liabilities 
of a subset of pensioners.

The valuation of the Group’s UK defined 
benefit pension scheme (the “Scheme”) 
on an IAS 19 basis at 25 March 2023 is a 
net liability of £51.3m (26 March 2022: 
net surplus £31.6m). The movement in 
the IAS 19 valuation from a net surplus at 
26 March 2022 was mainly as a result of 
losses on assets, as well as inflation 
experience on liabilities (due to actual 
inflation being higher than assumed). 
This was partially offset by gains on the 
Scheme’s liabilities as a result of changes 
to the actuarial assumption – the 
discount rate assumption increased 
from 2.85% to 4.70% – and changes to 
the mortality assumption resulting in 
lower expectations on future life 
expectancy of members.

The charge to adjusted operating profit 
in respect of the Scheme in the period 
was £1.6m (FY22: £1.8m). Under IAS 19 
there was a finance credit of £1.1m 
(FY22: £0.2m charge) arising from the 
difference between the interest cost on 
liabilities and the interest income on 
scheme assets.

Capital structure
At 25 March 2023 the Group had net assets of £35.0m (26 March 2022: £161.8m).

The movement year-on-year included:

Opening net assets

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Remeasurement (loss)/gain on retirement benefit obligations

Tax related to remeasurement of net defined benefit liability

Other movements in other comprehensive income

Employee share scheme charges

Other

Closing net assets

FY23
£m

161.8

(57,2)

(100.3)

24.2

5.5

1.9

(0.9)

35.0

FY22
£m

111.4

23.7

35.7

(8.8)

(0.9)

1.7

(1.0)

161.8

54

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
Case study: 
Authentication

Case study: 
Malta expansion

Our Maltese 
expansion 
increases our 
capability 
with efficient 
use of capital

Australian passport 
polycarbonate 
datapage
Just seven months after the contract 
went live, Note Printing Australia 
expressed their confidence in the 
highly secure and durable 
polycarbonate datapages produced 
by De La Rue for the new Australian 
passport by extending our 
relationship, by five years, to cover a 
full decade. This extension helped us 
to have the confidence to ramp up 
production further and invest in a 
second polycarbonate line in Malta 
which is now operational. 

De La Rue is expanding the Malta facility by 
14,500m² to provide significantly greater capacity 
for the production of tax stamps and polycarbonate 
datapages in Authentication, together with 
additional banknote printing capability.

The build is being developed in conjunction 
with Malta Enterprise, the Maltese economic 
development agency, with De La Rue taking 
a lease on the building. 

As part of the expansion a range of machinery, 
previously used at Gateshead in banknote 
manufacture, is being relocated to use in 
Malta, maximising the cost efficiency of the 
overall project.

The extension is being built in stages, with the 
additional polycarbonate datapage line already 
operating. The remaining additional Authentication 
space should be completed in the second half 
of FY24 with the Currency facilities, which include 
a new vault, ready by the first half of FY25.

The overall project provides substantial additional 
manufacturing capacity for the Authentication 
division and additional capability for the 
Currency business.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

55

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsRisk and risk management 

How we manage our 
principal risks and 
uncertainties

How we manage risk
Risk management is the responsibility 
of the Board, supported by the Risk 
Committee, which comprises members 
of our Executive Leadership Team (ELT) 
and is attended by the Group Director 
of Security, HSE and Risk. The Risk 
Committee is accountable for 
identifying, mitigating and managing 
risk. Further details about the 
Committee can be found on page 97. 
Our formal risk identification process 
evaluates and manages our significant 
risks in accordance with the 
requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. Our divisional risk 
registers feed into a group risk structure 
that identifies the risks, their potential 
impact and likelihood of occurrence, 
the key controls and management 
processes. We then establish how to 
mitigate these risks, and the investment 
and timescales required to reduce the 
risk to an acceptable level within the 
Board’s risk appetite.

The Risk Committee meets four times 
a year to review risk management and 
monitor the status of key risks as well 
as the actions we have taken to 
address these at both Group and 
functional level. It also examines 
possible emerging risks by considering 
both internal and external indicators 
and challenges, together with whether 
it has identified the principal risks that 
could impact the business in the 
context of the environment in which 
we operate. 

The Board receives regular updates on 
risk management and material changes 
to risk, while the Audit Committee also 
reviews the Group’s risk report.

Management is responsible for 
implementing and maintaining controls, 
which have been designed to manage 
rather than eliminate risk. These controls 
can only provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. See page 58 
for further information regarding 
internal controls.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The following pages set out the principal 
risks and uncertainties that could 
crystallise over the next three years. 
The Board has undertaken a robust risk 
assessment to identify these risks, which 
are referred to as principal risks to the 
business. There may be other risks that 
we currently believe to be less material. 
These could become material, either 
individually or simultaneously, and 
significantly affect our business and 
financial results. We have modelled 
potential scenarios of these risks 
crystallising to support the disclosures 
in the Viability Statement and assess the 
Group’s risk capacity. See page 64 for 
further details. Due to the nature of risk, 
the mitigating factors stated cannot be 
viewed as assurance that the actions 
taken or planned will be wholly effective.

Risk appetite
The Board has reviewed our principal 
risks and considered whether they 
reflect an acceptable level of risk. Where 
this is not the case, the Board has also 
considered what further investment is 
being made to reduce the likelihood and 
potential impact of the risk. The Board 
either approves the level of risk being 
taken or requires management to reduce 
the risk exposure.

For core areas of the business, the Board 
uses several methods to ensure that 
management operates within an 
accepted risk appetite. These include 
delegated authority levels, the approval 
of specific policies and procedures and 
the approval of the annual insurance 
programme. The Board receives regular 
feedback on the degree to which 
management is operating within 
acceptable risk tolerances.

This feedback includes regular 
operational and financial management 
reports, internal audit reports, external 
audit reporting and any reports to the 
whistleblowing hotline. All members of 
the ELT have individual or joint ownership 
of one or more of the principal risks. 
Management of those risks forms part 
of their personal objectives.

56

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

De La Rue’s risk management framework

Board of Directors and Company Secretary

Audit Committee

Ethics Committee

 – Reviews the effectiveness of internal controls
 – Approves the annual internal and external audit plans
 – Reviews findings from selected assurance providers

 – Reviews ethical risks, policies  

and standards

Risk Committee

 – Reviews and proposes the 

business risk profile

 – Monitors the management of 

key risks

 – Tracks implementation of actions 

to mitigate risks

 – Examines and considers 

emerging risks that could impact 
the business

Sanctions Board

 – Responsible for ensuring internal 
control procedures are in place 
to mitigate the risk of breaching 
applicable trade sanctions 
and embargoes

Executive Leadership Team (ELT)

 – Accountable for the design 
and implementation of the 
risk management process 
and the operation of the 
control environment

Group Health, Safety and 
Sustainability (Global HSS) 
Committee

 – Sets Health, Safety and 
Sustainability standards

 – Agrees and monitors 

implementation of HSE strategy

 – Monitors Health, Safety and 
Sustainability performance

Group policies

Functional management

 – Policies for highlighting and 

managing risks

 – Procedures and internal controls

 – Ensures that risk management is 
embedded into business culture, 
practice, and operations

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

57

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsRisk and risk management continued

How we manage principal risks

Risk

Internal controls

External assurance 

Bribery and corruption
The pressure to meet sales 
targets, on either a third party or 
an employee, could increase the 
risk of the payment of a bribe on 
behalf of De La Rue or anti-
competitive behaviour, leading to 
damage to our reputation from a 
successful prosecution, financial 
loss and disbarment from tenders 
and substantial fines.

Link to our strategic pillars  

Quality management and 
delivery failure
A failure in our Quality 
Management System, including 
specification, controls and 
enforcement issues, could lead to 
a major customer quality incident, 
resulting in late delivery penalty 
clauses and increased costs.

Link to our strategic pillars  

Change

Oversight 
forum
Ethics 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

 – Whistleblowing policy and 
associated procedures are 
integral aspects of the 
compliance framework, 
which is complemented by 
a whistleblowing hotline.
 – Mandatory training on anti-
bribery and corruption, and 
competition law.

 – Our rigorous process for the 
appointment, management 
and remuneration of third 
party partners (TPPs), 
operating independently 
from the sales function.
 – We have a focus on raising 
awareness through local 
Ethics Champions.

 – We have Level 1 

accreditation to the 
Banknote Ethics 
Initiative (BnEI), which 
provides governments 
and central banks 
assurance regarding 
our ethical standards 
and business 
practices.
 – We maintain 

certification to ISO 
37001, the anti-bribery 
management system, 
which assists the 
organisation to 
prevent, detect and 
address bribery 
attempts.

 – External PwC audit of 
TPP fee structure.

 – Implementing a product quality 
strategy to reduce instances 
and costs of quality incidents.

 – All sites are certified 
to ISO 9001, quality 
management system.

Divisional 
business 
reviews

 – Regular customer 
quality audits.

Business 
Process Review 
(BPR) updates

Risk 
Committee

 – Operational management 
boards monitoring KPIs.
 – Design approval process.
 – Regular reviews and audits of 
critical suppliers to ensure 
standardisation.

 – Central quality team inspect 

and test regime for all 
processes and features.
 – Service monitoring tools in 

place to manage performance 
and response times to remain 
within SLAs.

 – 24/7 support and IT coverage 

to minimise downtimes.

 – In process inspection systems 

validating key areas.

58

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
Change

Oversight 
forum
Divisional 
business 
reviews

Business 
Process Review 
updates

Risk 
Committee

Change in risk levels in FY23 (last 12 months)

  Increased
  Static
  Decreased
  New risk

Risk

Internal controls

External assurance 

 – A robust prioritisation process 

 – Third party risk 

with regular reviews of 
programmes and projects.

 – A robust incident management 
framework, including annual 
exercising.

management alerting 
(hotspots/regions of 
concern) and risk 
reporting.

 – External auditing of risk 

 – Procurement conducting single 

and resilience.

and sole source supplier 
reviews as well as risk 
assessments on financial and 
operational risks from suppliers

 – Regular reviews of the 

anticipated impacts of pricing 
pressures in the Supply Chain 
fed into the established BPR 
and budget review processes.

 – Maintain strong employee 
relations in all locations. 
 – A comprehensive travel 

management programme.
 – A comprehensive insurance 

programme.

 – Consideration of contracts 
being designated in GBP or 
hard currency, if possible, 
subject to local regulations.
 – Regular monitoring of financing 
and fiscal matters, seeking early 
advice, diversification, longer 
term funding, and hedging, if 
facilities are available.

 – ELT monthly functional review 

meetings.

Macroeconomic and geo-
political environment
As a manufacturing business 
operating worldwide, the Group is 
exposed to the challenges of the 
prevailing macro-economic 
environment, inflationary pressures, 
supply chain headwinds and stress 
to sales pipelines which could 
impact its operations and ability 
to financially forecast accurately. 
The Group also maintains both 
Authentication and Currency 
operations in territories that are 
exposed to economic and/or 
political instability. This type of 
instability, which includes the 
uncertainties of regime change, 
creates risks both for our 
manufacturing footprint and locally 
based direct sales operations.

Link to our strategic pillars  

Loss of key site or process
The loss of a key site or process, 
due to external threats or internal 
system failures, could lead to 
reduced operational capacity and 
result in disruption to customer 
service delivery, brand damage 
and increased costs.

Link to our strategic pillars  

Group 
integrated 
security and 
business 
continuity 
steering 
committee

Risk 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

 – We invest in capacity, 

 – Under a central 

equipment and facilities, 
multiple sources of supply 
to drive down single points 
of failure.

 – We hold business continuity 

planning (BCP) stock for critical 
activities.

 – Monthly KPI’s monitor BCP 

preparedness.
 – Internal audit of all 

manufacturing sites, including 
BCP preparedness. 

 – Supplier strategy and sourcing 

reviews.

 – Business Continuity 

coordinators at all sites, 
supported by a central 
coordinator.

certification we are 
certified at Head Office 
and all production and 
storage sites to ISO 
22301:2019 standards, 
ensuring a robust 
business continuity 
management system 
throughout the Group.

 – External PwC 

compliance audits 
were conducted in 
2021 including 
benchmarking to 
international standards 
and industry best 
practice.

 – The appropriate levels 

of business 
interruption insurance 
are in place to satisfy 
the needs of the 
business.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

59

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Risk and risk management continued

Risk

Internal controls

External assurance 

Sustainability and climate 
change
Climate change is recognised 
as a significant global and 
business risk.

Governments, the financial 
community, and businesses 
(including our own and our 
customers) see the current 
decade 2020-2030 as a call 
to action, with major new 
commitments to achieving net 
zero emissions by 2050. 

 – De La Rue is committed to be 
carbon neutral for our own 
operations by 2030 through 
using a phased carbon offset 
programme for Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 emissions within 
our control.

 – Our own internal audit 

programme verifies the Group 
environmental management 
system and assures good 
practices.

 – We are tracking our annual 

progress against our approved 
Science Based Targets (SBTi)

Link to our strategic pillars  

 – We have subscribed to 

EcoVadis, a global sustainability 
rating system for suppliers and 
are targeting our most 
significant suppliers regarding 
engagement with this.

 – We embarked upon a Transform 
Sustainability Project in 2020, 
which has 11 workstreams 
centred around carbon 
reduction, reduced energy 
usage and waste management 
– monitored by a project 
board monthly.
 – We have mandated 

environment and sustainability 
awareness training at all sites.

Loss of key talent
Due to external pressures on the 
Group there is a reduced ability to 
attract and retain key talent, with 
the required skills and knowledge. 
This is likely to impact the 
organisational ability to deal with 
the current level of change.

Link to our strategic pillars  

 – Remuneration structure 

designed to support retention.
 – Organisational talent process 
and succession planning to 
provide early identification of 
single points of failure and 
capability gaps.

 – Set clear objectives for the 
coming financial year that 
people can align around.
 – Train Senior Leaders and 

Managers on expectations and 
how to deliver against these.

 – All our manufacturing 
sites are certified to 
ISO 14001 standard 
which helps the 
organisation reduce its 
environmental impact.
 – We participate in the 

CDP (formerly Carbon 
Disclosure Project) and 
have submitted data 
for the past 11 years, 
enabling us to review 
and reduce our carbon 
impact.

 – Our alignment with the 
recommendations of 
the Task Force on 
Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) is described 
within Responsible 
Business on pages 
24 to 45.

 – We have structured 

Science Based Targets 
(SBTi) in support of 
keeping global 
temperature increases 
below the 1.5°C limit.
 – We comply with the 
TCFD recommended 
disclosures and have 
completed a 
qualitative climate 
scenario analysis which 
can be found on pages 
24 to 45.

 – Benchmarking to 

known best practice.
 – External auditing of 

people risk.

Change

Oversight 
forum
Risk 
Committee.
Global Health, 
Safety and 
Sustainability 
(HSS) 
Committee

Monthly ELT 
updates

HR Leadership 
Team reviews.

Talent Board 
reviews 
annually.

Risk 
Committee.

60

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
Change in risk levels in FY23 (last 12 months)

  Increased
  Static
  Decreased
  New risk

Risk

Internal controls

External assurance 

Breach of information security
A breakdown in the control 
environment:
 – Including collusion or non-

compliance (excluding external 
attack) could lead to a breach 
of data.

 – Resulting in an external attack 

(including malware, ransomware 
and/or hacking).

Either of which could lead to a 
cyber security breach/incident 
impacting the confidentiality, 
integrity and/or availability 
of customer and/or other 
critical data. 

Link to our strategic pillars  

 – Under a central 

certification we are 
certified across the 
Group to ISO 27001 
standards, ensuring we 
manage information 
security under a robust 
framework.

 – The appropriate levels 

of professional 
indemnity and cyber 
insurance are in place 
to satisfy contractual 
and business 
requirements, including 
internal and external 
incident response 
support.

 – External PwC 

compliance audits are 
conducted on a regular 
basis, including 
benchmarking to 
international standards. 

 – We have instigated a 
programme of both 
internal and external 
penetration and 
vulnerability testing 
on corporate and 
customer facing 
systems.

 – Regular customer 
compliance and 
regulatory audits.

 – We have implemented control 
measures around customer, 
company, and employee data, 
demonstrating a clear approach 
to identify and mitigate 
information security risks.

 – On an annual basis we conduct 
internal audits of our customer 
and ISO standards to an agreed 
plan. Any findings are risk 
assessed and remediation 
activities agreed and tracked.
 – Data classification policy and 

handling process with 
monitoring of classification 
changes and email traffic.
 – We have cyber awareness 
training at all levels of the 
business. 

 – Group policies support and 

enable our integrated security 
management system.

 – IT technical controls include 
security incident and event 
management software (SIEM), 
event logging and management, 
managed by an in-house 
security operations centre 
(SOC). Ensuring information 
security is designed in from the 
ground up for all deployed 
hardware and software, 
including the use of multi-
factor authentication (MFA) 
where appropriate.

 – Due diligence performed on 
software and suppliers. 
 – Contractually bound data 

protection provisions with third 
parties handling personal data.

Change

Oversight 
forum
Group 
integrated 
security and 
business 
continuity 
steering 
committee

Monthly ELT 
updates

Risk 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Board briefings

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

61

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Change

Oversight 
forum
Monthly 
divisional and 
ELT updates

Board updates

Risk and risk management continued

Risk

Internal controls

External assurance 

Supply chain failure
The failure of a key supplier to 
deliver the products or services 
that we need on time or to 
specification, through either a 
supply failure or a business failure, 
could lead to disruption to our 
operations and associated costs, 
an inability to fulfil customer 
contractual requirements, 
resulting in penalties and forfeit 
of performance bonds, loss of 
customer contracts and 
reputational damage. 

The ethical failure of a key supplier, 
such as a failure to adhere to our 
requirements on Modern Slavery 
or Bribery and Corruption in our 
supply chain, could lead to major 
reputational and financial damage 
and potentially prosecution, and 
a failure to control and limit price 
inflation in our supply chain 
could lead to significant erosion 
of our profitability. 

Link to our strategic pillars  

Breach of security – product 
security
A breakdown in the control 
environment, including collusion, 
non-compliance, or an external 
attack, could lead to a security 
breach resulting in the loss of 
client-sensitive product and 
significant damage to De La Rue’s 
reputation.

Link to our strategic pillars  

 – Key supplier risk assessments 
reviewing the risk of supply 
failure, credit risk, price 
increases and ethical failure. 
 – Prioritised, supplier-specific 
action plans for key risks with 
monthly reporting on progress 
to ELT.

 – We are externally 

audited for ISO 14298 
(Security Print), ISO 
22301 (Business 
Continuity) and PwC 
on procurement and 
supply chain controls.
 – Supplier Quality Audit 

 – Supplier vetting platform to risk 

programme.

assess all key and new 
suppliers, engaging SMEs to 
review standards across ethics, 
quality, information and product 
security and environmental 
management.

 – Regular reviews of the risk 

assessment to ensure that it 
remains up to date with latest 
available data.

 – Ensure that all key strategic 
supplier contracts are fit 
for purpose.

 – Deepened Supplier Relationship 
Management programme, with 
direct and regular engagement 
at executive level with all key 
suppliers, to provide early 
warning of issues and ensure 
that De La Rue’s needs are 
prioritised by our key suppliers. 

 – Utilise and fully deploy spend 
analytics tool to increase 
visibility of the full supply base 
and drive integrated data-
driven action planning.

 – Monthly security KPIs monitor 

and maintain the holistic 
security environment.

 – We ensure that all shipment 
routes and transit plans are 
appropriately risk assessed and 
have appropriate mitigations in 
place, by air, sea, or road. 

 – Dedicated security 

professionals at all sites, 
supported by a central 
function.

 – Layered auditing at all sites, 

enhancing security behaviours 
and culture.

 – Materials control to ensure 

product security verification 
and reconciliation.

 – All manufacturing sites 
certified to ISO 14298 
and INTERGRAF 
Certification to the 
highest possible levels, 
which ensures an 
aligned security print 
management system 
across the Group.
 – We are subject to 

regular regulatory and 
customer compliance 
audits.

Group 
integrated 
security and 
business 
continuity 
steering 
committee

Risk 
Committee

62

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
Change in risk levels in FY23 (last 12 months)

  Increased
  Static
  Decreased
  New risk

Risk

Internal controls

External assurance 

 – A robust request for approval 

 – We ensure both 

internal and external 
audit of sanctions 
compliance 
programme.

Change

Oversight 
forum
Sanctions 
Board

Audit 
Committee

Board briefings

(RFA) process ensures 
commercial bid teams to 
consider risk.

 – As a responsible business we 

ensure the monitoring and due 
diligence of customers, 
suppliers and partners. 

 – We conduct an Internal audit 
of sanctions compliance 
programme annually.

 – We mandate sanctions training 
to raise awareness of risks and 
to clarify escalation routes for 
concerns.

 – Sanctions impact reviewed on 
a case-by-case basis against 
a known list of sanctioned 
territories and potential 
customers.

 – Manage and develop 

relationships with existing and 
new banks to continue to 
support the business in its 
liquidity, bonding and ancillary 
needs.

 – Regular dialogue with ELT, 

banking partners and other 
stakeholders. 

 – Active monitoring of the 

available limits and proactive 
management for both cash and 
borrowings as well as 
guarantees to make best use 
of capacity.

 – Continue to seek additional 
counterparties for foreign 
exchange.

 – Compliance with financial 

covenants

Sanctions
Entering a contract or other 
commitment with a customer, 
supplier or partner which is 
subject to a sanction or trade 
embargo could lead De La Rue to 
be in breach of sanctions. Breach 
could result in imprisonment and 
substantial fines for individuals, 
the leadership team (including the 
Board) and De La Rue. In addition, 
it may lead to a withdrawal of our 
banking facilities, as well as 
disbarment from future tenders.

De La Rue may be unable to 
effect payments or to be paid by 
customers due to compliance 
matters when operating in higher 
risk and sanctioned territories. 
Additionally banking partners may 
not be willing to support bonds or 
guarantees for some countries.

Link to our strategic pillars  

Banking facilities 
The Group maintains banking 
facilities that provide liquidity 
(ensure all liabilities can be 
funded), bonding (to support 
existing contracts and new 
contracts where bonding is 
required) and ancillary lines. 
The main facilities will mature on 
1 January 2025. The Group will be 
seeking to extend these facilities 
in what remains a challenging 
competitive and global economic 
environment. The ability to access 
bonding services to the Group in 
our existing facility given the 
regions we operate in and our 
lenders appetite to that risk is also 
becoming increasingly complex.

If alternative capacity for foreign 
exchange transactions cannot be 
secured from main rated banks, 
then the Group may need to either 
operate with less hedging or 
consider unrated counterparties 
for foreign exchange contracts.

Link to our strategic pillars  

 – External auditing by EY.
 – Due diligence by banks 
and their agents prior 
to agreement to a 
covenant amendment.

Functional risk 
reviews

ELT reviews

Risk 
Committee

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

63

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsViability statement

Viability statement and 
going concern assessment

Viability statement
The Directors have considered the 
longer-term viability of De La Rue Plc in 
line with the recommendations under 
the UK Corporate Governance code. 

The Directors when determining the 
Viability assessment period took 
consideration to the existing facility 
agreement ending on 1 January 2025. 
The Directors will be looking to extend/
renew the facility by November 2023 
and are of firm belief that, for the 
reasons set out in the Going Concern 
assessment on pages 65 to 67, there 
are reasonable prospects for this 
extension being given. 

The Directors believe that an 
appropriate period to consider the 
Group’s viability is over a two-year 
period from the balance sheet date 
(FY24 and FY25) or 21 months from 
the date of approval of these financial 
statements, to 29 March 2025. This 
includes the period to the end of the 
existing facility agreement and an 
assumption this facility would be 
renewed with a target date set for 
November 2023 until at least the 
end of the viability period. 

Since the FY23 strategy process was 
completed by the Board in October 
2023, key strategic decisions have 
been taken on footprint reduction in 
the group which will be incorporated 
into the next 3 year strategic cycle, 
which is to be developed later in FY24. 
This, combined with a business that is 
inherently less predictable beyond this 
two year period as good visibility of the 
order book is only available over this 
shorter-term horizon, justifies the 
current two-year cycle selected (which 
is a reduction to the three year cycle 
adopted in the prior year). 

In assessing the viability of the Group, 
the Directors have reviewed the principal 
risks as set out in pages 56 to 63 and 
considered foreseeable scenarios of one 
or more of the principal risks crystallising 
in the same time period in the context of 
its strategic plan. 

b.   Net debt/EBITDA less than or equal to 
4.0x times until the Q4 2024 testing 
point, reducing to less than or equal 
to 3.6x times from Q1 FY25 through to 
the end of the current agreement to 
1 January 2025 (3.0x times previously)

c.   Minimum Liquidity testing monthly, 

The main risks modelled to have an 
impact on the viability of the Group are 
set out below, with the quantitative 
impacts modelled being consistent with 
those adopted for the Going Concern 
period as set out in page 65 to 67:
 – Risk 1 Bribery and Corruption – illicit 
trade impact on Authentication 
business 

 – Risk 3 Macroeconomic and 

geo-political 

 – Risk 10 Banking facilities – including 

possible cash collateral requirements 
vs advanced payments

 – Risk 11 Kenya taxation and exit strategy 
 – Risk 13 Currency pipeline 

The Directors have focused on principal 
risks that could plausibly occur and 
result in the Group’s future operational 
results, financial condition and future 
prospects to materially differ from 
current expectations. The Directors 
believe that to maximise stakeholder 
value refinancing is required over the 
period of recovery and ahead of the 
maturity date of 1 January 2025 (with 
a target date set for November 2023). 
This will allow business as usual in 
Authentication and for recovery in the 
Currency business and the solidification 
of growth. A key area of focus has 
been the impact of these principal risks 
to the recovery and the impact on the 
financial covenants:

The Financial quarterly and monthly 
liquidity testing levels are as set 
out below.
a.   EBIT/net interest payable more than or 
equal to 1.0 times (3.0x times previously)

testing at each week-end point on a 
four week historical basis and 13 week 
forward looking basis. The minimum 
liquidity is defined as ‘available cash 
and undrawn RCF greater than or 
equal to £25m’, although reduces 
to £20m if £5m or more of cash 
collateral is in place to fulfil guarantee 
or bonding requirements.

There are a number of additional 
requirements under the recently 
amended facility agreement and 
pensions Trustee arrangements 
that include conventional enhanced 
monitoring measures and progress 
on the development of future options. 
Progress has already been made on 
ensuring that the right processes are 
in place to be able to meet the non-
financial conditions and terms agreed 
with the lenders, and the Directors are 
confident that all of these additional 
conditions and terms will be met in 
the timeframe required. 

There are certain scenarios that the 
Directors have not individually modelled 
(e.g. a terrorist attack or an event of 
nature) as either sufficient insurance 
coverage exists or the risk is covered 
by the modelling performed on certain 
scenarios for other principle risks. 

The Directors have assumed that the 
current revolving credit facility (with 
the new recently amended terms) 
remains in place with the same covenant 
requirements through to 29 March 2025, 
and that the Group would either renew 
the facility thereafter, or have sufficient 
time to agree an alternative source of 
finance, on terms which are broadly 

64

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

consistent with the current facility 
for the remainder of the viability 
assessment period. In the event the 
current lenders were not supportive of 
an extension to the facility at FY24 Half 
Year, the Group would consider and 
implement alternative financing options 
at that time. The directors continue to 
assess these alternative financing 
options, including but not limited to: 
alternative lenders; alternative finance 
vehicles; equity injections; and/or the 
sale of trade and assets. However, the 
Directors are confident this scenario 
won’t manifest given its confidence in 
refinancing and extending the facility 
at FY24 Half Year. 

In the event that the risks modelled in 
the severe but plausible downside were 
to materialise together, the Group would 
be able to continue operating within its 
covenants and the Group’s credit 
facilities would not be exhausted. 

The result of reviewing plausible 
downside scenarios is that the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group is viable and will be able to meet 
its obligations as they fall due up to 
29 March 2025.

Going concern
Background and relevant facts
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position 
are set out on pages 4 to 63 of the 
Strategic Report. In addition, pages 176 
to 185 include the Group’s objectives, 
policies and processes for financial risk 
management, details of its financial 
instruments and hedging activities and 
its exposure to credit risk, liquidity risk 
and commodity pricing risk. The financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows, 
liquidity position and borrowing facilities 
are described on pages 50 to 54 of the 
Strategic Report. 

Following the interim results for the 
period ended 24 September 2022 there 
has been a difficult period of trading and 
rising market interest rates, meaning the 
Group forecast that they would breach 
financial covenants in their going 
concern period to 29 June 2024. As 
a result, they entered into extensive 
negotiations with the pension trustee 
and the Group’s banking syndicate. 
A deferral letter from the trustee was 
signed on 28 June 2023 agreeing to 
deferral of deficit repair contributions 

as set out in the paragraph below and 
an amended facility agreement for the 
Group’s financing facilities was signed 
on 29 June 2023, which includes a 
relaxation of the financial covenant ratios 
along with the introduction of a new 
minimum liquidity requirement. 

Deferral of deficit repair contributions
The Group has successfully concluded 
negotiations with the Trustee of the 
De La Rue Pension Fund to defer 
£17.5m of the £18.75m of deficit repair 
contributions that was targeted in the 
Group’s April trading update. 

The Trustee has agreed to defer the 
Group’s deficit repair contributions of 
£3.75m per quarter from that due on 
5 April 2023 up to and including that 
payment that was due on 5 April 2024. 
From July 2024, deficit repair 
contributions will recommence at the 
previously agreed £3.75m per quarter. 
‘Catch up’ payments for the £18.75m of 
deferred payments will start from FY26 
and will continue through to FY29.

This deferral significantly eases the 
short term cashflow burden on the 
business and has been incorporated 
into all modelling. 

Amended Facility Agreement
Under the amended facility agreement, 
which was executed by all parties on the 
29 June 2023, the Group continues to 
have access to a revolving credit facility 
(‘RCF’) of £250m that expires on 1st 
January 2025, which allows the drawing 
down of cash up to the level of £175m and 
the use of bonds and guarantees up to 
the level of £75m. The amendment to the 
debt agreement reduces the available 
facility by £25m from £275m to £250m, 
with the cash draw-down component 
remaining unchanged and the use of the 
bonding and guarantee lines reduced to 
£75m from the prior £100m level. 

The continued access to these borrowing 
facilities is subject to quarterly covenant 
tests which look back over a rolling 
12-month period. In each covenant test 
in FY23 the Group has met its covenant 
ratios on the historical covenant quarterly 
levels. At 25th March 2023, EBIT/net 
interest payable was 3.0 times and Net 
debt/EBITDA was 2.2 times with net debt 
of £83.1m and bonding and guarantees 
in place totalling £52m. The Group is 
additionally in compliance with all 
covenant requirements at 29 June 2023.

The quarterly covenant levels (which will 
continue to be tested on a 12-month 
rolling basis) have been revised from the 
first testing period at 1st July 2023 (Q1 
FY24). These are now subject to monthly 
minimum liquidity testing and quarterly 
covenant tests from this date. The terms 
include consideration of future options 
for the group, provision of further 
non-financial deliverables and milestones 
that the banks will monitor, and these are 
fully within management’s control.

From 1 July 2023, the revised financial 
covenants and spread levels were 
as follows: 
 – EBIT/net interest payable more than or 
equal to 1.0 times, (3.0 times previously)
 – Net debt/EBITDA less than or equal to 
4.0 times until the Q4 2024 testing 
point, reducing to less than or equal 
to 3.6 times from Q1 FY25 through to 
the end of the current agreement to 
1st January 2025. (3.0 times previously)

 – Minimum Liquidity testing monthly, 
testing at each weekend point on a 
4 week historical basis and 13 week 
forward looking basis. The minimum 
liquidity is defined as “available cash 
and undrawn RCF greater than or 
equal to £25m”, although reduces to 
£20m if £5m or more of cash collateral 
is in place to fulfil guarantee or bonding 
requirements (new test)

 – Increases in spread rates on the 
leverage ratio as a result of the 
relaxation of levels:

Leverage 
(consolidated net debt to EBITDA)

Greater than 3.5:1

Greater than 3.0:1 and less than or 
equal to 3.5:1

Greater than 2.5:1 and less than or 
equal to 3.0:1

Margin 
(% per 
annum)

4.35

4.15

3.95

In order to determine the appropriate 
basis of preparation for the financial 
statements for the year ended March 
2023 the Directors must consider 
whether the Group can continue in 
operational existence for a period 
until 29th June 2024 taking into 
account the above liquidity and 
covenant requirements. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

65

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsViability statement continued

Testing assumptions and 
headroom level 
The Group has prepared and reviewed 
profit and cashflow forecasts which 
cover a period up to 29th June 2024 
(Q1 FY25), the going concern period, and 
this includes the following quarters: Q1, 
Q2, Q3, Q4 FY24 & Q1 FY25 as well as 
monthly liquidity testing points 
throughout this period. 

Management’s assessment is that a 
period of 12 months to 29 June 2024 is 
an appropriate going concern period for 
the following reasons: 
 – A 12 month period is consistent with 
De La Rue modelling and approach 
over a number of years, which in prior 
periods has also included a facility 
termination shortly after the going 
concern period (such as in FY22).

 – The Directors have considered events 
after the end of this period, including 
the re-financing requirement for the 
RCF which is at 1 January 2025, which 
is considered further below 

Base case assumptions and headroom 
The base case forecasts over the going 
concern period have been built taking 
into consideration the uncertainty 
around the timing of the Currency 
market recovery. Revenue growth in 
Authentication to over £100m is expected 
to be driven from the annualization of 
contracts already won in prior periods. 
The base financials over the going concern 
period reflect further restructuring and 
refinancing costs that have already been 
initiated. This will help to right size the 
business for the current demand with any 
ramp up required over the going concern 
period to be carefully managed in line 
with pipeline capacity requirements and 
orders to avoid significant negative 
fluctuations vs base plans.

The Group entered FY24 with the 
Currency total order book at £136.8m 
(25 March 2022: £170.8m) and the 
12 month order book at £131.7m 
(25 March 2022: £163.5m). The win rate 
of over 70% since 2020 on Currency 
bids remains high. By 16 June 2023, over 
80% of the Currency business plans 
revenues for FY24 are secured, with key 
wins in Asia providing a solid foundation 
for expectations for the year.

The Group’s base case modelling shows 
headroom on all covenant thresholds 
and the minimum liquidity requirement 
across the period.

66

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Severe yet plausible downsides 
and headroom 
The downside modelling produced has 
factored in the Directors’ assessment of 
events that could occur in a “severe yet 
plausible downside” scenario. The risks 
modelled are directly linked to the Risk 
Committee “principal risks” described on 
pages 56 to 63 of the annual report. The 
most significant material risks modelled 
were as follows; 

Risk 3 Macroeconomic and 
geo-political risk 
 – Authentication new wins and 

implementations are not achieved 
in the timescales modelled in the 
base case. In the severe yet 
plausible downside scenario 100% of 
revenues with new customers have 
been excluded. 

Risk 10 Banking Facilities 
 – Following the recent interest rate rises, 
the Group will be paying an interest 
rate on its facilities of approximately 
8.5% based on the current SONIA rate 
of 5% and the applicable margin. 
Based on the base case numbers in 
FY24, the combined rate would need 
to reach c16% before a breach in the 
interest covenant would be triggered, 
with an implied SONIA rate of 9.2%. 
Whilst management had used 5.3% 
as their interest rate in a severe but 
plausible scenario, based on the 
stress testing procedures described 
above, they have assessed the risk of 
a breach triggered by rising interest 
rates as remote given the current 
SONIA rate applicable is 5%, the 
sensitivity, and that these sensitised 
rates would need to apply for the 
entire FY24 period. 

Risk 11 Kenya taxation and exit strategy 
 – Cash outflow assumed over and 

above the base case, which includes 
acceleration of outflows for site exit 
and legal settlements. 
Risk 13 Currency pipeline 
 – Volumes and budget margins not 

achieved as forecasted in the going 
concern period. For currency pipeline 
downside risks modelled, margins have 
been determined using the average 
production cost as opposed to using 
the facilities with the lowest production 
costs where there is modelled 
capacity. As at 26 March 2023, 
Currency total order book at £136.8m 
(25 March 2022: £170.8m) and the 
12-month order book at £131.7m 
(25 March 2022: £163.5m). By 16 June 
2023, over 80% of the Currency 

business plan revenues for FY24 are 
secured, with key wins in Asia providing 
a foundation for expectations for 
the year.

 – As a result of the new liquidity testing 

requirement, the Directors also 
considered historical monthly working 
capital swings over the last three 
years as well as weekly cash outflow 
averages to ensure that adequate 
considerations have been made to 
capture “in month” working capital 
swings that the Group can see given 
the volatility of working capital in the 
Currency business in particular. 
A £20m working capital outflow was 
demonstrated to be suitable for a 
plausible severe downside to apply 
monthly to liquidity testing, assuming 
no mitigation at all on liquidity at any 
given testing period. 

If all of these modelled downside risks 
were to materialise in the Going 
Concern period, the Group would still 
meet its required covenant ratios and 
liquidity requirements. 

There remains headroom against all 
covenant thresholds in a “severe yet 
plausible” downside scenario across the 
going concern period.

Minimum Liquidity testing monthly 
Company modelling of the severe but 
plausible downside (including taking into 
account working capital swings and 
potential cash collateral requirements) 
also shows headroom to the liquidity 
requirement throughout the period, with 
further controllable mitigations such as 
reduction in discretionary capex that 
could be applied. 

The level of reduction that would be 
required to breach the liquidity covenant 
is considered to be remote by 
management on the basis that in the 
tightest observable period of the severe 
but plausible downside scenario in £27m 
and £17m if taking into account working 
capital swings and potential cash 
collateral requirements. This assessment 
excludes the potential further mitigations 
available.

Stress-Testing
Under the base case modelling, EBIT and 
EBITDA would need to drop by £10m 
(46)% and £11m (27%) respectively, or 
liquidity would need to drop £30m from 
the lowest point, for any breach to occur. 
In the severe but plausible scenario 

modelling, EBIT and EBITDA would need 
to drop by £6m (32%) and £6m (15%) 
respectively, or liquidity would need to 
drop £27m from the lowest point (£17m 
including a negative working capital 
swing of £20m and cash collateralisation 
savings of £10m), for any breach to 
occur. Management concluded that 
a breach is remote given that:
 – Trading to the end of P2 indicates the 
Group is on-track to deliver the FY24 
budget from an EBIT and EBITDA 
perspective. The Group has 
experienced working capital drag 
which has led to Net Debt levels being 
worse than those forecast in the base 
case scenario. The working capital 
drags are in line with those modelled 
in the severe but plausible downside 
scenario and the Group has seen 
positive movements to recover 
working capital in P3.

 – Liquidity stress testing excluded 

controllable mitigating actions (as 
described above) that management 
could employ and still showed 
headroom. 

 – Management are comfortable that 
any non-financial conditions and 
reporting requirements can be 
achieved. The Directors have assumed 
that the current revolving credit 
facility remains in place with the same 
covenant requirements through to its 
current expiry date (1 January 2025), 
which is beyond the end of the period 
reviewed for Going Concern purposes. 
The Directors have concluded that the 
Group will either renew the facility 
thereafter or have sufficient time to 
agree an alternative source of finance 
from 1 January 2025 onwards.

Other Requirements
As referred to earlier, there are a number 
of additional requirements under the 
recently amended facility agreement 
and pensions Trustee arrangements 
that include conventional enhanced 
monitoring measures and progress on 
the development of future options. 
Progress has already been made on 
ensuring that the right processes are 
in place to be able to meet the non-
financial conditions and terms agreed 
with the lenders, and the Directors are 
confident that all of these additional 
conditions and terms will be met in the 
timeframe required. 

Reasonable prospects beyond the 
going concern period
The Directors have also considered the 
pension trustee’s and the lenders’ 
on-going support for the business given 
that further refinancing discussions are 
likely to occur over the going concern 
period with the current facility due to 
terminate on 1st January 2025. 
Specifically, an extension by November 
2023 is necessary to have adequate 
facility duration for going concern 
purposes at FY24 Half Year.

Management has concluded that there 
are realistic prospects for refinancing to 
occur ahead of facility termination as a 
result of: 
 – Lenders have continued to support 

the Group through a amended facility 
agreement. This was signed on 
29 June 2023, and the covenants 
(financial and non-financial) were set 
to levels that allows the Group to 
continue to meet its covenant in a 
severe but plausible downside 
scenario. The Directors see no reason 
that the lender’s support will not 
continue given the level of relaxation 
of covenants that has been agreed.
 – As stated above, prior to the 30th 

September 2023 Half-Year 
announcement in November 2023, 
the Group will have to agree an 
extension with its existing lenders 
for the facility that comes to end on 
1 January 2025. Discussions will 
commence over the coming months 
with the banks on the future options 
open to the Group, and subject to the 
Group achieving specific financial and 
non-financial milestones that the 
Directors are confident in achieving. 
To maximise stakeholder value for all 
parties, the lenders would need to 
provide the business with continued 
support through the Currency market 

recovery and continued growth in 
the Authentication division. It is the 
Directors’ judgement that based on 
the current support of the lenders the 
extension will be achieved. 

 – In the event the current lenders were 
not supportive of an extension to the 
facility at FY24 Half Year, the Group 
would consider and implement 
alternative financing options at that 
time. The directors continue to assess 
these alternative financing options, 
including but not limited to: alternative 
lenders; alternative finance vehicles; 
equity injections; and/or the sale of 
trade and assets. However, the 
Directors are confident this scenario 
won’t manifest given its confidence in 
refinancing and extending the facility 
at FY24 Half Year. 

The Directors have therefore assessed 
that the Group will either renew the 
facility or have sufficient time to agree 
an alternative source of finance. The 
costs of refinancing are included in the 
base case.

Conclusion
The base and severe but plausible 
forecasts show headroom above the 
covenant levels agreed with the lenders 
and support the position that the Group 
will be able to operate within its available 
banking facilities and covenants 
throughout the going concern period 
to 29 June 2024.

Accordingly, the Directors are satisfied 
that the Group is able to manage its 
business risks and to continue in 
operational existence for the going 
concern period. Accordingly, the 
Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Strategic Report

This Strategic Report (comprising pages 1 to 67 inclusive) was approved by the Board 
on 29 June 2023.

By order of the Board

Jon Messent
Company Secretary

29 June 2023

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

67

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsGovernance report

High standards of 
corporate governance 
are vital in helping 
create and protect value

68

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Induction in action
Page 87

How we engage with 
our workforce
Page 79

How we manage the 
relationship with our auditors
Page 94

70    Board statement on corporate governance
72    Board of Directors
74    Governance at a glance
78    Board leadership and company purpose
80    Division of responsibilities
83    Composition, succession and evaluation
88    Audit, risk and internal control
101   Remuneration
102   Directors’ remuneration report
128   Directors’ report
133  

 Directors’ responsibility statement

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

69

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsDear Shareholder,
The last nine months have been a 
difficult time for De La Rue. The market 
conditions in which each of our 
Authentication and Currency divisions 
are operating are discussed in the 
Strategic report, but have created 
unprecedented challenges.

As a Board, we retain a deep conviction 
that the fundamentals of De La Rue’s 
business remain sound. We are 
approaching the future with energy and 
urgency and are confident that we will 
chart a course through to calmer waters.

The Company’s businesses have 
significant market opportunities and 
clear plans for how to address these. 
While the recent past has been 
immensely challenging, there are now 
clear signs that the markets in which 
we operate are improving.

The right conditions for 
success are in place
Delivering our purpose requires clear and 
visible leadership, the right culture and 
robust corporate governance. We believe 
that we have all three of these in place. 

The Board and our Executive Leadership 
Team (ELT) each comprise leaders drawn 
from a diverse range of backgrounds and 
provide clear direction to the business. 
Through a divisional structure with clear 
goals, expectations and accountabilities, 
we provide clarity to the organisation. 

We are operating in very volatile times 
with rapid and significant changes in the 
business environment and the markets in 
which we operate and compete. At the 
same time, our strategy requires that the 
Group is transforming at a significant pace. 

As a Board, we closely monitor the 
culture, practices and behaviour within 
the Company to ensure that they are 
aligned with our values and strategy and 
will support the long term sustainable 
success of the Group. This is crucial in 
maintaining the trust of our employees 
and wider workforce, our customers, 
suppliers and other key stakeholders. 
The ELT members and our divisional 
leadership teams play an integral role in 
our governance framework by exhibiting 
and promoting positive behaviour. 

We have a strong corporate governance 
framework. While it is unlikely that good 
governance will, in itself, create value, it is 
certainly the case that it can help preserve 
value. As Board members, we all seek to 
provide the critical challenge that is 
essential in reaching the best decisions in 
the face of often dynamic and uncertain 
situations. Our governance framework 
also creates checks and balances within 
the business, with every employee 
encouraged to speak out if they can see 
ways of improving our performance. 

While our primary duty remains to 
deliver economic returns to shareholders, 
sustainably over the long term, we 
recognise that this cannot be done 
unless we also understand and respect 
the interests of a much wider range of 
stakeholders. The section 172 statement 
on pages 21 to 23 describes how we took 
our wider responsibilities into account 
during the year. 

Board changes and 
succession planning
At the AGM in July 2022, Maria da Cunha 
retired from the Board after seven years’ 
service as a Non-executive Director, as 
advised in this report a year ago. 

Board statement on 
corporate governance

De La Rue’s purpose is 
securing trust between 
people, businesses 
and governments. 

We operate globally in 
markets where security, 
integrity and accountability 
are paramount. 

Delivering our purpose 
requires clear and visible 
leadership, the right culture 
and robust corporate 
governance. This enables 
us to earn and repay our 
stakeholders’ trust.

70

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Responsible business
As noted opposite, we have 
responsibilities to a wide range of 
stakeholders. Delivering business results 
is clearly of huge importance, but how 
we go about delivering those results is 
equally important. We are striving to 
build a sustainable business that can 
deliver profits and cashflow throughout 
the economic cycle. Of necessity, this 
means that we have to take a long term 
view and ensure that whatever we do is 
done properly. Everyone who works in 
our business, from the factory floor to 
the Boardroom, is aware of the importance 
of conducting our business responsibly, 
taking stakeholders’ interests into account.

Looking forward
We believe that De La Rue is at an 
inflection point. The second half of FY23 
has by any historical measure been 
exceptionally challenging, but we are 
confident that we can weather the storm.

We are confident that we and the ELT 
are providing the leadership necessary 
to take the business forward. De La Rue 
has a positive, proactive and responsible 
corporate culture that gets the right 
things done in the right ways. Our robust 
corporate governance framework, 
described on the following pages, helps 
create the checks and balances needed 
so that we deliver the business outcomes 
and financial results that we and our 
shareholders wish to see.

By order of the Board

Jon Messent
Company Secretary

29 June 2023

On 26 June 2023 we appointed Dean 
Moore as a Non-executive Director. He 
has deep experience of listed companies 
across a wide range of industry sectors, 
both as a senior executive and as a 
non-executive director. 

We are confident that both Clive and 
Dean will be valuable additions to the 
Board team.

We will continue to keep the Board’s 
composition, and in particular the 
diversity and blend of backgrounds, 
skills, experience present at the Board, 
under review.

Our succession plans extend further 
than just the Board. During the year 
the Nomination Committee reviewed 
succession plans for members of the 
Executive Leadership Team and their 
first and second reports. Succession 
planning is important in ensuring that 
management is fully prepared for 
planned or sudden departures from 
key positions. This remains an ongoing 
focus and our goal is the development 
of a diverse pipeline of talented and 
experienced people supporting us and 
the ELT in delivering our strategic goals 
and fulfilling our purpose.

People
As a Board we are, as always, deeply 
impressed by the commitment of our 
people, who have been through 
significant change over the last three 
years. Redesigning and repositioning an 
organisation is never straightforward and 
we have asked much of our workforce, 
who have been required to deliver 
immense change. We all feel privileged 
to be part of an organisation that 
has delivered such a fundamental 
transformation since 2020 and 
immensely grateful for the efforts of 
every one of our people during that time. 
We will, of necessity, continue to ask 
them to deal with more change, but are 
confident that this will leave us well 
placed for success in the short and 
long term.

In September 2022 we were delighted to 
welcome Mark Hoad as a Non-executive 
Director. A chartered accountant, 
he is the Chief Financial Officer of TT 
Electronics plc and brings vast knowledge 
and experience to our deliberations. 
Mark will take over the chairmanship of 
the Audit Committee from the 2023 
AGM. Nick Bray, who currently chairs 
the Audit Committee, has served as a 
Non-executive Director since July 2016 
and has agreed to extend his tenure for 
a further term beyond the 2023 AGM. 
Given that we have a new lead audit 
engagement partner and a new Chief 
Financial Officer, Nick’s knowledge and 
experience will provide invaluable 
continuity and support to the Audit 
Committee and, of course, to the Board 
as a whole.

In January 2023 the Company 
announced that Rob Harding, our Chief 
Financial Officer, had resigned to take 
on a new role as Chief Financial Officer 
of PayPoint plc. Rob will leave us in 
July 2023 and we thank him for his 
contribution and wish him all the very 
best in his next role. In April 2023
Charles Andrews joined us as interim
Chief Financial Officer and as a member
of the ELT but not as a Director. There
has been a successful handover from
Rob to Charles, who brings wide-ranging
experience and a proven ability to lead
change and transformation at an
executive level.

On 1 May 2023 Kevin Loosemore 
resigned as a Director and as the 
Chairman of the Board. On 12 June 
Catherine Ashton resigned as a Non-
executive Director in order to create 
time to take up future international 
commitments. On 19 June we announced 
that Margaret Rice-Jones had decided 
not to seek re-election at the 2023 AGM, 
in light of her other business commitments. 
We would like to acknowledge the 
significant contributions that each of 
them has made to De La Rue and thank 
them for their service and commitment. 

On 18 May 2023 we appointed Clive 
Whiley as a Director and as the Chairman 
of the Board, following an accelerated 
search process. We believe that Clive’s 
breadth and depth of experience 
and skills are what is required to pilot 
the business.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

71

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsBoard of Directors

The Board provides leadership to the Company.

The responsibilities of the Board, and how it 
discharges its duties, are explained in this 
Corporate Governance report. 

Key for committees
Audit Committee
Nomination Committee
Risk Committee
Ethics Committee
Remuneration Committee
Committee Chair

Appointed to the Board on 18 May 2023 

Appointed to the Board in October 2019

Clive  
Whiley
Chairman

Rob 
Harding
Chief  
Financial 
Officer

Current directorships and business interests
– Mothercare plc, Chairman
– Sportech plc, Senior Independent Director
– Griffin Mining Limited, Senior Independent Director

Career, skills and experience
Clive has 40 years’ experience, both as an executive and 
non-executive director, across a wide range of industries 
and geographies in regulated and listed company 
governance positions. He was previously Chairman of 
Dignity plc and a non-executive director of Grand Harbour 
Marina plc (listed in Malta), Camper & Nicholsons Marina 
Investments Limited and Stanley Gibbons Group plc. 

Clive was responsible for successfully guiding Mothercare’s 
emergence as an internationally-focused brand business 
alongside, at Dignity, leading 12% of the UK funeral market 
in the eye of the Covid-19 pandemic.

Contribution to long term sustainable success
Clive’s track record demonstrates that he is capable 
of operating in all operational, financial or regulatory 
circumstances and the Board believes his depth 
of experience and skills are what is required to pilot 
the business.

Appointed to the Board in October 2020 and will leave 
our employment and the Board in July 2023

Career, skills and experience
Rob has more than 10 years’ experience of managing 
finance functions in complex organisations. Throughout 
this time, he has also held additional responsibilities for 
strategic development, risk, debt and capital raising. 

Rob joined De La Rue as Interim Chief Financial Officer 
in March 2020 and played a key role as the business 
successfully raised £100m equity capital, refinanced its 
debt, and delivered its cost reduction programme. In 
October 2020, Rob took on the permanent role and was 
appointed to the Board. 

Prior to joining De La Rue, Rob was Interim Chief Financial 
Officer of Co-Op Insurance, where he supported the 
refinancing and sale of the business. Before this, Rob served 
as Chief Financial Officer and Strategy and Risk Director 
at Swinton Insurance, where he transformed its cost base 
and played a key role in its successful sale of the business 
back in 2018. 

Rob has also held senior roles with Aviva, Standard Life 
and Ageas. He is a qualified Chartered Accountant with 
Arthur Andersen.

Rob resigned as Chief Financial Officer in January 2023 in 
order to take up the position of Chief Financial Officer of 
PayPoint plc after the expiry of his notice period at the end 
of July 2023.

72

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Clive Vacher
Chief Executive 
Officer

Career, skills and experience
Clive has extensive experience in running complex P&Ls 
for global industrial companies in both the commercial and 
government/defence sectors. He has a track record of 
turnarounds, international business transformation and 
strategic development, including leading divisions of 
international corporations and standalone listed companies. 

Clive was a director, president and Chief Executive Officer 
of Canadian-listed Dynex Power, leading its privatisation 
sale to the Chinese Rail and Rolling Stock Company in 
March 2019. Previously, he held senior leadership positions 
with Pratt and Whitney, Rolls-Royce, General Dynamics 
Corporation and B/E Aerospace. 

Clive is an alumnus of MIT, Stanford, Columbia and the 
LSE and currently sits on the advisory board of the Lincoln 
International Business School at the University of Lincoln, UK.

Contribution to long term sustainable success
Clive has a strong track record of delivering successful 
turnaround strategies in a range of industries.

Appointed to the Board in April 2021

Career, skills and experience
Ruth joined De La Rue in 1988 as a graduate trainee and 
has spent over 30 years working in the international 
government sector, living and working in the UK, Mexico, 
Colombia, Spain and Malaysia. 

Ruth 
Euling
Executive  
Director & 
MD, Currency

During her career at De La Rue, she has held a number 
of executive management positions within the Currency, 
Identity and Brand businesses in Sales, Marketing, 
Manufacturing and General Management. Ruth was 
appointed Managing Director of the Currency Division 
in 2019. Prior to that she was Sales Director for the 
Currency businesses from 2012 until 2019.

In 2018, Ruth joined the advisory board of the 
International Currency Association, helping lead the 
currency industry in creating a single, cohesive voice. 
She was elected its Vice-Chair in 2022. She is also a 
member of the advisory council for Commonwealth 
Enterprise and Investment Council.

Contribution to long term sustainable success 
Ruth has an unrivalled knowledge of the international 
currency market, and extensive contacts in finance ministries, 
central banks and state print works around the world.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Margaret  
Rice-Jones
Senior 
Independent  
Director

Appointed to the Board in September 2020 and is not 
seeking re-election at the 2023 AGM

Current directorships and business interests
– Origami Energy Limited, Chair
– Holiday Extras Investments Ltd, non-executive director
– ScaleUp Institute, Chair
– Calnex Solutions plc, non-executive director

Career, skills and experience
Margaret has an extensive background in innovative 
technology businesses, bringing particular expertise in 
software and digital platforms and M&A. Building on an 
engineering and product marketing background she has 
operated at board level for over 20 years. Amongst these 
roles she was Chair of Confused.com until its sale in 2021 
and Chair of Skyscanner Limited from 2013 until its sale 
in 2016 to Ctrip for £1.4bn. She is now Chair at the 
ScaleUp Institute, a not-for-profit company working with 
government and industry to build the right environment in 
the UK for scaling businesses. On the public markets she 
was a director of Xaar plc from 2015 to 2020, where she 
was Senior Independent Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee. She is currently a non-executive 
director of AIM-quoted test and measurement provider 
Calnex Solutions plc.

Contribution to long term sustainable success 
Margaret has extensive experience of guiding and leading 
the strategic development of a range of businesses, 
particularly in the IT and tech sectors.

Nick Bray
Independent 
Non-executive 
Director

Appointed to the Board in July 2016

Current directorships and business interests 
– Travelport Worldwide Ltd, CFO and EVP

Career, skills and experience
Nick has extensive international experience in the 
technology and information security industries. In 2019, 
he was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of travel 
technology company, Travelport. Before joining 
Travelport, he served as Chief Financial Officer of 
security software firm, Sophos Group plc, for over nine 
years. Nick was also Chief Financial Officer at Micro 
Focus International plc, having previously held CFO roles 
at Fibernet Group plc and Gentia Software plc. Prior to 
that, he held various senior financial positions at 
Comshare Inc. and Lotus Software.

Contribution to long term sustainable success 
Nick is a chartered accountant and highly experienced 
CFO, with strong strategic management skills.

Mark Hoad 
Independent 
Non-executive 
Director

Appointed to the Board on 28 September 2022

Appointed to the Board on 26 June 2023

Current directorships and business interests
–  TT Electronics plc, CFO and Executive Director

Career, skills and experience
Mark is a chartered accountant with a deep understanding 
of finance and operational activities, acquired during a 
career spent in senior finance/management roles with FTSE 
listed companies. He has been a director of TT Electronics 
plc and its Chief Financial Officer since January 2015 and 
previously held equivalent roles with BBA Aviation plc. His 
other previous experience includes several years working 
in a variety of management roles in Continental Europe and 
Australia, as well as a strong focus on driving business 
transformation in the US. 

Mark has spent the last 25 years working in global industrial 
businesses and has extensive experience of driving 
business and functional re-structuring and transformation, 
M&A, and equity and debt capital markets.

Contribution to long term sustainable success 
Mark is a strategically-minded chartered accountant, with 
extensive financial management experience in complex 
global manufacturing businesses and strong experience 
in listed companies and public markets.

Current directorships and business interests
–  Cineworld Group plc, Senior Independent Director
– Griffin Mining Ltd, independent Non-executive Director
– THG plc, independent Non-executive Director
– Volex plc, Senior Independent Director

Dean Moore 
Independent 
Non-executive 
Director

Career, skills and experience
Dean is a chartered accountant with over 35 years of 
public company experience in companies operating in 
many different sectors and environments. He is a highly 
respected finance professional and non-executive 
director with a proven track record.

He was previously chief financial officer at Dignity plc, 
Cineworld plc (on an interim basis), N Brown Group plc, 
T&S Stores plc and Graham Group plc, and formerly 
Non-Executive Chair at Tuxedo Money Solutions Limited 
and independent Non-Executive Director at Dignity plc.

Contribution to long term sustainable success 
Dean’s significant experience of the strategic 
development of listed companies, in both senior 
executive roles and in non-executive appointments is 
ideally suited to supporting the Board and the executive 
team in delivering future growth.

Appointed as General Counsel on 3 April 2023 and as 
Company Secretary on 11 April 2023

Career, skills and experience
Jon brings to De La Rue a wealth of experience in Company 
Secretarial, Legal and Governance, having held numerous 
executive roles in both listed and private companies 
operating in industrial, manufacturing, property, security 
and the defence sectors. His most recent role was as 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary with 
QinetiQ Group plc, a multi-national FTSE 250 operating 
primarily in the defence, security and critical national 
infrastructure markets.

Jon Messent
General Counsel 
and Company 
Secretary

In addition to the Directors named above, three other Directors held office 
during FY23:

–  Maria da Cunha served as a Non-executive Director until she retired from 

office at the AGM on 27 July 2022.

–  Kevin Loosemore served as a Non-executive Director and as Chairman 
of the Board throughout FY23. Shortly after the year end he resigned as 
a Director and ceased to hold office on 1 May 2023.

–  Catherine Ashton served as a Non-executive Director throughout FY23. 
She resigned as a Director and ceased to hold office on 12 June 2023.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

73

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsGovernance at a glance

Corporate governance is the system 
by which companies are directed and 
controlled, being a combination of  
people, structures and processes

Governance in support of the 
corporate purpose
Our corporate purpose is to secure 
trust between people, businesses 
and governments.

To enable us to fulfil our purpose and 
support our customers and others who 
benefit from our products and services, 
De La Rue needs robust internal 
structures and processes. These are 
designed to ensure, as far as possible, 
that we are ourselves deserving of our 
stakeholders’ trust. 

Those structures and processes 
combine to make up our corporate 
governance framework. By training our 
people in what is expected of them and 
how we expect things to be done, we 
create the conditions under which we 
will fulfil our corporate purpose.

Corporate governance 
framework
The Company’s governance structure is 
intended to ensure that the right people 
are able to focus on the right issues, at 
the right time. The goal is to create and 
preserve value for all our stakeholders, 
including our shareholders.

As well as the Board Committees 
recommended by the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code) we have 
created a mix of Board and management 
bodies and meetings to consider some 
of the key issues and risks facing the 
Company. This enables groups with the 
required subject matter expertise to 
devote time and attention to the areas 
where they can make a difference.

Reports from the principal Board 
Committees are included later in this 
Corporate Governance report.

Compliance statement
The Board encourages a culture 
of strong governance across the 
business and continues to apply the 
principles of good governance set out 
in the Financial Reporting Council’s 
(FRC) July 2018 edition of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the 
Code), which is available on the FRC’s 
website, frc.org.uk.

The Board considers that it and the 
Company have, throughout the period 
to 25 March 2023, complied with all of 
the provisions of the Code.

74

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Our governance framework
Certain Board responsibilities are delegated to formal Board Committees 
which play an important governance role through the work they carry out:

  Board
  Board committees
  Management committees

The Board

CEO

Disclosure  
Committee

Ethics 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Provides leadership to 
the business and sets 
‘tone from the top’. 
Develops strategic 
recommendations for 
the Board and then 
implements agreed 
business plans. 
Oversees relations 
with stakeholders.

For more information 
on the CEO’s role:
see page 81

For Clive’s biography:
see page 72

Oversees the 
implementation of 
the governance 
procedures 
associated with the 
assessment, control 
and disclosure of 
inside information in 
accordance with the 
UK Market Abuse 
Regulation.

Makes 
recommendations to 
the Board on ethical 
matters and reinforces 
the Group’s 
commitment to 
ensuring business 
ethics are a 
fundamental and 
enduring part of the 
Group’s culture.

Implements the 
approved Directors’ 
remuneration policy, 
sets pay for the 
Chairman and 
Executive Directors 
and monitors the 
policies and practices 
applied to senior 
management 
remuneration.

Reviews and monitors 
the integrity of the 
Company’s financial 
reporting, risk 
management systems 
and internal controls 
and the effectiveness 
of the internal audit 
function and external 
auditors.

Reviews the structure, 
size and composition 
of the Board and its 
Committees, 
managing succession 
planning to ensure 
a balance of skills, 
knowledge and 
experience and having 
regard to diversity 
considerations.

For more information:
see page 99

For more information:
see page 102

For more information:
see page 89

For more information:
see page 85

Sanctions  
Board

Responsible for 
ensuring internal 
control procedures 
are in place to 
mitigate the risk of 
breaching applicable 
trade sanctions and 
embargoes.

Risk 
Committee

Oversees the Group’s 
risk management 
framework. Identifies, 
evaluates and 
monitors the principal 
risks facing the Group 
and reviews mitigation 
activities.

For more information:
see page 97

Executive Leadership Team

Transform Sustainability  
Programme Board

Group Health, Safety and
Sustainability Committee

–  Operates under the direction and authority 

–  Addresses the Group sustainability and climate 

–  Makes recommendations on health & safety 

of the Chief Executive Officer

change risk

and sustainability strategy

–  Manages the day-to-day running of the Group 

–  Reviews the key improvement workstreams on 

–  Monitors compliance with H&S and 

and its business

a monthly basis to create accountability

sustainability obligations

–  Develops and implements strategy, monitoring 

–  Reviews any significant planned expenditure 

the operating and financial performance and the 
prioritisation and allocation of resources

relating to sustainability

– Tracks key H&S and sustainability KPIs
–  Recommends appropriate training and actions 

–  Reviews any key actions related to workstreams 
and the Transform Sustainability programme

to maintain H&S and sustainability 
improvements and performance

For more information:
see page 82

For more information:
see page 34

For more information:
see page 27

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

75

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsGovernance at a glance continued

Key matters considered by the Board in FY23
During the year ended 25 March 2023 the Board considered a wide range of matters, alongside its normal oversight of 
operational and financial performance. The table below shows some of the key matters considered by the Board and the 
business outcomes that flowed from these.

Topic and link to 
strategy pillars
Developing and 
implementing strategy

Key matters considered

Outcomes

 – Review of implementation of strategy

 – Approval of capex for Authentication and 

Currency in Malta

 – Business plan and budget for FY23

 – Refined the FY23 budget

 – Review of new strategy to end FY25

 – Approval of strategy

 – Future of the Kenyan operations

 – Cessation of operations in Kenya

 – Business plan and budget for FY24

 – FY24 budget reviewed and approved

Monitoring and 
managing risk

 – Covid-19 response

 – Economic situation in Sri Lanka

 – Confirmed that Covid-19 should be treated 

as a business as usual risk

 – We were able to keep the production site 
running throughout the local disruption

Business and 
stakeholder 
imperatives

 – Review of principal risks and risk appetite

 – Confirmed the risk appetite and which risks 

should be insured

 – Economics of the Portals Relationship 

 – Termination of the Relationship Agreement

Agreement

 – Funding of the business

 – Amendment and extension of the 

bank facilities

 – Feedback following engagement with 

 – Decision to hold a General Meeting in 

Crystal Amber

December 2022

 – Feedback from Employee Voice Forum 

 – Focus on means of enhancing internal 

sessions

communications

 – Review of the ESG strategy

 – Re-confirmed support for the ESG strategy

 – Review of material new contracts

 – Approval of tenders, TPP appointments

Reporting and 
accountability

 – Reviewed financial performance through 

 – Scrutinised performance against prior 

the year

year outcomes and current year budget 
and forecasts

 – Reviewed results of the auditor’s interim 

 – Interim results released; full year results 

review and full year statutory audit

announcement and Annual Report released

 – Matters to be proposed at the 2023 AGM

 – All Directors standing for re-election 

reappointed; adoption of new Sharesave 
Scheme

Ensuring good 
governance

 – Succession planning for retirement of 

 – Appointed Mark Hoad as a Non-executive 

Nick Bray

Director

 – 2022 Board effectiveness review

 – Site visit to Westhoughton to demonstrate 
visible leadership to the business and 
familiarise the directors with this key site

 – Feedback from institutional investor 

 – Refinement of market messaging

roadshows following results announcements

 – 2023 Board effectiveness review

 – Strengthening of the Board’s processes

76

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
Attendance at scheduled Board and Committee meetings
The Board met on six scheduled occasions during the year, with additional meetings held as required to provide approvals or 
discuss matters at short notice, which did not always require attendance from all Board members. Attendance at the scheduled 
Board meetings and at all Committee meetings is shown below. 

Where a Director is unable to participate in a Board or Committee meeting they review the meeting materials and communicate 
their opinions and comments on the matters to be considered to the Chairman of the Board or the relevant Committee Chair.

Key: 

  meeting attended 

  meeting missed

Director

Board

Audit 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Ethics 
Committee

Kevin Loosemore¹

Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Catherine Ashton²

Nick Bray

Maria da Cunha³

Mark Hoad⁴

Margaret Rice-Jones

Notes
1. 
2. 
3. 
4.  Appointed to the Board on 28 September 2022.

Following the year end, Kevin Loosemore resigned as a Director with effect from 1 May 2023.
Following the year end, Catherine Ashton resigned as a Director on 12 June 2023.
Retired from the Board on 27 July 2022.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

77

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 1: Board leadership 
and company purpose

Code Principle A:
A successful company is led by an 
effective and entrepreneurial board, 
whose role is to promote the long-
term sustainable success of the 
company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to 
wider society.

Code Principle B:
The board should establish the 
company’s purpose, values and 
strategy, and satisfy itself that 
these and its culture are aligned. 
All directors must act with integrity, 
lead by example and promote the 
desired culture.

The Board is committed to pursuing 
the highest standards of corporate 
governance, which it believes are critical 
to creating and preserving value for 
shareholders and other stakeholders. 
The Company’s purpose is securing 
trust between people, businesses and 
governments and our business model 
and strategy are explained on pages 16 
to 19. The Board believes that its 
business model is sustainable on a long 
term basis as we expect there to be 
resilient demand for the Currency and 
Authentication products and services we 
offer. The Company’s strategy pre-empts 
market changes in some areas, for 
example the ongoing transition from 
paper to polymer banknotes within our 
Currency business. Where new risks 
emerge or existing risks evolve, the 
Board’s processes for the governance of 
risk should enable us to identify these on 
a timely basis and adapt our strategies 
and plans accordingly. In this way, the 
Board seeks to balance its leadership of 
the Group’s business with a clear focus 
on risk and control.

The Board is highly entrepreneurial, with 
two Executive Directors who are directly 
profit-accountable, a commercially-
minded CFO and Non-executive 
Directors who have played senior 
executive roles in growing successful 
multi-billion pound revenue companies. 
The Directors’ experience also includes 
the strategic design and delivery of 
corporate transactions that created 
significant value for shareholders.

The Board is cognisant of its duties to 
a wide range of stakeholders, though its 
overriding purpose is the delivery of 
returns to shareholders sustainably over 
the longer term. For more details of our 
approach to stakeholders’ interests, 
please see the section 172 statement 
on pages 21 to 23.

The Board sets the Group’s purpose, 
strategy and goals and monitors the 
delivery of these. The Company’s 
purpose is clear – that of securing trust 
between people, businesses and 
governments. The corporate strategy 
is explained on pages 18 and 19. Business 
is about taking considered risks to earn 
a return, and a key responsibility of the 
Board is in overseeing and monitoring 
(with the support of the Audit 
Committee, the Risk Committee and 
the Ethics Committee) our risk 
management programme and internal 
control environment.

For further details of our risk 
management programme and the 
principal risks that the Group faces, 
please see pages 56 to 63. For further 
information on our approach to audit, 
risk and internal control, please see 
section 4 of this Corporate Governance 
report on pages 88 to 100.

Having the right corporate culture is a 
critical enabler for both the delivery of 
profits and the maintenance of effective 
risk management and internal control. 
The Board continues to develop a 
framework through the Executive 
Leadership Team (ELT) for regular 
oversight of the culture within the Group. 
In so doing, the Directors are aware that 
they must lead by example, setting tone 
from the top, promoting integrity and 
ethical behaviour in line with the 
Company’s standards. We continue to 
build a high-performance culture across 
the business to support the delivery of 
our strategy and during the year we 
refreshed our corporate values and 
launched a revision of our Code of 
Business Principles. This was 
supplemented by the launch of a People 
Managers Charter, which sets out our 
expectations for all levels of leadership. 

The intention is to ensure De La Rue’s 
values are integral to the performance 
management of the senior leadership 
group and other employees, and that the 
incentive structure in place supports and 
encourages behaviours consistent with 
those values. Training and development 
activities, covering job-related, 
inter-personal skills and general 
personal development, are provided for 
our employees on an ongoing basis.

Code Principle C:
The board should ensure that the 
necessary resources are in place for 
the company to meet its objectives 
and measure performance against 
them. The board should also establish 
a framework of prudent and effective 
controls, which enable risk to be 
assessed and managed.

The diverse range of skills and 
experience that the Chairman and the 
Non-executive Directors bring to the 
Company means that they are well 
qualified to understand the resources 
needed to run our business properly 
and sustainably. As ‘critical friends’, 
they scrutinise performance and provide 
support and constructive challenge to 
the Executive Directors and wider 
leadership team as appropriate.

In recent years, we have significantly 
reviewed and refined the resources 
that the Group needs to deliver on its 
objectives. We will continue to do so in 
the light of volatile market conditions, 
both locally in our production sites and 
sales offices and centrally. The Board 
and its Committees continue to monitor 
the effectiveness of the management 
structure in delivering operating and 
financial results.

Our internal control environment is well 
established. For further information 
please see section 4 of this Corporate 
Governance report on page 96.

78

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

The Board keeps under review the ways 
in which it engages with stakeholders or 
otherwise ascertains and understands 
their views. This will always be an iterative 
process, as the nature and interests of 
those groups change over time.

Code Principle E:
The board should ensure that 
workforce policies and practices are 
consistent with the company’s values 
and support its long-term sustainable 
success. The workforce should be 
able to raise any matters of concern.

Every business depends on a skilled, 
dedicated and motivated workforce to 
deliver the business results it seeks. It is 
critical that the way in which the Company 
manages its workforce supports the long 
term sustainable success of the Group 
and we have adopted a range of policies 
and practices with this aim. Our values 
inform much of this and establishing 
two-way communications with our 
workforce and, where relevant, their 
elected representatives, is an important 
factor in achieving that success. 

The work undertaken by Maria da Cunha 
and Catherine Ashton during the year in 
direct workforce engagement on behalf 
of the Board is an important bolstering 
of our existing processes.

A dedicated whistleblowing hotline 
allows our workforce to raise concerns 
about ethical breaches confidentially, or 
anonymously if preferred, by a range of 
methods. For further information, please 
see the Ethics Committee report on 
page 99.

Code Principle D:
In order for the company to meet its 
responsibilities to shareholders and 
stakeholders, the board should 
ensure effective engagement with, 
and encourage participation from, 
these parties.

The section 172 statement on pages 21 
to 23 explains how the Board took the 
interests of key stakeholders into 
account in its discussions and decision 
making on the key topics considered 
during the year.

The Board has asked one of the Non-
executive Directors to take responsibility 
for leading its workforce engagement 
activities. Until her retirement at the 
2022 AGM, Maria da Cunha held this role, 
which was then assumed by Catherine 
Ashton. The designated Non-executive 
Director gathers the views of the workforce 
at all levels of the organisation and shares 
these views with the Board at relevant 
points in its discussions and decision 
making. We believe that this approach 
works well for the Company, the Board 
and, most importantly, our workforce.

During FY23 we continued to operate our 
regular ‘Employee Voice Forum’ sessions 
across our sites. These complement the 
other formal and informal workplace 
forums and networks we operate. 
Sessions were held in person at the 
Westhoughton production site and at 
our Basingstoke offices, with further 
sessions planned for the production 
plants in Sri Lanka, Malta, Debden and 
Logan to ensure that on a rolling basis 
the Board is able to interact with the 
workforce across all our major locations. 
In addition, Catherine attended a one 
day in-person meeting of our UK/
European Employee Forum in December 
2022. The Forum comprises elected 
representatives from our workforce in 
the UK and EU countries and enables 
management to present business 
updates while listening and responding 
to whatever questions and concerns the 
attendees may raise. The Forum enables 
the general sentiment of our workforce 
to be assessed. 

Feedback from all of these meetings was 
presented to the Board in March 2023. 
The key message was for the Board and 
senior management to continue to 
communicate, openly and frankly, with 
the Group’s entire workforce. For details 
of how we do this, please see page 130.

Subsequent to the year end, Catherine 
Ashton resigned as a Non-executive 
Director on 12 June 2023. The Board 
recognises the importance of the role of 
the workforce engagement director and 
currently intends to appoint another 
Non-executive Director in this capacity.

These activities complement the data 
and information gathered through formal 
surveys and working groups as part of 
the normal management process. Where 
appropriate, actions to address concerns 
raised by employees are then resolved 
and communicated to employees via 
various internal newsletters and direct 
all-employee communications by the 
Chief Executive Officer. Further details 
of progress made this year are set out in 
the Responsible Business report on 
pages 24 to 45. 

The interests of employees, suppliers 
and customers are regularly discussed 
by the Board, which also considers 
ethical, environmental and social impacts 
wherever relevant. The importance of 
fostering strong relationships and 
developing a positive reputation for 
high standards of business conduct 
underpins the Board’s work, all of which 
is aimed at sustaining De La Rue’s 
standing as a successful business over 
the long term.

We look to engage with shareholders 
whenever possible. We run an active 
investor relations programme with our 
major shareholders, led by the CEO and 
CFO but in which the Chairman and the 
Senior Independent Director are also 
active participants.

While our principal engagement with 
the retail shareholder base is at the AGM, 
we also welcome contacts from them 
throughout the year. All Directors attend 
the AGM, where the Committee Chairs 
are available to answer questions. All 
votes are taken on a poll, so that we take 
into account the proxy votes cast by 
those unable to attend the meeting.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

79

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsThe Chairman and each of the Non-
executive Directors have a breadth of 
strategic, management and financial 
experience gained in their specialist 
areas in a range of multinational 
businesses. No one individual or small 
group of individuals dominates the 
Board’s decision making.

The Board has established a process 
to review at least annually any actual or 
potential conflict of interest. The most 
recent review was in March 2023. Any 
transactional conflicts are required to 
be notified, and would be reviewed, as 
they arise.

There is a clear division of responsibilities 
between the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive Officer, which is set out in 
writing and has been agreed by the 
Board, and is available on the Company’s 
website, www.delarue.com. The table 
opposite summarises the role and 
responsibilities of the different members 
of the Board.

The Directors are, individually and 
collectively as a Board, accountable to 
shareholders for their performance. Each 
Director serving at the date of this report 
will retire from office at the AGM on 
7 September 2023 and offer themselves 
for re-election, other than Rob Harding, 
and Margaret Rice-Jones, as noted above.

Section 2: 
Division of responsibilities

Code Principle F:
The chair leads the board and is 
responsible for its overall 
effectiveness in directing the 
company. They should demonstrate 
objective judgement throughout 
their tenure and promote a culture 
of openness and debate. In addition, 
the chair facilitates constructive 
board relations and the effective 
contribution of all non-executive 
directors, and ensures that directors 
receive accurate, timely and 
clear information.

The Chairman is responsible for 
leadership of the Board, including its 
overall effectiveness in directing the 
Company’s affairs. While the Chairman 
is not regarded as an independent 
Director under the Code, the Board is 
satisfied that Kevin Loosemore 
demonstrated independent and 
objective judgement throughout his 
tenure. The Board believes that Clive 
Whiley will also demonstrate independent 
and objective judgement.

The role of the Chairman at Board 
meetings is primarily to facilitate 
constructive Board relations and the 
effective contribution of all Directors, 
promoting a culture of openness and 
debate. He has primary accountability, 
with the support of the Company 
Secretary, for ensuring that the Directors 
receive accurate, timely, clear and 
complete information.

Code Principle G:
The board should include an 
appropriate combination of executive 
and non-executive (and, in particular, 
independent non-executive) 
directors, such that no one individual 
or small group of individuals 
dominates the board’s decision-
making. There should be a clear 
division of responsibilities between 
the leadership of the board and the 
executive leadership of the 
company’s business.

As at 25 March 2023 the Board had eight 
members, being the Chairman, three 
Executive Directors (the CEO, the CFO 
and the MD, Currency) and four 
independent Non-executive Directors. 
Biographies setting out the skills and 
experience of the Directors are set out 
on pages 72 and 73. 

As noted on pages 70 and 71 there has 
been a material change in the Board’s 
composition since the year end. In 
addition, the current CFO, Rob Harding, 
will leave the Company’s employment in 
July 2023 and the Senior Independent 
Director, Margaret Rice-Jones, has 
decided not to seek re-election at the 
2023 AGM due to the time demands 
of her other business commitments.

All of the Non-executive Directors who 
served during the year and to the date 
of this report are considered by the 
Board to be independent, both in 
thought and relative to the criteria set 
out in the Code.

Kevin Loosemore worked for the Group 
from 1997 to 1999 and receives a small 
pension from the Company’s defined 
benefit pension scheme. Similarly, 
Margaret Rice-Jones worked for the 
Group from 1997 to 2000 and has a 
deferred pension entitlement in that 
scheme, as does Ruth Euling, whose 
accrual of benefits ceased in March 
2013. These potential conflicts of interest 
have been declared to and authorised by 
the Board, under its normal processes.

80

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Chairman

 – Provides leadership of the Board, setting its agenda, style and tone to promoting constructive 

challenge and debate.

 – Ensures good information flows from the Executive Directors to the Board, and from the Board 

to key stakeholders.

 – Takes overall responsibility for the composition and capability of the Board, its Committees 

and senior management, including acting as Chair of the Nomination Committee.

 – Ensures that high standards of corporate governance and probity are maintained throughout 

the Group.

Chief Executive Officer

 – Maintains and motivates a senior management team with the appropriate knowledge, 

experience, skills and drive to manage the Group’s day-to-day activities.

 – Demonstrates personal leadership and a management style which encourages excellent and 

open working relationships at all levels within the Group.

 – Ensures, through the Chief Financial Officer, the implementation, control and coordination 

of the Group’s financial and funding policies approved by the Board.

 – Ensures that the Group has in place appropriate systems of risk management and internal 

control, including in relation to the health, safety and well being of its workforce.

 – Proposes for Board approval operational plans and financial budgets to deliver the agreed 

strategy for creating value for shareholders.

 – Communicates with the Company’s shareholders and other key stakeholders and briefs the 

Board on any material views and issues.

 – Available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact through the normal channels 

of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer has failed to resolve, or for which 
such contact is inappropriate. 

 – Available to the other Directors should they have any concerns which are not appropriate to 
raise with the Chairman or which have not been satisfactorily resolved by the Chairman. 

 – The Senior Independent Director will also lead any recruitment of a new Chairman, other than 

when being considered for the position themself.

 – The Chief Financial Officer supports the Chief Executive Officer and is responsible for 

managing the Group’s finance strategy, financial reporting, risk management and internal 
controls, investor relations programme and the leadership of the Finance function.

 – The MD, Currency reports to the CEO and has executive responsibility for delivery of her 

division’s operational and financial performance. 

 – As members of the ELT, each of the Executive Directors has a wider responsibility for 

monitoring the delivery of intended goals across the entire business, and for implementing 
and maintaining appropriate risk management and internal controls.

Senior Independent 
Director

Other Executive 
Directors

Independent Non-
executive Directors

 – Strategy: constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy.
 – Performance: review the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives 

and delivering against business plans and budgets or forecasts.

 – Reporting to shareholders: monitor the accuracy and completeness of financial and narrative 

information provided to the market.

 – Risk and internal control: as part of the Board, establish a framework of prudent and effective 
controls, which enable risk to be assessed and ensure that the systems of risk management 
and internal control are robust and defensible.

 – People: monitor succession planning and management development. Ensure that the voice 

of the workforce and other stakeholders is considered by the Board.

General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

 – Supports the Chairman in ensuring a timely flow of high quality information to the Directors
 – Advises the Board on matters of corporate governance and supports the Chairman and 

Non-executive Directors individually. 

 – The point of contact for investors on matters of corporate governance.
 – Ensures probity and good governance practices at Board level and throughout the Group.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

81

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsThe Chief Executive Officer has 
responsibility for matters relating to the 
Company or its business that are not 
reserved to shareholders, the Board or 
one of its Committees. To empower the 
wider management team, there is a formal 
schedule of delegations of authority 
through him to members of the ELT and 
other levels of management, which is 
reviewed and approved by the Board.

The ELT meets regularly to communicate, 
review and agree on issues and actions 
of Group-wide significance. It develops, 
implements and monitors strategic and 
operational plans, and considers the 
continuing applicability, appropriateness 
and impact of risk. It leads the 
development and implementation of the 
Group’s culture and aids the decision 
making of the Chief Executive Officer and 
other Executive Directors in managing 
the business in the performance of 
their duties.

The Chief Executive Officer leads the 
reporting on the Group’s activities to the 
Board, who receive regular reports from 
him and the Chief Financial Officer and 
have the opportunity to ask questions or 
seek further clarification as necessary.

Section 2: Division of responsibilities continued

Code Principle H:
Non-executive directors should have 
sufficient time to meet their board 
responsibilities. They should provide 
constructive challenge, strategic 
guidance, offer specialist advice and 
hold management to account.

The basis on which the Board identifies 
the skills, experience and personal 
attributes required of the Non-executive 
Directors is described in the Nomination 
Committee report on pages 85 to 87. 
As part of the selection process, 
candidates are asked to confirm that 
they will have sufficient time to meet 
their responsibilities as Directors and 
to undertake not to accept any further 
appointment without first clearing the 
proposed role with the Chairman.

The role of the Non-executive Directors 
is described in the table on page 81. 
The Non-executive Directors come from 
diverse backgrounds and have a wide 
range of skills and experience. We believe 
that there is a distinct synergy benefit 
from this diversity and that the Board’s 
discussions benefit from the range of 
perspectives it provides.

Code Principle I:
The board, supported by the 
company secretary, should ensure 
that it has the policies, processes, 
information, time and resources it 
needs in order to function effectively 
and efficiently.

The Board is satisfied that it has the 
policies, processes, information, time and 
resources it needs to perform its role 
both effectively and efficiently.

The Board meets regularly throughout 
the year and follows a formal work 
programme to ensure that all matters are 
considered on a timely basis. For more 
detail of the key matters discussed 
during FY23, please see page 76. To 
ensure that the Directors maintain overall 
control over strategic and other material 
issues, the Board has adopted a schedule 
of matters which are required to be 
brought to it for decision.

The key areas for the Board’s sole 
decision are:
 – Group strategy, long term objectives, 

annual budgets

 – The Group’s values, culture and key 
Group-wide policies that support 
these

 – Approval of the annual and interim 

results 

 – Acquisitions, disposals and material 

business changes

 – Ensuring that a sound system of 

internal control and risk management 
is maintained and approval of the risk 
appetite

 – Changes to the Group’s capital 

structure

 – Dividend policy and the declaration 
or recommendation of dividends

Where the Board’s oversight 
responsibilities require dedicated focus 
on specific areas, the Board has 
established Committees to provide the 
relevant insight, whose roles and activities 
are explained later in this Corporate 
Governance report.

The matters reserved to the Board and 
the terms of reference for each of its 
Committees, which are reviewed 
regularly, can be found on the Company 
website at www.delarue.com. These were 
last reviewed in March 2023 and are 
compliant with the recommendations 
of the Code.

The Board met formally on six occasions 
during FY23, with additional meetings 
held as required to provide approvals or 
discuss matters at short notice, which 
did not always require attendance from 
all Board members. Attendance at the 
scheduled meetings and at those of the 
Committees is shown in the table on 
page 77. Where a Director is unable to 
participate in a Board or Committee 
meeting, they review the meeting 
materials and communicate their opinions 
and comments on the matters to be 
considered to the Chairman of the Board 
or the relevant Board Committee Chair.

82

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Section 3: Composition, succession 
and evaluation

Code Principle J:
Appointments to the board should 
be subject to a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure, and an 
effective succession plan should be 
maintained for board and senior 
management. Both appointments 
and succession plans should be 
based on merit and objective criteria 
and, within this context, should 
promote diversity of gender, social 
and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive 
and personal strengths.

Securing the best possible candidate 
for every role is critical. The Nomination 
Committee report on pages 85 to 87 
provides more information on how we 
create the candidate specification for a 
Director appointment, including diversity 
considerations, and then identify and 
appoint candidates. The Board 
recognises the importance of having an 
inclusive culture and the value that 
diversity brings to De La Rue and aims 
to reflect this within the composition of 
the Board.

Code Principle K:
The board and its committees 
should have a combination of skills, 
experience and knowledge. 
Consideration should be given to 
the length of service of the board 
as a whole and membership 
regularly refreshed.

The Chairman seeks to ensure that the 
composition of the Board includes 
individuals whose varied backgrounds, 
experience, knowledge and expertise 
bring a wide range of perspectives to its 
discussions and decision making. This 
helps to mitigate the risk of ‘group-think’ 
with the intention of best supporting the 
delivery of the Group’s operational and 
financial results.

Non-executive Directors’ tenure

FY16

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20 FY21

FY22

FY23

Beyond

Clive Whiley

Kevin Loosemore

Maria da Cunha

Nick Bray

Catherine Ashton

Margaret Rice-Jones

Mark Hoad

Dean Moore

  First three year term
  Second three year term
  Additional term beyond six years

Non-executive Directors are appointed 
for an initial period of three years with 
the expectation of serving one further 
three year term, subject to satisfactory 
performance and annual re-election by 
shareholders. Terms beyond this period 
are considered on a case-by-case basis 
and only following rigorous review, taking 
account of performance and ability to 
contribute to the Board in light of the 
knowledge, skills, experience and 
diversity required.

All new Directors receive a tailored 
induction on joining the Board, including 
meetings with senior management, 
key advisors and visits to key Group 
locations. They also receive a detailed 
briefing which includes details of their 
duties and responsibilities as a Director 
and other governance-related issues. 
For further information on how this 
operates in practice, please see page 87 
where Mark Hoad explains the process 
he followed on joining the Board.

Directors are continually updated on the 
Group’s businesses, the markets in which 
the Group operates and changes to the 
competitive and regulatory environments. 
All Directors are encouraged to undertake 
additional training where it is considered 
appropriate for them to do so and to 
visit the Group’s production sites.

Code Principle L:
Annual evaluation of the board should 
consider its composition, diversity 
and how effectively members work 
together to achieve objectives. 
Individual evaluation should 
demonstrate whether each director 
continues to contribute effectively.

The Chairman is responsible, with the 
support of the Nomination Committee, 
for ensuring that the Company has an 
effective Board with a suitable range 
of skills, knowledge, experience and 
diversity. The Company conducts a 
formal annual performance evaluation 
process for the Board, its Committees 
and individual Directors, including the 
Chairman. The Chairman routinely holds 
one-to-one meetings with all Directors 
to review their contribution to the Board.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

83

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Section 3: Composition, succession and evaluation continued

As explained in last year’s annual report, the Board commissioned a performance evaluation in FY22, using an external 
independent facilitator, Lintstock Limited, which has no other connection with the Company or individual Directors. This was 
presented to the Board in May 2022. The conclusions were that the performance of the Board, its Committees and individual 
Directors was effective but the Board felt that two changes should be made to its future ways of working. These changes, 
and what was done during the year are:

Agreed change

What happened in FY23?

Succession planning – after a period of rapid and 
fundamental change in management, the Board 
believes that it should now devote more attention to 
developing a longer term succession plan for roles in 
the executive leadership team and senior management

 – The Nomination Committee reviewed succession plans for the top three levels of 

management (being the ELT members, and their first and second reports)

 – The Nomination Committee also reviewed the Company’s processes for identifying, 
nurturing and retaining high potential individuals who could become the future 
leaders of the Company

Visible leadership – reintroduce a regular 
programme of site visits and meetings

 – The Board visited polymer production site at Westhoughton in July 2022, meeting 
a wide range of employees and managers. The visit spanned both the original 
production hall and the new facility completed during 2022

 – Mark Hoad also visited Westhoughton as part of his induction programme, after he 

joined the Board in September 2022

During FY23 we undertook performance evaluations of the Directors (including the Chairman) and of the Board and its 
Committees. The processes used for these reviews were as follows:

Review of the Chairman’s effectiveness

A set of structured questions was 
circulated to each Director by 
Margaret Rice-Jones, the Senior 
Independent Director

The Directors met without the Chairman 
present, in a private session led by 
Margaret, using the questions as a guide 
to their discussions

Feedback was provided to the Chairman 
privately in a face-to-face meeting

The conclusion was that Kevin Loosemore was highly effective as Chairman of the Board, with a deep understanding of the 
Company’s businesses and playing a significant role in helping the Board focus on the key strategic drivers of performance. 

Review of the Board’s and Committees’ effectiveness

A tailored set of questions 
was developed by the 
Company Secretary and 
the Chairman

Each Director completed the 
tailored questionnaire, using 
an online system managed 
by Lintstock

Lintstock produced a report 
summarising the results of the 
survey, with both quantitative 
and qualitative data 

The Board discussed the 
report of the survey’s findings 
and agreed what actions it 
would take in response 

The conclusion was that the Board and its Committees were functioning effectively. There were two procedural changes that 
were agreed by the Board, both of which have already been actioned:

Agreed change

What has happened subsequently?

Each Board meeting should commence with 
a private session for the Chairman and other 
Non-executive Directors, and be followed by 
a joint session with the Chief Executive Officer

 – All scheduled (and, where appropriate, ad hoc) Board meetings now begin with 

these private sessions

 – These allow the Non-executive members of the Board to share any concerns or specific 
matters that they wish to see discussed in the formal part of the Board meeting

During a period of significant uncertainty in the 
Company’s markets and the challenging business 
context that this creates, to re-introduce a Directors’ 
call in those months with no scheduled Board meeting, 
following publication of the management accounts

 – These calls have been scheduled for the first six months of FY24, after which the 

Board will review whether the practice should continue

Review of the individual Directors’ effectiveness
Following the year end, the Nomination Committee reviewed the effectiveness, commitment and contribution of each Director. 
They concluded that each Board member was performing at or beyond the required standard and recommended to the Board 
that those Directors who intended to stand for re-election at the 2023 AGM should do so, and that the Board should 
recommend to shareholders that each of those Directors should be appointed. The Board supported this recommendation.

84

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Nomination Committee

Clive Whiley
Chairman of the  
Nomination Committee

 “Ensuring we have 
a Board of Directors 
and leadership team 
possessing the skills, 
knowledge and 
experience to drive 
the evolution of the 
Group’s business.”

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Nomination 
Committee report for the period ended 
25 March 2023.

The Chairman, the independent 
Non-executive Directors and the Chief 
Executive Officer are the members of 
the Committee. The Group HR Director 
attends by invitation when appropriate.

Committee members
The members of the Committee during 
FY23 were:
 – Kevin Loosemore (Committee Chair)
 – Clive Vacher
 – Catherine Ashton
 – Nick Bray
 – Maria da Cunha (until 27 July 2022)
 – Mark Hoad (from 28 September 2022)
 – Margaret Rice-Jones

Members’ attendance at Committee 
meetings is shown in the table on 
page 77.

Following the year end, Kevin Loosemore 
resigned as a Director with effect from 
1 May 2023, and Clive Whiley was 
appointed as a member and the 
Chairman of the Committee on 
18 May 2023. 

Operation of the Committee
The Committee considers the 
composition of the Board and 
succession planning for Directors and 
senior management (being broadly the 
first layer of executives reporting to 
the CEO). Where Board change is 
warranted, the Committee leads the 
change process, making recommendations 
to the Board as appropriate. In performing 
its duties, the Committee has full regard to 
the benefits of diversity, in all its forms.

Activities during the period
The Committee met twice during FY23. 
The principal matters considered at its 
meetings were:
 – Recommending to the Board that 

Mark Hoad should be appointed as 
a Non-executive Director, to ensure 
that the skills and experience 
available at the Board table remain 
appropriate. The recruitment 
process took diversity 
considerations into account 

 – Considering whether the Directors 
collectively possessed sufficient 
skills, knowledge and experience of 
technology to drive the evolution 
of the Group’s business

 – Reviewing succession plans for the 
top three levels of management 
(being the ELT members, and their 
first and second reports) and the 
Company’s processes for identifying, 
nurturing and retaining high potential 
individuals

 – Reviewing the commitment, 

contribution and effectiveness of 
the Directors seeking re-election 
at the AGM, following a formal 
performance appraisal process

The Committee’s annual evaluation 
concluded that the Committee 
continues to operate effectively.

Principal responsibilities

Board composition
 – Review the structure, size and 

composition of the Board and its 
Committees, to ensure they remain 
appropriate, aiming to maintain a 
balance of skills, experience, 
knowledge and diversity

 – Ensure that all Board appointments 
are made on a formal, rigorous and 
transparent basis

Succession
 – Consider succession plans for the 
Board and senior management, 
anticipating the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Company 
and the need for a diverse pipeline 
of talent

 – Oversee the Board’s diversity policy 

and its implementation

Effectiveness
 – Review the independence and 

time commitment of the 
Non-executive Directors

 – Act on the results of effectiveness 
reviews in relation to individual 
Directors

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

85

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 3: Composition, succession and evaluation continued

Nomination Committee continued

Gender balance
As at 25 March 2023

At Board level

5/3

Executive  
Leadership Team

3/2

Direct reports  
to ELT members

17/18

  Male
  Female

Approach to succession 
planning and talent
The Committee recognises that having 
the right Directors and senior 
management is crucial for the Group’s 
success. A key task of the Committee 
is to ensure that there is a robust and 
rigorous succession process to ensure 
that there is the right mix of skills and 
experience available to the Group as its 
business evolves. The Committee’s 
approach to succession planning is 
linked to the Company’s overall strategy, 
values and mission and includes diversity 
considerations. Our policy is to appoint 
the best people available for each role 
and to ensure that the Board members 
are collectively able to provide the range 
of perspectives, insights and constructive 
challenge required to deliver effective 
decision making. Appointments are 
therefore made on merit by assessing 
candidates against objective criteria, 
including considerations reflecting the 
benefits of greater diversity.

To ensure that we identify candidates 
from the widest pool, the Committee 
may instruct search consultants or 
consider open advertising.

The Board meets the ELT members and 
other key managers both formally and 
informally to exchange views and ideas. 
During the period, the Board undertook 
a succession planning review which 
included considerations in relation 
to diversity.

86

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Board appointments and 
process followed
As noted in the ‘Activities’ section above, 
the Committee oversaw a process to 
find a new Non-executive Director with 
the skills and experience to chair the 
Audit Committee of the Board, as well 
as making a positive contribution to 
the Board’s wider discussions and the 
strategic development of the Company. 

A detailed role and candidate 
specification was drawn up and an 
executive search consultancy, Russell 
Reynolds (which has no other connection 
with the Company or any of its Directors) 
was retained to identify suitable 
individuals, with the benefits of diversity 
stressed in the brief provided to them. 
This process culminated in the 
Committee recommending to the Board 
that Mark Hoad should be appointed as 
a Non-executive Director. The Board 
appointed Mark on 28 September 2022 
and he will take over as Chair of the Audit 
Committee following the 2023 AGM.

Board diversity policy 
and practice
Diversity, equality and inclusion 
continue to be areas of focus for the 
Committee and the Board. The Board’s 
diversity policy is aligned with that of 
the wider Group, which is to strive to 
have a workforce representative of the 
communities that host our operations. 
The Company has adopted a clear and 
simple strapline for all our employees 
reflecting that aspiration: Be Heard, 
Be Valued, Be You.

While the primary objective and 
responsibility when making new 
appointments is to ensure the strength 
of the Board, we are committed to 
promoting a culture of respect and 
inclusivity for every single unique 
individual involved in our business. 
We continue to promote a culture 
that values and thrives on diversity in 
all areas, including an inclusive and 
diverse culture in terms of ideas, skills, 
knowledge, experience, education, 
gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, 
cognitive and personal strengths and 
other factors.

The Committee and Board are satisfied 
with the progress being made in 
achieving objectives in relation to gender 
diversity, as illustrated in the charts above 
and opposite, but recognises that more 
remains to be done in relation to other 
facets of diversity.

Gender balance of the Board and Executive Leadership Team (ELT) 
As at 25 March 2023

Mark Hoad on: 
Induction in action

Number of 
senior 
positions on 
the Board 
(CEO, CFO, 
SID and 
Chair)

Number in 
executive 
management 
(ELT)

Percentage of 
executive 
management 
(ELT)

Number of 
Board 
members

Percentage of 
the Board

Men

Women

Not specified/prefer not to say

5

3

n/a

62%

38%

n/a

3

1

n/a

3

2

n/a

60%

40%

n/a

Re-election of Directors at the 
2023 AGM
All Directors serving at the date of this 
report will stand for re-election at the 
2023 AGM, with the exceptions of Rob 
Harding, who leaves our employment in 
July 2023 and Margaret Rice-Jones who 
will retire in order to devote more time to 
her other business interests.

The Committee has carried out a formal 
performance evaluation (as explained 
above) and considers each of the 
Directors to be effective in their 
respective roles. It judges that they 
demonstrate commitment and is of the 
opinion that all Directors continue to 
provide valuable contributions to the 
long term success of the Company. The 
Board strongly supports their re-election 
to the Board and recommends that 
shareholders vote in favour of the 
relevant resolutions at the 2023 AGM.

Clive Whiley
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

29 June 2023

The Committee has followed the 
development and implementation of the 
new Listing Rules requirements in relation 
to diversity. As these only apply to 
accounting periods commencing on or 
after 1 April 2022, they do not apply to 
the Company in respect of FY23. 

As at 25 March 2023, the gender balance 
of the Board and Executive Leadership 
Team (ELT) was as shown in the table 
above. Shareholders will note that at 
the year end date, one of the four senior 
positions on the Board of Directors 
was held by a woman, being the 
Senior Independent Director, 
Margaret Rice-Jones. 

The Committee intends to review its 
diversity, equity and inclusion policy 
early in FY24 to take into account the 
policy and reporting requirements of 
the new Listing Rules.

Subsequent to the year end, Catherine 
Ashton resigned as a Director on 12 June 
2023 and on 19 June 2023 we announced 
that Margaret Rice-Jones had decided 
not to seek re-election at the 2023 AGM, 
in each case to create time to be able to 
fulfil external commitments. 

On 26 June 2023 Dean Moore was 
appointed as an independent 
Non-executive Director.

I joined the Board in September 
2022. While I am an experienced 
CFO and executive director of  
listed companies, this is my first 
non-executive role.

The induction process I followed 
was tailored to my main role 
responsibilities as the chairman-
designate of the Audit Committee. 
The key activity was 1:1 meetings with 
the audit engagement partner and key 
members of his audit team, the senior 
members of the internal audit team 
and all the key people within the 
Company’s finance team. I also met 
senior managers from key central 
functions including legal and risk. In 
relation to my duties as non-executive 
director of a listed company, I met 
with the Company’s brokers and 
corporate lawyers.

As I joined the Board, it was 
considering an evolution and 
refinement of the corporate strategy, 
which provided a good introduction 
to De La Rue’s business and market 
opportunities. I also visited the 
polymer production site at 
Westhoughton, which provided 
a practical glimpse into the sheer 
scale of the Company’s operations.

Overall, the induction process 
covered the finance and governance 
issues thoroughly and gave me the 
opportunity to glean insights from 
and build relationships with key 
individuals. I have provided feedback 
to the Company Secretary on the 
process, which will help inform 
induction activities for future 
Board appointees. 

Mark Hoad
Independent Non-executive Director

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

87

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Section 4: 
Audit, risk and internal control

Code Principle M:
The board should establish formal 
and transparent policies and 
procedures to ensure the 
independence and effectiveness of 
internal and external audit functions 
and satisfy itself on the integrity of 
financial and narrative statements.

The Board has delegated power to the 
Audit Committee so that it has primary 
responsibility for providing oversight of 
the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements and associated narrative 
reporting and acting as guardians of the 
independence and effectiveness of the 
internal audit function and the external 
audit process.

For further details, please refer to the 
Audit Committee report on pages 
89 to 96.

The Board has determined the 
Company’s risk appetite, being the 
nature and extent of the principal risks it 
is willing to take in order to achieve its 
long term strategic objectives. The most 
recent assessment of this was in March 
2023. The Board has carried out a robust 
assessment of the Company’s principal 
and emerging risks. Further details of the 
principal risks and the Group’s approach 
to risk management can be found in the 
risk management section on pages 56 
to 63, with a description of how this is 
overseen by the Risk Committee on page 
97 and an explanation of how the Audit 
Committee oversees this on page 96.

The Board oversees the Group’s internal 
control framework, with the Audit 
Committee taking a leading role in this 
work. The Board has carried out a review 
of the effectiveness of the Company’s 
systems of risk management and internal 
control, covering all material controls, 
including financial, operational and 
compliance controls. For further details, 
please refer to the Audit Committee 
report on pages 89 to 96.

The Board’s responsibility does not 
extend to associated companies or joint 
ventures where the Group does not have 
management control.

Code Principle N:
The board should present a fair, 
balanced and understandable 
assessment of the company’s 
position and prospects.

The Directors believe that the annual 
report and accounts, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
financial position, performance, business 
model and strategy.

For details of the process that was 
followed to enable the Board to make 
this statement, please refer to the Audit 
Committee report below.

Code Principle O:
The board should establish 
procedures to manage risk, oversee 
the internal control framework, and 
determine the nature and extent of 
the principal risks the company is 
willing to take in order to achieve its 
long-term strategic objectives.

The Board retains overall responsibility 
for identifying, evaluating, managing and 
mitigating the principal risks faced by the 
Group and for monitoring the Group’s 
risk management and internal control 
systems. Such systems are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to business objectives and can 
only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

88

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Audit Committee

Nick Bray
Chairman of the  
Audit Committee

 “Ensuring our internal 
and external audits 
take account of the 
Group’s risks, and 
monitoring the Group’s 
financial and 
narrative reporting.”

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Audit 
Committee report for the period ended 
25 March 2023.

Committee members
The members of the Committee during 
FY23 were:
 – Nick Bray (Committee Chair)
 – Catherine Ashton
 – Maria da Cunha (until 27 July 2022)
 – Mark Hoad (from 28 September 2022)
 – Margaret Rice-Jones

All members of the Committee are 
independent Non-executive Directors. 

Members’ attendance at Committee 
meetings is shown in the table on 
page 77.

Nick Bray is a chartered accountant and 
is regarded by the Board as having 
relevant and recent financial experience 
by virtue of his long career as a senior 
finance professional and his current 
position as Chief Financial Officer 
of Travelport. 

Mark Hoad is also regarded by the Board 
as having relevant and recent financial 
experience. He is an experienced 
chartered accountant and currently 
serves as a director and the Chief 
Financial Officer of TT Electronics plc.

The Board is also satisfied that the 
Committee as a whole has competence 
relevant to the sector in which the 
Group operates. No member of the 
Committee has any connections with 
the external auditors.

Nick Bray will retire as Committee Chair 
at the conclusion of the 2023 AGM, 
from which time Mark Hoad will serve 
in that capacity. Nick will remain as a 
member of the Committee to provide 
continuity, given the recent change in 
lead audit engagement partner and the 
imminent change of CFO.

Biographical details of the members of 
the Board who held office up to the 
date of this report can be found on 
pages 72 and 73.

Principal responsibilities

Financial reporting
 – Review the integrity of the interim 
and full year financial statements
 – Review significant financial reporting 
issues and accounting judgements

 – Review the adoption of new 

accounting standards 

External audit
 – Oversee the relationship with the 
external auditors, including the 
scope and extent of the external 
audit and the fees payable

 – Review and monitor the external 

auditor’s effectiveness, 
independence and objectivity, 
including the nature and 
appropriateness of any non-audit 
work and the associated fees

Internal audit
 – Oversee the relationship with the 
internal auditors, including the 
internal audit charter, annual work 
programme and fees and their 
independence and effectiveness

 – Monitor management’s response to 
internal audit findings and whether 
these are being implemented in a 
manner that supports the work of 
the internal auditors

Risk management and internal control
 – Monitor and review the effectiveness 
of the systems of internal control 
and risk management

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

89

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsFinancial reporting
The integrity of the Group’s financial 
reporting is of critical importance and it 
is a core responsibility of the Committee 
to review this reporting and the key 
accounting judgements contained in the 
financial statements.

Key accounting matters in 
relation to FY23
The Committee reviews whether suitable 
accounting policies have been adopted 
and applied consistently and assesses 
if management has made appropriate 
estimates and judgements in the 
preparation of the financial statements. 
In addition, the Committee has reviewed 
and considered and challenged a 
number of key accounting areas and 
judgements in preparing the financial 
statements, as set out opposite and on 
the following pages: 

Section 4: Audit, risk and internal control continued

Audit Committee continued

Operation of the Committee
The Committee provides independent 
oversight of the Group’s financial 
reporting processes. In support of that 
overarching objective, it oversees the 
relationships with the internal and 
external auditors, it monitors the 
development and effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal financial controls and 
the internal controls more generally, 
and it reviews the Group’s principal risks 
and the effectiveness of its systems of 
risk management.

Committee meetings are attended, by 
invitation, by the Chairman of the Board, 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer, General Counsel and Company 
Secretary and the Group Financial 
Controller, as well as the internal and 
external auditors.

The Group Director of Security, HSE 
and Risk and the Group Director of Tax 
and Treasury also attend Committee 
meetings as required. The internal 
auditors and external auditors each 
meet the Committee members without 
Executive Directors or other employees 
being present.

The Committee’s effectiveness was 
reviewed as part of the overall Board 
effectiveness review. For further 
information on how this was conducted, 
please see page 84.

90

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Activities during the period
The Committee met five times during 
the period ended 25 March 2023. 
The principal matters considered at 
its meetings were:
 – The half and full year financial 
statements, including any key 
accounting matters

 – The annual report and other 

narrative reporting

 – Plans and fees for the external audit 
and the auditors’ review of the half 
year results

 – The effectiveness, independence and 
objectivity of the external auditors

 – The representation letters to be 
provided to the external auditors
 – The external auditors’ reviews of the 
financial statements and associated 
narrative reporting

 – The use of the going concern basis 

of accounting

 – The basis of preparation of the long 

term viability statement

 – The internal audit programme and the 
alignment of this with the Group’s 
principal risks and the interaction with 
the work of the external auditors

 – The Group’s principal risks and 

uncertainties, informed by reviews 
of these by the Risk Committee 
 – The assurance available in relation to 

the Group’s risks, including:
 – Internal audit findings and 

recommended improvement actions

 – Reviews of the effectiveness of 

the systems of internal control and 
risk management

 – Business continuity planning
 – Review of the annual policy and 

control self-assessment 
declarations

 – The results of other compliance 

audits

 – Approval of an updated version of 

the Fraud Policy and a review of the 
procedures for whistleblowing in 
relation to fraud and financial 
misstatements

 – The further implementation of the 

Company’s ERP system and further 
enhancements of the internal control 
environment,

 – The resourcing and maturity of the 

Company’s cyber security 
arrangements and the approach 
to the 2023 insurance renewal.

Topic
Revenue 
recognition

What is the risk?
Revenue (and therefore 
profit) is not recorded 
in the correct financial 
year, resulting in an 
incorrect statement of 
performance

UK post-
retirement 
benefit 
obligations

The valuation of the 
pension scheme assets 
and/or liabilities is 
incorrectly or 
inappropriately valued. 
This would result in the 
balance sheet being 
misstated

What did the  
Committee do?
The Committee considered the Group’s revenue recognition 
policies and procedures to ensure that they remained 
appropriate and that the Group’s internal controls were 
operating effectively in this area.

Feedback was also sought from the external auditors over the 
application of the revenue recognition policy including ongoing 
compliance with IFRS 15. Specific focus was given to revenue 
recognised on a ‘bill and hold’ basis and where revenue on new 
contracts entered into in the year was being accounted for on 
an ‘over time basis’.

What conclusion  
did it reach?
Following a review of 
the varied sources of 
information received, 
the Committee 
concluded that the 
accounting treatments 
and judgements were 
reasonable and 
appropriate.

The Committee 
considered the 
difference in valuation 
caused by the year end 
and reporting dates to 
not be significant when 
compared to total UK 
defined benefit pension 
scheme assets of circa 
£0.7m. However, the 
Committee decided 
that the critical 
accounting judgement 
on this should be 
disclosed – see pages 
158 and 159.

The Committee received and considered reports from 
management based on analysis prepared by independent 
actuaries and the external auditors in relation to the valuation 
of the UK defined benefit pension scheme and challenged the 
key actuarial assumptions used in calculating the scheme 
liabilities, especially in relation to discount rates, RPI and CPI 
inflation rates and mortality. The Committee discussed the 
reasons for the movement on the IAS 19 valuation from a net 
surplus to a net deficit. The Committee was satisfied that the 
assumptions used were appropriate and were supported by 
independent actuarial specialists. Details of the key 
assumptions used are set out in note 24. 

The Committee also noted that the UK Multi Asset Credit and 
secured Finance funds account for approximately £61m and 
£139m of the pension assets respectively (FY22: £63m and 
£143m respectively). During the period from 28 February to 
25 March, based on the movement in relevant market indices, 
we have estimated that the value of the funds has decreased 
by £4.4m. The total UK pension scheme assets value is 
£678.2m. This £4.4m decrease includes £3.9m relates to the 
updated third-party valuation data as at the year end date and 
the remaining £0.5m is based on day-to-day market volatility 
of high yield market indices. A 0.1% change in these market 
indices would result in a £0.6m increase in the pension 
scheme assets. 

The potential impact has been estimated by observing what 
were considered to be the most relevant comparable indices 
to establish the level of day-to-day volatility in the market.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

91

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 4: Audit, risk and internal control continued

What did the  
Committee do?
The Committee noted that management has carefully 
assessed the recoverability of the other financial assets on the 
balance sheet as at 25 March 2023 based on information 
available to them determining that an expected credit loss 
provision of £8.5m (see note 5 exceptional items for further 
details) is required which will fully impair these other financial 
assets. Management had considered the following factors in 
making this determination:

1)  The public announcements from the Portals group relating to 
the wind down of the Overton paper mill and its sale of assets.

2)  The latest available financial position of Portals International 
Limited group as presented in its 2022 consolidated financial 
statements including significant losses for the period and a net 
liabilities position.

3)  The announcement of the sale of the Fedrigoni business to 
IN Groupe in May 2023. 

This provision accounts for the risk that the full amounts 
due will not be recovered rather than the instruments being 
credit impaired. 

The Group holds a number of provisions relating to warranties 
for defective products and contract penalties. The Committee 
reviewed and discussed reports from management and the 
external auditors concerning the significant provisions held for 
such matters including any provisions with notable movements 
and challenged management over the judgements applied in 
determining the value of provisions required.

The Committee enquired of management and the external 
auditors as to the existence of other matters potentially 
requiring a provision to be made. The Committee concluded 
that it was satisfied with the value of provisions held.

The Committee reviewed Managements assessment that 
judged the new grant as a replacement award for two 
SAYE grants which are due to vest in FY24 and FY25 that 
were cancelled by employees at the time of the new grant 
and applied modification accounting rather than 
cancellation accounting.

What conclusion  
did it reach?
The Committee has 
concluded that it 
supports the expected 
credit loss provision of 
£8.5m that has been 
recorded in FY23. 

The Committee noted 
that if factors change 
again in the future, this 
may alter the 
judgements made 
resulting in a revision to 
the value of expected 
credit loss provision to 
be recognised.

The Committee has 
considered the latest 
available information 
provided by 
management including 
the latest view of 
external advisers and is 
confident with the 
judgements made in 
preparing the financial 
statements in the 
current period.

The Committee 
concluded that the 
accounting treatment 
was appropriate.

The Committee reviewed Management’s assessment of 
impairments made in the year in particular in relation to the 
wind down of the Kenya operations and capitalised product 
development costs.

The Committee 
concluded that the 
impairments made in 
the year were 
appropriate.

Audit Committee continued

Topic
Recoverability 
of other 
financial assets

What is the risk?
The carrying value of 
the investments made 
by the Group in entities 
within the Portals 
group is recognised 
at an incorrect or 
inappropriate value in 
the balance sheet, 
resulting in an under- 
or over-statement 
of assets

The value of provisions 
at the balance sheet 
are incorrectly or 
inappropriately 
calculated, resulting 
in a misstatement of 
profits for the year and 
of the closing balance 
sheet position

The accounting for the 
new Save As You Earn 
(‘SAYE’) share option 
grant made under 
modification 
accounting should have 
been cancellation 
accounting instead.

The impairment 
assessments carried 
out by the Group have 
not identified all 
applicable impairments.

Estimation of 
and provisions

Replacement 
of Savings 
Related Share 
Scheme 
granted

Recoverability 
assessment 
and 
impairment 
charges related 
to plant and 
machinery and 
capitalised 
product 
development 
costs

92

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Topic
Accounting for 
the extension 
of the factory 
site in Malta

What is the risk?
The timing of the 
accounting for new 
lease on the Malta site 
extension was not 
recorded appropriately.

What conclusion  
did it reach?
The Committee 
concluded that 
Management’s 
assessment that the 
lease will be recognised 
when the building 
becomes available for 
use is appropriate. 

What did the  
Committee do?
The Committee reviewed Management’s judgement as to 
whether the Company has control of the Malta site during the 
construction period. If the Group has the right to control the 
use of the identified asset for only a portion of the term of the 
contract, the contract contains a lease for that portion of the 
term. In order to control the asset, the lessee must have the 
right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from 
the use of the asset and the right to direct the use of the asset. 
It was determined that control exists only after the build is 
completed and site becomes available for use. Management 
considers that given the building was under construction at the 
year-end date and therefore there were no economic benefits 
as the asset was not ready for use at that time.

Therefore, management have concluded that no lease should 
be recognised in FY23. The lease will be recognised when the 
building becomes available for use.

Classification 
of exceptional 
items

Costs or income are 
incorrectly categorised 
as, or omitted from, 
exceptional items, 
resulting in a 
misstatement of profits 
for the year

As part of the Committee’s deliberations over whether the 
annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable, the Committee also considered the 
amounts disclosed as exceptional items. The nature of the 
items classified as operating exceptional items during the 
period is described in note 5.

The Committee considered the accounting treatment and 
disclosure of these items in the financial statements including 
seeking the views of the external auditors.

On the basis of its 
review, the Committee 
concluded that the 
accounting treatment 
and disclosures in 
relation to these items 
were appropriate.

Impairment of 
investment in 
subsidiaries in 
the Company 
(only) financial 
statements

The carrying value of 
the investment in 
subsidiaries in the Plc 
Company financial 
statement is misstated

The Committee considered management’s assumptions and 
decision to record an impairment against the investment in 
subsidiaries in the parent company (only) financial statements 
of £85.6m for FY23. 

Going Concern

The use of an 
inappropriate basis of 
accounting, should the 
Group prove not have 
access to sufficient 
liquidity to pay its 
debts as they fall due 
in the near term.

The Committee gave careful consideration to the going 
concern statements made in the half and full year financial 
statements. The Committee conducted rigorous reviews of the 
Group’s financial forecasts, challenging key assumptions and 
giving careful consideration to the plausible downside 
scenarios modelled, when assessing the impact these would 
have on the going concern status of the Group.

The Committee 
considers this 
appropriate given the 
significant reduction 
in the market 
capitalisation of the 
group to approximately 
£71m at 27 June 2023 
versus approximately 
£214m market 
capitalisation as at 
26 March 2022 given 
the resetting of market 
expectations on 
FY24 and revised 
outlook guidance.

The Committee 
concluded that the 
Group had adequate 
resources to continue 
in operational existence 
for the required period 
and that it was 
appropriate for the 
Directors to use the 
going concern basis 
of accounting.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

93

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 4: Audit, risk and internal control continued

Audit Committee continued

Fair, balanced and 
understandable view
At its May 2022 meeting the Committee 
reviewed, at the Board’s request, the 
content of the 2022 Annual Report and 
Accounts and advised the Board that, 
in its view, when taken as a whole that 
document is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

The same process has been followed by 
the Committee in relation to the Annual 
Report for FY23. In making its 
recommendation to the Board the 
Committee drew on its experience 
during that and prior financial years, 
supplemented by:
 – Reviews of the monthly management 
accounts, enabling trends and key 
business dynamics to be monitored 
through the year

 – Clear guidance provided to all section 
authors on the requirement to draft in a 
fair, balanced and understandable way

 – Reviews of the annual report 

undertaken at different levels of the 
Group and by the Executive 
Leadership Team, with an opinion that 
the reporting meets the required 
standards confirmed in writing to 
the Committee

 – The review of the narrative reporting 
conducted by the external auditors’ 
as part of their review

 – Reviews of the narrative reporting by 
the Audit Committee Chairman and 
other Directors prior to formal 
consideration of the draft Annual 
Report by the Board.

External audit
Relationship with the external 
auditors
Ernst & Young LLP (EY) have been the 
Company’s auditors since June 2017, 
when they were appointed by the Board 
following a competitive tender that was 
led by the Committee. They have been 
re-appointed by shareholders at each 
subsequent AGM. The original lead audit 
engagement partner, Kevin Harkin, retired 
from the audit team at the 2022 AGM in 
accordance with the mandatory 
five year partner rotation requirement. 
The statutory audit of the FY23 financial 
statements is therefore the first to be 
undertaken under the leadership of the 
new lead audit engagement partner, 
San Gunapala.

The EY audit partner attends each 
Committee meeting to ensure two-way 
communication of matters relating to the 
audit and also has regular contacts with 
both the Committee Chairman and the 
CFO. The scope and key focus of the 
forthcoming year’s audit is discussed 
with and approved by the Committee, 
who also review and approve the fees for 
that audit and the review of the half year 
financial statements.

The Committee has regular discussions 
with the auditors, without management 
being present, covering a range of 
financial reporting, accounting, internal 
control and risk matters and receives 
and reviews the auditors’ reports and 
management letters, which are one of 
the main outputs from the external audit.

Audit quality: Independence 
and objectivity of external 
auditors
The Committee places great emphasis 
on audit quality. This encompasses 
monitoring the skills and knowledge of 
the audit team, their mindset and culture 
and the quality of the judgements 
reached by the senior members of the 
audit team. In terms of approach, the 
objectivity of the Company’s auditors in 
reviewing the financial statements that 
are issued to shareholders is of crucial 
importance. In all of their dealings with 
key members of the audit team, the 
Committee looks for evidence that their 
work is being done from a position of 
independence, with an entirely objective 
eye and appropriate professional 
scepticism. The Committee also receives 
the views of senior members of the 
finance team on their, and their teams’, 
dealings with the external auditors and 
whether there are any indications that 
audit quality is being compromised in 
any way, or means by which it could be 
further enhanced.

In turn, EY put safeguards in place to 
avoid compromising their objectivity and 
independence. They provide a written 
report to the Committee on how they 
comply with professional and regulatory 
requirements and best practice 
designed to ensure their independence. 
Key members of the EY audit team rotate 
and the firm ensures, where appropriate, 
that confidentiality is maintained 
between different parts of the firm 
providing services to the Group.

The Committee also reviewed two Audit 
Quality Inspection and Supervision 
Reports published by the FRC in July 
2022; one relating to the larger UK audit 
firms, the other being specific to EY.

94

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Over the last three financial years, the 
fees paid to EY and its associates and 
the split between audit and non-audit 
related fees was:

£’000

Audit fees

Audit-related fees 
(review of interim 
financial statements)

Non-audit services

FY23

FY22

FY21

869

740

778

177

-

80

-

77

-

Total fees paid to EY

1,046

820

855

Non-audit fees relative 
to audit fees (%)

20%

11%

10%

Over the three financial years non-audit 
fees have averaged 14% of the audit fee.
None of the non-audit services provided 
by the external auditors was regarded as a 
significant engagement by the Committee.

Effectiveness of the external 
auditors and proposal for 
re-election at the AGM
The Committee assesses annually the 
qualification, expertise, resources and 
independence of the external auditors, 
as well as the effectiveness of the 
external audit process. The Committee’s 
assessment is performed by an audit 
satisfaction questionnaire completed by 
the Chairman, Committee members and 
relevant members of senior management.

The Committee is satisfied that 
the external auditors remain fully 
independent, objective and effective 
and has recommended to the Board 
that a resolution for the reappointment 
of Ernst & Young LLP should be put to 
shareholders at the 2023 AGM.

Use of the auditors to provide 
non-audit services
In certain limited circumstances it may 
be cost effective or otherwise 
advantageous for EY to provide certain 
non-audit services, in particular where 
their skills, experience and familiarity 
with the Group make that firm the most 
suitable supplier.

An important safeguard on the 
independence of the external auditors is 
that they do not earn disproportionate 
fees from the provision of non-audit 
services which could, or could give the 
appearance, of compromising that 
independence.

To maintain this position, the Committee 
has adopted a detailed policy, most 
recently reviewed in November 2022, 
which requires that no non-audit 
services may be undertaken by the 
external auditors unless all the 
requirements of that policy have been 
fulfilled. The policy sets out:
 – The circumstances in which it may be 
appropriate to procure non-audit 
services from the external auditors 
and a list of permitted services;

 – A list of prohibited services including, 
but not limited to, tax advisory work, 
services where EY would audit or rely 
on their own work, where they would 
act in an advocacy role for the Group 
or where they would provide 
management, payroll, valuation, legal, 
internal audit, financing or 
underwriting or HR services;
 – The procedures for approval of 

proposed fees, which required the 
approval of:
 – For fees of up to £25,000, the CFO;
 – For fees between £25,000 and 

£50,000, the CFO and Committee 
Chairman; and

 – For fees of more than £50,000, 
the CFO, Committee Chairman 
and Board.

 – A cap on the fees for permitted 

services, which must not exceed 70% 
of the average of the fees paid for 
such services in the last three 
consecutive financial years; and
 – Regular reporting of any such fees 

payable to the external auditors and 
annual certifications by the external 
auditors and CFO that they are 
satisfied that the independence of the 
external auditors has been maintained.

Internal audit 
Internal auditors
The internal audit function provides 
an important assurance role and is 
complementary to the work of the 
external auditors. PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP (PwC) have provided internal audit 
services to the Group since FY14. The 
personnel involved in the internal audit 
team have changed over PwC’s tenure 
and the Committee is satisfied that they 
have maintained their independence.

The appointment of the internal auditors 
is overseen by the Committee, which 
also reviews and approves the internal 
audit charter and annual programme of 
audit assignments, as well as the fees 
payable. The annual internal audit plan is 
aligned with the Company’s risk register 
and forms part of a medium term rolling 
programme of audit assignments, 
predicated on a risk-led basis. The 
Committee meets regularly with the 
internal auditors, without management 
being present, to discuss their findings, 
the implementation of remedial actions 
and the Group’s internal control 
environment more generally.

The FY23 internal audit plan was 
approved by the Committee in March 
2022 and kept under review during the 
year. All of the internal audit assignments 
were completed during the period, other 
than one where fieldwork was deferred 
to April/May 2023 as a result of an 
internal reorganisation. In March 2023 the 
Committee reviewed and approved the 
internal audit charter and plan for FY24.

A review of the effectiveness of the 
internal auditors was completed and 
presented to the Committee in May 
2023. This was undertaken by means 
of a questionnaire circulated to those 
audited in the year, senior members of 
the Finance function and the Committee, 
and supplemented the Committee’s 
ongoing monitoring of PwC’s work. The 
Committee concluded that the quality, 
experience and expertise of the internal 
auditors was appropriate for the 
business and were also satisfied that 
the actions management has taken to 
implement agreed improvement actions 
support the effective working of the 
internal audit function.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

95

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 4: Audit, risk and internal control continued

Effectiveness review: internal 
control environment
The Committee is responsible for 
reviewing, on behalf of the Board, the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
control systems, which covers all material 
controls, including financial, operational 
and compliance controls and which 
operates within the corporate culture 
and values set by the Board. 

A formal effectiveness review was 
performed during the year and considered 
by the Committee, which concluded 
that none of the areas identified for 
enhancement constituted a significant 
failing or weakness for the Group.

Nick Bray
Chairman of the Audit Committee

29 June 2023

Risk management
The key elements of the Group’s risk 
management framework and procedures 
are set out on pages 56 to 63. At each 
meeting the Committee reviews the 
principal risks facing the Group and 
reviews the emerging risks throughout 
the year, receiving reports from the Risk 
Committee on the matters they have 
considered. In addition, each of the 
principal risks is discussed by the Board 
at various points during the year.

Combined assurance model
The Group’s internal control environment 
operates a ‘three lines of defence’ 
model, which is monitored by the 
Committee. The first line of assurance 
is the work of operational and line 
management, supported by local 
operating procedures and systems. 
The second line of assurance comes 
from checks by central functions against 
Group policies and standards, and senior 
management assurance, reporting and 
monitoring. This work is bolstered by the 
independent audits that take place 
across a range of areas as part of our 
programme of BnEI and ISO accreditations 
and certifications. The third line of 
assurance is provided by the internal 
audit function, which primarily focuses 
on the processes and procedures 
followed both locally and Group-wide.

By reviewing the collective outputs from 
these various sources of assurance, the 
Committee and Board gain assurance 
over the design and operation of internal 
controls across the Group on an 
ongoing basis.

Audit Committee continued

Internal control and 
risk management 
Internal control
The Committee oversees the 
implementation and maintenance of 
the Group’s internal controls, with a 
particular focus on internal financial 
controls. It does so through reports 
received from the internal audit function 
and any reports from the external 
auditors on internal control matters 
noted as part of their audit work. 

In addition, the Group operates a system 
of annual self-assessment internal policy 
and control declarations. These are 
made at various levels of management 
and detail and certify that the control 
environment in their business area is 
appropriate and functioning. Any 
non-conformances are notified as part 
of this process and, where remedial 
actions are appropriate, these are 
followed up by senior management 
to ensure that a satisfactory internal 
control environment is maintained.

These controls and procedures are 
designed to manage, but not eliminate, 
the risk of failure of the Group to meet its 
business objectives and, as such, provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

Internal controls over 
financial reporting 
Management is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate 
internal controls over financial reporting, 
including over the Group’s consolidation 
process. Internal controls over financial 
reporting are designed to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for 
external reporting purposes. 

A comprehensive strategic planning, 
budgeting and forecasting system is in 
place. Monthly financial information, 
including trading results and cash flow 
statements are reviewed by senior 
management and reported to the Board. 
The ELT reviews performance against 
budget and forecast on a monthly basis 
and senior financial managers regularly 
carry out Group consolidation reviews 
and analysis of material variances.

96

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Risk Committee

Jon Messent
Chair of the Risk Committee

 “Overseeing the 
identification and 
management of risks 
that could affect our 
corporate performance.”

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Risk 
Committee report for the period ended 
25 March 2023.

Committee members
The members of the Committee during 
FY23 were:
 – Clive Vacher (Committee Chair from 

27 July 2022)

 – Jane Hyde (Committee Chair and 

member to 27 July 2022)

 – Natasha Bishop
 – Andrew Clint (to 2 September 2022)
 – Ruth Euling
 – Rob Harding
 – Dave Sharratt (from 12 September 2022)

In addition, Jon Messent joined the 
Committee on 3 April 2023 and became 
its Chairman from 18 May 2023.

Operation of the Committee
The Directors have overall responsibility 
for the Group’s systems of internal 
control and risk management, which 
includes the identification of the Group’s 
principal and emerging risks. Details of 
how the Directors fulfil this responsibility 
and the principal risks the Group faces 
can be found on pages 56 to 63.

The primary responsibility of the Risk 
Committee is supporting the Board by 
leading oversight of the identification 
and evaluation of the risks facing 
the Group and monitoring how these 
are managed.

The Committee comprises all of the 
Executive Directors and the rest of 
the ELT members. The Group Director 
of Security, HSE and Risk attends the 
Committee’s meetings and other 
managers with operational or 
functional ownership of risks will 
attend by invitation.

Any Director may attend meetings and 
the Board may appoint any other 
individual as they determine.

Activities during the period
The Committee met three times during 
the period and considered the following 
material items:

As routine items considered at 
every meeting:
 – The Group’s principal risks and 

uncertainties (for details of these 
risks, please refer to pages 56 to 63) 
and the status of the mitigating 
actions and controls relating to 
those risks

 – Reviews of emerging risks not 

included in the Group risk register, 
including ‘horizon scanning’ sessions

In addition the following matters were 
also considered during the period:
 – Review of the risk disclosures and 
the Committee’s report within the 
2022 Annual Report

 – Review of the risk disclosures within 

the FY23 Interim Report

Principal responsibilities

 – Monitor and develop the risk 

management policy and oversee 
the implementation of the Group-
wide risk management framework 
for identifying and managing risks
 – Promote a risk management culture 

and control environment

 – Identify and keep under review the 
principal risks faced by the Group, 
and review the mitigations and 
controls relating to those risks
 – Identify and assess any emerging 

or developing risks

 – Review the effectiveness of the 

Group’s system of risk management

 – Provide reports on the status of risk 
management within the Group to 
the Audit Committee and Board, 
and externally through this report

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

97

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Section 4: Audit, risk and internal control continued

The Committee’s work interfaces with 
that of a number of other Board 
Committees, most notably the Audit 
Committee. The Committee Chairman 
reports on the material matters 
discussed at each Committee meeting 
to the next meeting of the Audit 
Committee. The minutes of meetings of 
the Risk Committee are shared with the 
Directors. Feedback from the Board or 
Audit Committee is shared at the next 
Committee meeting.

The Committee is supported in its work 
by other management meetings and 
committees, including divisional and 
central enabling functions’ risk 
committees and other meetings and 
bodies dealing with specific risk areas 
such as sanctions, HSE and security 
and the Ethics Committee. 

Jon Messent
Chair of the Risk Committee

29 June 2023

Risk Committee continued

 – ‘Deep dive’ sessions with operational 

or functional risk owners: 
 – Breach of Product security with a 
specific focus on the handling of 
materials within the Currency 
business

 – Breach of Information Security, an 
overall review encompassing the 
risk of the loss of Company, 
customer or employee data and 
the separate risk of an external 
cyber attack. A subsequent 
session reviewed an internal audit 
assignment which had utilised the 
US National Institute of Standards 
and Technology’s framework to 
assess the maturity of De La Rue’s 
cyber security arrangements, 
ahead of the insurance renewal

 – Banking facilities and the 

Company’s ability to operate within 
the covenants to which the facility 
is subject

 – Quality management in the 

Currency business, reviewing the 
issues that had arisen in the year to 
date and their root causes

 – Performance of, and communications 
between, our divisional and central 
enabling functions’ risk committees

 – Insurance market conditions, 

particularly in relation to cyber 
risks insurance

 – Business Continuity Planning
 – Review of our risk management policy 

and framework

 – Review of the Committee’s 

effectiveness

98

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Ethics Committee

Clive Whiley
Chair of the 
Ethics Committee

 “Delivering results 
is important, but 
delivering those results 
in the right way is the 
only basis on which we 
can be successful on a 
sustainable basis over 
the long term.”

The Committee comprises all of the 
Non-executive Directors. The CEO, CFO 
and other senior management may 
attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee. Members of the ELT and 
other employees, including senior 
members of divisional leadership teams, 
may be asked to attend from time-to-
time to address specific matters.

Activities during the period
During the period to 25 March 2023, 
the Committee focused on the 
following activities:

CBP-related initiatives, including:
 – The launch of a new Code of 

Business Principles in January 2023
 – Monitoring the completion of online 

compliance training modules 
including anti-bribery and 
corruption, competition law and 
sanctions awareness

 – Ongoing and planned awareness-
raising initiatives and training to 
ensure expected ethical standards 
are maintained and further 
embedded throughout the 
organisation

The management of the TPP 
programme including:
 – Reviewing the ongoing management 
of third party sales consultants 

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Ethics 
Committee report for the period ended 
25 March 2023.

Committee members
The members of the Committee during 
FY23 were:
 – Kevin Loosemore (Committee Chair)
 – Catherine Ashton
 – Nick Bray
 – Maria da Cunha (until 27 July 2022)
 – Mark Hoad (from 28 September 2022)
 – Margaret Rice-Jones

Members’ attendance at Committee 
meetings is shown in the table on 
page 77.

Following the year end, Kevin Loosemore 
resigned as a director with effect from 
1 May 2023, and Clive Whiley was 
appointed as a member and the Chairman 
of the Committee on 18 May 2023. 

Operation of the Committee
The Committee oversees, on the Board’s 
behalf, the Group’s compliance with 
ethical business practices including the 
appointment and remuneration of our 
Third Party Partner sales consultants 
(TPPs), our Code of Business Principles 
(CBP) and compliance with its provisions 
and any whistleblowing reports. The 
Committee makes recommendations to 
the Board on how these matters should 
be addressed, reinforcing the Group’s 
commitment to ensuring that sound 
ethical practices are embedded in the 
way we do business. 

Principal responsibilities

 – Assist the Board in fulfilling its 

 – Monitor compliance with the 

oversight responsibilities in respect 
of ethical matters, with the aim that 
the Group conducts its business 
with integrity and honesty

Company’s policies and procedures 
on ethical matters, including the 
operation of its whistleblowing hotline

 – Oversee the investigation of any 

 – Advise the Board on the 

identification of ethical risk and the 
development of strategy and policy 
on ethical matters

material irregularities identified or 
reported and review any subsequent 
findings and recommendations

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

99

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 4: Audit, Risk and Internal Control continued

Ethics Committee continued

Oversight of other business ethics matters:
 – Update on activities related to the 

ISO 37001 anti-bribery management 
system and the Banknotes Ethics 
Initiative (BnEI) accreditations 
including reviewing the findings from 
the audits of both standards which 
took place during the year and the 
responses of the business to the 
recommended improvements

 – Review of sanctions risks and actions 
undertaken or planned to manage 
those risks, including updates 
regarding sanctions monitoring

 – Review of the gift register for 

Executive Directors

 – Review of reports on issues raised 
through the whistleblowing hotline 
– CodeLine – and other channels and 
review of results of any investigations 
into ethical or compliance breaches 
or allegations of misconduct 

Ethical risks
It is vital that we uphold the highest 
ethical standards in the way we conduct 
our business in order to maintain the 
trust and confidence of customers and 
everyone we deal with. We recognise that 
our business is exposed to risks of 
unethical conduct because of the nature 
and value of many of our contracts, and 
because standards of integrity may not 
be consistent across all the countries in 
which we operate. We have a robust 
compliance programme in place to 
manage these risks. Further information, 
including a description of our ethical 
framework can be found in the 
Responsible Business report on pages 
24 to 45.

Training
Regular, relevant and focused training on 
ethics-related subjects is important and 
the Committee receives regular reports 
about our ethics and compliance 
training programme. Training during the 
period included:
 – E-learning and face-to-face training 

relating to the rollout of the new Code 
of Business Principles including 
acknowledgement by colleagues 
that they understand and will comply 
with it

 – Anti-bribery and competition law 

training where relevant for new starters 
and those changing roles and bi-
annual refresher anti-bribery training 

 – Sanctions awareness training
 – Online training modules for TPPs
 – One-to-one training for new site 

Ethics Champions

 – Modern slavery awareness training
 – Confirmation of understanding 
of and adherence to gifts and 
hospitality policy

Whistleblowing
We encourage all employees and people 
acting on our behalf to speak up if they 
have any concerns. Ethical questions or 
concerns can be raised through an 
externally operated confidential 
reporting service. All reports are taken 
seriously and investigated as appropriate 
and all findings and remedial actions are 
reported in detail to, and reviewed by, the 
Ethics Committee. 

Clive Whiley
Chair of the Ethics Committee

29 June 2023

100

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Code Principle R:
Directors should exercise independent 
judgement and discretion when 
authorising remuneration outcomes, 
taking account of company and 
individual performance, and wider 
circumstances.

Each of the Remuneration Committee 
members is an independent Non-
executive Director. They exercise their 
independence and personal judgement 
when considering pay arrangements and 
remuneration outcomes and will exercise 
discretion whenever and wherever 
warranted. The Committee members have 
regard to Company performance and 
wider circumstances, as well as individual 
performance, in determining pay. 

For further information, please refer to 
the Remuneration Committee report that 
follows in this section.

Section 5: 
Remuneration

Code Principle P:
Remuneration policies and practices 
should be designed to support strategy 
and promote long-term sustainable 
success. Executive remuneration 
should be aligned to company 
purpose and values, and be clearly 
linked to the successful delivery of 
the company’s long-term strategy.

Our remuneration policies and practices 
are designed to support the delivery of 
the Group’s strategy. During FY23 there 
was a review of whether the approach 
followed in recent years truly continues 
to support the needs of the Company, 
its shareholders and management. 
The intention is to provide a range of 
fixed and variable pay that promotes 
the success of the Company through 
the sustained delivery of operational 
and financial results over the long term.

The Annual Incentive Plan provides an 
incentive to deliver in-year financial 
results and stretching personal 
objectives, and a portion of any bonus 
earned is delivered (through our Deferred 
Bonus Plan) in shares which are only 
released 12 or 24 months after the end 
of the financial year.

Our long term incentive arrangement, 
the Performance Share Plan (PSP), 
incentivises the delivery of outcomes 
to shareholders (assessed in terms of 
growth in EPS and Total Shareholder 
Return relative to FTSE 250 companies, 
in each case measured over three years). 
Any value derived from the PSP is only 
available to the executive Directors and 
other ELT members after five years and 
is settled in shares.

The remuneration arrangements we have 
put in place are clearly aligned with the 
Company’s purpose and values. For 
further information, please refer to the 
Remuneration Committee report that 
follows in this section.

Code Principle Q:
A formal and transparent procedure 
for developing policy on executive 
remuneration and determining director 
and senior management remuneration 
should be established. No director 
should be involved in deciding their 
own remuneration outcome.

While management has the primary role 
in developing proposals on executive 
remuneration, at Director level this must 
be done within the limits set out in the 
Directors’ remuneration policy. This was 
last approved by shareholders at the 2020 
AGM and an amended version will be 
proposed for approval at the 2023 AGM.

The remuneration arrangements for 
the first layer of management reporting 
to the CEO are scrutinised by the 
Remuneration Committee, which is 
comprised solely of independent 
Non-executive Directors.

Pay outcomes are reviewed by the 
Remuneration Committee, who retain 
discretion to adjust formulaic outcomes 
where appropriate. All of our processes 
are formal and transparent. Save for the 
Chairman, whose fees are determined by 
the Remuneration Committee, the fees 
for the Non-executive Directors are 
determined by the Board, and the NEDs 
absent themselves from any discussion 
or decision-making on this. No Director 
is involved in deciding their own 
remuneration outcome.

For further information, please refer to 
the Remuneration Committee report that 
follows in this section.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

101

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Chair’s Introduction to Remuneration

This report is presented in three main 
sections: an annual statement from the 
Chair of the Committee; the Directors’ 
remuneration policy; and the annual 
report on remuneration for FY23. The 
Directors’ remuneration policy was 
approved by shareholders at the AGM 
on 6 August 2020 and had a binding 
effect from that date. An updated 
policy will be proposed for shareholder 
approval at the 2023 AGM.

Dear Shareholder,
As Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present the 
Directors’ remuneration report for the 
period ended 25 March 2023, my first as 
Chair which has been prepared by the 
Committee and approved by the Board. 
I would like to extend my thanks to Maria 
Da Cunha, who stepped down as Chair 
of the Committee on 27 July 2022. 

Margaret Rice-Jones
Chair of the  
Remuneration Committee

 ‘Despite progress to 
continue to address 
legacy issues and 
develop an agile 
footprint which has 
ensured profitability in 
a challenging year, the 
results have remained 
disappointing and 
this is reflected in 
our remuneration 
outcomes.’

Principal responsibilities

Remuneration
 – Setting and reviewing the 

Incentive plans
 – Determination of the design, 

conditions and coverage of annual 
and long term incentive plans for 
Directors and senior executives and 
approval of total and individual 
awards under the plans

 – Determination of targets for any 
performance-related pay plans

remuneration of the Chairman, 
Executive Directors and senior 
executives who report to the Chief 
Executive Officer

 – Ensuring that all remuneration paid 
to Directors is in accordance with 
the Company’s previously approved 
remuneration policy

 – Ensuring that all contractual terms 
on termination, and any payments 
made, are fair to the individual and 
the Company

 – Monitoring the reward policies and 
practices throughout the business

102

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

This year, I would like to focus on two 
themes: the changes that we are 
proposing to make to the remuneration 
policy which will, if approved by 
shareholders, apply from the 2023 AGM; 
and the performance of the Group in 
FY23, which resulted in no bonus under 
the Annual Incentive Plan being payable 
to Executive Directors and the PSP 
awards granted in 2020 lapsing. 

The Committee understands the need 
to create a remuneration framework that 
incentivises effectively for significant 
achievements in performance and 
associated return to shareholders, and 
acts as a retention mechanism for senior 
executives, and we have consulted 
widely with our shareholders in advance 
of making recommendations in relation 
to the policy.

As outlined in earlier sections of this 
Annual Report, we face continued 
headwinds to address both the ongoing 
legacy challenges the business faces 
while mitigating the continuing impacts 
of the current macro environment. 

We have experienced an 
unprecedentedly volatile external market 
impacting us in every market sector in 
which we operate. Increased materials 
and energy costs, supply chain challenges 
and material shortages, increases in 
inflation and a global pandemic have led 
to a slower market growth in both 
Currency and Authentication than 
originally anticipated.

Governance and compliance
 – Ensuring that provisions relating to 
disclosure of remuneration as set 
out in the relevant legislation, the UK 
Listing Rules and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code are fulfilled

However, despite these issues, in the last 
three years we have continued to make 
progress to ensure we have a strong 
underlying business and have been able 
to remain profitable even in the most 
difficult of market downturns, something 
that was unachievable three years ago.

The business has introduced a new 
leadership team into Authentication to 
focus on accelerating growth, capitalising 
on existing GRS schemes and expansion 
of these beyond the GCC countries 
and driving growth in Brand and ID 
components. In Currency we have taken 
significant further cost from the business 
and redefined the operating model and 
product roadmap to ensure that we are 
as optimal and efficient as possible. This 
allows us to remain competitive in the 
market against our key competitors.

We continue to tackle many of the 
legacy issues in our business particularly 
in addressing our cost base. Over the 
course of the three years since we 
commenced turnaround, we have 
removed in excess of £40m of cost, 
reducing annual pension payments, 
saving £57m of future cash spend and 
exited the Portals Relationship 
Agreement, avoiding future outlays of 
£119m. We have equally prioritised a 
continued focus on creating a flexible 
and competitive footprint and optimal 
operating model.

We believe that it is critical that executive 
remuneration is fair and competitive so 
that the Group continues to attract, 
motivate and retain the highly talented 
people required to deliver the challenging 
targets to which we have committed.

Above all, the Committee’s objective is to 
ensure that our Directors’ remuneration 
policy incentivises and rewards the 
delivery of sustainable shareholder value.

Committee meetings
The Remuneration Committee consists 
exclusively of Non-executive Directors, 
all of whom are regarded as independent.

The Committee met seven times during 
FY23 and details of attendance can be 
found in the table on page 77. The Chief 
Executive Officer and the Group Director 
of Human Resources attended these 
meetings by invitation. The General 
Counsel and Company Secretary, who is 
the secretary to the Committee, advised 
on governance issues.

No Executive Director or employee is 
present for or takes part in discussions 
in respect of matters relating directly to 
their own remuneration.

Activities in the period
 – Approval of the Executive Leadership 

Team (ELT) group and strategic 
individual objectives for the year

 – Triennial review of Directors 

Remuneration Policy including 
extensive consultation

 – Review of performance targets for 
short and long term incentive plans

 – Approval of pay awards for the 

Chairman, the Executive Directors and 
the other ELT members

 – Review and approval of the Directors’ 

remuneration report for FY22

 – Review of market trends and latest 

developments in governance

 – Review of inclusion principles for ESG 

in incentives

 – Awards under the UK Sharesave scheme
 – Review broader workforce 

remuneration in consideration of 
executive remuneration

 – Review of the report on gender pay 

gap and action plan

Structure of Directors’ 
remuneration report 
This report is presented in three main 
sections: an annual statement from 
the Chairman of the Committee; the 
Directors’ remuneration policy to be 
approved by shareholders at the 2023 
AGM; and the annual report on 
remuneration for FY23. 

In accordance with the regulations, we 
will be asking shareholders to vote on 
two separate remuneration resolutions 
as follows: 
 – The binding triennial vote on the 

proposed Directors’ remuneration 
policy as set out on pages 105 to 111 
which will, subject to shareholder 
approval, become formally effective 
from the 2023 AGM 

 – An advisory vote on the annual 

report on remuneration as set out on 
pages 105 to 125 which provides 
details of the remuneration earned 
by Directors for performance in FY23 

A copy of the remuneration policy 
approved in 2020 can be found in the 
annual report 2020 on the Company’s 
website: www.delarue.com.

Proposed remuneration policy
Our remuneration policy is key to 
delivering both in year performance 
and the longer term transformation of 
De La Rue.

This year we have carried out our 
triennial review of the policy. 

The proposed policy is designed to 
support the business in delivering a 
sustainably profitable and cash 
generative business, targeting growth 
opportunities in Authentication and, 
in Currency. We will continue to shape 
our Currency division’s printing capacity 
to market demand across our sites in 
Malta, Sri Lanka, and the UK and to 
address and resolve legacy issues 
across the group.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

103

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Chair’s Introduction to Remuneration continued

The last two years have represented 
a challenging period for the business 
driven primarily by the delayed impact of 
Covid-19 creating market pressures and 
we share our shareholders’ disappointment 
in relation to share price performance 
during this time. It is with this in mind 
that we have considered any changes 
to the remuneration policy.

We are proposing a change to our current 
long term incentive arrangements by 
introducing a proportion of higher 
leveraged reward for both executives and 
senior management for overachievement 
of targets that results in an increase in 
shareprice. Long Term Incentives (LTIPs) 
have previously been applied as 
Performance Share Plans (PSP) subject to a 
three year performance period measured 
against two equally weighted metrics, 
followed by a two year holding period.

Following review of appropriate metrics 
and consultation with our shareholders 
we are proposing that LTIP will be made up 
of a mix of PSP and market value options. 

Full details of this new plan, to be known 
as De La Rue Investor Return Plan, are set 
out in the policy section of the report on 
pages 105 to 116, and will be subject to a 
binding shareholder vote at the AGM on 
7 September 2023. 

The changes proposed will:
 – Strongly align executive and 

shareholder interests 

 – Allow for common and unified 

reward amongst all senior management 
and Executive Directors, aligning 
all participants 

 – Provide greater levels of reward where 
longer term focus results in improving 
the share price 

 – Provide a mechanism to attract, retain 
and motivate executives and leaders 
over the longer term to deliver our 
strategic goals

 – Promote a high-performance culture 

We remain confident that all other 
aspects of the Policy are fit for purpose 
and are not proposing any further 
material changes.

Implementation of the policy 
in FY24 
If approved by shareholders at the 
forthcoming AGM, the Committee 
intends to apply the revised 
remuneration policy as follows: 
 – Base salary and benefits: No material 
change to the Executive Directors’ 
base salary level or pension and 
benefits arrangements.

 – Annual Bonus Plan (ABP): For FY24 
the current maximum opportunity 
level of 135% of salary for the CEO will 
continue to apply, with 60% of any 
bonus payable in cash and 40% 
deferred into shares released half 
after one year and the remaining half 
after a further year. The Committee 
has carefully considered bonus 
performance metrics for FY24 and 
concluded that the current measures 
remain highly relevant for the current 
turnaround situation 

 – De La Rue Investor Return Plan: The 
Remuneration Committee has given 
detailed consideration to the most 
appropriate Long Term Incentive (LTIP) 
arrangements that provide a strong 
link between business performance, 
shareholder return and executive 
reward. For awards from FY24 
onwards, the Committee proposes to 
implement a new policy proposal. Plan 
participants will receive their LTIP 
award in two elements. Firstly, awards 
under the existing Performance Share 
Plan, subject to two performance 
conditions (Free cash flow and EPS) 
both equally weighted and measured 
over three year periods. The second 
portion of award will be made as 
market value options, to be granted 
under the new Investor Return Plan. 
Vesting of these awards will be 
subject to an underpin that our Total 
Shareholder Return at least equals the 
return of the FTSE mid-250 (excluding 
Investment Trusts) index measured 
over a three year performance period 

The Committee carried out an extensive 
consultation exercise in relation to the 
proposed new policy with our largest 
shareholders. All key shareholders and 
main UK institutional investor bodies 
were written to and encouraged to 
attend a meeting to discuss proposals 
in detail. Eight shareholders, collectively 
holding 48% of our equity, took up 
this opportunity to discuss proposed 
policy changes.

The feedback we received was both 
constructive and in a large measure 
supportive and it was clear that our 
shareholders, while understandably 
disappointed in the share price 
performance, have a good appreciation 
of the challenges that De La Rue is 
dealing with and the need for significant 
change. I hope you will welcome the 
conclusions the Committee has reached 
on this matter as a result of the 
consultation process which we believe 
acknowledges the challenges facing the 
business and demonstrates our 
commitment to a high level of alignment 
between the interests of shareholders 
and the senior management of the 
business. The Committee believes that 
the above Policy is in the best interests 
of shareholders as it will encourage, 
reinforce and reward the delivery.

Activities in FY23 
The primary focus for the business 
during the FY23 financial year has been:
 – Increased focus on driving efficiency 
and greater cost competitiveness to 
help offset the challenges faced 
throughout the year, helping to 
mitigate supply chain cost inflation
 – Proactive procurement strategies to 

manage raw material shortages
 – Targeted profitable growth and 
conversion of customers, in key 
product segments of Polymer,
 – Features and both Brand and GRS
 – Ongoing footprint and capacity review 
adding production capability and 
flexibility with Malta expansion and 
new polymer line at Westhoughton

 – Positive cash management
 – Releasing a clearly articulated ESG 
strategy outlining the key priorities 
and targets set out under all areas
 – Supporting high levels of employee 
engagement and communication
 – Creating certainty on potential future 
cost pressures by securing structured 
pay awards while maintaining focus on 
balanced rewards and wellbeing for 
all employees

 – Continuing to align executive and 

shareholder interests

No changes were made to the 
application of the policy this year.

104

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Employee experience
During FY23, our operating sites in the 
UK, Malta, Kenya, Sri Lanka and the US 
remained operational. Despite significant 
disruption due to global events including 
the economic situation in Sri Lanka we 
were able to deliver in full to customers 
as required during the financial year. 

The impact of the headwinds and 
slowing of our market on overall business 
performance is reflected appropriately 
in the outturn of the Annual Bonus Plan 
with no eligible employees receiving an 
award under these plans. 

We also conducted a salary review 
during the year for all eligible employees. 
The employees in Collectively bargained 
agreements received the second year 
increase negotiated through the multi-
year pay deals in FY22. The wider workforce 
remuneration was taken into account in 
our decisions on executive remuneration.

We have continued to expand our 
wellbeing benefits and support in all 
locations, branching out into financial 
wellbeing alongside both health and 
mental health wellbeing.

As a result of the changes to market 
performance we were required to reduce 
costs and continue to right size our 
manufacturing footprint and ensure we 
had optimal structures in both Currency 
and Authentication. This did mean that 
redundancy exercises were conducted in 
both our Kenyan and Westhoughton 
manufacturing sites as well as across a 
number of teams and departments both 
in the UK and internationally. 

We continued to maintain all our formal 
and informal forums and communicate 
openly and transparently to ensure that 
our employees remain aware of the 
business performance and challenges 
as well as successes and that all views, 
questions and concerns had a mechanism 
through which to be raised.

Shareholder experience
Business performance in FY23 was 
impacted due to the extremely tough 
trading conditions for both divisions 
of De La Rue. Currency experienced 
the worst market background for 
many years. 

While strong supply chain management 
mitigated much of the cost risks 
identified at the beginning of the year, 
adjusted operating profit fell substantially 
versus prior year which has had a 
negative impact on the shareprice. 

While substantial progress was made 
during the second half, through a variety 
of actions, designed to maximise profit 
despite lower volumes and a continued 
focus on cash management and a 
reduction in net debt, overall the 
performance did not achieve the 
underpin required above which an annual 
bonus would have been payable and 
accordingly no ABP will be paid for FY23. 

During FY23 we incorporated ESG on a 
formulaic basis with having a 10% weighting 
attached to a target reduction of solid 
waste per good output.

The Board does not expect to pay 
dividends unless and until the Company 
is generating sustainable positive free 
cash flow.

Further details on our performance 
against bonus measures is set out on 
page 118. 

Remuneration outcomes FY23
As discussed elsewhere in the Annual 
Report, the business faced a number of 
significant challenges during the year 
with lower than expected volumes 
impacting both divisions. This has been 
well documented throughout the year 
resulting in a re-basing of profit 
expectations for the year.

Primarily thanks to the steps the 
management team have taken to 
mitigate legacy issues including 
continuing to reduce complexity in our 
footprint, reduce costs and improve 
efficiencies across the Group we have 
been able to offset the impact of the 
headwinds reporting an adjusted 
operating profit of £27.8m in line with 
revised market expectations. 

ABP scorecard financial measures 
account for 80% of maximum ABP with 
the remaining 20% based on achievement 
against strategic personal objectives 
including a specific ESG metric.

We still believe that measures for ABP 
are the right ones and believe that the 
balance of remuneration between both 
short and long term incentives is 
appropriate for the business.

The performance period for the PSP 
awards granted in 2020 concluded 
during the year. Performance did not 
meet threshold levels and none of these 
awards have vested.

The Committee reviewed all remuneration 
outcomes in context of the business 
outcomes and the experience of the 
shareholders and the wider workforce. 
In all cases it decided not to adjust the 
formulaic outcomes. There was therefore 
no reward payable under either the 
ABP or PSP to any Executive Director 
during FY23.

As outlined we are making proposed 
changes to the long term incentive 
arrangements. Our aim is to achieve 
an appropriate balance between 
incentivising Executive Directors and 
ensuring that variable remuneration will 
only be payable on performance that 
delivers sustainable value to shareholders. 
We believe that the changes in our policy 
in relation to the Long Term Incentive 
Awards will meet that aim.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

105

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Chair’s Introduction to Remuneration continued

We are pleased that our previous 
Remuneration report was supported by 
shareholders at the AGM on 27 July 2022, 
with almost 87% of votes cast in favour 
and a minimal level of votes withheld. 

We welcome and are grateful for the 
constructive feedback our shareholders 
have provided in the last year, which has 
informed our deliberations and helped 
shape our approach to remuneration.

Executive Director changes
As announced in January 2023 Rob 
Harding resigned as Chief Financial 
Officer and will leave the business in 
July 2024.

Priorities for FY24
The work of the Committee in FY24 
will continue to focus on ensuring that 
executives are fairly rewarded for their 
contribution to the Group and 
incentivised to deliver returns for 
shareholders, while driving a strong 
culture aligned to its ESG strategy. The 
Committee is supportive of the specific 
Environment, Social and Governance 
(ESG) measures introduced during FY23. 
Key metrics on Health and Safety, 
diversity and specific steps to support 
the environmental sustainability journey 
will also continue to form part of 
personal strategic objectives for 
Executive Directors and the wider 
management population. 

I trust you will find the policy and 
implementation reports clear and 
informative and the Committee can 
continue to receive your support on both 
votes at this year’s AGM.

Margaret Rice-Jones
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

29 June 2023

106

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Current ABP structure and weighting %

  Revenue  
  Profit 
  Net debt 
  Strategic ESG objective 
  Strategic personal objectives 

20
30
30
10
10

Compliance statement
This report has been prepared on 
behalf of, and has been approved by, 
the Board. It complies with the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 (SI 2008/410) as 
amended, the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and the FCA’s 
Listing Rules and takes into account 
the policies of shareholder 
representative bodies. The 
Companies Act 2006 and the Listing 
Rules require the Company’s auditor 
to report on the audited information 
in their report, and to state that this 
section has been properly prepared in 
accordance with these regulations.

Directors’ remuneration policy

Introduction
This section of the report contains 
details of the Directors’ remuneration 
policy that will govern the Company’s 
future remuneration payments.

The Remuneration Committee has 
established the policy on the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors 
and the Chairman. The Board has 
established the policy on the remuneration 
of the other Non-executive Directors. 
Awards and benefits granted under the 
previous Directors’ remuneration policy 
will be honoured.

Proposed remuneration policy
The Group’s remuneration policy aims 
to align the interests of the Executive 
Directors and other senior executives 
with those of shareholders.

The policy will take effect from 
7 September 2023, subject to shareholder 
approval at the AGM. The remuneration 
policy is designed to ensure execution of 
the Group’s strategy and to align with the 
interests of shareholders.

As indicated in the annual statement 
from the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee, we believe that the previous 
remuneration policy remains in the 
majority fit for purpose and does not 
require fundamental change. Therefore, 
we are only proposing a variation to our 
Long Term Incentive Arrangements (LTIP).

The Committee believe that with the 
current external market pressures 
and a need to capitalise on growth 
opportunities over the next three years, 
a change to the LTIP will help ensure we 
can attract and retain the appropriate 
talent within the business required to 
deliver consistent business performance 
and shareholder return. The changes 
proposed remain true to the underlying 
current method of long term reward 
through Performance Share Plan but 
provide higher leveraged outcomes for 
the achievement of significant growth 
during this period.

The overriding objective of the policy 
review is to ensure that the executive 
remuneration policy both encourages, 
reinforces and rewards the delivery of 
sustainable shareholder value while 
providing an effective mechanism to 
attract, retain and motivate executives 
and senior management to deliver long 
term growth and value.

The Remuneration Committee believes 
executives should be rewarded through 
performance-related pay scales that 
are commensurate with the delivery of 
value for the business and with annual 
increases comparable to awards across 
the majority of the workforce. 

Incentives and particularly long term 
incentives should account for a 
significant proportion of the overall 
remuneration package of Executive 
Directors so that their reward is aligned 
with shareholder interests and the 
Group’s performance, without 
encouraging excessive risk-taking. 

Performance-related elements of 
remuneration therefore form a significant 
proportion of the total remuneration 
packages. This is illustrated on page 115.

The Committee continues to take into 
account performance on environmental, 
social and governance matters with 
annual bonus having a direct link to both 
delivery against strategic personal 
objectives and a specific measurable 
ESG measure. 

Policy table
The remuneration package for Executive 
Directors consists of fixed base salary, 
pension and other benefits and a 
significant proportion of variable pay 
including annual bonus and long term 
share based incentives. The following 
table summarises each element of the 
proposed remuneration policy for 
the Executive Directors and explains 
how each works and is linked to the 
corporate strategy.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

107

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Purpose and link 
to strategy
Base Salary
Fixed competitive 
remuneration set at 
levels to recruit and 
retain talent. 
Determination informed, 
but not led, by reference 
to the marketplace for 
companies of similar 
size and complexity.

Reflects individual skills, 
experience and 
responsibility necessary 
to deliver business 
strategy. 

Rewards individual 
performance.

Operation

Maximum potential 
opportunity

Performance metrics

Individual performance is the 
primary consideration in setting 
salary alongside overall Group 
performance, affordability and 
market competitiveness.

Reviewed annually and fixed for 
12 months (but may be reviewed 
more frequently).

Influenced by: 
 – Role, experience, responsibilities 

and performance 

 – Change in broader workforce salary 
 – Group profitability and prevailing 

market conditions 

 – Salary levels across the Group 

generally 

 – Eliminating the gender pay gap 

Increases are not automatic.

To avoid creating expectations 
of Executive Directors and 
other employees, no maximum 
base salary has been set. 
Increases will not normally 
exceed the average of 
increases awarded within the 
rest of the Group in the UK. 

Larger increases may be 
awarded in certain 
circumstances including, but 
not limited to: 
 – Increases in scope or 

responsibility 

 – Where market conditions 

indicate a lack of 
competitiveness and risk to 
attracting or retaining 
executives 

Where the Remuneration 
Committee exercises its 
discretion to award increases 
above the average for other 
employees, a full explanation 
will be provided in the next 
annual report on remuneration.

Benefits
Market competitive 
benefits sufficient to 
recruit and retain the 
talent necessary to 
develop and execute the 
business strategy.

Provision of car allowance, life 
assurance and private medical scheme. 
Executive Directors are also provided 
with permanent health insurance. 
Executive Directors can also participate 
in the annual leave flexibility scheme. 

While the Remuneration 
Committee has not set an 
absolute maximum, benefits 
will be market competitive 
taking into account role and 
individual circumstances.

Not applicable

Pension
To provide market 
competitive post-
retirement income 
sufficient to recruit and 
retain executives.

Other benefits may be provided on an 
individual basis such as, but not limited 
to, relocation allowances including 
transactional and legal costs, disturbance 
and travel and subsistence costs.

Executive Directors are offered 
membership of a defined contribution 
pension plan or choice of cash in lieu 
(for example, where contributions to 
the plan would cause an Executive 
Director to exceed the HM Revenue and 
Customs (HMRC) annual allowance or 
lifetime allowance limits). The 
contribution rates offered are aligned 
with pension contributions for the 
wider workforce and based on base 
salary only.

108

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Not applicable.

The contribution rates for 
newly appointed Executive 
Directors will be aligned to 
rates for the wider workforce 
at the date of appointment.

The Executive Directors may 
choose to receive a cash 
allowance in lieu of 
contributions. The allowance 
is equal to the pension 
contribution that would 
otherwise have been paid less 
the Company’s national 
insurance contribution to 
ensure cost neutrality.

Operation

Purpose and link 
to strategy
Annual Bonus Plan (ABP)
To incentivise and 
reward delivery of 
financial and personal 
performance targets 
that address the distinct 
commercial and 
strategic needs of the 
business, and align with 
shareholder interests. 

The Remuneration Committee sets 
Group financial targets and agrees 
personal objectives for each Executive 
Director at the start of each year. 
Reference is made to the prior year and 
to budgets and business plans while 
ensuring the levels set are appropriately 
challenging but do not encourage 
excessive risk-taking. 

To ensure a consistent 
and stable reward 
structure throughout 
the management group 
that will remain fit 
for purpose. 

To support a pay for 
performance philosophy. 

To help attract and 
retain top talent and be 
cost effective. 

Compulsory deferral 
of shares supports 
alignment with 
shareholder interests 
and also provides a 
retention element.

Payments are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee after the 
year end. The bonus plan is non-
contractual and may be offered on 
a year by year basis. 

Sixty per cent of annual bonus is 
payable immediately in cash. Forty per 
cent of annual bonus is payable in 
deferred shares (deferred bonus plan) 
and released in tranches, subject to 
continued employment (with early 
release in certain circumstances). There 
are no further performance conditions. 

Fifty per cent of deferred shares are 
released one year after cash payout 
and the remaining 50% two years after 
cash payout. 

The Remuneration Committee may 
increase the number of shares subject 
to a deferred share award to reflect 
dividends that would have been paid 
over the deferral period on shares 
that vest. 

The deferred share element (DBP) 
will be disclosed in the annual report 
on remuneration. 

The cash and deferred share element 
are subject to malus and clawback 
provisions to allow the Company to 
recoup three years from award in the 
event of material financial misstatement 
of results, gross misconduct, other acts 
or omissions that could bring the 
business into disrepute and or cause 
reputational damage or corporate failure.

The Committee may also make 
discretionary adjustments, up and 
down, to the formulaic outcome of 
short and long term plans if there is 
misalignment with the Group’s strategic 
goals or shareholder interests.

Maximum potential 
opportunity

Performance metrics

The current annual maximum 
bonus opportunity of 135% of 
salary for the Chief Executive 
Officer and 115% of salary for 
the Chief Financial Officer 
linked to business performance 
will continue to apply. 

The Remuneration Committee 
has the discretion to increase 
the overall maximum bonus 
level to 150% of salary, subject 
to this not being above the 
competitive market range.

The bonus payout level is 
determined by achievement of 
Group financial performance 
measures with an element 
based on personal objectives. 
The metrics, while stretching, 
do not encourage inappropriate 
risks to be taken. 

The Remuneration Committee 
will maintain discretion to 
consider the financial underpin in 
respect of awards under the ABP. 
Financial targets and weightings 
will be disclosed in the annual 
report on remuneration.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

109

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Operation

Purpose and link 
to strategy
Long Term Incentive Plan awards
A share-settled long 
term incentive aligned 
closely to corporate 
strategy and 
shareholders interests. 

Executive Directors receive share 
awards annually under either or both 
of: (a) an award under the existing 
Performance Share Plan and (b) a 
market value share option under the 
proposed Investor return plan. The 
overall value of award will not exceed 
the policy limit in any year. 

PSP awards vest subject to continued 
employment and meeting stretching 
performance conditions. These consist 
of two components, measured 
separately and in each case over 
a period of three financial years. 

IRP awards vest subject to continued 
employment and an underpin linked to 
the Company’s Total Shareholder 
Return relative to a market benchmark.

Performance metrics while challenging 
will not encourage excessive risk taking. 

In each case, vested awards cannot be 
exercised or received by an Executive 
Director until after a further two-year 
holding period.

The Committee may determine that 
the award holder will receive additional 
shares equal to the value of any 
dividends which would have been paid 
(to end of the holding period) on the 
shares subject to an award which vest. 

PSP and IRP awards may vest early in 
‘good leaver’ circumstances. This can 
include on a change of control (or other 
similar event) subject to satisfaction 
of the performance conditions and, 
unless the Committee determines 
otherwise, pro-rating for time in the 
performance period.

The Committee has the right to impose 
‘malus’ on any unvested awards and to 
‘claw back’ any awards within three 
years of the vesting where there has 
been material misstatement of results, 
gross misconduct, any act or omission 
that could bring the business into 
disrepute and or cause reputational 
damage or corporate failure, for which 
the participant was culpable.

The Committee may also make 
discretionary adjustments, up and 
down, to the formulaic outcome of any 
incentive plans if it judges that there is 
misalignment with the Group’s strategic 
goals or shareholders’ interests.

Awards under the 
Performance Share Plan 
require delivery of key 
business metrics 
assessed over a 
three-year performance 
period, which should 
result in the delivery of 
value to shareholders 

Awards under the 
Investor Return Plan will 
only have value if the 
share price exceeds the 
option price, and vesting 
requires that we have 
delivered market-
competitive total returns 
to shareholders

For Executive Directors, 
there is a further 
two-year holding period 
before any reward can 
be realised. All awards 
are share-settled, to 
further align executives’ 
and shareholders’ 
interests.

The strategic alignment 
is to:
 – drive performance, 
measured using key 
strategically aligned 
performance metrics, 
over the longer-term 

 – ensure that 

shareholder value, 
and in particular 
share price growth, 
is prioritised

 – ensure that there has 
been performance 
before pay can be 
delivered

 – attract, retain and 
motivate talented 
individuals of the 
calibre needed to 
drive the Company’s 
future development 
and performance

110

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Maximum potential 
opportunity

Performance metrics

The maximum face value 
of awards granted to any 
Executive Director or other 
eligible employees in any 
financial year shall be an 
amount not exceeding 100% 
of salary as at the award date.

The Committee retains 
discretion in exceptional 
circumstances to grant awards 
with a face value of up to 150% 
of salary.

Awards under the PSP will 
normally vest subject to the 
achievement of Group 
performance over a period of 
three financial years against key 
metrics set by the Remuneration 
Committee which are aligned 
to commercial business needs 
and strategy. 

The Remuneration Committee 
must be satisfied that vesting 
reflects the underlying 
performance of the Group and 
retains the flexibility to adjust 
the vesting amount to ensure it 
remains appropriate to the 
business performance achieved.

Awards under the IRP will only 
vest subject to an underpin that 
the Company’s Total 
Shareholder Return matches or 
exceeds that of the FTSE 
mid-250 (excluding Investment 
Trusts) index, measured over an 
initial three-year period or other 
suitable underpin as deemed 
appropriate by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The Committee regularly 
reviews the performance 
conditions and targets to 
ensure they continue to be 
aligned with the Group’s 
business objectives and 
strategy and retains the 
discretion to change the 
measures and their respective 
weightings to ensure continuing 
alignment with such objectives 
and strategy.

The Committee maintains the 
ability to adjust or set different 
performance measures if events 
occur or circumstances arise 
which cause the Committee to 
determine that the performance 
conditions have ceased to be 
appropriate. If varied or 
replaced, the amended 
performance conditions must, 
in the opinion of the Committee, 
be materially no more or less 
difficult than the original 
condition when set and these 
will be disclosed in the annual 
report on remuneration.

Operation

Purpose and link 
to strategy
All employee share plans
To encourage 
employees including the 
Executive Directors to 
build a shareholding 
through the operation of 
all employee share plans 
such as the HMRC 
approved De La Rue 
Sharesave scheme in 
the UK.

Executive Directors may participate in 
the Sharesave scheme on the same 
terms as other employees. 

Under the UK Sharesave scheme, the 
option price may be discounted by up 
to 20%. Accumulated savings through 
payroll may be used to exercise an 
option to acquire shares. 

Under the Employee Share Purchase 
Plan, employees in the US may be 
offered the opportunity to purchase 
the Company’s shares at a 15% 
discount to the market price. Any 
purchases are funded through 
accumulated payroll deductions. 

Maximum potential 
opportunity

Performance metrics

No performance measures but 
employment conditions apply.

The maximum savings is in line 
with the legislative limit which 
is currently £500 per month 
over a three or five year period 
under the Company’s 
Sharesave scheme. The rules 
of the scheme provide for 
savings up to the legislative 
limit of £500 per month.

Shareholders approved the Rules 
of Sharesave and the ESPP at the 
2022 AGM. 

Shareholding requirement for 
Executive Directors
The Remuneration Committee believes 
that it is vital that the interests of 
Executive Directors should be closely 
aligned with those of shareholders. 
Executive Directors are required to build 
up a shareholding equivalent to two 
times salary. It is intended that this is 
met by Executive Directors retaining 
100% of vested post-tax Deferred Bonus 
shares, restricted shares and performance 
shares until the requirement is met in full. 

A post-employment shareholding 
requirement will apply of two times 
salary (or the actual shareholding at date 
of exit if lower) for the first year following 
exit and 50% of this level for the second 
year following exit.

For the purposes of the in-employment 
shareholding requirement, the following 
types of shares will be included:
 – Fully beneficially owned shares, 

We continue to maintain an appointed 
Non-executive Director with direct 
accountability for listening to 
employee views.

including shares purchased by the 
individual out of own funds

 – Deferred Bonus shares (on a net-of-

tax basis) 

 – PSP awards, from the point where the 
performance conditions have been 
assessed and the award has vested 
(on a net-of-tax basis)

 – IRP options, from the point where 

the awards has vested (on a net-of-
tax basis)

For the purposes of the post-
employment holding requirement, 
the above categories of shares will be 
required to be held, with the exception of 
shares purchased by the individual out 
of own funds, so as to avoid potentially 
disincentivising share purchases.

Employee considerations
In line with best practice and as outlined 
in our Responsible Business section of 
this report, the Remuneration Committee 
and main Board ensure a constant 
understanding of the level of engagement 
and views of our employees through 
regular and direct contact. 

Through this role we have taken steps 
to engage with employees on European 
Employee Forum and UK employee 
forums on the proposed remuneration 
policy and its application when 
determining the remuneration 
arrangements for Executive Directors. 
Decisions on Executive remuneration 
consistently take into consideration the 
pay and conditions of employees 
throughout the Group.

In particular, the Committee is kept 
informed of the structure and application 
of reward policies across the Group, 
including:
 – Salary increases for the general 

employee population

 – Overall spend on variable pay, 

including annual bonus and other 
incentive and commission schemes in 
operation across the Group

 – Participation in the ABP and Long 

Term Incentives 
 – Gender pay gap
 – CEO pay ratio analysis

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

111

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNon-executive Directors
All Directors offer themselves for annual 
re-election at each AGM in accordance 
with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. Service contracts for Executive 
Directors and letters of appointment for 
Non-executive Directors are available for 
inspection at the registered office 
address of the Company.

Payment for loss of office
In determining compensation for early 
termination of a service contract, the 
Remuneration Committee carefully 
considers the specific circumstances, 
the Company’s commitments under the 
individual’s contract and the individual’s 
obligation to mitigate loss. The table below 
outlines the framework for contracts for 
Executive Directors. Should additional 
compensation matters arise, such as a 
settlement or compromise agreement, the 
Remuneration Committee will exercise 
judgement and will take into account the 
specific commercial circumstances.

Section 5: Remuneration continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Pay review budgets for senior managers 
and executives are set at levels which 
are typically lower or the same as those 
agreed with our trade unions for 
employees whose pay is collectively 
bargained. The principle of fair pay 
aligned to performance operates across 
the Group at all levels. The remuneration 
policy applied to the Executive 
Leadership Team and the most senior 
executives in the Group is consistent 
with the policy for the Executive 
Directors, in that a significant element 
of remuneration is dependent on Group 
and individual performance and tied to 
longer term growth of the business 
aligned to shareholder interests. The 
Group aims to offer competitive levels 
of remuneration, benefits and incentives 
to attract and retain talented individuals 
at all levels with the experience and 
capability to deliver the business strategy. 

The Chief Executive Officer consults 
with the Remuneration Committee on 
the remuneration of executives directly 
reporting to him and other senior 
executives and seeks to ensure a 
consistent approach across the Group 
taking account of seniority, market 
practice and the key principles of 
remuneration outlined above.

On authority of the Committee, the Chief 
Executive Officer has discretion to make 
Long term incentive awards to a limited 
number of employees not being 
Executive Directors or Executive 
Leadership Team members.

These arrangements ensure that the 
application of the policy is heavily 
influenced by remuneration 
arrangements for all employees.

Remuneration Committee 
discretion
The Remuneration Committee reserves 
the right to adjust or set different 
performance measures for both short 
and long term plans if events occur or 
circumstances arise in which performance 
conditions have ceased to be appropriate. 
These events include substantial 
changes in business structure or 
strategy, acquisition or divestment. 
The Committee may also make 
discretionary adjustments, up and down, 
to the formulaic outcome of short and 
long term plans if there is misalignment 
with the Group’s strategic goals or 
shareholder interests. Any use of this 
discretion will be carefully considered 
by the Committee and fully disclosed.

Shareholder views
The Remuneration Committee engages 
in regular dialogue with shareholders to 
discuss and take feedback on its 
remuneration policy and governance 
matters. The Committee approached the 
holders of 77% of our equity including 
the main UK institutional Investor bodies 
as at March 2023 and extensively 
engaged with regards to the proposals 
for the new directors’ remuneration 
policy. The policy remain subject to a 
binding vote at the AGM on 7 September 
2023. The Committee welcomes an open 
dialogue with shareholders and intends 
to continue to consult with major 
shareholders before implementing any 
significant change to the Directors’ 
remuneration policy.

Service contracts
Current and new Executive Directors 
are employed on contracts that have 
a notice period that should not exceed 
six months.

The Remuneration Committee 
recognises that in the case of 
appointments to the Board from outside 
the Group, it may be necessary to offer 
a longer initial notice period, which would 
subsequently reduce to six months after 
that initial period.

112

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Policy

Notice period on termination by 
the Company

Termination payment at the 
Company’s sole discretion

Change of control

Vesting of incentives for leavers

Pension benefits

Maximum of six calendar months. The Remuneration Committee recognises that in 
the case of appointment to the Board from outside the Group, it may be necessary 
to offer a longer initial notice period, which would subsequently reduce to six 
months or less.

On termination by either the Company or the relevant Executive Director, the 
Company retains the discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice not exceeding 
six months’ basic salary, excluding bonus but including benefits in kind (including 
company car or car allowance and private health insurance) and pension 
contributions (or cash in lieu of pension). 

Benefits provided in connection with termination payments may also include, 
but are not limited to, outplacement and legal fees.

Under the ABP, share awards will vest in full on change of control. Awards under the 
PSP or Long term incentives will vest early on a change of control (or other similar 
event) subject to satisfaction of the performance conditions and, unless the 
Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, pro-rating for time lapsed in the 
performance period.

The Remuneration Committee has the discretion to determine appropriate bonus 
amounts taking into consideration the circumstances in which an Executive Director 
leaves. Typically for ‘good leavers’, bonus amounts (as estimated by the Remuneration 
Committee) will be pro-rated for time in service to termination and will be subject to 
performance, paid at the usual time. ‘Good leavers’ will be those individuals who die 
in service or leave De La Rue as a result of their ill-health, injury, disability or the sale 
of their employing company or business out of the Group or in any other 
circumstances at the discretion of the Committee.
 – The vesting of share awards is governed by the rules of the appropriate incentive 

plan approved by shareholders. Typically for ‘good leavers’:

 – Under the DBP, the provisions allow awards to vest in full at the normal vesting 

date or earlier at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee

 – Under the PSP and the proposed IRP, awards are pro-rated to reflect the 

proportion of the performance period that was worked (unless the Remuneration 
Committee determines otherwise), and then vest at the normal vesting date to 
the extent that the relevant performance targets have been met. Participants then 
have a short window in which to exercise their options. The Remuneration 
Committee has the discretion to test the performance targets early and 
accelerate vesting to the point of cessation of employment

 – Good leavers under the Sharesave scheme, which is an HMRC tax-advantaged 

scheme, are entitled to exercise options, using their accumulated savings plus any 
early closure interest 

 – If awards are made on recruitment, the treatment on leaving would be determined 
at the time of grant at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion, in accordance 
with the relevant plan rules.

These will be paid in accordance with the rules of the pension scheme. Where an 
early retirement pension is paid from a legacy UK defined benefit pension scheme, 
a reduction will be made to the pension to reflect early receipt using factors 
determined and set by the Trustees from time to time.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

113

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Remuneration policy for the Chairman and Non-executive Directors

Element

Chairman fees

Operation by the Company

The remuneration of the Chairman is set by the Remuneration Committee. Fees are 
set at a level which reflects the skills, knowledge and experience of the individual, 
while taking into account market data.

Non-executive Director fees

Non-executive Directors do not have service contracts but are appointed for fixed 
terms of three years renewable for a further three years. Terms beyond this period 
are considered on a case-by-case basis. 

The Board (excluding Non-executive Directors) is responsible for setting Non-
executive Directors’ fees. Fees are structured as a basic fee for Board and 
Committee membership. Committee Chairmen and the Senior Independent Director 
receive an additional fee. Reasonable expenses for attending Board meetings are 
reimbursed by the Company and the Group may pay any tax due on such benefits. 
Fees may be paid in the form of De La Rue shares.

Total fees paid to Non-executive Directors will remain within the limit set out in the 
Company’s articles of association of £750,000 per annum. 

Non-executive Directors are not eligible for pension scheme membership and do 
not participate in any of the Group’s annual incentive plans, or share option 
schemes. No compensation is payable to the Chairman or to any Non-executive 
Director if the appointment is terminated.

Generally (though not necessarily in all 
circumstances) the Committee will 
favour share awards with appropriately 
stretching performance targets attached 
and, at a minimum, expects that:
 – If forfeited remuneration was in the 

form of shares, compensation will be 
in the form of shares

 – If forfeited remuneration was subject 
to achievement of performance 
conditions, compensation will be 
subject to no less challenging 
performance conditions

 – The timing of any compensation will, 
where practicable, match the vesting 
schedule of the remuneration forfeited

A newly-appointed Executive Director 
may be provided with reasonable 
relocation support.

Internal appointments will receive a 
remuneration package that is consistent 
with the remuneration policy. Legacy 
terms and conditions would be 
honoured, including any outstanding 
incentive awards. Company pension 
contribution rates would be set in line 
with the rates available to the wider 
workforce at the date of appointment.

Subject to the limit on additional 
maximum variable remuneration set out 
below, incentive awards may be granted 
within the first 12 months of appointment 
above the maximum award opportunities 
set out in the policy table above. 
Excluding payments or awards to 
compensate for remuneration forfeited 
on resignation from a previous employer, 
the maximum level of variable 
remuneration which may be awarded to 
a new Executive Director, above the 
maximum levels set out in the policy 
table above, is one times base salary.

The Remuneration Committee will ensure 
that variable remuneration is linked to 
the achievement of appropriate and 
challenging performance measures 
and will be forfeited if performance or 
continued employment conditions are 
not met.

Fees payable to a newly-appointed 
Chairman or Non-executive Director will 
be in line with the fee policy in place at 
the time of appointment.

Remuneration policy for new 
appointments
When considering the appointment of 
Executive Directors, the Committee 
balances the need to attract candidates 
of sufficient calibre while remaining 
mindful of the need to pay no more than 
necessary. The Committee will typically 
align the remuneration package with the 
above remuneration policy. Base salary 
may be set at a higher or lower level than 
previous incumbents. Where possible, 
salary may be set at an initially lower 
level with the intention of increasing it 
over the following two years dependent 
on performance in the role and 
experience gained. In certain 
circumstances, to facilitate the 
recruitment of individuals of the required 
calibre, incentive arrangements and 
awards may also be higher. The 
Remuneration Committee retains the 
discretion to make payments or awards 
which are outside the policy to facilitate 
the recruitment of candidates of the 
appropriate calibre to implement the 
Group’s strategy. In addition, 
remuneration forfeited on resignation 
from a previous employer may be 
compensated. The form of this 
compensation would be considered 
on a case-by-case basis and may 
comprise either cash or shares. 

114

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Summary of remuneration policy
The following charts illustrate the potential value of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package in various scenarios 
in a typical year. Salary levels are as at 1 July 2023.

Annual Bonus Plan

Long Term Incentive Plan

80% Group  
financial performance

10% strategic 
personal 
objectives and 10% ESG

Performance Share Plan

Investor Return Plan

50% EPS

50% free cash 
flow

TSR underpin*

60% cash 
40% deferred shares

Performance-tested vesting after three years 
two year post-vesting holding period

Malus and clawback and shareholding requirements

Note:
*  Median performance vs FTSE250 3 year performance

Illustration of the application of remuneration policy
The following charts illustrate the potential value of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package in various scenarios 
in a typical year. Salary levels are as at 26 March 2023

Chief Executive

Minimum

100%

Target

55.1%

19.7% 13.1%12.1%

Maximum

32.6%

Maximum with
50% growth

26.7%

23.2%

19.0%

15.5%

28.7%

19.0%

35.3%

Managing Director, Currency

Minimum

100%

Target

58.4%

17.4% 11.6%12.6%

Maximum

35.0%

20.9%

13.9%

30.2%

Maximum with
50% growth

28.6%

17.1%

17.1%

37.2%

544,728

988,621

1,672,458

2,041,969

183.571

314.585

525.000

640.926

  Fixed remuneration
  Annual Incentive Plan (Cash)
  Annual Incentive Plan (Deferred Shares)
  Long Term Incentive Plan

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

115

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Illustrative scenario charts
Performance scenarios for the ABP and LTIP assume the following:

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum with share growth of 50%

There is no cash bonus or deferred 
share award under the ABP or 
vesting under the Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Target cash bonus and deferred 
shares under the ABP, target 
vesting under the Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Maximum cash bonus, maximum 
deferred shares under the ABP, 
maximum vesting under the Long 
Term Incentive Plan

Maximum cash bonus, maximum 
deferred shares under ABP, 
maximum vesting under the Long 
Term Incentive Plan with share 
price growth of 50%

Assumptions for the scenario charts
Minimum

Target

Maximum

Maximum with share growth of 50%

Fixed pay (base salary, benefits 
and pension)

Fixed pay (base salary, benefits 
and pension)

Fixed pay (base salary, benefits 
and pension)

Fixed pay (base salary, benefits 
and pension)

No bonus payout

50% of maximum bonus 
opportunity (67.5% of salary for 
CEO, 57.5% of salary for CFO and 
other Executive Directors)

100% of maximum bonus 
opportunity (135% of salary for 
CEO, 115% of salary for CFO and 
other Executive Directors

100% of maximum bonus 
opportunity (135% of salary for 
CEO, 115% of salary for CFO and 
other Executive Directors

No vesting under ABP or the Long 
Term Incentive Plan

60% will be payable immediately 
in cash and 40% will be deferred 
in shares

60% will be payable immediately 
in cash and 40% will be deferred 
in shares

25% of shares vesting (25% of 
salary for CEO and CFO and other 
Executive Directors)

100% of shares vesting (100% of 
salary for CEO, CFO and other 
Executive Directors)

60% will be payable immediately 
in cash and 40% will be deferred 
in shares. 40% of ABP deferred 
shares vesting valued at 60%

100% of shares vesting valued 
at 150%

Executive Director remuneration mix FY24
Based on the above performance scenarios the table below illustrates that a significant proportion of Executive Directors’ 
remuneration is biased towards variable pay at maximum:

CEO

MD, Currency

Fixed

Variable

Fixed

Variable

% of pay at 
minimum 
achieved

% of pay at 
target 
achieved

% of pay at 
maximum 
achieved

100

–

100

–

55

45

58

42

33

67

35

65

The remuneration mix above is based on the remuneration policy as it is intended to be operated for FY24. For further 
information on the director’s remuneration policy please see pages 105 to 115.

116

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
Annual Report on remuneration

This section of the Directors’ remuneration report shows how the Remuneration Committee implemented the policy on 
Directors’ remuneration in the year ended 25 March 2023 including all elements of remuneration received by Executive 
Directors and the incentive outturns for FY23.

Single figure of remuneration for each Director (audited)
The table below shows how we have applied the current remuneration policy during FY23. It discloses all the elements 
of remuneration received by the Directors during the period.

Salary
and feesa

Fixed

Benefits 
(excluding 
pensions)b

Pensionse

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Variable

Total 
Fixed

2023
£’000

Bonusc

Long term
incentive (PSP)
(vested)d

Total 
Variable

Total

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

Executive Directors
Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Chairman
Kevin Loosemore

Non-executive Directors
Nick Bray

Maria da Cunha (Retired on 
27 July 2022)

Mark Hoad (Appointed on 
28 September 2022)

Margaret Rice-Jones

Catherine Ashton (Resigned 
12 June 2023)

477

291

265

464

283

260

1,033

1,007

206

202

60

20

26

65

52

59

59

–

57

51

17

14

37

68

–

–

–

–

–

–

17

17

36

70

–

–

–

–

–

–

48

17

–

65

–

–

–

–

–

–

46

17

–

542

322

302

63

1,166

–

–

–

–

–

–

206

60

20

26

65

52

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

265

138

126

529

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Aggregate emoluments

1,462

1,435

68

70

65

63

1,595

529

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

542

322

302

792

455

422

1,166

1,669

206

202

60

20

26

65

59

59

–

57

52

51
1,595 2,097

Notes:
The figures in the single figure table above are derived from the following:
a. 
b. 
c. 
d. 
e. 

Base salary and fees: the actual salary and fees received during the period.
Benefits (excluding pensions): the gross value of all taxable benefits received in the period, including for example car or car allowance and private medical and permanent health insurance.
Bonus: A description of the performance measures that applied for the year FY23 is provided on page 118.
PSP: no PSP awards have vested for current Executive Directors since appointment.
See page 123 for further details of pension arrangements.

Base salary and fees, Benefits (excluding pension) and Pensions are fixed pay elements. Bonus and Long term incentives (PSP) (vested) are variable pay elements.

Changes in Executive Directors during the year
There were no changes in the Executive Directors during FY23. The Chief Financial Officer, Rob Harding, resigned on 31 January 
2023 and will leave employment and the Board in July 2023. For more information, please see page 106.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

117

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Section 5: Remuneration continued

Annual Report on remuneration continued

Individual elements of remuneration
Base salary and fees (audited)
Base salaries for Executive Directors are normally reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are set with reference 
to individual performance, experience and responsibilities, Group performance, affordability and market competitiveness.

The Directors’ remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM sets out an expectation that increases in salary 
for Executive Directors will not normally exceed the range of increases awarded to other employees in the Group except in the 
specific circumstances listed in the remuneration policy.

Executive Directors, Clive Vacher and Ruth Euling were both awarded a 2.5% increase in line with the wider workforce in July 
2022. The Committee has determined that Clive Vacher and Ruth Euling will not receive a pay rise in 2023.

Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Base 
salary level 
July 2022
£’000

Base 
salary level 
October 2021
£’000

480

293

267

468

286

260

Increase
%

2.5

2.5

2.5

The remuneration policy for Non-executive Directors, other than the Chairman, is determined by the Board. The Remuneration 
Committee determines the Chairman’s fee. Fees reflect the responsibilities and duties of Non-executive Directors while also 
having regard to the marketplace. The Non-executive Directors do not participate in any of the Group’s share incentive plans nor 
do they receive any benefits or pension contributions. It is the intention that consistent with the policy for Executive Directors, 
increases for Non-executive Directors would not normally exceed the range of increases awarded to the wider workforce.

Both the fees for the Non-executive Directors and the Chairman increased by 1.5% effective in July 2022 aligned with the timing 
of a review of salary levels for the wider workforce. The Committee have determined that no further increase will be made in 
during FY24.

The fees for 2022 are as follows:

Non-executive Director fees

Basic fee

Additional fee for chairmanship of Audit and Remuneration Committees and Senior Independent Director

July 2022
£’000

October 2021
£’000

51.7

8

51

8

External directorships of Executive Directors
The Board considers whether it is appropriate for an Executive Director to serve as a non-executive director of another 
company. Clive Vacher and Ruth Euling hold no remunerated external directorship appointments.

Pension contributions (audited)
During FY23 Clive Vacher’s pension contributions remained in line with those available to the workforce; he will receive a pension 
contribution of 10% on the basis of a 6% individual contribution. All other Executive Directors also received a pension contribution 
in line with levels available to the workforce no greater than 10% employer contribution.

Variable remuneration (audited)
Annual bonus for FY23
The Annual Bonus Plan for FY23 was issued with the following financial structure and targets:

Measure

Group adjusted revenue

Group adjusted operating profit

Average net debt

118

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Actual

£370.0m £378.8m £395.0m £349.7m

£34.0m

£92.7m

£36.5m

£87.7m

£41.7m

£82.7m

£27.8m

£94.2m

% of 
maximum
achieved

0%

0%

0%

 
 
Under the Group adjusted revenue metric, the target award under the plan was based on the budget with Maximum award at 
stretch aligned with market consensus.

Operating profit and average net debt metrics were equally based on target at budget and maximum award being achieved at 
market consensus. Financial targets under the ABP for FY23 were not met and as such no award will be made under the plan.

Eighty per cent of award is linked of the achievement of the financial metrics and ten per cent of the Executive Directors’ bonus 
is based on achievement of personal objectives. Personal strategic objectives were aligned to the delivery of the Turnaround 
Plan and comprised of both tactical and transformational targets focused on the achievement of core strategic priorities. The 
detail of the objectives, for all Executive Directors, which were consistently aligned, are outlined below:

Summary of personal strategic objectives

Summary of performance

Currency Market Leadership
 – Deliver profitable growth for the Currency Division 
through a focus on operational improvements and 
efficiencies. Securing targeted Polymer and features 
volume growth and delivering targeted FY23 revenue 
and divisional adjusted operating profit.

Partially achieved
 – Divisional OP and Revenue not achieved to plan and 

delayed polymer growth plan

 – Strong cash management and cost reduction 

delivered ensuring the business remained profitable 
in a subdued market. 

 – New Polymer launches completed

Authentication Growth
 – Achieve sustained growth in Authentication through 

targeted GRS expansion, delivering Brand revenues and 
margins in line with the planned targets and maximising 
delivery of key contracts. Deliver targeted FY23 revenue 
and divisional adjusted operating profit.

Partially achieved
 – Revenue and operating profit were not achieved in line 
with plan although overall increase in revenue versus 
FY22. Recent wins in brand and ID growth achieved 
in year. 

 – Controllable cashflow target achieved

Value Stream Excellence
 – Focus on improving efficiencies in ways of working and 

Achieved in full
 – ESG Strategy published, and significant progress 

associated cost reduction. 

 – Continuing to address targeted legacy issues
 – Publishing a targeted ESG strategy with a focus on 

environmental and sustainability targets

made as outlined in the Responsible Business Section 
of this report

 – Key footprint progress completed
 – HSE training and other key metrics met in full and DEI 

 – Maintaining high standards of HSE and improved 

reporting in line with plan

organisational diversity.

ESG
 – Reduction in solid waste per good output tonne

Not achieved
 – Due to lower production volumes

Component 20% of maximum award

Award achieved 0%

In reaching its decision on ABP outcome, the Committee considered the formulaic outcome of the targets as well as the 
Company’s underlying financial, operational and strategic progress during the year, as set out in the Committee Chair’s letter on 
pages 102 to 106 and also took into account wider stakeholder perspectives. Despite progress being made during the year the 
Committee considered that the formulaic outcomes for Executive Directors were reflective of the underlying business 
performance, as a result Executive Directors will not receive an award under the plan. 

Long term incentive – Performance Share Plan (PSP)
During FY23 the PSP plan as outlined in our current remuneration policy was applied. This is a share settled long term incentive 
aligned closely with business strategy and the interests of shareholders through the performance measures chosen and the link 
to share price. The PSP is designed to provide Executive Directors and selected senior managers with a long term incentive that 
promotes sustainable and long term performance and reinforces alignment between participants and shareholders.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

119

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Annual Report on remuneration continued

Performance measures applying to PSP awards
As noted in last year’s report the awards made under the PSP 2016-2019 were subject to a combination of average annual 
cumulative growth in adjusted basic EPS and cumulative growth in ROCE, in each case measured over three financial years. In 
2020 the PSP measures were revised and RTSR (Total Shareholder Return relative to FTSE 250 companies, measured over three 
years) was used instead of ROCE alongside the previous EPS metric, which the Committee believes will ensure that appropriate 
focus is placed on the key business imperative of restoring value to shareholders.

The performance condition target targets for awards made from 2021-2022 were are aligned to the challenging growth objectives 
of the Turnaround Plan reflecting the changing market conditions during that period and associated market consensus.

All awards are made as conditional shares based on a percentage of salary and the value is divided by the average share price 
over a period before the date of grant, in accordance with the rules of the PSP. In addition, the Remuneration Committee must 
be satisfied that the vesting reflects the underlying performance of the Group and retains the flexibility to adjust the vesting 
amount to ensure it remains appropriate.

Any adjustments will depend on the nature, timing and materiality of any contributory factors.

PSP award vesting in FY23
PSP grants made in 2020 outlined below have not met performance criteria and therefore no awards vested under the PSP in 
FY23 for any Executive Director.

PSP awards made in August 2022 (audited)
The Committee granted awards under the PSP on 31 August 2022 to participants including the three Executive Directors. In line 
with the commitment made in this report a year ago, to take into account recent shareholder experience of a fall in the share 
price and to avoid the potential for windfall gains if the share price recovers over the vesting period, the Committee reduced the 
size of each award by 20% from the policy award that would otherwise have been made.

Performance targets applicable to the 2022 awards took into account both internal business plans and market expectations 
over the three-year performance period, recognising the FY22 performance outturn and ongoing challenges in market 
conditions that the business anticipated facing in future years. To take into account shareholder experience of a fall in the 
share price and to avoid the potential for windfall gains if the share price recovers over the vesting period, the Remuneration 
Committee determined that the face value of awards will be scaled back compared to 2021 award levels. The measures and 
targets were confirmed at the time of grant via a Regulatory News Service announcement.

A summary of the performance levels and award vesting levels that apply to awards under the 2021-2022 PSP are shown in the 
table below

Year of award

Measure

Vesting % of element at 
threshold

Vesting % of element at 
maximum

EPS growth % 
required for threshold

EPS growth % 
required for maximum

2022

2021

2020

EPS¹

RTSR

EPS¹

RTSR

EPS¹

RTSR

25

25

25

25

25

25

100

100

100

100

100

100

13.9

Median

8.5

Median

11

21.9

Upper Quartile

16.7

Upper Quartile

19.2

Median

Upper Quartile

Note:
1. 

Underlying earnings per share. Based on average annual cumulative growth during the performance period.

Executive Directors received PSP awards during FY23 in line with the existing Directors’ remuneration policy as follows:

Year of award

Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Number of 
shares 
awarded

454,059

277,480

252,158

Date of award

31 August 2022

31 August 2022

31 August 2022

%
of salary

Face value
£’000

80

80

80

390

239

217

Vesting at 
threshold 
(as a % of 
maximum)

25

25

25

Performance period
end date

July 2025

July 2025

July 2025

120

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

All awards were granted as nil-cost options, with the number of shares based on a percentage of salary and the average share 
price over a five-day period prior to the date of grant, being 84.55p. Face value is the maximum number of shares that could 
vest multiplied by the closing share price of 86p on the date of grant. The Remuneration Committee may add dividend shares 
that would have accrued during the performance period and extended vesting period on that part of the award that may 
ultimately vest.

Implementation of the remuneration policy in FY24
The remuneration arrangements in FY24 will operate in line our proposed remuneration policy.

Salary and benefits
The Committee have determined that no Executive Director will be awarded a salary increase in FY24

The Committee remain aware of the need for salary levels to continue to be competitive and commensurate with performance.

ABP FY24
The Remuneration Committee has carefully considered bonus performance measures for FY24, and concluded that the current 
measures set out in the table on page 106 remain highly relevant. 

Adjusted revenue, profit and net debt targets ensure focus remains on maintaining profitable growth and strong cash 
management. Cost competitiveness, improved efficiency also remain a key priority, alongside targeted increase in order intake 
supporting growth in both Currency and Authentication. Financial targets will remain in line with the adjusted market expectation 
to ensure that executives remain incentivised and rewarded for delivering in line or better than the plans as set out. As outlined 
in the policy and applied in prior years a 20% weighting on non-financial strategic targets has been applied ensuring that Executive 
Directors are incentivised on both the delivery of clear financial metrics and good management of the underlying business.

The current maximum entitlement of the Chief Executive Officer under the ABP remains 135% of salary and the Chief Financial 
Officer and the other Executive Directors remains at 115% of salary. In FY23 an additional metric for ESG was added accounting 
for 10% of the strategic personal objective to ensure focus continues in this important area. We propose to continue with this 
approach for the FY24 plan. The structure and weightings will be as follows:

Structure & weighting

Adjusted revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Average net debt1

Group strategic ESG

Group strategic personal objectives

Note:
1. 

Average of the 12 month end net debt positions over the course of the year.

Weighting

20%

30%

30%

10%

10%

No payment will be made on any element of bonus (including the personal element) if a minimum adjusted operating profit is 
not achieved.

Personal strategic objectives for the Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Directors are focused again on strategic 
priorities aligned to the business strategy and plan:
 – Grow repeatable and profitable business delivering an improved orderbook across all targeted markets and securing key 

contract extensions

 – Drive efficient operations and continue to remove legacy challenges
 – Invest for the future, delivering key product development

The Committee will assess the achievement of these objectives on a quantifiable and objective basis and to clear retrospective 
disclosure in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The Committee will rigorously review incentive outturns and will consider the overall performance of the business, not just the 
outcome of each measure.

The specific performance targets are not disclosed while still commercially sensitive but will be disclosed the following year.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

121

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Annual Report on remuneration continued

Performance measures applying to LTIP awards to be made in 2023
As outlined in our proposed Remuneration policy on page 105 to 115, The Remuneration Committee has given detailed 
consideration to the most appropriate Long Term Incentive arrangements that provide a strong link between business 
performance and executive reward.

For awards to be made in FY24 we propose preparing on basis of the proposed policy and the share plans rules we anticipate 
being approved at the 2023 AGM as outlined below.

PSP

Market Value Share 
Options

Performance Measure

EPS

Free cashflow

Weighting

20%

20%

RTSR Underpin Median performance 
vs FTSE 250 (3 year performance). 
Calculated based on a starting 
net return index (NRI) averaged over a 
30 day period ending on the day before 
the start of the performance period.

Equivalent to 60% of award on a 
relative face value calculation

Entry  
pay-out

Target  
pay-out

Stretch  
pay-out

0%

0%

50%

50%

100%

100%

100% awarded if underpin met

Further work is underway to calibrate performance targets. Full details of these will be disclosed via an RNS announcement at 
the time of award. Should the share price remain subdued we would anticipate the Investor Return Plan is set a premium price 
ensuring that Executives are awarded for share price growth reflecting appropriate Shareholder return. 

The award will vest on the third anniversary of award, subject to meeting performance criteria, but any shares which vest will be 
subject to a further two year holding period and only become capable of exercise on the fifth anniversary of the grant of the award.

Shareholding requirements
Executive Directors are required to build up a shareholding equivalent to 200% of salary over a five year period. It is intended 
that this is met by Executive Directors retaining 100% of vested post-tax Deferred Bonus shares, restricted shares and 
performance shares until the requirement is met in full.

The policy has a post-employment shareholding requirement of 200% of salary (or the actual shareholding if lower) for the first 
year following exit and 50% of this guideline level for the second year following exit.

Executive Directors’ service contracts
The table below summarises the notice periods contained in the service contracts for Executive Directors in office as at 
26 March 2022.

Year of award

Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Date of contract

Date of appointment

Notice from Company

Notice from Director

6 October 2019

1 October 2020

1 April 2021

7 October 2019

1 October 2020

1 April 2021

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The Chairman and Non-executive Directors have letters of appointment rather than service contracts.

Non-executive Director

Catherine Ashton

Nick Bray

Kevin Loosemore

Margaret Rice-Jones

Clive Whiley

Dean Moore

Mark Hoad

Date of appointment

22 September 2020

21 July 2016

1 October 2019

Current letter of 
appointment end date

n/a

20 July 2022

n/a

22 September 2020

22 September 2023

18 May 2023

26 June 2023

18 May 2026

26 June 2026

13 September 2022

29 September 2025

Subsequent to the year end, Kevin Loosemore resigned as the Chairman and as a Director on 1 May 2023. Clive Whiley was 
appointed as a Director and as Chairman on 18 May 2023. Catherine Ashton resigned as a Director on 12 June 2023. Margaret 
Rice-Jones has confirmed that she will not be standing for re-election at the AGM.

122

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Total pension entitlements (audited)
The Group’s UK pension schemes are funded, HMRC registered and approved schemes. They include both defined contribution 
and defined benefit pension schemes, with the DB plans being closed to new entrants and to future accrual.

None of the Executive Directors in the period were a member of the legacy defined benefit schemes. All the Executive Directors 
have opted out of the defined contribution plan and receive a cash allowance in lieu of a pension contribution. Clive Vacher 
received a pension contribution of 10% of salary on the basis of a 6% individual contribution, in line with levels available to 
UK-based employees.

Rob Harding received a pension contribution of 9% of salary on the basis of 6% individual contribution in line with levels available 
to newly appointed UK-based employees. Any new Executive Director will likewise receive pension contributions in line with 
levels available to the workforce.

Ruth Euling received a pension contribution of 10% of salary based on 6% individual contribution, in line with levels available 
to the wider UK based employees.

Payments for loss of office (audited)
There were no payments for loss of office during the period.

Directors’ interests in shares (audited)
The Directors and their connected persons had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Company at 25 March 2023:

Variable

Subject to
performance
conditions

Not subject to
performance conditions

Current
shareholding 
ordinary 
shares (held 
outright)

Current
shareholding 
as % of salary

Performance
Share Plan

Performance
Share Plan

Deferred
Bonus Plan

SAYE

Vested shares

Vested
shares
unexercised
during the
period

Vested
shares
exercised
during the
period

233,904

26 1,033,607

8,879

49,217

947,840

–

26,375

–

–

2

10

631,648

569,177

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

198,330

87,302

89,357

–

–

–

–

–

29,925

11,393

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

21,154

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Executive Directors
Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Non-executive Chairman
Kevin Loosemore¹

Non-executive Directors
Catherine Ashton²

Nick Bray

Mark Hoad³

Margaret Rice-Jones

Notes:
1. 
2. 
3. 

Subsequent to the year end, resigned on 1 May 2023.
Subsequent to the year end, resigned on 12 June 2023.
Appointed on 28 September 2022. 

There have been no changes in Directors’ interests in ordinary shares in the period from 26 March 2023 to 28 June 2023. 
All interests of the Directors and their families are beneficial.

The current shareholdings as a percentage of salary during the period are calculated using the closing De La Rue plc share price 
of 53.1p on 24 March 2023, being the last working day before the end of FY23.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

123

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Section 5: Remuneration continued

Annual Report on remuneration continued

Directors’ interests in vested and unvested share awards (unaudited)
The awards over De La Rue plc shares held by Executive Directors under the DBP and PSP and Sharesave scheme during the 
period are detailed below:

Total 
award as at 
26 March 
2022

Date of 
award

Awarded 
during the 
year

Exercised 
during the 
year

Lapsed/
cancelled 
during the 
year

Awards 
held at 
25 March 
2023

Awards 
vested 
(unexercised) 
during the 
year

Market price 
per share at 
exercise 
date 
(pence)

Strike 
price 
(pence)

Date of 
vesting

Expiry 
date

Clive Vacher
Deferred Bonus Plan1

Performance 
Share Plan

Total

Sharesave options1

Rob Harding
Deferred Bonus Plan1

Performance 
Share Plan

Total

Sharesave options¹

Ruth Euling 
Deferred Bonus Plan¹

Performance 
Share Plan

Jul 21

Jul 21

Jul 22

63,700

63,700

–

Jul 22
–
Jan 20 356,649
Jul 20
340,187

–

–

67,315

67,315

–

–

63,700

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 356,649

–

63,700

67,315

67,315

–

–

–

340,187

–

–

–
239,361
– 454,059
63,700 356,649 1,231,937
1,458
–

–

Jun 21

Aug 22

Jan 20

Jan 21

Jan 22

Feb 23

Jul 21

Jul 21

Jul 22

239,361

–
– 454,059
588,689

1,063,597

1,458

8,704

2,689

–

–

–

–

29,925

17,218

17,217

–

Jul 22
–
Jul 20 207,892
Jun 21
146,276

–

–

35,042

35,043

–

–

–

–

–

–

Jul 21

Jul 21

Jul 22

Jul 22

Dec 13¹

Jun 15

Jun 15

Jun 16

Jun 16

Jun 17

Jun 17

Jul 20

Jun 21

25,669

25,668

–

–

31,845

31,844

11,023

2,531

1,799

2,655

1,858

773

515

181,433

135,586

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Aug 22

–

277,480

388,603

347,565

17,218

Jan 21

Jan 22

8,704

2,689

–

–

–

17,218

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

25,669

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

25,669

–

8,704

2,689

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

29,925

–

17,217

35,042

35,043

207,892

146,276

277,480

718,950

8,704

2,689

–

25,668

31,845

31,844

11,023

2,531

1,799

2,655

1,858

773

515

181,433

135,586

252,158

679,688

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

186.163

186.163

78.873

78.873

131.802

132.283

191.763

84.553

118.674

131.104

112.434

60.155

186.163

186.163

78.873

78.873

132.283

191.763

84.553

131.104

112.434

186.163

186.163

78.873

78.873

11,023

892.903

2,531

1,799

2,655

1,858

773

515

–

–

–

–

541.003

541.003

520.853

520.853

680.103

680.103

132.283

191.763

84.553

–

80.20

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Jul 22

Jul 23

Jul 23

Jul 24

Jan 25

Jul 25

Jun 26

Aug 27

– Mar 23

– Mar 24

– Mar 25

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Apr 26

Jul 22

Jul 23

Jul 23

Jul 24

Jul 25

Jun 26

Aug 27

Jul 22

Jul 23

Jul 23

Jul 24

Jan 30

Jul 30

Jun 31

Aug 32

Aug 23

Aug 24

Aug 25

Sep 26

Jul 22

Jul 23

Jul 23

Jul 24

Jul 30

Jun 31

Aug 32

Mar 24

– Mar 25

Aug 24

Aug 25

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Jul 22

Jul 23

Jul 23

Jul 24

Jul 22

Jul 23

Jul 23

Jul 24

Dec 16

Dec 23

Jun 18

Jun 19

Jun 19

Jun 20

Jun 20

Jun 21

Jul 25

Jun 26

Aug 27

Jun 25

Jun 25

Jun 26

Jun 26

Jun 27

Jun 27

Jul 30

Jun 31

Aug 32

–

–

Total

Aug 22

–

389,510

Sharesave options

–

–

252,158

315,847

–

These awards do not have any performance conditions attached.

Notes:
1. 
2.  Mid-market share value of a De La Rue plc ordinary share as at 6 January 2020.
3.  Mid-market share value of a De La Rue plc ordinary share averaged over the five dealing days immediately preceding award date.
4. 

 For Sharesave options the share price shown is the exercise price which was 80% of mid-market value of an ordinary share averaged over the three dealing days immediately preceding 
award date.
 For Sharesave options the share price shown is the exercise price which was 90% of mid-market value of an ordinary share averaged over the three dealing days immediately preceding 
award date.

5. 

124

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
Chief Executive Officer pay, Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and all employee pay
This section of the report enables our remuneration arrangements to be seen in context by providing:
 – De La Rue’s TSR performance for the 10 years to 25 March 2023
 – A history of De La Rue’s Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration for the current and previous nine years
 – A comparison of the year on year change in De La Rue’s Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration with the change in the average 

remuneration across the Group

 – A year on year comparison of the total amount spent on pay across the Group with profit before tax and dividends paid

Chief Executive Officer’s Pay

Period ended March

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Tim
Cobbold

Tim
Cobbold

Martin
Sutherland

Martin
Sutherland

Martin
Sutherland

Martin
Sutherland

Martin
Sutherland

Martin
Sutherland

2020

Clive
Vacher³

2021

Clive
Vacher

2022

Clive
Vacher

2023

Clive 
Vacher

Chief Executive Officer

Single figure of total 
remuneration £’000

Annual bonus 
payout as a % 
of maximum 
opportunity

LTIP vesting 
against maximum 
opportunity (%)

634

1,071

1,107

998

899

783

954

340

249

1,106

792

542

Nil

Nil

Nil

60

14

Nil

57

Nil

40

Nil

Nil

25

29

25

Nil

Nil

Nil

97.6

42

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Notes:
1. 

2. 
3. 

 Appointed Chief Executive Officer on 1 January 2011 and resigned on 29 March 2014. Includes award to the value of £450,000 at the date of award under the Recruitment Share Award 
(which vested on 31 January 2014).
Appointed 13 October 2014, resigned on 7 October 2019.
Appointed 7 October 2019.

TSR performance
This graph shows the value, by 25 March 2023, of £100 invested in De La Rue plc on 25 March 2013, compared with the value 
of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment Trusts) on the same date, assuming that all dividends paid are 
reinvested and on the other normal principles for assessing Total Shareholder Return (TSR). The other points plotted are the 
values at intervening financial year ends. De La Rue was a constituent of the FTSE 250 Index for the majority of the period 
under review.

Total shareholder return
Total shareholder return
Source: FactSet
Source: FactSet

250

200

150

R
S
T

100

50

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

De La Rue plc

FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts)

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

125

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsSection 5: Remuneration continued

Annual Report on remuneration continued

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio
The table below sets out the CEO pay ratios from the FY23 comparing the single total figure of the remuneration with the 
equivalent figures for lower quartile, median and upper quartile UK employees. UK employees were chosen as a comparator 
group to avoid the impact of exchange rate movements over the year. UK employees make up approximately 43% of the total 
employee population.

As the quartile individuals are representative of the Companies pay distribution the ratios presented are consistent with the pay, 
reward and progression policies for the UK employees. A significant portion of the CEO remuneration is delivered through 
variable incentives where awards are linked to business performance over a longer term. This means that ratios may fluctuate 
year to year.

Year

2022/2023

2021/2022

2020/2021

Method

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

Option A

Option A

Option A

14:1

21:1

30:1

12:1

16:1

24:1

9:1

13:1

18:1

Total pay and benefits amounts used to calculate ratio.

Year

2022/2023

2021/2022

2020/2021

25th percentile ratio

50th percentile ratio

75th percentile ratio

Method

Total pay  
and benefits

Total  
salary

Total pay  
and benefits

Total salary

Total pay  
and benefits

Total  
salary

Option A

£37,556.46

£33,904.94

£46,886.44

£42,659.39

£61,407.42

£56,377.26

Option A £36,996.54

£28,375.97

£49,614.40

£44,232.96

£62,553.96 £54,285.00

Option A

£37,017.34

£32,584.92

£45,423.49

£41,795.49

£62,770.89

£53,918.64

Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration
The table below compares the percentage change in the Directors’ salary, bonus and benefits to the average change in salary, 
bonus and benefits for all UK employees between FY22 and FY23. ABP and Sales Incentive Plans were not paid in FY23. The table 
shows the UK employee average percentage salary change which is comprised of collective and individual awards throughout 
the financial year.

Clive Vacher

Rob Harding

Ruth Euling

Kevin Loosemore

Mark Hoad

Nick Bray

Margaret Rice-Jones

Catherine Ashton

UK employee average

2022/23

2021/22

Salary/fees

Benefits

Annual bonus

Salary/fees

Benefits

Annual bonus

2.5%

2.5%

2.5%

1.5%

-

1%

14.6%1

1.5%

4.8%

0%

0%

2.4%

–

–

–

–

–

0%

-

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

-

2%

2%

–

2%

-

2%

18.3%

2.0%

1.5%

0%

148.6%

-55%

–14%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0%

–146%

Note:
1.   Margaret Rice-Jones base increase was 1.5%. The remainder was for becoming SID and Remuneration Committee Chair.

Relative spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in payments to shareholders and the overall expenditure on pay across 
the Group.

Dividends (note 10 to the financial statements)

Overall expenditure on pay (note 4 to the financial statements)

2021/22
£m

–

97.6

2020/21
£m

–

107.7

Change
%

N/A

-9.4

126

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Statement of shareholder voting
The Directors’ remuneration report was approved by shareholders at our AGM on 27 July 2022. Details of the poll voting result 
on the relevant resolutions are shown below:

Approval of remuneration report

147,547,543

127,958,215

86.72

19,589,328

13.28

190,432

Total votes cast

For¹

(%)

Against

(%)

Votes withheld²

Notes:
1. 
2. 

The votes ‘For’ include votes given at the Chairman’s discretion.
A vote withheld is not legally a vote cast and, as such, is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes ‘For’ and ‘Against’.

De La Rue carefully monitors shareholder voting on the remuneration policy and implementation and the Company recognises 
the importance of ensuring that shareholders continue to support the remuneration arrangements. All voting at the AGM is 
undertaken by poll.

Remuneration advice
The Remuneration Committee consults with the Chief Executive Officer on the remuneration of executives directly reporting to 
him and other senior executives and seeks to ensure a consistent approach across the Group taking account of seniority and 
market practice and the key remuneration policies outlined in this report. During FY23, the Committee also received advice from 
Willis Towers Watson who have no other connection with the Company or individual Directors. Willis Towers Watson has been 
formally appointed by the Remuneration Committee and advised on the structure, measures and target setting for incentive 
plans, executive remuneration levels and trends, corporate governance developments and Directors’ remuneration report 
preparation. The Remuneration Committee requests Willis Towers Watson to attend meetings periodically during the year.

Willis Towers Watson is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and has signed up to the code of conduct relating 
to the provision of executive remuneration advice in the UK. In light of this, and the level and nature of the service received, the 
Committee remains satisfied that the advice has been objective and independent.

Total fees for advice provided to the Remuneration Committee during the year by Willis Towers Watson were £31,529.

Dilution limits
The share incentives operated by the Company comply with the institutional investors’ share dilution guidelines. The Directors’ 
remuneration report was approved by the Board on 28 June 2023 and signed on its behalf.

Margaret Rice-Jones
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

29 June 2023

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

127

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report

The Directors present their annual report 
on the affairs of the Group for the period 
ended 25 March 2023. 

Introduction
De La Rue plc is a public limited 
company, registered in England and 
Wales as company number 3834125 and 
has its registered office at De La Rue 
House, Jays Close, Viables, Basingstoke, 
Hampshire RG22 4BS. As such, it is 
subject to the reporting requirements 
set out in the Companies Act 2006. In 
addition, the Company is listed in the UK 
and is therefore subject to the additional 
reporting requirements of the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR) 
and Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules (DTR).

Our reporting to shareholders
The Strategic report and this Directors’ 
report, when read together with the rest 
of this annual report, taken as a whole 
form the management report required 
for the purposes of DTR 4.1.5 R.

The Strategic report provides an 
overview of the development and 
performance of the Group’s business for 
the period ended 25 March 2023 and 
likely future developments in the Group. 
The various sections of that report, 
from page 1 to 67 of this annual report, 
together provide information which the 
Directors consider to be of strategic 
importance to the Group.

The following disclosures are hereby 
incorporated by reference into, and form 
part of, this Directors’ Report:
 – The reporting on corporate 

governance on pages 70 to 101 and 
page 133;

 – Data on greenhouse gas emissions 
and other climate change-related 
disclosures from page 28 onwards. 
This information was included in the 
Strategic report as the Directors 
consider those matters to be of 
strategic importance to the Group;
 – Details of Directors’ interests in the 
shares of the Company, within the 
Directors’ remuneration report on 
pages 123 and 124;

 – Information relating to financial 
instruments and financial risk 
management, as provided in note 14 
to the financial statements; and

 – Related party transactions as set out 
in note 28 to the financial statements.

128

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Dividends
In November 2019, the Board decided 
to suspend future dividend payments. 
In the Turnaround Plan, first announced 
in February 2020 and subsequently 
expanded upon in the prospectus 
published in June 2020, the Board 
explained that the resumption of 
dividends would only occur when 
restrictions agreed with our lending 
banks fell away and the Company was 
generating sustainable positive free cash 
flow. No interim dividend was paid or 
final dividend recommended in respect 
of FY22. The Directors did not declare 
an interim dividend and do not 
recommend a final dividend to be 
paid in respect of FY23.

Directors
The names and biographical details of 
the Directors of the Company at the 
date of this report, and the names and 
dates of service of others who served as 
Directors during the period. are provided 
on pages 72 and 73.

Subject to the Company’s articles of 
association, the Companies Act 2006 
and any directions given by the Company 
in general meeting by a special resolution, 
the business of the Company is managed 
by the Board who may exercise all the 
powers of the Company, whether relating 
to the management of the business of 
the Company or not. The powers of the 
Board are described in the Corporate 
Governance report on pages 70 to 101.

The Directors recognise their duty to 
have regard to the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others and to consider the long 
term, environmental and reputational 
impacts of their decisions. Details of how 
these considerations were factored into 
the principal decisions taken during the 
period can be found in the section 172 
statement on pages 21 to 23.

The rules governing the appointment and 
removal of Directors are set out in the 
Company’s articles of association. 

Each of the Directors in office at the date 
of this report will, save for Rob Harding 
who leaves the Company’s employment 
in July 2023 and Margaret Rice-Jones 
who has decided not to seek re-election 
due to the time demands of her other 
business commitments, retire at the 
AGM on 7 September 2023 and, being 
eligible, offers himself or herself for 
re-election.

Details of the Company’s contracts of 
service with its Executive Directors can 
be found on pages 112-113 and 122 and 
details of the Company’s letters of 
appointment for the Non-executive 
Directors are on pages 114 and 122.

Details of Directors’ remuneration are 
provided in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on pages 102 to 127. The interests 
of the Directors and their families in the 
share capital of the Company are shown 
in the Directors’ remuneration report on 
page 123.

At the date of this report, the Company 
has agreed, to the extent permitted by 
the law and the Company’s articles of 
association, to indemnify its Directors 
and officers in respect of all costs, 
charges, losses, damages and expenses 
arising out of claims made against them 
in the course of the execution of their 
duties as a Director or officer of the 
Company or any associated company. 
The Company may advance defence 
costs in civil or regulatory proceedings 
on such terms as the Board may 
reasonably determine, but any advance 
must be refunded if the Director or officer 
is subsequently convicted or found 
against. The indemnity will not provide 
cover where the Director or officer has 
acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

The Group also maintains Directors’ and 
officers’ liability insurance cover for the 
Directors and officers of the Company 
and of all Group subsidiary companies.

Shares and major shareholdings 
Structure of the Company’s 
share capital
As at 25 March 2023, the share capital 
of the Company comprised 195,437,227 
ordinary shares of 44 152⁄175p each and 
111,673,300 deferred shares of 1p nominal 
value, all of which are credited as fully 
paid. The ordinary shares therefore 
comprise approximately 99%, and the 
deferred shares approximately 1%, of the 
issued share capital.

The ordinary shares are listed in the UK 
and admitted to trading on the London 
Stock Exchange. The rights attaching to 
these shares are described in the next 
section of this report.

The deferred shares carry no voting or 
other participation rights and extremely 
limited economic rights. They are not 
listed or admitted to trading on any 
market and are not transferable except 
in accordance with the articles of 
association. Any or all of the deferred 
shares can be repurchased at any time 
by the Company without notice for a 
total consideration of one penny, 
following which they may be cancelled. 

Rights of holders of ordinary shares 
and restrictions on transfer
The rights and obligations attaching to 
the Company’s ordinary shares, in 
addition to those conferred on their 
holders by law, are set out in the 
Company’s articles of association, a copy 
of which is available on the Company’s 
website www.delarue.com.

The key rights are summarised below:
 – Voting – on a show of hands at a 

general meeting of the Company, each 
holder of ordinary shares present in 
person or by proxy and entitled to vote 
shall have one vote and, on a poll, shall 
have one vote for every ordinary share 
held. Electronic and paper proxy 
appointments and voting instructions 
must be received by the Company’s 
registrar no later than 48 hours before 
a general meeting.

 – Dividends and distributions to 

shareholders on winding up – holders 
of ordinary shares may receive interim 
dividends approved by Directors and 
dividends declared in general meetings. 
On a liquidation and subject to a 
special resolution of the Company 
the liquidator may divide among 
members in specie the whole or any 
part of the assets of the Company 
and may, for such purpose, value any 
assets and may determine how such 
division shall be carried out.

 – Transfer of shares – the Company’s 
articles of association place no 
restrictions on the transfer of ordinary 
shares or on the exercise of voting 
rights attached to them except in very 
limited circumstances. Certain 
restrictions, however, may from time to 
time be imposed by law or regulation.

The articles of association may only be 
amended by special resolution of the 
holders of the Company’s ordinary shares.

Special rights attaching to shares
There are no shares issued by the 
Company which confer any special 
voting or other rights regarding the 
control of the Company.

Persons notifying

Schroders plc

Brandes Investment Partners, L.P.

Crystal Amber Fund Limited

Odey Asset Management Limited

The Wellcome Trust Limited

Aberforth Partners LLP

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Royal London Asset Management Limited

Shareholder agreements and 
consent requirements
There are no known arrangements under 
which financial rights conferred by any 
of the shares in the Company are held 
by a person other than the holders of 
those shares.

The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that 
may result in any restriction on the transfer 
of shares or exercise of voting rights.

Rights attaching to shares under 
employee share schemes
Options and awards held by relevant 
participants under the Company’s 
various share plans carry no voting rights 
until the shares are issued. The trustee of 
the De La Rue Employee Share 
Ownership Trust does not seek to 
exercise voting rights on existing shares 
held in the employee trust. No shares are 
currently held in trust.

Major shareholdings
As at 25 March 2023, the Company had 
received formal notification of the 
following holdings in its shares under DTR 
5. It should be noted that these holdings, 
or the percentage of the issued share 
capital they represent, may have changed 
since the Company was notified, but 
notification of any change is not required 
until the next notifiable threshold is crossed:

Date of last 
notification

Nature 
of interest

% of issued 
ordinary share 
capital held at 
notification date

10/03/2022

27/01/2021

14/10/2021

23/03/2023

21/11/2022

09/04/2018

22/03/2023

22/08/2019

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

15.03

9.97

9.95

6.89

5.22

5.11

5.06

4.98

The following changes have been notified between the end of FY23 and 28 June 2023:
 – JPMorgan Chase & Co advised on 30 March 2023 that the nature of their interest had changed and 

amounted to 5.05% and further advised on 23 May 2023 that they no longer held a notifiable interest.
 – Odey Asset Management Ltd advised on 21 June 2023 that their interest had reduced to 2.93% and was 

no longer notifiable.

 – Spreadex Ltd advised on 23 June 2023 that they had an interest in 3.89% of the Company’s issued share 
capital and further advised on 27 June 2023 that their interest had increased to 4.30% and on 28 June 
2023 that their interest had increased to 5.25%.

 – Richard Griffiths advised on 27 June 2023 that he had an interest (via CFDs) in 4.26% of the Company’s 

issued share capital and further advised on 28 June 2023 that his interest had increased to 5.21%.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

129

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report continued

Directors’ authorities in relation 
to share capital
Power to issue and allot 
At the AGM held on 27 July 2022 the 
Directors were generally and 
unconditionally authorised to allot shares 
in the Company up to an aggregate 
nominal value of £29,213,815 (being 
approximately one third of the 
Company’s then issued share capital) or 
up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£58,427,630 (being approximately two 
thirds of the Company’s then issued 
share capital) in respect of a strictly 
pro-rata rights issue.

At the 2022 AGM the Directors were also 
granted additional powers to allot ordinary 
shares for cash (i) up to a nominal value 
of £4,382,070 (being approximately 5% 
of the Company’s then issued share 
capital) and (ii) up to a further nominal 
value of £4,382,070, in each case without 
regard to the pre-emption provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006, provided that 
the authority under (ii) can only be used 
in connection with an acquisition or 
specified capital investment. These 
authorities are valid until the conclusion 
of the next following AGM.

The Pre-emption Group updated its 
Statement of Principles in November 
2022. Companies are now permitted to 
seek a general disapplication of pre-
emption rights to issue, for cash, equity 
securities representing no more than 10% 
of the issued ordinary share capital plus 
an additional 10% in connection with an 
acquisition or specified capital investment. 

We are seeking authorities in line with 
the revised Principles at the 2023 AGM, 
to create flexibility. We are not, however, 
seeking the additional authority permitted 
under the Principles for the additional 2% 
pre-emption disapplication permitted in 
each case for a ‘follow-on’ offer.

The Directors have no current intention 
of exercising these authorities, if granted, 
other than to satisfy the exercise of 
options or vesting of awards under the 
Company’s employee share schemes.

130

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Our employees and workforce 
generally
Employment of disabled persons
The Group gives full and fair 
consideration to applications for 
employment from disabled persons, 
where the requirements of the job can 
be adequately fulfilled by that person. 
Where existing employees become 
disabled it is the Group’s policy, wherever 
practicable, to provide continuing 
employment under normal terms and 
conditions and to provide training, career 
development and promotion to disabled 
employees wherever appropriate.

Employee communications 
and engagement
The Group provides its entire workforce 
(including employees) with information 
on matters that could be of concern to 
them as our workforce. This includes 
building common awareness of the 
financial and economic factors affecting 
the Group’s performance through 
newsletters, all-employee emails and 
conference calls with the CEO on the 
day that our results are announced to 
the market or there is a material 
development in the Group’s business.

Where appropriate, we consult members 
of our workforce or their representatives 
on a regular basis so that their views can 
be taken into account in making decisions 
which are likely to affect their interests.

We encourage involvement in the 
Company’s performance by our 
employees and workforce and offer 
awards under our discretionary share 
schemes to those more senior employees 
who are best placed to influence that 
performance, and through options 
granted under our Sharesave scheme 
to all eligible employees in the UK.

The views of our employees and 
contractors are important. To make sure 
that these views are heard and are taken 
into account, the Board has designated 
an independent Non-executive Director 
to oversee its engagement with the 
workforce. For further details of how that 
duty was fulfilled this role and how it 
informed the Board’s discussions during 
the year, please see page 79. 

279,875 shares were issued for cash 
during the period to satisfy the vesting of 
awards or the exercise of options under 
the Company’s employee share schemes. 
Details of shares issued during the year 
and outstanding options and awards are 
given in notes 20 and 21 to the financial 
statements, and those notes are 
incorporated by reference into this 
report. Details of our employee share 
schemes are provided in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 102 to 127.

Authority to purchase own shares
At the 2022 AGM, shareholders gave the 
Company authority to make market 
purchases of up to 19,532,925 of its own 
ordinary shares (being approximately 
10% of the Company’s then issued 
ordinary share capital). Any shares 
purchased in this way could either be 
cancelled or held in treasury (or a 
combination of these). No purchases 
have been made under this authority.

The Directors propose to seek an 
equivalent authority at the 2023 AGM, 
but have no current intention of using 
this authority, if granted.

Change of control 
Contracts
There are a number of contracts which 
allow the counterparties to alter or 
terminate those arrangements in the 
event of a change of control of the 
Company. These arrangements are 
commercially sensitive and confidential 
and their disclosure could be seriously 
prejudicial to the Group.

Banking facilities
The credit facility between the Company 
and its key relationship banks contains 
a provision such that, in the event of 
a change of control, unless agreement 
is reached to the contrary, the facility 
will be immediately cancelled and shall 
cease to be available for any further 
utilisation and all outstanding loans, 
together with accrued interest and 
certain other charges, will become 
immediately due and payable.

Employees
In the event of a change of control, 
vesting of awards would occur in 
accordance with the relevant scheme 
or plan rules. There are no agreements in 
force that would provide any Directors or 
employees with compensation for any 
loss of office or employment that occurs 
because of a change of control.

Other statutory disclosures
Branches
De La Rue is a global business and our 
activities and interests are operated 
through subsidiaries, branches of 
subsidiaries and associates which are 
subject to the laws and regulations of 
many different jurisdictions. Our 
subsidiaries and associates are listed in 
note 29 to the financial statements. 
There were no branches of the Company 
in existence during the period ended 
25 March 2023.

Essential contracts or other 
arrangements
The Group has a number of suppliers 
of key goods and services, the loss of 
any of which could disrupt the Group’s 
ability to deliver on time, in full or at all. 
For further details, please refer to the 
discussion of this risk on pages 58 to 63.

Financial risk management
Please refer to the disclosures in note 14 
to the financial statements.

Political donations
The Group’s policy is not to make any 
political donations and none were 
made during the period. However, the 
definitions of political donations and 
expenditure in the Companies Act 2006 
are very widely drawn, and it is possible 
that certain routine activities may 
unintentionally fall within the scope 
of the law. The Company is therefore 
seeking shareholders’ renewal of the 
authority to make political donations at 
the 2023 AGM, in line with that sought 
and granted in all recent years.

Research and development
The Group’s business is underpinned 
by a significant amount of intellectual 
property. The Group holds over 140 
families of patents which support its 
business. There are around 1,200 patents 
and patent applications, of which over 
850 have been granted and circa 350 
applications are pending. During the year 
the Group had 29 patents granted in 
Europe, UK and the US.

The Group’s key activity in the field of 
research and development is discussed 
in the CEO review on page 10, the business 
model and strategy summaries on pages 
16 to 19 and in other parts of the 
Strategic report.

Listing Rules compliance
In relation to the disclosures required by LR 9.8.4 R:

(1)

(2)

Interest capitalised and any related tax relief

Publication of unaudited financial information or a profit forecast or estimate

(4) Details of any long term incentive schemes

(5) Details of any waiver of emoluments by a Director

(6) Any waiver of future emoluments by a Director

(7) Non pre-emptive issues of equity securities for cash

(8) Non pre-emptive issues of equity securities for cash by major subsidiary undertakings

(9)

Parent company participation in a placing

(10) Any contract of significance in which a Director or controlling shareholder is interested

(11) Any contract for the provision of services by a controlling shareholder

(12) Any waiver of dividends

(13) Any waiver of future dividends and details of current dividends waived

(14) Agreements with controlling shareholders

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

As required by LR 9.8.6(8) R, this annual report includes climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the TCFD 
Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures, which can be found on pages 30 and 31.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

131

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsThis Directors’ report was approved by 
the Board on 29 June 2023.

By order of the Board

Jon Messent
Company Secretary

29 June 2023

Directors’ report continued

Annual General Meeting 
The AGM will be held at 10:00am on 
Thursday 7 September 2023 at the 
Company’s offices, De La Rue House, 
Jays Close, Viables, Basingstoke, 
Hampshire, RG22 4BS.

We value our engagement with all our 
shareholders and shareholders will once 
again be able to ask questions relating 
to the business of the meeting via our 
website, www.delarue.com, in advance of 
the AGM. Full details of how to use the 
Q&A facility are set out in the AGM 
Circular issued with this annual report.

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP have expressed their 
willingness to be re-appointed as auditor 
of the Company. A resolution to re-
appoint Ernst & Young LLP as the 
Company’s auditor will be proposed at 
the forthcoming AGM.

This confirmation is given, and should be 
interpreted, in accordance with the 
provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Disclosure of information to the 
external auditor
Each of the persons who is a Director 
at the date of approval of this report 
confirms that:
 – So far as the Director is aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of 
which the Company’s auditor is 
unaware; and

 – The Director has taken all the steps 

that he or she ought to have taken as 
a Director in order to make himself or 
herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of 
that information.

Going concern
As described on pages 64 to 67, the 
Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting (in 
accordance with the Guidance on Risk 
Management, Internal Control and 
Related Financial and Business Reporting 
published by the FRC in September 
2014) in preparing the consolidated 
financial statements.

Post-balance sheet events
On 29 June 2023 the Company entered 
into a number of documents which had 
the effect of amending and restating the 
terms of the revolving facility agreement 
with its lending banks and their agents.

These documents are an amendment 
and restatement agreement with the 
various lenders and the banks’ agent 
and security agent, a debenture between 
the Company, certain other Group 
companies and the banks’ security 
agent and an inter-creditor agreement 
between the creditors. As a result of 
these changes, the facilities are now 
secured against material assets and 
shares within the Group.

On the 28 June 2023 the Company 
entered into an agreement with the 
trustees of the De La Rue Pension 
Scheme in relation to the deferral of 
certain deficit reduction payments that 
were otherwise due to be paid by the 
Company and other Group companies 
to that scheme. In order to preserve and 
support the position of the scheme, with 
the support of the lenders, the scheme 
will be provided with security on a pari 
passu basis together with the lenders, 
as well as an enhanced information 
sharing protocol to ensure ongoing 
communication between the Group and 
the trustee remains comprehensive.

132

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Directors’ responsibility 
statement

 – In respect of the Group financial 
statements, state whether UK-
adopted international accounting 
standards have been followed, 
subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

 – In respect of the Parent Company 

financial statements, state whether 
FRS 102 has been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and 
explained in those financial 
statements; and

 – Prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and the Parent Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the 
Company and Group’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group and enable 
them to ensure that those financial 
statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and Parent Company and Group and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the 
Directors are also responsible for preparing 
a Strategic report, Directors’ report, 
Directors’ remuneration report and 
Corporate Governance statement that 
comply with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Group’s website.

Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Fair, balanced and 
understandable
The Directors believe that the annual 
report and accounts, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s 
financial position, performance, business 
model and strategy.

For details of the process that was 
followed to enable the Board to make 
this statement, please refer to the Audit 
Committee report on pages 89 to 96.

Responsibility statement
Each of the Directors at the date of 
approval of this statement confirms that, 
to the best of his or her knowledge:
 – The Group financial statements, 
prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting 
standards, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and

 – The annual report, including the 

Strategic report on pages 1 to 67 and 
the Directors’ report on pages 128 to 
132, includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the 
business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole, together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

By order of the Board

Jon Messent
Company Secretary

29 June 2023

Directors’ responsibilities in 
respect of the annual report 
and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the annual report and the 
Group and Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with 
applicable UK law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have elected to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards (IFRSs) and have elected to 
prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with UK 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(UK Accounting Standards, including FRS 
102 The Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and Republic of 
Ireland (“FRS 102”)), and applicable law.

Under company law the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and the Company and of their 
profit or loss for the period.

In preparing each of the Group and 
Parent Company financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:
 – Select suitable accounting policies 

in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting 
Policies, Changes in Accounting 
Estimates and Errors (and, in respect 
of the Parent Company financial 
statements, Section 10 of FRS 102) 
and then apply them consistently;
 – Make judgements and estimates that 

are reasonable and prudent;
 – Present information, including 

accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable 
and understandable information;
 – Provide additional disclosures when 

compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs (and, in respect 
of the Parent Company financial 
statements, FRS 102) is insufficient to 
enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the 
Group and Company financial 
position and financial performance;

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

133

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsFinancial statements

We worked hard to 
mitigate cost inflation 
and minimise the 
impact of low currency 
demand in FY23

134

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Consolidated income statement
Page 145

Five-year record
Page 214

Independent Auditor’s Report 

136  
145   Consolidated income statement
146 
 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
147   Consolidated balance sheet
148  
 Consolidated statement of 
changes in equity
149  Consolidated	cash	flow	

  statement

151  Accounting policies

161  Notes to the accounts
205  Company balance sheet
206  Company statement of changes 

in equity
 Accounting policies – Company 

207 
209  Notes to the accounts – 

  Company 

211   Non-IFRS measures 
214   Five-year record 
215   Shareholder information 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

135

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent Auditor’s Report

Independent Auditor’s 
Report to the members of 
De La Rue plc

Opinion
In our opinion:

 – De	La	Rue	plc’s	group	financial	

statements and parent company 
financial	statements	(the	“financial	
statements”) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the group’s and of the 
parent company’s affairs as at 25 March 
2023 and of the group’s loss for the 
period	then	ended	as	defined	within	
the Group’s accounting policies;

 – the	Group	financial	statements	have	

been properly prepared in accordance 
with UK adopted international 
accounting standards; 

 – the	parent	company	financial	

statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

 – the	financial	statements	have	been	
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The	financial	reporting	framework	that	
has been applied in the preparation of the 
group	financial	statements	is	applicable	
law and UK adopted international 
accounting	standards.	The	financial	
reporting framework that has been 
applied in the preparation of the parent 
company	financial	statements	is	
applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 
“The	Financial	Reporting	Standard	
applicable in the UK and Republic of 
Ireland”	(United	Kingdom	Generally	
Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK)	(ISAs	(UK))	and	applicable	law.	
Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the	financial	statements	section	of	our	
report. We believe that the audit evidence 
we	have	obtained	is	sufficient	and	
appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	of	De	La	Rue	plc	(the	‘parent	company’)	and	
its	subsidiaries	(the	‘group’)	for	the	period	ended	25	March	2023	which	comprise:

Group

Parent company

Consolidated balance sheet as at  
25 March 2023

Company Balance sheet as at 25 March 2023

Consolidated income statement for the 
period ended 25 March 2023

Company Statement of changes in equity for 
the period ended 25 March 2023

Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income for the period ended 25 March 2023

Related	notes	1	to	8a	to	the	financial	
statements	including	a	summary	of	significant	
accounting policies

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
for the period ended 25 March 2023

Consolidated	cash	flow	statement	for	the	
period ended 25 March 2023

Related	notes	1	to	31	to	the	financial	
statements,	including	a	summary	of	significant	
accounting policies

136

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Independence
We are independent of the group and 
parent in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our 
audit	of	the	financial	statements	in	the	UK,	
including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as 
applied to listed public interest entities, 
and	we	have	fulfilled	our	other	ethical	
responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements. 

The non-audit services prohibited by the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to 
the group or the parent company and we 
remain independent of the group and the 
parent company in conducting the audit.

Conclusions relating to 
going concern
In	auditing	the	financial	statements,	we	
have concluded that the directors use 
of the going concern basis of accounting 
in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	
statements is appropriate. Our evaluation 
of the directors’ assessment of the group 
and parent company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

 – We	confirmed	our	understanding	of	

management’s going concern 
assessment process as well as the 
review controls in place over the 
preparation of the group’s going 
concern model and the memoranda on 
going concern presented to the board 
of directors. We also performed 
procedures in conjunction with internal 
specialists to test the appropriateness 
of management’s underlying modelling.

 – We assessed the appropriateness of 
the duration of the going concern 
assessment period to 29 June 2024 
(“the	going	concern	period”)	and	
considered the existence of any 
significant	events	or	conditions	beyond	
this period based on our enquiries and 
knowledge arising from other areas of 
the audit.

 – We	obtained	the	final	signed	

 – We challenged each of the available 

amendment to the Revolving Credit 
Facility dated 29 June 2023 and 
assessed the implications of the revised 
terms in the context of management’s 
assessment, including covenant and 
liquidity compliance in the going 
concern period. We considered the 
changes	to	the	underlying	financial	
covenants, as well as the inclusion of 
monthly liquidity testing and non-
financial	requirements,	including	the	
need for the company to assess the 
future options available to them. 

 – We obtained the signed agreement with 
the Pension Trustee to defer previously 
agreed contributions until June 2024. 
We	confirmed	that	such	effects	had	
been appropriately modelled in the 
forecast	cashflow	assumptions.

 – We	obtained	the	cash	flow,	covenant	

forecasts and sensitivities for the going 
concern period prepared by 
management and tested for arithmetical 
accuracy of the models as well as 
checking the net debt position at the 
period-end date which is the starting 
point for the model. Further to this, we 
reviewed actual post period-end trading 
against the forecast and considered all 
relevant factors from the period-end 
date to the approval date of the 
financial	statements.	We	assessed	the	
reasonableness	of	the	cashflow	forecast	
by analysing management’s historical 
forecasting accuracy. We also assessed 
the reasonableness of the forecasts 
with reference to the level of secured 
orders, the prospect of securing the 
pipeline and assumptions including 
both	fixed	and	variable	costs	as	well	as	
assessing whether all key factors have 
been considered by management. 
 – We evaluated the key assumptions 

underpinning the Group’s assessment 
by challenging the measurement and 
completeness of downside scenarios 
modelled by management and how 
these compare with principal risks and 
uncertainties of the Group. The key 
sensitivity in management’s 
assessment is the group’s ability to 
continue operating within all of its bank 
covenants and liquidity requirements 
during the going concern period. We 
reviewed management’s reverse stress 
testing	scenarios	which	quantified	the	
downside required to breach the 
covenants	(by	modelling	both	
decreased earnings and increased net 
debt) or exhaust liquidity and evaluated 
whether	the	downside	in	cash	flows,	
earnings and net debt required for such 
a scenario to materialise was plausible 
during the going concern period 
considering	the	analysis	of	fixed	versus	
variable costs, the proportion of 
revenue secured through orderbook 
coverage, and recent forecast accuracy.

mitigating	actions	(e.g.	reduced	capital	
expenditure and reductions in 
discretionary spend) and obtained 
analysis to determine if these were in 
the control of management and 
evaluated the expected impact of the 
mitigation in the light of our 
understanding of the business and its 
cost structures. 

 – We note that management has 

performed an assessment to consider 
whether any events outside of the 
going concern period beyond 29 June 
2024 need to be considered in the 
context of management’s conclusion. 
Management	have	identified	the	
successful	re-financing	of	the	
company’s Revolving Credit Facility 
which expires on 1 January 2025 and 
continued covenant compliance until 
then to be such events. We have 
performed procedures to assess 
whether management’s conclusions in 
this regard are reasonable, including 
review of forecasts in this period and 
discussions with the company’s 
advisors and the lenders in conjunction 
with internal debt specialists to 
determine whether the Group has 
realistic prospects of covenant 
compliance	and	a	refinancing	of	the	
Revolving Credit Facility.

 – We considered the extent to which 
emerging climate-related risks may 
affect the Group’s assessment and the 
assumptions around the costs 
anticipated in meeting the Group’s 
target to become carbon neutral for its 
own operations by 2030. This includes 
the capital expenditure required to 
enable the Group to reduce its carbon 
footprint, energy usage, waste, and 
reliance on plastics. Additionally, we 
considered other macroeconomic 
factors such as the rising cost of 
materials, energy and labour which are 
critical parts of the Group’s operations.

 – We considered whether the Group’s 

forecasts in the going concern 
assessment were consistent with other 
forecasts used by the Group in its 
accounting estimates, including 
non-current asset impairment and 
deferred tax asset recognition.

 – We held discussions with the Audit 

Committee and full board of Directors 
to corroborate the forecasts and their 
basis as prepared by management. 
Further to this we held discussions 
with the Company’s advisors as 
well as the lenders to corroborate 
other key assumptions in 
management’s assessment.

 – We considered whether management’s 
disclosures	in	the	financial	statements	
sufficiently	and	appropriately	reflect	
the going concern assessment, key 
judgements made and outcomes.

The audit procedures performed in 
evaluating the director’s assessment 
were performed by the Group audit 
team, however we also considered the 
financial	and	non-financial	information	
communicated to us from our component 
teams of overseas locations as sources 
of potential contrary indicators which 
may cast doubt over the going concern 
assessment. We determined going 
concern to be a key audit matter. 

Our key observations
We note the following key observations in 
relation to management’s assessment 
and the procedures we have performed 
as stated above:

 – On 29 June 2023 the Company signed 

an amended agreement with the 
Lenders on its Revolving Credit Facility 
which includes updated covenants, a 
new liquidity requirement and other 
non-financial	milestones	to	be	actioned	
including the need for the company to 
assess the future options available to 
them. On 28 June 2023, the Company 
signed an agreement with the Pension 
Trustee on the deferral of previously 
agreed payments into the scheme.

Conclusion
Based on the work we have performed, 
we	have	not	identified	any	material	
uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may	cast	significant	doubt	on	the	group	
and parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern over the period 
through to 29 June 2024, a period of 
12	months	from	when	the	financial	
statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the group and parent 
company’s reporting on how they have 
applied the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to the 
directors’	statement	in	the	financial	
statements about whether the directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities 
of the directors with respect to going 
concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report. However, because 
not all future events or conditions can 
be predicted, this statement is not a 
guarantee as to the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

137

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

Overview of our audit approach
Audit scope

–	 	We	performed	an	audit	of	the	complete	financial	information	of	3	
components,	an	audit	of	specific	balances	of	3	components	and	
performed	specified	procedures	for	a	further	7	components.

–   The components where we performed full audit procedures 
accounted	for	99.1%	of	adjusted	EBITDA	(being	adjusted	for	
exceptional	items),	89.7%	of	Revenue	and	64%	of	Total	assets.	The	
components	where	we	performed	full,	specific	or	specified	audit	
procedures	in	relation	to	revenue	accounted	for	100%	of	Revenue.

Key audit 
matters

–  Revenue recognition 

–	 Post-retirement	benefit	obligations-	liabilities	&	assets

Materiality

–	 	Overall	Group	materiality	of	£0.9m	which	represents	2%	of	adjusted	

EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings from continuing 
operations before the deduction of interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortisation and exceptional items.

An overview of the scope of 
the parent company and 
group audits
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our 
evaluation of materiality and our allocation 
of performance materiality determine 
our audit scope for each company within 
the Group. Taken together, this enables us 
to form an opinion on the consolidated 
financial	statements.	We	take	into	
account	size,	risk	profile,	the	organisation	
of the group and effectiveness of 
group-wide controls, changes in the 
business when assessing the level of 
work to be performed at each entity.

Full Scope 

Specific	Scope	

Specified	Procedures

Full	and	specified	procedures	coverage

Remaining components

Total reporting components

In assessing the risk of material 
misstatement	to	the	Group	financial	
statements, and to ensure we had 
adequate quantitative coverage of 
significant	accounts	in	the	financial	
statements, of the 50 reporting 
components of the Group, we selected 
six	components	as	full	or	specific	scope	
covering entities within United Kingdom, 
Malta, Sri Lanka, Kenya and Group 
consolidation adjustments, represents 
the principal business units within the 
Group. We selected a further seven 
components	as	specified	procedures	
components, for which we performed 
certain	audit	procedures	on	specific	
accounts within that component which 
we considered had the potential for the 
greatest	impact	on	the	significant	
accounts	in	the	financial	statements,	
either because of the size of the accounts 
or	their	risk	profile.	

The table below sets out the coverage 
obtained from the work performed by our 
audit teams.

Number of 
locations

Adjusted
EBITDA
(%)

3

3

7

13

37

50

99.1

–*

–*

99.1

0.9*

100.0

Revenue
(%)

89.7

2.1

8.2

100.0

0.0

100.0

Total
Assets
(%)

64.1

20.0

13.8

97.9

2.1

100.0

*	

	The	contribution	of	specified	procedure	components	to	Group	Adjusted	EBITDA	is	included	within	‘remaining	
components’	as	audit	procedures	were	performed	on	certain,	but	not	all,	significant	accounts	of	the	specified	procedures	
components contributing to Group Adjusted EBITDA.

Of the 13 components selected, we 
performed an audit of the complete 
financial	information	of	3	components	
(“full	scope	components”)	which	were	
selected based on their size or risk 
characteristics.

For	3	components	(“specific	scope	
components”), we performed audit 
procedures	on	specific	accounts	within	
that component that we considered had 
the potential for the greatest impact on 
the	significant	accounts	in	the	financial	
statements either because of the size of 
these	accounts	or	their	risk	profile.	

For the remaining seven components 
(representing	-8.3%	of	adjusted	EBITDA)	
we	performed	specified	procedures	
performed through centralised testing by 
the group team. These locations typically 
represent other small revenue generating 
entities, overseas cost centres, or holding 
companies and not the principal business 
units of the Group. We extend our scope 
to these entities in order to add an 
element of unpredictability into our audit 
procedures	Specifically,	we	performed	
specified	procedures	on	certain	aspects	
of revenue; other operating expenses; 
interest income and expense, provisions, 
intangible assets and amortisation, in 
response to our risk assessment for these 
individual	financial	statement	line	items.	
The audit scope of the components in 
specific	scope	or	specified	procedures	
does	not	include	testing	of	all	significant	
accounts of the component, but will have 
contributed to the metrics provided 
above for the Group.

Of the remaining 37 components that 
together	represent	(14.2%)	of	the	Group’s	
adjusted EBITDA, we performed other 
procedures, including cash and 
borrowings	verification	testing	on	all	
material balances, analytical review, 
testing of consolidation journals and 
intercompany eliminations and foreign 
currency translation recalculations to 
respond to any potential risks of material 
misstatement	to	the	Group	financial	
statements. In addition, we have also 
performed other procedures on a random 
selection of additional immaterial 
balances in order to achieve an element 
of unpredictability in our audit procedures 
as well as detailed analytical procedures 
on certain cost centres.

138

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Climate change
Stakeholders are increasingly interested 
in how climate change will impact Group. 
The Group has determined that the most 
significant	future	impacts	from	climate	
change on its operations will be from: 
emerging regulation changes and the 
Group’s ability to react to such changes 
(for	example,	the	ban	on	the	single	use	
plastic	in	Kenya);	the	risk	of	flooding	of	
key sites as a result of rising water levels 
and precipitations patterns; and the risk 
of being unable to execute the transition 
of operations required to effectively 
reduce its footprint, energy usage, waste 
and reliance on plastics in its operations. 
These are explained on pages 26 to 36 
in the Task Force for Climate related 
Financial Disclosures and on page 60 in 
the principal risks and uncertainties. 
They have also explained their climate 
commitments on page 35. All of these 
disclosures	form	part	of	the	“Other	
information,” rather than the audited 
financial	statements.	Our	procedures	on	
these unaudited disclosures therefore 
consisted solely of evaluating whether 
they are materially inconsistent with the 
financial	statements	or	our	knowledge	
obtained in the course of the audit or 
otherwise appear to be materially 
misstated, in line with our responsibilities 
on	“Other	information”.	

In planning and performing our audit we 
assessed the potential impacts of climate 
change on the Group’s business and any 
consequential material impact on its 
financial	statements.	

The Group has explained in the strategic 
report	how	they	have	reflected	the	
impact of climate change in their 
financial	statements.	

Our audit effort in considering the impact 
of	climate	change	on	the	financial	
statements was focused on evaluating 
management’s assessment of the impact 
of climate risk, physical and transition, 
their climate commitments, the effects of 
material climate risks disclosed on pages 
26	to	36	and	the	significant	judgements	
and estimates disclosed on pages 157 to 
160 and whether these have been 
appropriately	reflected	in	the	going	
concern and viability considerations of 
the Group, and other key assessments 
where values are determined through 
modelling	future	cash	flows	including	
assumptions around the costs anticipated 
in meeting the Group’s target to become 
carbon neutral for its own operations by 
2030. Where required by the relevant 
accounting standard, this includes the 
capital expenditure required to enable 
the Group to reduce its carbon footprint, 
energy usage, waste and reliance on 
plastics. As part of this evaluation, we 
performed our own risk assessment 
supported by our climate change internal 
specialists, to determine the risks of 
material	misstatement	in	the	financial	
statements from climate change which 
needed to be considered in our audit. 

Whilst the Group have stated their 
sustainability commitments in becoming 
carbon natural from its own operations 
by 2030 and to align with the aspirations 
of the Paris Agreement to achieve net 
zero emissions by 2050, the Group are 
currently unable to determine the full 
future economic impact on their business 
model, operational plans and customers 
to achieve this and therefore the potential 
impacts are not fully incorporated in 
these	financial	statements.	

Changes from the prior year
There	have	been	no	significant	changes	in	
the scoping of our Group audit. 

Involvement with 
component teams
In establishing our overall approach to the 
Group audit, we determined the type of 
work that needed to be undertaken at 
each of the components by us, as the 
primary audit engagement team, or by 
component auditors from other EY global 
network	firms	operating	under	our	
instruction. The audit procedures on the 
three	full	scope	components	(all	of	which	
comprise parts of the UK operating 
business) were performed directly by the 
primary	audit	team.	For	the	three	specific	
scope components, where the work was 
performed by component auditors, we 
determined the appropriate level of 
involvement to enable us to determine 
that	sufficient	audit	evidence	had	been	
obtained as a basis for our opinion on 
the Group as a whole.

During the year the Group audit team 
determined not to undertake any planned 
visits	to	the	specific	scope	overseas	
locations. This decision was taken based 
on the relative contribution of the full 
scope UK locations to the overall Group 
(99.1%	of	the	Group’s	adjusted	EBITDA,	
89.7%	of	the	Group’s	Revenue	and	64.1%	
of the Group’s Total assets) Furthermore 
the	significant	risks	identified	relate	to	the	
Group and full scope components which 
are based in the UK and audited by the 
primary audit team. Detailed instructions 
were	sent	to	all	specific	scope	overseas	
locations	which	covered	the	significant	
areas that should be addressed by the 
component team auditors and the 
information which should be reported to 
the Group audit team. The primary team 
interacted regularly with the component 
teams during various stages of the audit 
including attending planning, update and 
closing meetings via conference calls. 
The primary team reviewed certain key 
working papers and were responsible for 
the scope and direction of the audit 
process. This, together with the additional 
procedures performed at Group level, gave 
us appropriate evidence for our opinion 
on	the	Group	financial	statements.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

139

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

Key audit matters
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	in	our	professional	judgment,	were	of	most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	financial
statements	of	the	current	period	and	include	the	most	significant	assessed	risks	of	material	misstatement	(whether	or	not	due	to	
fraud)	that	we	identified.	These	matters	included	those	which	had	the	greatest	effect	on	the	overall	audit	strategy,	the	allocation	of	
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole,	and	in	our	opinion	thereon,	and	we	do	not	provide	a	separate	opinion	on	these	matters.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

Based on our audit procedures we have 
concluded that revenue is appropriately 
recognised in the period and appropriately 
accrued or deferred at 25 March 2023.

Revenue recognition – £349.7m  
(FY22 – £375.1m)

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 
89); Accounting policies (page 151); and Note 
2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements 
(page 163)

Risk on revenue cut-off 
We	have	identified	that	there	is	a	risk	that	
revenue is manipulated at or near to the 
period end to meet income statement targets 
through management override of controls. 
This cut-off risk manifests itself in different 
ways based on the terms of the contract and 
the associated accounting policy under IFRS 
15. For contracts where revenue is recognised 
‘over	time’	the	risk	relates	to	the	judgements	
made in relation to appropriate evidence; the 
existence of an enforceable right to payment 
as per the contract; and completion of 
inventory or costs incurred compared to 
total estimated cost to complete.

Risk on bill & hold arrangements 
For contracts where revenue is recognised at 
a	‘point	in	time’	the	risk	relates	to	evidencing	
that control has passed to the customer. In 
particular,	certain	contracts	include	specific	
terms, for example, complex acceptance 
criteria	or	“bill	and	hold”	criteria	which	adds	to	
the risk that revenue may be recorded in the 
incorrect reporting period. Misstatements that 
occur in relation to this risk would impact the 
revenue recognised in the income statement 
as well as any revenue related balance sheet 
account such as trade debtors, deferred 
income and accrued income.

140

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

We have performed testing using the lowest 
end of the performance materiality range 
applicable for addressing the occurrence 
assertion	impacted	by	a	significant	risk.	At	
each	full,	and	specific	scope	component	with	
significant	revenue	streams	(6	components)	
including	(where	relevant)	consolidation	
adjustments, we performed audit procedures 
which	covered	91.8%	of	the	Group’s	Revenue.	
We	also	performed	specified	procedures	on	
material revenue amounts earned in the 
remainder of the group, including amounts in 
the USA and De La Rue Buck Press Limited. 

The	primary	audit	team	and	specific	scope	
component teams performed the audit 
procedures over the Group’s revenue. Our 
procedures included, among others, obtaining 
an understanding of the revenue recognition 
process and evaluating the design of internal 
controls over revenue recognised. We also 
evaluated the appropriateness of the Group’s 
revenue recognition policy. 

Risk on revenue cut-off 
To address the risk of inappropriate cut-off, 
we selected a sample of revenue transactions 
around the period end date and for our 
sample selected, we tested to corroborate 
that there was appropriate evidence to 
support that control has passed to the 
customer and that revenue was recognised 
in the appropriate period. This included 
checking to third party evidence of delivery, 
where applicable. 

For over time revenue contracts, we 
performed a review of all new material 
underlying agreements to determine that 
over time revenue recognition is appropriate, 
including an assessment of performance 
obligations and any judgements made 
by management in concluding that the 
company has an enforceable right to 
payment, enquiring with external legal 
counsel where relevant. 

The group uses the input method to record 
revenue over time. For all material contracts, 
we have tested actual costs incurred to 
underlying supporting documents and 
challenged the appropriateness of the 
estimated cost to complete the performance 
obligation. We have also tested the 
appropriateness of the margin applied by 
agreeing the calculations through to 
contractual	terms	(e.g.	unit	prices	and	total	
contract value). We have also checked that 
the	correct	percentage	of	completion	(POC)	
has been applied in determining the amount 
of revenue to be recognised.

Risk on bill & hold arrangements 
To	address	the	risk	on	‘bill	and	hold’,	we	
ensured	that	the	‘bill	and	hold’	arrangement	
was stipulated in the contractual terms, that 
the related goods had been manufactured at 
the period-end date, including physically 
verifying a sample of these items, and that 
control had passed to the customer.

	
Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

Based on our audit procedures, we have 
concluded that the actuarial assumptions 
applied within the valuation of post-retirement 
benefits	at	period-end	are	appropriate.

We have also concluded that the pension 
scheme assets are stated at fair market value.

Post-retirement benefit obligations – 
(£54.7m), (FY22 – £29.8m)

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 
89); Accounting policies (page 151); and Note 
24 of the Consolidated Financial Statements 
(page 197). 

Post-retirement benefit Liabilities – £731.3m 
(FY22 – £957.1m)  
The valuation of the pension liabilities requires 
significant	levels	of	judgement	and	technical	
expertise in choosing appropriate 
assumptions. A number of the key 
assumptions	(including	salary	increases,	
inflation,	discount	rates	and	mortality)	can	
have a material impact on the calculation of 
the liability. 

Post-retirement benefit Assets – £678.2m 
(FY22 – £988.7m) 
The	pension	assets	include	significant	pension	
asset investments, the fair value measurement 
of	which	includes	significant	judgement.	

Management uses an off-cycle period-end 
date of 25 March 2023 which means that 
valuations provided by fund managers are not 
provided in line with the balance sheet date, 
but rather at the 31 March calendar month-
end date. 

There is a further risk in this valuation process 
as	a	number	of	the	pension	assets	are	“hard	
to value”, which do not have a readily 
observable market price.

Misstatements that occur in relation to this 
risk	would	affect	the	retirement	benefit	
obligations account in the balance sheet 
as well as related accounts in the income 
statement and statement of other 
comprehensive income.

Response to the risk on post-retirement 
benefit liabilities 
We utilised EY pension specialists to assist us 
in testing the valuation of post-retirement 
benefit	liabilities.	We	gained	an	understanding	
of the valuation process through discussion 
with the pension scheme actuaries. This 
included challenging the basis and methodology 
for setting key assumptions, including, salary 
increases and mortality rates by comparing 
them to national and industry averages. 

We independently checked the discount and 
inflation	rates	used	in	the	valuation	of	the	
pension liability against our internally 
developed benchmarks. 

We assessed the competency of 
management’s expert used in determining 
the actuarial valuation. 

Response to the risk on post-retirement 
benefit assets: 
We assessed the competency of 
management’s expert used in determining 
the asset valuation. 

We	have	confirmed	the	existence	of	scheme	
assets with the schemes’ fund managers and 
independently	confirmed	the	valuation	of	
scheme assets by performing detailed testing 
on a sample of assets, taking into account the 
relative complexity of the underlying asset class. 

For the hard to value assets, we have obtained 
a	confirmation	directly	from	the	fund	
managers on the number of units and period 
end price by investment product. We have 
also involved our EY valuation specialists in 
determining the valuation of certain hard to 
value	assets	eg	interest	rate	swaps,	inflation	
swaps and cross currency swaps.

We tested management’s assessment of the 
valuation difference between the period end 
date and calendar month end date, by 
performing sample testing of assets re-valued 
by third parties and performing a recalculation 
of the volatility adjustment using market data.

We assessed the appropriateness of 
Management’s	retirement	benefit	obligation	
disclosure by reference to the requirements 
of applicable accounting standards.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

141

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued

Our application of 
materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in 
planning and performing the audit, in 
evaluating	the	effect	of	identified	
misstatements on the audit and in 
forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or 
misstatement that, individually or in the 
aggregate, could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of 
the users of the financial statements. 
Materiality provides a basis for 
determining the nature and extent 
of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group 
to	be	£0.9m	(2022:	£1.1m),	which	is	2%	
(2022:	2%)	of	adjusted	EBITDA.	Given	the	
focus on the Group’s ability to continue 
operating as a going concern in recent 
periods, we believe that there remains 
a pivotal focus on the banking covenants 
applicable to the Company which are 
based on adjusted EBITDA. As such, we 
believe that adjusted EBITDA provides us 
with a reasonable basis for determining 
materiality and is the most relevant 
performance measure to the stakeholders 
of the entity. 

We determined materiality for the Parent 
Company	to	be	£1.5	million	(2022:	£5.3	
million),	which	is	2%	(2022:	2%)	of	equity.	

Our materiality is based on the Group’s 
EBITDA adjusted for exceptional items in 
order to exclude items which are non-
recurring in nature. We have determined 
the	final	materiality	amount	applied	in	our	
audit procedures below:

Starting basis

–	 Group	EBITDA	loss	(£1.3m)

Adjustments

–   Add back net exceptional 

items of £47.1m as 
disclosed on the Group 
Income statement

Materiality

–  Totals £45.8m

–   Materiality of £0.9m 

(2%	of	adjusted	EBITDA)

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the 
individual account or balance level. 
It is set at an amount to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability 
that the aggregate of uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements 
exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, 
together with our assessment of the 
Group’s overall control environment, 
our judgement was that performance 
materiality	was	50%	(2022:	50%)	of	our	
planning materiality, namely £0.45m 
(2022:	£0.5m).	We	have	set	performance	
materiality at this percentage due to 
an expectation of possible audit 
misstatements in the current period 
driven by the volume and quantum of 
audit	misstatements	identified	in	the	
prior period.

Audit work at component locations for 
the purpose of obtaining audit coverage 
over	significant	financial	statement	
accounts is undertaken based on a 
percentage of total performance 
materiality. The performance materiality 
set for each component is based on the 
relative scale and risk of the component 
to the Group as a whole and our 
assessment of the risk of misstatement 
at that component. In the current period, 
the range of performance materiality 
allocated to components was £0.1m to 
£0.4m	(2022:	£0.1m	to	£0.5m).	

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified 
misstatements are considered as being 
clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that 
we would report to them all uncorrected 
audit differences in excess of £45,000 
(2022:	£54,000),	which	is	set	at	5%	of	
planning materiality, as well as differences 
below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

We evaluate any uncorrected 
misstatements against both the 
quantitative measures of materiality 
discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in 
forming our opinion.

Other information
The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report 
set out on pages 1 to 133, other than the 
financial	statements	and	our	auditor’s	
report thereon. The directors are 
responsible for the other information 
contained within the annual report. 

Our	opinion	on	the	financial	statements	
does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is 
materially	inconsistent	with	the	financial	
statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the course of the audit or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or 
apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether there is 
a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	
statements themselves. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of 
the other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters 
prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work 
undertaken in the course of the audit:

 – the information given in the strategic 

report and the directors’ report for the 
financial	period	for	which	the	financial	
statements are prepared is consistent 
with	the	financial	statements;	and	
 – the strategic report and the directors’ 

report have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

142

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Matters on which we 
are required to report 
by exception
In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the group and the 
parent company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, 
we	have	not	identified	material	
misstatements in the strategic report 
or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of 
the following matters in relation to which 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

 – adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the parent company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not 
visited by us; or

 – the	parent	company	financial	

statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

 – certain disclosures of directors’ 

remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	
made; or

 – we have not received all the information 
and explanations we require for our audit

Corporate Governance 
Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the 
directors’ statement in relation to going 
concern, longer-term viability and that 
part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the group and 
company’s compliance with the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
specified	for	our	review.

Based on the work undertaken as part 
of our audit, we have concluded that 
each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is 
materially	consistent	with	the	financial	
statements or our knowledge obtained 
during the audit:

 – Directors’ statement with regards to the 
appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis of accounting and any 
material	uncertainties	identified	set	out	
on pages 64 to 67;

 – Directors’ explanation as to its 
assessment of the company’s 
prospects, the period this assessment 
covers and why the period is 
appropriate set out on pages 64 to 67;

 – Directors’ statement on fair, balanced 

and understandable set out on 
page 133;

 – Board’s	confirmation	that	it	has	carried	

out a robust assessment of the 
emerging and principal risks set out on 
page 133;

 – The section of the annual report that 

describes the review of effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control 
systems set out on page 56; and;

 – The section describing the work of the 
audit committee set out on page 89.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on page 
133, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation	of	the	financial	statements	
and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	
true and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial	statements	that	are	free	from	
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	
directors are responsible for assessing 
the group and parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the group or the 
parent company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance	about	whether	the	financial	
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs	(UK)	will	always	detect	a	material	
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected	to	influence	the	economic	
decisions of users taken on the basis 
of	these	financial	statements.	

Explanation as to what extent 
the audit was considered 
capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances 
of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, 
to detect irregularities, including fraud. 
The risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher than 
the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through 
collusion. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud is detailed 
below. However, the primary responsibility 
for the prevention and detection of 
fraud rests with both those charged 
with governance of the company 
and management. 

 – We obtained an understanding of the 
legal and regulatory frameworks that 
are applicable to the group and 
determined	that	the	most	significant	
are those that relate to the reporting 
framework	(IFRS	standards	for	the	
group	financial	statements	and	FRS	102	
for the parent company stand alone 
accounts, in addition to abiding by the 
Companies Act 2006) and the relevant 
direct and indirect tax regulations in 
the United Kingdom. In addition, the 
Company has to comply with laws and 
regulations relating to its operations, 
including exports of product and 
service regulations, offset terms on 
foreign contracts, UK Anti-bribery act, 
procurement regulations, Proceeds of 
Crime Act 2002 and The Money 
Laundering	(Amendment)	Regulations	
2012, Health and Safety and GDPR. 
Furthermore, the company must comply 
with	Listing	Rules	(LR	requirements,	
Disclosure	&	Transparency	Rules	(DTR)	
requirements and ESMA Guidelines on 
Alternative Performance measures, 
UK Corporate Governance Code 
(2018	Code)

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

143

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsUse of our report
This report is made solely to the 
company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of 
the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed. 

San Gunapala  
(Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, 
Statutory Auditor

Reading

29 June 2023

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

 – We understood how De La Rue plc is 
complying with those frameworks by 
making enquiries of management 
including internal legal counsel to 
understand how the Company 
maintains and communicates its 
policies and procedures in these areas 
and corroborated this by reviewing 
supporting	documentation.	Specifically,	
we inspected the code of conduct and 
employee handbook issued to each 
employee,	we	also	verified	that	specific	
training on the above frameworks were 
offered to employees throughout the 
period; obtaining and inspecting the 
training compliance report held by the 
company. Where relevant we liaised 
with external legal counsel to 
understand the potential impact of 
claims brought against the company. 
We also reviewed correspondence with 
relevant authorities, including HMRC.
 – We assessed the susceptibility of the 
company’s	financial	statements	to	
material misstatement, including how 
fraud might occur by considering the 
risk of management override and 
through assessing revenue as a fraud 
risk through recognising revenue in the 
incorrect period. Our procedures to 
address this involved:

 – Understanding the revenue 

recognition process, policy and how it 
is applied, including relevant controls.

 – Selecting a sample of key contracts 
to test based on various risk criteria. 
For the same contracts we 
performed detailed contract reviews, 
including challenging management 
assumptions on the revenue 
recognition process.

 – For those contracts where revenue 
has been recognised over time or at 
a point-in-time, our procedures and 
conclusions are documented in the 
key audit matters’ table above. 

 – We incorporated data analytics into 

our testing of manual journals, 
including segregation of duties, and 
in respect of our testing of revenue 
recognition, investigated journals 
posted to revenue, with focus on 
manual transactions recorded at 
or close to the year-end date.

 – Based on this understanding we 

designed our audit procedures to 
identify non-compliance with such laws 
and regulations. Our procedures had a 
focus on compliance with the reporting 
framework set out above through our 
walkthrough testing. 

 – Where	we	identified	potential	non-

compliance with laws and regulations, 
we developed an appropriate audit 
response and communicated directly 
with components impacted. Our 
procedures involved: understanding 
the process and controls to identify 
non-compliance, reading the 
correspondence between the Group 
and their regulators, review of 
whistleblowing logs and understanding 
management’s response, inquiring of 
internal and external legal counsel and 
reading their reports, understanding the 
fact patterns in each case and 
documenting the positions taken by 
management, and using EY specialists 
(including	Forensics)	to	support	us	in	
concluding	on	the	matters	identified.
 – If any instance of non-compliance with 
laws	and	regulations	were	identified,	
these were communicated to the 
relevant local EY teams who performed 
sufficient	and	appropriate	audit	
procedures supplemented by audit 
procedures performed at the 
group level. 

Other matters we are 
required to address
Following the recommendation from the 
Audit Committee we were appointed by 
the company on 21 September 2017 to 
audit	the	financial	statements	for	the	
period ending 31 March 2018 and 
subsequent	financial	periods.	We	signed	
an updated engagement letter on 24 May 
2021. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including previous renewals 
and reappointments is four years, 
covering the periods ending 31 March 
2018 to 25 March 2023.

 – The non-audit services prohibited by 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the group or the parent 
company and we remain independent 
of the group and the parent company 
in conducting the audit. 

 – The audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the Audit Committee.

144

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated income statement 
for the period ended 25 March 2023

Revenue from customer contracts
Cost of sales

Gross Profit
Adjusted operating expenses

Adjusted operating profit 

Adjusted Items¹: 
— Amortisation of acquired intangibles 

— Net exceptional items – expected credit loss 

— Net exceptional items – other

— Net exceptional items – Total 

Operating (loss)/profit

Interest income

Interest expense

Net retirement benefit obligation finance income/(expense)

Net finance expense 

(Loss)/Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

(Loss)/Profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit from discontinued operations

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Attributable to:
— Owners of the parent

— Non-controlling interests

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Earnings per ordinary share

Basic 
Basic EPS continuing operations

Basic EPS discontinued operations

Total Basic EPS

Diluted
Diluted EPS continuing operations

Diluted EPS discontinued operations

Total Diluted EPS

Notes

2

4

2023 
£m

 349.7 

 (257.6)

92.1

 (64.3)

 27.8 

10

 (1.0)

(8.5)

(38.6)

 (47.1)

2022 
£m

375.1

(277.5)

97.6

(61.2)

36.4

(1.0)

(3.1)

(2.6)

(5.7)

5

5

5

6

6

6, 24

7

3

8

8

 (20.3)

29.7

 1.2 

 (11.6)

1.1 

 (9.3)

 (29.6)

 (27.6)

 (57.2)

 – 

 (57.2)

 (55.9)

 (1.3)

 (57.2)

0.9

(6.2) 

(0.2)

(5.5)

24.2

(1.3)

22.9

0.8

23.7

21.5

2.2

23.7

(28.6)p

–

(28.6)p

(28.6)p

–

(28.6)p

10.6p

0.4p

11.0p

10.5p

0.4p

10.9p

Note:
1. 

 For adjusting Items, the cash flow Impact of exceptional Items can be found in note 5 and there was no cash flow impact for the amortisation of acquired Intangible assets.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

145

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the period ended 25 March 2023

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that are not reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurement (loss)/gain on retirement benefit obligations

Tax related to remeasurement of net defined benefit liability

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations – non-controlling interests

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to profit or loss

Tax related to cash flow hedge movements

Tax related to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Equity shareholders of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Notes

2023 
£m

(57.2)

2022 
£m

23.7

24

7

 (100.3)

24.2

5.0 

–

(1.0) 

 1.7 

(0.1) 

(0.1) 

 (70.6)

14(a)

14(a)

7

7

35.7

(8.8)

(1.5)

0.1

(0.6)

0.8

0.1

0.2

26.0

 (127.8)

49.7

 (126.5)

 (1.3)

 (127.8)

47.4

2.3

49.7

146

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated balance sheet 
at 25 March 2023

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Right-of-use assets
Long-term pension assets
Other financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Derivative financial assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Current tax assets
Derivative financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Retirement benefit obligations
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY
Share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Hedge reserve
Cumulative translation adjustment
Other reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Approved by the Board on 29 June 2023

Clive Vacher 
Chief Executive Officer 

Registered number: 3834125

Rob Harding
Chief Financial Officer

Notes

2023 
£m

2022 
£m

9

10

23

24

11

16

14a

12

13

2

14a

15

17

14a

23

19

18

24

16

23

20

 97.1 
 39.3 
 12.1 
 – 
– 
 18.3
 – 
166.8 

 49.3 
 70.7
 18.9 
0.2 
 2.4 
 40.3 
 181.8
348.6

 (92.1)
 (23.2)
 (1.9)
 (3.0)
 (6.0)
 (126.2)

 (118.4)
 (54.7)
 (2.8)
 (10.3)
 (1.2)
 (187.4)
 (313.6)
35.0

 88.8 
 42.2 
 5.9 
 0.1 
9.2
 (83.9)
(43.3)
19.1
 15.9 
35.0

102.7
37.5
12.9
31.6
7.4
11.2
0.1
203.4

50.1
89.0
8.0
0.4
3.3
24.3
175.1
378.5

(80.0)
(13.9)
(4.8)
(2.7)
(5.9)
(107.3)

(92.6)
(1.8)
(2.4)
(11.5)
(1.1)
(109.4)
(216.7)
161.8

88.8
42.2
5.9
(0.5)
4.2
(31.9)
35.1
143.8
18.0
161.8

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

147

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the period ended 25 March 2023

Attributable to 
equity shareholders

Non-
controlling 
Interests

Total  
equity

Balance at 27 March 2021

88.8

42.2

5.9

(0.8)

5.7

(31.9)

(14.9)

Share
capital
£m

Share
premium
account
£m

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m

Hedge
reserve
£m

Cumulative
translation
adjustment
£m

Other
reserve
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year, 
net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company 
recognised directly in equity:
Share capital issued

Employee share scheme:

— value of services provided

Tax on income and expenses recognised directly 
in equity

Dividends paid

Balance at 26 March 2022

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year, 
net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Reclassification between reserves

Transactions with Owners of the Company 
recognised directly in equity
Share Capital issued

Employee share Scheme

— value of service provided

Tax on income and expenses recognised directly 
in equity

Dividends paid

Other – unclaimed dividends

Balance at 25 March 2023

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.3

0.3

–

–

–

–

–

(1.5)

(1.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

88.8

42.2

5.9

(0.5)

4.2

(31.9)

21.5

27.1

48.6

–

1.7

(0.3)

–

35.1

£m

16.4

2.2

0.1

2.3

0.2

–

–

(0.9)

18.0

£m

111.4

23.7

26.0

49.7

0.2

1.7

(0.3)

(0.9)

161.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.6

0.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5.0

5.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(55.9)

(1.3)

(57.2)

(76.2)

(132.1)

–

(1.3)

(70.6)

(127.8)

(51.9)

51.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.9

(0.5)

–

0.4

–

–

–

–

(0.8)

–

15.9

–

–

1.9

(0.5)

(0.8)

0.4

35.0

88.8

42.2

5.9

0.1

9.2

(83.8)

(43.3)

Notes:
Share premium account – This reserve arises from the issuance of shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value.
Capital redemption reserve – This reserve represents the nominal value of shares redeemed by the Company.
Hedge reserve – This reserve records the portion of any gain or loss on hedging instruments that are determined to be effective cash flow hedges. When the hedged transaction occurs, 
the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is transferred out of equity to the income statement. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss on the related hedging 
instrument previously recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement. 
Cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) – This reserve records cumulative exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign entities since transition to 
IFRS. Upon disposal of foreign operations, the related accumulated exchange differences are recycled to the income statement. This reserve also records the effect of hedging net investments 
in foreign operations.
Other reserves – On 1 February 2000, the Company issued and credited as fully paid 191,646,873 ordinary shares of 25p each and paid cash of £103.7m to acquire the issued share capital of 
De La Rue plc (now De La Rue Holdings Limited), following the approval of a High Court Scheme of Arrangement. In exchange for every 20 ordinary shares in De La Rue plc, shareholders received 
17 ordinary shares plus 920p in cash. The other reserve of £83.8m arose as a result of this transaction and is a permanent adjustment to the consolidated financial statements. On 17 June 2020 
the Group announced that it would issue new ordinary shares via a “cash box” structure to raise gross proceeds of £100m, in order to provide the Company and its management with operational 
and financial flexibility to implement De La Rue’s turnaround plan, which was first announced by the Company earlier in the year. The cashbox completed on 7 July 2020 and consisted of a firm 
placing, placing and open offer. The Group issued 90.9m new ordinary shares each with a nominal value of 44 152⁄175p, at a price of 110p per share (giving gross proceeds of £100m). A “cash box” 
structure was used in such a way that merger relief was available under Companies Act 2006, section 612 and thus no share premium needed to be recorded and instead an ‘other reserve’ of 
£51.9m was recorded, increasing other reserves from a deficit of £83.8m to a deficit of £31.9m. This section applies to shares which are issued to acquire non-equity shares (such as the 
Preference Shares) issued as part of the same arrangement. The Group recorded share capital equal to the aggregate nominal value of the ordinary shares issued (£40.8m) and merger reserve 
equal to the difference between the total proceeds net of costs and share capital. As the cash proceeds received by De La Rue plc where loaned via intercompany account to a subsidiary 
company to enable a substantial repayment of the RCF, the increase to other reserves of £51.9m was treated as an unrealised profit. In the current year the Group recorded an impairment of the 
intercompany loan. As a matter of generally accepted accounting practice, a profit previously regarded as unrealised becomes realised when there is a loss recognised on the write-down for 
depreciation, amortisation, diminution in value or impairment of the related asset. Therefore, on the basis, the £51.9m previously treated as unrealised within Other Reserves is now treated as 
a realised amount and has therefore been reclassified from “Other Reserves” to “Retained earnings” as at 25 March 2023.

148

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Consolidated cash flow statement 

Consolidated cash flow statement 
for the period ended 25 March 2023

Cash flows from operating activities
(Loss)/profit before tax – continuing operations

Profit before tax – discontinued operations

Adjustments for:
Finance income and expense

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Gain on sale of property plant and equipment

Impairment/(impairment reversal) of property, plant and equipment included within exceptional items

Impairment of intangible assets included within exceptional items

Share based payment expense

Pension Recovery Plan and administration cost payments1

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

Non-cash credit loss provision – other financial assets

Non-cash credit loss provision – other

Other non-cash movements

Cash generated from operations before working capital

Changes in working capital:
Decrease in inventory

Decrease in trade and other receivables and contract assets

Increase/(Decrease) in trade and other payables and contract liabilities

Notes

2023 
£m

2022 
£m

6

9

23

10

9

9

10

21

19

5,11

(29.6)

–

(29.6) 

 9.3 

 12.5 

 2.2 

 5.3 

(0.1) 

5.4 

4.3

1.9 

 (16.5)

 0.1

8.5 

(0.3) 

3.5

6.5

 0.5 

 6.0 

11.8

 18.3 

24.2

0.9

25.1

5.5

12.0

2.3

4.3

(0.5)

(0.1)

–

1.8

(16.4)

(3.7)

3.1

(0.2)

2.3

35.5

3.4

22.6

(43.2)

(17.2)

Cash generated from operating activities

 24.8 

18.3

Note:
1. 

 The £16.5m (FY22: £16.4m) of pension payments includes £15.0m (FY23: £15.0m) payable under the Recovery Plan, agreed in May 2020, and a further £1.5m (FY22: £1.4m) relating to 
payments made by the Group towards the administration costs of running the scheme. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

149

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsConsolidated cash flow statement continued

Consolidated cash flow statement 
for the period ended 25 March 2023
continued

Cash generated from operating activities
Net tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of loan notes

Purchases of property, plant and equipment – gross

Purchases of property, plant and equipment – grants received

Purchases of property, plant and equipment – net 1 

Notes

2023 
£m

 24.8 

 (1.0)

 23.8 

2022 
£m

18.3

(1.8)

16.5

11

 – 

(0.9)

 (15.2)

 4.2 

(11.0)

(19.6)

1.5

(18.1)

Purchase of software intangibles and development assets capitalised 

10

 (10.4)

(8.8)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Receipt of research and development tax credit

Interest received

Net cash flows from investing activities

Net cash flows before financing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Net draw down of borrowings

Payment of debt issue costs

Lease liability payments

Interest paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Exchange rate effects

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
Cash at bank and in hand

Short term deposits

 0.4 

 – 

 0.2 

 (20.8)

 3.0 

 27.0 

 (0.9)

 (2.4)

 (10.3)

 (0.8)

 12.6 

 15.6 

 24.3 

 0.4 

 40.3 

 26.5 

13.8 

 40.3 

1.9

0.1

–

(25.8)

(9.3)

17.0

–

(2.2)

(6.2)

(0.9)

7.7

(1.6)

25.7

0.2

24.3

20.3

4.0

24.3

14(f)

14(f)

23

30

15

15

15,22

Note:
1. 

 Additions to property, plant and equipment in the year were £11.2m (FY22: £16.5m) (note 9). Purchases of property, plant and equipment includes down payments and capex creditors 
of capital expenditure creditors of £0.5m (FY22: £1.6m) and excludes £0.7m (FY22: £nil) of grants not yet received. 

150

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Accounting policies

General information
De La Rue plc (the Company) is a public 
limited company incorporated and 
domiciled in the United Kingdom, whose 
shares are publicly traded on the London 
Stock Exchange. The registered office is 
located at De La Rue House, Jays Close, 
Viables, Basingstoke, Hampshire, 
RG22 4BS. 

De La Rue plc and its subsidiaries 
(together “Group”) has two principal 
segments Currency and Authentication;

 – In Currency, we design, manufacture 
and deliver bank notes, polymer 
substrate and security features around 
the world. 

 – In Authentication, we supply products 

and services to governments and 
Brands to assure tax revenues and 
authenticate goods as genuine. 

In addition, there is a third segment, 
Identity Solutions, which includes minimal 
non-core activities.

The financial statements have been 
prepared as at 25 March 2023, being the 
last Saturday in March. The comparatives 
for the FY22 financial period are for the 
period ended 26 March 2022. 

The consolidated financial statements 
of the Company for the period ended 
25 March 2023 were authorised for 
issuance by the board of Directors on 
28 June 2023. 

Company financial statements
The Company has elected to prepare 
its entity only financial statements in 
accordance with FRS 102 Financial 
Reporting Standard applicable in the 
UK and Republic of Ireland. These are set 
out on pages 205 to 210 and the 
accounting policies in respect of the 
Company financial statements are set 
out on pages 207 and 208.

Significant accounting 
policies
I 
Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements 
of the Company for the period ended 
25 March 2023 have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’) in 
accordance with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006. IFRS includes 
standards issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) 
that are endorsed for use in the UK.

The consolidated financial statements are 
prepared on a going concern basis under 
the historical cost convention with the 
exception of certain items which are 
measured at fair value as disclosed in the 
accounting policies below. 

The preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS requires the use of 
certain critical accounting estimates. It 
also requires management to exercise its 
judgement in the process of applying the 
Group’s accounting policies. The areas 
involving a higher degree of judgement or 
complexity, or key areas of estimation 
uncertainty where assumptions and 
estimates are significant in preparing to 
the consolidated financial statements are 
disclosed below in V ‘Critical accounting 
estimates, assumptions and judgements’. 

The Directors have considered the impact 
of the war in Ukraine on the results of the 
Group and other than the global 
economic conditions, concluded this to 
be immaterial (note 13).

The principal accounting policies adopted 
in the preparation of these consolidated 
financial statements are set out below or 
have been incorporated with the relevant 
notes to the accounts where appropriate. 
These policies have been consistently 
applied to all the periods presented, 
unless otherwise stated.

Climate change
In preparing the Consolidated Financial 
Statements management has considered 
the impact of climate change and the 
actions that the Group will take in order to 
fulfil its sustainability strategy and satisfy 
its commitment to become carbon 
neutral from its own operations by 2030. 
This includes the estimates around 
future cash flows used in impairment 
assessments of the carrying value of 
goodwill and intangible assets in De La Rue 
Authentication Inc, recoverability of 
deferred tax assets and the useful 
economic life of plant and equipment, 
especially assets which are power-
intensive and expected to be replaced. 

This is within the context of the 
disclosures included in Strategic Report, 
including those made in accordance with 
the recommendation of the Taskforce on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures this 
year. These considerations did not have a 
material impact on the financial reporting 
judgements and estimates. 

Going concern 
Background and relevant facts
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position 
are set out on pages 1 to 10 of the Strategic 
Report. In addition, pages 56 to 63 include 
the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for financial risk management, 
details of its financial instruments and 
hedging activities and its exposure to 
credit risk, liquidity risk and commodity 
pricing risk. The financial position of the 
Group, its cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities are described on 
page 53 of the Strategic Report. 

Following the interim results for the period 
ended 24 September 2022 there has 
been a difficult period of trading and 
rising market interest rates, meaning the 
Group forecast that they would breach 
financial covenants in their going concern 
period to 29 June 2024. As a result, they 
entered into extensive negotiations with 
the pension trustee and the Group’s 
banking syndicate. A deferral letter from 
the trustee was signed on 28 June 2023 
agreeing to deferral of deficit repair 
contributions as set out in the paragraph 
below and an amended facility agreement 
for the Group’s financing facilities was 
signed on 28 June 2023, which includes a 
relaxation of the financial covenant ratios 
along with the introduction of a new 
minimum liquidity requirement. 

Deferral of deficit repair contributions
The Group has successfully concluded 
negotiations with the Trustee of the 
De La Rue Pension Fund to defer £17.5m of 
the £18.75m of deficit repair contributions 
that was targeted in the Group’s April 
trading update. 

The Trustee has agreed to defer the 
Group’s deficit repair contributions of 
£3.75m per quarter from that due on 
5 April 2023 up to and including that 
payment that was due on 5 April 2024. 
From July 2024, deficit repair 
contributions will recommence at the 
previously agreed £3.75m per quarter. 
‘Catch up’ payments for the £18.75m of 
deferred payments will start from FY26 
and will continue through to FY29.

This deferral significantly eases the 
short term cashflow burden on the 
business and has been incorporated 
into all modelling. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

151

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAccounting policies continued

Amended Facility Agreement
Under the amended facility agreement, 
which was executed by all parties on the 
29 June 2023, the Group continues to 
have access to a revolving credit facility 
(‘RCF’) of £250m that expires on 1st 
January 2025, which allows the drawing 
down of cash up to the level of £175m and 
the use of bonds and guarantees up to 
the level of £75m. The amendment to the 
debt agreement reduces the available 
facility by £25m from £275m to £250m, 
with the cash draw-down component 
remaining unchanged and the use of the 
bonding and guarantee lines reduced to 
£75m from the prior £100m level. 

The continued access to these borrowing 
facilities is subject to quarterly covenant 
tests which look back over a rolling 
12-month period. In each covenant test 
in FY23 the Group has met its covenant 
ratios on the historical covenant quarterly 
levels. At 25 March 2023, EBIT/net interest 
payable was 3.0 times and Net debt/
EBITDA was 2.2 times with net debt of 
£83.1m and bonding and guarantees in 
place totalling £52m. The Group is 
additionally in compliance with all 
covenant requirements at 29 June 2023.

The quarterly covenant levels (which will 
continue to be tested on a 12-month 
rolling basis) have been revised from the 
first testing period at 1 July 2023 (Q1 
FY24). These are now subject to monthly 
minimum liquidity testing and quarterly 
covenant tests from this date. The terms 
include consideration of future options for 
the group, provision of further non-
financial deliverables and milestones that 
the banks will monitor, and these are fully 
within management’s control.

From 1 July 2023, the revised financial 
covenants and spread levels were 
as follows: 

 – EBIT/net interest payable more than or 
equal to 1.0 times, (3.0 times previously)

 – Net debt/EBITDA less than or equal to 
4.0 times until the Q4 2024 testing 
point, reducing to less than or equal to 
3.6 times from Q1 FY25 through to the 
end of the current agreement to 1 
January 2025 (3.0 times previously).
 – Minimum Liquidity testing monthly, 
testing at each weekend point on a 
4-week historical basis and 13 week 
forward looking basis. The minimum 
liquidity is defined as “available cash 
and undrawn RCF greater than or equal 
to £25m”, although reduces to £20m if 
£5m or more of cash collateral is in 
place to fulfil guarantee or bonding 
requirements (new test)

 – Increases in spread rates on the 
leverage ratio as a result of the 
relaxation of levels: 

152

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Leverage 
(consolidated net debt to EBITDA)

Margin (% per 
annum)

Greater than 3.5:1

Greater than 3.0:1 and less than or 
equal to 3.5:1

Greater than 2.5:1 and less than or 
equal to 3.0:1

4.35

4.15

3.95

In order to determine the appropriate 
basis of preparation for the financial 
statements for the year ended 25 March 
2023, the Directors must consider 
whether the Group can continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable 
future, being at least 12 months from the 
approval date of these financial 
statements, being 29 June 2024 taking 
into account the above liquidity and 
covenant requirements.

Testing assumptions and headroom level 
The Group has prepared and reviewed 
profit and cashflow forecasts which cover 
a period up to 29 June 2024 (Q1 FY25), 
the going concern period, and this includes 
the following quarters: Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 FY24 
& Q1 FY25 as well as monthly liquidity 
testing points throughout this period. 

Management’s assessment is that a 
period of 12 months to 29 June 2024 is an 
appropriate going concern period for the 
following reasons: 

 – A 12-month period is consistent with 

De La Rue modelling and approach over 
a number of years, which in prior 
periods has also included a facility 
termination shortly after the going 
concern period (such as in FY22).

 – The Directors have considered events 
after the end of this period, including 
the re-financing requirement for the 
RCF which is at 1 January 2025, which 
is considered further below.

Base case assumptions and headroom 
The base case forecasts over the going 
concern period have been built taking 
into consideration the uncertainty around 
the timing of the Currency market 
recovery. Revenue growth in Authentication 
to over £100m is expected to be driven 
from the annualization of contracts 
already won in prior periods. The base 
financials over the going concern period 
reflect further restructuring and 
refinancing costs that have already been 
initiated. This will help to right size the 
business for the current demand with any 
ramp up required over the going concern 
period to be carefully managed in line 
with pipeline capacity requirements and 
orders to avoid significant negative 
fluctuations vs base plans.

The Group entered FY24 with the 
Currency total order book at £136.8m 
(26 March 2022: £170.8m) and the 
12-month order book at £131.7m 
(26 March 2022: £163.5m). The win rate 
of over 70% since 2020 on Currency bids 
remains high. By 16 June 2023, over 80% 
of the Currency business plans revenues 
for FY24 are secured, with key wins in Asia 
providing a solid foundation for 
expectations for the year.

The Group’s base case modelling shows 
headroom on all covenant thresholds and 
the minimum liquidity requirement across 
the period. 

Severe yet plausible downsides 
and headroom 
The downside modelling produced has 
factored in the Directors’ assessment of 
events that could occur in a “severe yet 
plausible downside” scenario. The risks 
modelled are directly linked to the Risk 
Committee “principal risks” described on 
page 56 of the annual report. The most 
significant material risks modelled were 
as follows; 

Risk 3 Macroeconomic and 
geo-political risk 

 – Authentication new wins and 

implementations are not achieved in 
the timescales modelled in the base 
case. In the severe yet plausible 
downside scenario 100% of revenues 
with new customers have been 
excluded.

Risk 10 Banking Facilities 

 – Following the recent interest rate rises, 

the Group will be paying an interest rate 
on its facilities of approximately 8.5% 
based on the current SONIA rate of 5% 
and the applicable margin. Based on 
the base case numbers in FY24, the 
combined rate would need to reach 
c16% before a breach in the interest 
covenant would be triggered, with an 
implied SONIA rate of 9.2%. Whilst 
management had used 5.3% as their 
interest rate in a severe but plausible 
scenario, based on the stress testing 
procedures described above, they have 
assessed the risk of a breach triggered 
by rising interest rates as remote given 
the current SONIA rate applicable is 5%, 
the sensitivity, and that these sensitised 
rates would need to apply for the entire 
FY24 period. 

Risk 11 Kenya taxation and exit strategy 

 – Cash outflow assumed over and 

above the base case, which includes 
acceleration of outflows for site exit 
and legal settlements. 

Risk 13 Currency pipeline: 

 – Volumes and budget margins not 

achieved as forecasted in the going 
concern period. For currency pipeline 
downside risks modelled, margins have 
been determined using the average 
production cost as opposed to using 
the facilities with the lowest production 
costs where there is modelled capacity. 
As at 25 March 2023, Currency total 
order book at £136.8m (25 March 2022: 
£170.8m) and the 12-month order book 
at £131.7m (25 March 2022: £163.5m). 
By 16 June 2023, over 80% of the 
Currency business plan revenues for 
FY24 are secured, with key wins in Asia 
providing a foundation for expectations 
for the year.

 – As a result of the new liquidity testing 

requirement, the Directors also 
considered historical monthly working 
capital swings over the last three years 
as well as weekly cash outflow averages 
to ensure that adequate considerations 
have been made to capture “in month” 
working capital swings that the Group 
can see given the volatility of working 
capital in the Currency business in 
particular. A £20m working capital 
outflow was demonstrated to be 
suitable for a plausible severe downside 
to apply monthly to liquidity testing, 
assuming no mitigation at all on liquidity 
at any given testing period.

If all of these modelled downside risks were 
to materialise in the Going Concern period, 
the Group would still meet its required 
covenant ratios and liquidity requirements. 

There remains headroom against all 
covenant thresholds in a “severe yet 
plausible” downside scenario across 
the going concern period.

Minimum Liquidity testing monthly 
Company modelling of the severe but 
plausible downside (including taking into 
account working capital swings and 
potential cash collateral requirements) 
also shows headroom to the liquidity 
requirement throughout the period, with 
further controllable mitigations such as 
reduction in discretionary capex that 
could be applied. 

The level of reduction that would be 
required to breach the liquidity covenant 
is considered to be remote by management 
on the basis that in the tightest observable 
period of the severe but plausible 
downside scenario in £27m and £17m 
if taking into account working capital 
swings and potential cash collateral 
requirements. This assessment excludes 
the potential further mitigations available.

Stress-Testing
Under the base case modelling, EBIT 
and EBITDA would need to drop by £10m 
(46)% and £11m (27%) respectively, or 
liquidity would need to drop £30m from 
the lowest point, for any breach to occur. 
In the severe but plausible scenario 
modelling, EBIT and EBITDA would need 
to drop by £6m (32%) and £6m (15%) 
respectively, or liquidity would need to 
drop £27m from the lowest point (£17m 
including a negative working capital swing 
of £20m and cash collateralisation 
savings of £10m), for any breach to occur. 
Management concluded that a breach is 
remote given that:

 – Trading to the end of P2 indicates the 
Group is on-track to deliver the FY24 
budget from an EBIT and EBITDA 
perspective. The Group has 
experienced working capital drag which 
has led to Net Debt levels being worse 
than those forecast in the base case 
scenario. The working capital drags are 
in line with those modelled in the severe 
but plausible downside scenario and the 
Group has seen positive movements to 
recover working capital in P3.
 – Liquidity stress testing excluded 

controllable mitigating actions (as 
described above) that management 
could employ and still showed headroom. 

 – Management are comfortable that any 
non-financial conditions and reporting 
requirements can be achieved. The 
Directors have assumed that the 
current revolving credit facility remains 
in place with the same covenant 
requirements through to its current 
expiry date (1 January 2025), which is 
beyond the end of the period reviewed 
for Going Concern purposes. The 
Directors have concluded that the 
Group will either renew the facility 
thereafter or have sufficient time to 
agree an alternative source of finance 
from 1 January 2025 onwards.

Other Requirements
As referred to earlier, there are a number 
of additional requirements under the 
recently amended facility agreement and 
pensions Trustee arrangements that 
include conventional enhanced monitoring 
measures and progress on the development 
of future options. Progress has already 
been made on ensuring that the right 
processes are in place to be able to meet 
the non-financial conditions and terms 
agreed with the lenders, and the Directors 
are confident that all of these additional 
conditions and terms will be met in the 
timeframe required. 

Reasonable prospects beyond the going 
concern period
The Directors have also considered the 
pension trustee’s and the lenders’ 
on-going support for the business given 
that further refinancing discussions are 
likely to occur over the going concern 
period with the current facility due to 
terminate on 1 January 2025. Specifically, 
an extension by November 2023 is 
necessary to have adequate facility 
duration for going concern purposes 
at FY24 Half Year.

Management has concluded that there 
are realistic prospects for refinancing 
to occur ahead of facility termination as 
a result of: 

 – Lenders have continued to support the 
Group through an amended facility 
agreement. This was signed on 29 June 
2023, and the covenants (financial and 
non-financial) were set to levels that 
allows the Group to continue to meet 
its covenant in a severe but plausible 
downside scenario. The Directors see 
no reason that the lender’s support will 
not continue given the level of relaxation 
of covenants that has been agreed.

 – As stated above, prior to the 30 

September 2023 Half-Year 
announcement in November 2023, the 
Group will have to agree an extension 
with its existing lenders for the facility 
that comes to end on 1 January 2025. 
Discussions will commence over the 
coming months with the banks on the 
future options open to the Group, and 
subject to the Group achieving specific 
financial and non-financial milestones 
that the Directors are confident in 
achieving. To maximise stakeholder 
value for all parties, the lenders would 
need to provide the business with 
continued support through the Currency 
market recovery and continued growth 
in the Authentication division. It is the 
Directors’ judgement that based on the 
current support of the lenders the 
extension will be achieved. 

 – In the event the current lenders were 
not supportive of an extension to the 
facility at FY24 Half Year, the Group 
would consider and implement 
alternative financing options at that 
time. The directors continue to assess 
these alternative financing options, 
including but not limited to: alternative 
lenders; alternative finance vehicles; 
equity injections; and/or the sale of 
trade and assets. However, the 
Directors are confident this scenario 
won’t manifest given its confidence in 
refinancing and extending the facility 
at FY24 Half Year. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

153

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements – Amendments to IFRS 9 “Financial 
Instruments” – Fees in the ’10 per 
cent’ test for derecognition of 
financial liabilities. The amendment 
clarifies the fees that an entity includes 
when assessing whether the terms of 
a new or modified financial liability are 
substantially different from the terms of 
the original financial liability. These fees 
include only those paid or received 
between the borrower and the lender, 
including fees paid or received by 
either the borrower or lender on the 
other’s behalf. 

Effective for periods commencing after 
1 January 2023:
 – Amendments to IAS 8 “Accounting 
policies, changes in accounting 
estimates and errors” – Definition of 
Accounting Estimates – The 
amendments clarify the distinction 
between changes in accounting 
estimates and changes in accounting 
policies and the correction of errors. 
Also, they clarify how entities use 
measurement techniques and inputs to 
develop accounting estimates.

 – Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of 
financial statements” – Disclosure of 
Accounting Policies – Amendments 
to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 
– The amendments aim to help entities 
provide accounting policy disclosures 
that are more useful by: replacing the 
requirement for entities to disclose 
their ‘significant’ accounting policies 
with a requirement to disclose their 
‘material’ accounting policies and 
adding guidance on how entities 
apply the concept of materiality in 
making decisions about accounting 
policy disclosures.

 – Amendments to IAS 12 “Income 
Taxes” – Deferred Tax related to 
Assets and Liabilities arising from a 
Single Transaction – The amendment 
narrows the scope of the initial 
recognition exception under IAS 12 so 
that it no longer applies to transactions 
that give rise to equal taxable and 
deductible temporary differences.

During the period, the following new and 
amended IFRS became effective for the 
Group. The Group has not early adopted 
any standard, interpretation or 
amendment that has been issued but is 
not yet effective. The impacts of applying 
these policies are not considered material.

Several amendments apply for the first 
time in FY23, but do not have an impact 
on these consolidated financial 
statements of the Group.

Effective for periods commencing after 
1 January 2022:
 – Amendments to IFRS 3 “Business 
Combinations” – Reference to the 
Conceptual Framework. The 
amendments are intended to update a 
reference to the Conceptual Framework 
without significantly changing the 
requirements of IFRS 3. The 
amendments will promote consistency 
in financial reporting and avoid potential 
confusion from having more than one 
version of the Conceptual Framework.

 – Amendments to IAS 16 “Property, 
plant and equipment” – Proceeds 
before intended use. The amendment 
prohibits entities from deducting from 
the cost of an item of property and 
equipment any proceeds of the sale of 
items produced while bringing that 
asset to the location and condition 
necessary for it to be capable of 
operating in the manner intended by 
management. Instead, an entity 
recognises the proceeds from selling 
such items, and the costs of producing 
those items, in profit or loss. 

 – Amendments to IAS 37 “Provisions, 
Contingent assets and liabilities” – 
Onerous Contracts – Costs of 
Fulfilling a Contract. These 
amendments specify which costs an 
entity needs to include when assessing 
whether a contract is onerous or 
loss-making. The amendments apply 
a ‘directly related cost approach’. The 
costs that relate directly to a contract 
to provide goods or services include 
both incremental costs (e.g., the costs 
of direct labour and materials) and an 
allocation of costs directly related to 
contract activities (e.g., depreciation of 
equipment used to fulfil the contract as 
well as costs of contract management 
and supervision). General and 
administrative costs do not relate 
directly to a contract and are excluded 
unless they are explicitly chargeable to 
the counterparty under the contract. 

Accounting policies continued

The Directors have therefore assessed 
that the Group will either renew the 
facility or have sufficient time to agree an 
alternative source of finance. The costs of 
refinancing are included in the base case.

Conclusion
The base and severe but plausible 
forecasts show headroom above the 
covenant levels agreed with the lenders 
and support the position that the Group 
will be able to operate within its available 
banking facilities and covenants 
throughout the going concern period 
to 29 June 2024.

Accordingly, the Directors are satisfied 
that the Group is able to manage its 
business risks and to continue in 
operational existence for the going 
concern period. Accordingly, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

A copy of the 2022 Annual Report is 
available at www.delarue.com or on 
request from the Company’s registered 
office at De La Rue House, Jays Close, 
Viables, Basingstoke, Hampshire, 
RG22 4BS.

Covid-19
The Annual Report for the period ended 
27 March 2021 included an assessment of 
the potential impact of COVID-19 on the 
financial position of the Group as at 
27 March 2021. The Group put in place 
plans and measures in order to enable the 
business to maintain normal operations, 
to the extent possible, against the 
backdrop of the evolving situation. The 
Group implemented actions to mitigate 
the impact of COVID-19, including steps 
to protect our employees in line with 
guidance from governments. The Board 
believed that the Group’s operations 
would continue to experience only limited 
disruption due to the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The directors still 
consider this assessment to be appropriate 
for the 25 March 2023 financial 
statements based on the current position. 

II
New Standards, interpretations 
and amendments adopted by 
the Group
Other than as described below, the 
accounting policies adopted in the 
preparation of these consolidated financial 
statements are consistent with those 
applied by the Group in its consolidated 
financial statements as at, and for the 
period ended, 26 March 2022, apart 
from standards, amendments to or 
interpretations of published standards 
adopted during the year. 

154

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Foreign currency non-monetary items 
measured in terms of historical cost are 
translated at the rate of exchange at 
the date of the transaction. Exchange 
differences on non-monetary items 
measured at fair value are recognised in 
line with whether the gain or loss on the 
non-monetary item itself is recognised 
in the income statement or other 
comprehensive income.

In order to hedge its exposure to certain 
foreign exchange risks, the Group enters 
into forward contracts. Refer to note 14 
for details of the Group’s accounting 
policies in respect of such derivative 
financial instruments.

2.  Translation of foreign operations 
on consolidation
Assets and liabilities of foreign operations, 
including goodwill and intangible assets, 
are translated into GBP (the presentational 
currency of the Group) at the exchange 
rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. 
Income and expenses are translated 
at average exchange rates (which 
approximate to actual rates). Exchange 
differences arising on re-translation are 
recognised in other comprehensive 
income within the Group’s currency 
translation reserve, which is a component 
of equity. When a foreign operation is 
sold, exchange differences that were 
recorded in equity are recognised in the 
income statement as part of the gain or 
loss on sale.

B  Revenue recognition 
The Group accounts for revenue under 
IFRS 15. IFRS 15 provides a single, five-step 
principles-based model to be applied 
to all contracts with customers which 
requires identification of the contract 
for accounting purposes, the separate 
performance obligations within the 
contract, the transaction price for the 
contract, allocation of the transaction 
price and recognition of revenue on 
satisfaction of performance obligation. 

The following table provides information 
about the nature and timing of the 
satisfaction of performance obligations 
in contracts with customers, including 
significant payment terms, and the 
related revenue recognition policies.

Effective for periods commencing 
after 1 January 2024, all subject to 
UK endorsement:
 – Amendments to IFRS 16 “Leases” 
– Lease liabilities in a sale and 
leaseback – This amendment to 
IFRS 16 specifies the requirements that 
a seller-lessee uses in measuring the 
lease liability arising in a sale and 
leaseback transaction, to ensure the 
seller-lessee does not recognise any 
amount of the gain or loss that relates 
to the right of use it retains.

 – Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of 
financial statements” – Classification 
of Liabilities as Current or Non-
current. The amendments clarify: what 
is meant by a right to defer settlement; 
that a right to defer must exist at the 
end of the reporting period; that 
classification is unaffected by the 
likelihood that an entity will exercise 
its deferral right and that only if an 
embedded derivative in a convertible 
liability is itself an equity instrument, 
would the terms of a liability not impact 
its classification.

Other amendments in IFRS 1(“First time 
adoption”), IAS 41 (“Agriculture”) and IFRS 
17 (“Insurance contracts”) are not 
applicable to the Group. IFRS 17 
(“Insurance contracts”) is under review by 
management and the impact, if any, is still 
to be quantified. 

The impact of the amendments and 
interpretations listed above are not 
expected to a have a material impact on 
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

III
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements 
comprise the financial statements of the 
Company and entities controlled by the 
Company and its subsidiaries prepared 
at the consolidated statement of financial 
position date (25 March 2023). 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the 
Group. The Group is considered to control 
an entity when it is exposed to, or has 
rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with an entity and has the 
ability to affect those returns through 
exerting control over the entity. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or 
disposed of during the period are 
included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date that control 
commences or until the date that control 
ceases. Intra-group balances and 
transactions are eliminated on 
consolidation. The majority of the 
subsidiaries prepare their financial 
statements up to 25 March 2023. 

The results of subsidiaries where the 
financial statements are not prepared to 
25 March are still included in the 
consolidation as at 25 March with the 
income statement and other financial 
information being also prepared for the 
year ended 25 March 2023.

For partly owned subsidiaries, the 
allocation of net assets and net earnings 
to outside shareholders is shown in the 
line “Attributable to Non-controlling 
interests” on the face of the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income 
and the consolidated statement of 
financial position. 

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and 
businesses are accounted for using the 
acquisition method of accounting. 
The consideration transferred in the 
acquisition is measured at fair value as 
are the identifiable assets and liabilities 
acquired. The excess of the fair value of 
consideration transferred and the amount 
of non-controlling interests (as applicable) 
over the fair value of net assets acquired 
is accounted for as goodwill. Any goodwill 
that arises is tested annually for 
impairment. Transaction costs are 
expensed as incurred and are presented 
within exceptional items in accordance 
with the Group’s policy. 

IV
Significant accounting policies
The significant accounting policies 
adopted in the preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements have 
been incorporated into the relevant notes 
where possible. General accounting 
policies which are not specific to an 
accounting are set out below.

A  Foreign currency
1.  Foreign currency transactions
These financial statements are presented 
in sterling, which is the functional and 
presentational currency of the Company. 
The functional currency of Group entities 
is principally determined by the primary 
economic environment in which the 
respective entity operates. 

Transactions in foreign currencies entered 
into by Group entities are translated into 
the functional currencies of those entities 
at the rates of exchange at the date of 
the transaction. 

Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at 
the balance sheet date are translated 
at the rate of exchange ruling at that date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising 
on translation are recognised in the 
income statement.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

155

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAccounting policies continued

Type of product/
service/segment

Authentication 
segment

Currency segment: 
Supply of banknotes

Nature and timing of satisfaction
of performance obligations

Revenue recognition 
under IFRS 15 

The Group has certain contracts which operate in 
the form of an umbrella agreement with the local 
government which awards the Group to be the provider 
of an end-to-end authentication track and trace 
system. The umbrella agreement specifies the nature 
of services and products to be provided. However, 
these agreements do not include any purchase 
commitments from local governments and do not give 
the Group an enforceable right to payment. Instead, the 
umbrella agreement allows for the Group to enter into 
individual agreements with individual manufacturers 
and provides it with the right to sell physical 
authentication products (such as tax stamps) thus 
giving the Group an enforceable right to payment from 
each individual manufacturer for physical products sold. 

The Group has therefore determined that these umbrella 
contracts do not meet the definition of a contract for 
IFRS 15 accounting purposes. Instead, the relevant 
contract for IFRS 15 purposes is the contract with the 
individual manufacturers in the country. It is the 
manufacturers which represent the customers from 
an IFRS 15 perspective. 

Consequently, as the Group only has one performance 
obligation in the revenue contract with the manufacturer 
(such as delivery of tax stamps) and only has a right to 
payment for this performance obligation, no revenue 
is allocated and recognised on delivery of any other 
deliverables (such as the software to track tax stamps)
under the umbrella agreement. 

Authentication also enters into contracts with 
performance obligations that include access to 
systems which incorporates system configuration 
and integration and the provision of authentication 
products such as tax stamp, all of which are provided 
together. For Authentication contracts entered into 
with a single party and where multiple performance 
obligations are included, the transaction price for the 
contract is allocated to each performance obligation 
separately identified. 

The Group has determined that for certain 
authentication contracts (given the highly bespoke 
nature of the products) with enforceable right to 
payment, the customer controls all of the work in 
progress as the products are being manufactured.

This is because under those contracts, authentication 
products are made to a customer’s specification and if 
a contract is terminated by the customer, then the 
Group is entitled to reimbursement of the costs 
incurred to date, plus a reasonable profit margin.

The Group has determined that for certain banknote 
contracts (given the highly bespoke nature of the 
products) with enforceable right to payment, the 
customer controls all of the work in progress as the 
products are being manufactured.

This is because under those contracts, currency 
products are made to a customer’s specification and 
if a contract is terminated by the customer, then the 
Group is entitled to reimbursement of the costs 
incurred to date, plus a reasonable margin.

For other banknote contracts, where customers do not 
take control of the goods until they are completed or 
delivered, revenue is recognised at the point in time 
when control transfers to the customer.

If the Group has recognised revenue, but not issued 
an invoice, then the entitlement to consideration is 
recognised as a contract asset. The contract asset is 
transferred to receivables when the entitlement to 
payment becomes unconditional.

Revenue on the sale of authenticity products, including 
tax stamps, is recognised when control passes to the 
customer based on the standalone selling price of the 
product. Stand-alone selling prices are typically 
calculated using the “expected cost-plus margin” 
approach. Control generally passes on delivery of the 
physical product to the customer or the issuance of a 
digital security key. Revenue in relation to system access 
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the life of the 
contract as the customer receives the benefit.

Revenue for certain Authentication contracts with 
enforceable right to payment will be recognised over 
time for physical product produced to date and ahead 
of delivery to the customer. Revenue is recognised 
progressively based on the input method based on 
the cost incurred relative to the expected total cost.

Revenue for certain banknote contracts with enforceable 
right to payment will be recognised over time for 
banknotes produced to date and ahead of delivery 
to the customer. 

Revenue is recognised progressively based on the input 
method based on the cost incurred relative to the 
expected total cost.

Revenue for other banknote contracts, where customers 
do not take control of the goods until they are completed 
is recognised based on contractual terms which will 
determine when control has passed to the customer. 
This might include recognition of revenue on inventory 
placed into storage for the customer, so long as it is 
demonstrated that control of the product has passed 
to the customer.

Currency segment: 
Supply of banknotes 
along with other 
services

In addition to the supply of banknotes, which is a 
separate performance obligation (see above), additional 
and separate performance obligations such as design 
and storage services have been identified.

IDS segment: 

For IDS, as customers do not take control of the goods 
until they are completed or delivered, revenue is 
recognised at the point in time when control transfers 
to the customer.

The value attributable to the additional performance 
obligations is deemed to be immaterial. Accordingly, no 
separate value will be attributed to these performance 
obligations; instead, the consideration in the contract will 
be entirely allocated to the single performance obligation 
of supplying currency.

Where customers do not take control of the goods until 
they are completed is recognised on formal acceptance 
by the customer.

156

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
C  Costs to obtain contracts
1.  Sales commissions
Management expects that incremental 
commission fees paid to intermediaries 
and employees as a result of obtaining 
long term sales contracts are recoverable. 
The Group therefore capitalises them as 
contract costs where the contract signed 
with the customer creates enforceable 
rights and obligations. If a sales contract 
takes the form of an over-arching 
umbrella agreement which does not 
create such enforceable rights and 
obligations (i.e. committed sales volumes 
and values from the customer) then sales 
commission payments are not capitalised.

2.  Capitalised commission fees are 
amortised when the related revenues 
are recognised
The Group applies the practical expedient 
in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 and recognises 
the incremental costs of obtaining 
contracts as an expense when incurred, 
if the amortisation period of the assets 
that the Group otherwise would have 
recognised is one year or less.

3.  Bid costs
Bid costs are capitalised only when they 
relate directly to a contract and are 
incremental to securing the contract and 
would not have been incurred had the 
contract not been won. There were no 
capitalised bid costs in FY23 (FY22: £nil) 
as no costs met this requirement. 

4.  Deferred costs
The Group incurs costs on certain (mainly 
Authentication division) contracts in 
advance of recording revenue. On these 
contracts costs are capitalised on the 
balance sheet and recognised in the 
income statement over the period when 
revenue is recognised if the following 
criteria are met:

 – the costs relate directly to a contract 
or to an anticipated contract that the 
entity can specifically identify;
 – the costs generate or enhance 

resources of the entity will be used in 
satisfying (or continuing to satisfy) 
performance obligations in the 
future; and

 – costs are expected to be recovered.

D  Other revenue recognition matters 
1.  Bill and hold revenue
Certain customers require the Group to 
store completed inventory for them 
ahead of them taking delivery once they 
require it. Revenue is recognised on a bill 
and hold basis when:

1)   It can first be demonstrated that 

control of the product has passed to 
the customer – principally because the 
customer has taken the risk and/or title 
for the product transferred to them 
and the Group has an enforceable right 
to payment; and

2)   It can be demonstrated that the 
arrangement is substantive, for 
example, that the customer has 
requested it. 

2.  Variable consideration on contracts
The Group has a small number of 
contracts where the terms with the 
customers place a limit on the profit 
margin that can be earned under these. 
As these profit margin impacts the 
amount of revenue that the Group can bill 
the customers, detailed reconciliations of 
the profit margins earned on these 
contracts at each reporting period end 
are completed to ensure that amount of 
revenue recorded in the year is not 
overstated (i.e. to ensure the transaction 
price is “constrained” in accordance with 
IFRS 15). Any adjustment required is 
recorded as a reduction to revenue based 
on the most likely amount.

The Group also has other potential forms 
of variable consideration in the form of 
prices concessions and discounts which 
may be offered to customers and 
penalties or fines which might be incurred 
if the Group did not fully perform against 
contract deliverables. If a discount or 
price concession is offered to a customer 
this is taken into account in the estimated 
transaction price for the contract to 
ensure it is “constrained” in accordance 
with IFRS 15. If the Group anticipates a 
penalty or a fine to be incurred this is 
estimated and accounted for as a 
reduction from the transaction price 
again to ensure it is “constrained” in 
accordance with IFRS 15.

3.  Warranties
All warranties are considered to be of a 
standard nature (assurance type) and as 
such are accounted for under IAS 37 
rather than IFRS 15.

V
Critical accounting estimates, 
assumptions and judgements
Management has discussed with the 
Audit Committee the development, 
selection and disclosure of the Group’s 
critical accounting policies and estimates 
and the application of these policies and 
estimates. Management is required to 
exercise significant judgement in the 
application of these policies. Estimates 
are made in many areas and the outcome 
may differ from that calculated.

The key assumptions concerning the 
future and other key sources of 
estimation uncertainty at the balance 
sheet date that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are set out in 
“B. Critical accounting estimates” below. 

Other accounting estimates that are not 
considered to have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment with the 
next financial year but which the Group 
would like to draw attention to due to 
judgements or longer-term estimates are 
set out in “C. Other areas of accounting 
estimates” below.

A  Critical accounting judgements
1.   Determination of lease term
Management has made certain 
judgements on lease terms based on the 
Group’s current expectations of whether 
break or renewal options will be taken. 
In arriving at these judgements, 
management has considered its current 
business plans including the locations in 
which it wants to operate in addition to 
the impact of any cost-out programmes 
it is considering.

2.  Revenue recognition and cut-off
Customer contracts will often include 
specific terms that impact the timing of 
revenue recognition. The timing of the 
transfer of control varies depending on the 
individual terms of the sales agreement.

For sales of products the transfer usually 
occurs on loading the goods onto the 
relevant carrier, however the point at 
which control passes may be later if the 
contract includes customer acceptance 
clauses or control passes on arrival at the 
customer location. Control will also pass 
if the customer requests that goods are 
held in storage until required. Specific 
consideration is needed at year end to 
ensure revenue is recorded within the 
appropriate financial year.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

157

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAll exceptional items are included in the 
appropriate income statement category 
to which they relate. Refer to note 5 for 
further details.

5.  Replacement of Savings Related 
Option Scheme granted
During the year the Group granted a Save 
As You Earn share option grant (“SAYE”), 
management judged the new grant as a 
replacement award for two SAYE grants 
which are due to vest in FY24 and FY25 
that were cancelled by employees at the 
time of the new grant and applied 
modification accounting rather than 
cancellation accounting. 

To account for the replacement grant on 
modification basis, the following factors 
were considered by the management:

a.  The new share options are with the 
same participants as the cancelled 
options.
The modification basis of accounting was 
used, where a given participant applied 
for options under the 2022 invitation and 
that same person issued an instruction to 
Equiniti (the administrators of De La Rue’s 
Sharesave plan) to cancel one or more of 
their existing savings contracts in the 
period between (1) the date on which the 
invitation was launched to participants 
and (2) the date on which the options 
were granted. Any cancellation 
instructions given by a 2022 applicant 
outside of this time window is not treated 
as linked to the cancelled award. Similarly, 
any cancellation of options by an 
employee who does not apply for 2022 
options is not treated under the 
modification basis.

 b.  The transactions to issue and cancel 
the options are part of the same 
arrangement.
As explained in point a above, the 
management are able to point to a 
decision taken by the participant during 
a short time window in relation to 
demonstrate the linkage between their 
application for new 2022 options and 
their instructions to Equiniti to terminate 
the savings contracts entered into in the 
2020 and/or 2021 invitations.

c.  The cancellation of the options would 
not have occurred unless the new 
options were issued.
The management has carefully 
considered the correlation of 
cancellations and new subscriptions and 
the close proximity in time between 
cancelling and applying for options in the 
2022 invitation and made judgement that 
there is a strong indication of a connection.

d.  Management identified the FY23 
SAYE grant 
 The Remuneration Committee set no limit 
(subject to HMRC limit of £500) on the 
monthly saving for the FY23 grant. In 
comparison the previous grants in FY21 
and FY22 had a maximum limit set by 
the Company. On management’s 
recommendation, the Remuneration 
Committee agreed to approach the 2022 
invitation as a replacement for the 2020 
and 2021 options. On this basis, the 
Committee decided not to apply any 
arbitrary caps to monthly savings 
amounts or shares under option (both of 
which have been done in recent years) 
or to invoke a rule which counts any 
cancelled awards by employees towards 
their monthly limit of £500. The latter is 
included in the plan rules specifically as 
a tool to mitigate cancellations of options, 
where the company does not want this 
to occur.

The scheme documents and the internal 
newsflash were substantially amended 
from previous years, to make employees 
aware of the difference in the option 
prices from 2020 and 2021 to 2022/23, 
and that they are able to cancel their 
previous savings contracts/options and 
apply for new options in the 2022/23 
invitation. 

Applying modification accounting results 
in £0.3m lower share-based payment 
expense compared with cancellation 
accounting in FY23. The impact on future 
periods assuming a forfeiture rate of 10% 
is shown below:

Accounting type applied

Modified accounting

Cancellation accounting

Additional expense versus modified accounting

FY23
£’000

1,147.3

1,420.9

273.6

FY23
£’000

566.7

421.4

(145.3)

FY25
£’000

325.5

282.4

(43.1)

FY26
£’000

167.4

173.3

5.9

Accounting policies continued

This judgement is particularly important in 
the Currency division due to the material 
nature of certain contracts which may 
ship near to a reporting period end. 
Management has carefully reviewed 
material customer contracts with 
particular focus on those shipping in the 
last quarter of the financial period to 
ensure revenue has been recorded in 
the correct year.

3.  Revenue recognition and determination 
of whether an enforceable right to 
payment exists
For certain customer contracts, revenue is 
recognised over time in accordance with 
IFRS 15, as the Group has an enforceable 
right to payment.

Determination of whether the Group 
had an enforceable right to payment 
requires careful analysis of the legal 
terms and conditions included within the 
customer contract and consideration of 
applicable laws and customary legal 
practice in the territory under which 
contract is enforceable.

External legal advice is obtained if 
considered necessary to allow 
management to make this assessment. 
Management has carefully reviewed 
material contracts relating to revenue 
recognised in the period to determine 
if an enforceable right to payment exists 
which results in revenue being recorded 
‘over-time’ rather than ‘point in time’.

In FY23 the Group has had customer 
contracts where revenue is recognised 
‘over-time’ in the Currency and 
Authentication divisions.

4.  Classification of exceptional items
The Directors consider items of income 
and expenditure which are material by size 
and/or by nature and not representative 
of normal business activities should be 
disclosed separately in the financial 
statements so as to help provide an 
indication of the Group’s underlying 
business performance. The Directors label 
these items collectively as ‘exceptional 
items’. Determining which transactions 
are to be considered exceptional in nature 
is often a subjective matter.

However, circumstances that the 
Directors believe would give rise to 
exceptional items for separate disclosure 
would include: gains or losses on the 
disposal of businesses, curtailments on 
defined benefit pension arrangements 
or changes to the pension scheme 
liability which are considered to be of 
a permanent nature and non-recurring 
fees relating to the management of 
historical scheme issues; restructuring 
of businesses; asset impairments and 
costs associated with the acquisition and 
integration of business combinations.

158

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Management has carefully assessed the 
recoverability of the other financial assets 
on the balance sheet as at 25 March 2023 
based on information available to them 
and performed probability weighted 
modelling against three scenarios 
determining that an expected credit loss 
provision of £8.5m (see note 5 exceptional 
items for further details) is required which 
will fully impair these other financial assets. 
Management has considered the following 
factors in making this determination::

1)   The public announcements from the 

Portals group relating to the wind down 
of the Overton paper mill and its sale 
of assets.

2)   The latest available financial position 
of Portals International Limited group 
as presented in its 2022 consolidated 
financial statements including 
significant losses for the period and 
a net liabilities position.

3)  The announcement of the sale of the 
Fedrigoni business to IN Groupe in 
May 2023. 

This provision accounts for the risk that 
the full amounts due will not be recovered 
rather than the instruments being credit 
impaired. Management notes that if 
factors change again in the future, this 
may alter the judgements made resulting 
in a revision to the value of expected 
credit loss provision to be recognised. 

2.  Recoverability assessment and 
impairment charges related to plant and 
machinery and capitalised product 
development costs
In January 2023, the Group announced 
that owing to current market demand, and 
no expectation of new bank note orders 
from the Central Bank of Kenya for at least 
the next 12 months, De La Rue Kenya (a 
joint venture with the Government of 
Kenya) has suspended banknote printing 
operations in the country. In addition, 
operations in our Authentication division 
are also in the process of winding down. 
As a result of the review of the business in 
Kenya an exceptional charge of £12.6m 
(FY22: £nil) was made in the year including 
redundancy charges of £5.5m, property, 
plant and equipment asset impairments 
of £4.9m, inventory impairments of £2.0m 
and other costs of £0.2m (note 5). There 
is not expected to be any recoverable 
value relating to these assets. 

6.  Accounting for the extension of the 
factory site in Malta
On 9 September 2021 the Group signed 
an Agreement with Malta Enterprise 
(“ME”) where ME finances the 
construction, civil works and M&E 
installations to be carried out at the 
premises located in Malta. The premises 
included land, the demolition of an 
existing building and a rebuild to the 
Group’s specifications. On 14 September 
2021 the Company signed a lease for the 
premises for an initial term of 20 years. 
The Group is managing the construction 
of the new buildings for the lessor to the 
pre-agreed specifications. 

Management have made a judgement as 
to whether the Company has control of 
the site during the construction period. 
If the Group has the right to control the 
use of the identified asset for only a 
portion of the term of the contract, the 
contract contains a lease for that portion 
of the term. In order to control the asset, 
the lessee must have the right to obtain 
substantially all of the economic benefits 
from the use of the asset and the right to 
direct the use of the asset. It was 
determined that control exists only after 
the build is completed and site becomes 
available for use. Management considers 
that given the building was under 
construction at the year-end date and 
therefore there were no economic 
benefits as the asset was not ready for 
use at that time.

As per the agreement, there are three 
separate units with different start-up 
dates. Therefore, the lease will be 
recognised as these units become 
available for use. The lease costs will be 
allocated to the division to which they 
relate to based on area. However, if the 
cost relates to the total site, then it is 
divided based on the percentage split 
of the area, with 27% of the total sqm 
occupied by Authentication and 73% by 
Currency. The first block is currently 
scheduled to be completed in H2 FY24. 
Therefore, management have concluded 
that no lease should be recognised in 
FY23. The lease will be recognised when 
the building becomes available for use. 
Please refer to note 26 for the related 
future capital commitments.

B  Critical accounting estimates
1.  Recoverability of other financial assets
Other financial assets comprise securities 
interests held in companies in the Portals 
International Limited group following the 
Portals paper business disposal in 2018. 
In addition, a further amount of £0.9m of 
loan notes were subscribed for pursuant 
to a pre-emptive offer in November 2021 
to enable Portals to undertake a business 
combination. The Group also purchased 
cotton banknote paper under the RA, until 
its termination in July 2022.

In addition, an impairment charge of 
£2.9m (FY22: £nil) was made in the 
year in relation to capitalised product 
development costs. A review was carried 
out as part of the Authentication business 
right-sizing programme of ongoing 
development projects and their suitability 
for further divisional growth and the product 
portfolio. As a result, two programs were 
terminated and associated capitalised 
costs were impaired.

In FY22 the Group ceased banknote 
printing at its Gateshead site and as 
a result the Group had a material value 
of plant and machinery for which an 
impairment was required. Management 
has, in FY23, made a judgement on what 
its future plans are for the expansion in 
certain other locations based on future 
business needs and concluded that for 
the remaining assets in Gateshead not 
impaired in the prior period, their value 
could be supported based on their 
anticipated relocation to another site 
for usage there.

3.  Post-retirement benefit obligations
Pension costs within the income 
statement and the pension obligations/
assets as stated in the balance sheet are 
both dependent upon a number of 
assumptions chosen by management 
with advice from professional actuaries. 
These include the rate used to discount 
future liabilities, the expected longevity 
for current and future pensioners and 
estimates of future rates of inflation. 
The discount rate is the interest rate that 
should be used to determine the present 
value of estimated future cash outflows 
expected to be required to settle the 
pension obligations.

The Group engages the services of 
professional actuaries to assist with 
calculating the pension liability (note 24).

4.  Determination of the incremental 
Valuation date of certain fund assets in 
the UK defined benefit pension scheme
The UK defined benefit pension scheme 
assets are made up of a number of 
separate funds. For the majority of these 
funds valuations have been available as at 
the Group’s year end of 25 March 2023. 
However, the Multi Asset Credit and 
Secured Finance funds held by the UK 
Pension Scheme are valued on a monthly 
basis only at calendar month ends.

It was agreed to determine the IAS 19 
position as at 25 March 2023 for these 
funds that they would be calculated 
by rolling forward the fund value at 
28 February 2023, using suitable 
market indices.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

159

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAccounting policies continued

The UK Multi Asset Credit and secured 
Finance funds account for approximately 
£61m and £139m of the pension assets 
respectively (FY22: £63m and £143m 
respectively). During the period from 
28 February to 25 March, based on the 
movement in relevant market indices, 
we have estimated that the value of the 
funds has decreased by £4.4m. The total 
UK pension scheme assets value is 
£678.2m. This £4.4m decrease includes 
£3.9m relates to the updated third-party 
valuation data as at the year end date and 
the remaining £0.5m is based on day-to-
day market volatility of high yield market 
indices. A 0.1% change in these market 
indices would result in a £0.6m increase 
in the pension scheme assets.

The potential impact has been estimated 
by observing what were considered to be 
the most relevant comparable indices to 
establish the level of day-to-day volatility 
in the market.

The Multi Asset Credit funds are largely 
composed of sub-investment grade 
corporate debt and the most relevant 
indices were determined to be those 
which measure the return on high yield 
corporate bonds. The Secured Finance 
fund is composed of a wide range of 
corporate debt. Management has 
therefore made the judgement that 
valuing the pension assets using the 
28 February 2023 valuation for these funds 
and rolling forward to 25 March 2023 is 
reasonable given there is no practical way 
of obtaining a better estimate.

5.  Tax
The Group is subject to income taxes in 
numerous jurisdictions and significant 
judgement is required in determining the 
worldwide provision for those taxes. 
The level of current and deferred tax 
recognised is dependent on subjective 
judgements as to the outcome of decisions 
to be made by the tax authorities in the 
various tax jurisdictions around the world 
in which the Group operates. 

It is necessary to consider which deferred 
tax assets should be recognised based on 
an assessment of the extent to which 
they are regarded as recoverable, which 
involves assessment of the future trading 
prospects of individual statutory entities, 
the nature and level of any deferred tax 
liabilities from other items in the accounts 
such as pension positions, and overseas 
tax credits that are carried forward for 
utilisation in future periods, including 
some that have been allocated to 
Governmental authorities as part of 
investment projects.

160

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

The actual outcome may vary from that 
anticipated. Where the final tax outcomes 
differ from the amounts initially recorded, 
there will be impacts upon income tax 
and deferred tax provisions and on the 
income statement in the period in which 
such determination is made.

The Group has current tax provisions 
recorded within Current tax liabilities, 
in respect of uncertain tax positions. In 
accordance with IFRIC 23, tax provisions 
are recognised for uncertain tax positions 
where it is considered probable that the 
position in the filed tax return will not be 
sustained and there will be a future 
outflow of funds to a taxing authority. 
Tax provisions are measured either based 
on the most likely amount (the single 
most likely amount in a range of possible 
outcomes) or the expected value (the 
sum of the probability-weighted amounts 
in a range of possible outcomes) 
depending on management’s judgement 
on how the uncertainty may be resolved.

The Group is disputing tax assessments 
received in certain countries in which the 
Group operates. These tax assessments 
have been subject to court ruling both in 
favour of the Group and also against the 
Group. The rulings are subject to ongoing 
appeal processes. The Group has 
increased the relevant tax provisions and 
is fully provided where necessary as 
required by the relevant accounting 
standards. The disputed tax assessments 
are subject to ongoing dialogue with the 
relevant tax authorities to reach a 
settlement without the requirement to 
continue in a protracted legal process.

Please refer to notes 7 and 16 for 
further information.

C  Other areas of accounting estimates
1.  Impairment test of Goodwill and 
acquired intangibles
These assets were recognised following 
the acquisition of De La Rue Authentication 
Inc in January 2017. Management has 
considered the Group’s short-term and 
the long-term profitability for this 
business and determined that the 
goodwill and acquired intangible asset 
values are recoverable at 25 March 2023. 
In making this determination, management 
has prepared discounted cashflows using 
its forecasts for the business which 
include budgeted financial performance 
for a 5-year period with a growth rate 
assumption applied which extrapolates 
the business into perpetuity which are 
aligned to the Group’s longer-term 
expectations the Authentication division. 
In order to obtain further assurance as to 
the recoverability of the goodwill and 
intangible assets, management has 
prepared a range of sensitivities to model 
what adverse changes would need to 
occur before an impairment was required. 

Management modelled the following 
sensitivities and concluded that:

 – Sensitivity 1 (discount rate): The 

discount rate used for the impairment 
calculation (assuming the same 
cashflows as in the base impairment 
test) would need to increase to 19.0% 
before an impairment occurred;
 – Sensitivity 2 (revenue growth): 

Forecasts used in the base impairment 
calculation include strong revenue 
growth in FY24 to FY25 before the 
growth rate reduces to 3% per year 
from FY26, management has modelled 
a scenario of no revenue growth from 
FY26 and concluded that at this point 
no impairment would be required;

 – Sensitivity 3 (loss of material customer): 
Management has modelled the impact 
of the loss of revenue of a significant 
customer from FY24, orders from which 
were not yet secured at the end of FY23. 
Management noted that in this scenario, 
no impairment was needed; and

 – Sensitivity 4 (profit margin reduction): 
The base calculation includes 19.7% 
margin in FY24 which growth to 
constant 24.7% from FY25. 
Management has modelled the impact 
of margin reduction to 20.0% from 
FY26. Management noted that in this 
scenario, no impairment was required.

Based on the base impairment forecast 
prepared and the additional sensitivities 
referred to above, management is 
confident that no impairment of the 
goodwill and intangible asset balances is 
required as at 25 March 2023 and 
therefore no impairment is recognised. 
There are no reasonable possible changes 
in the key assumptions (e.g. discount rate, 
growth rate or profit margin) that would 
cause the recoverable amount to fall 
below the carrying amount of the cash 
generating unit. 

2.  Onerous contract provisions
The financial statements also included 
a small number of onerous contract 
provisions for loss making contracts. 
Management has assessed these and 
applied judgement in determining the 
required level of provisioning including 
how, in accordance with IAS 37, the lowest 
unavoidable costs of exiting or fulfilling 
the contract have been calculated.

3.  Estimation of provisions
The Group holds a number of provisions 
relating to warranties for defective 
products and contract penalties. 
Management has assessed these and 
applied judgement in determining the 
value of provisions required. 

Notes to the accounts

1  Segmental analysis
The continuing operations of the Group have three main operating units: Currency, Authentication and Identity Solutions. 
The Board, which is the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, monitors the performance of the Group at this level and there 
are therefore three reportable segments. The principal financial information reviewed by the Board is revenue and adjusted  
operating profit.

The Group’s segments are:

 – Currency – provides Banknote print, Polymer and Security features;
 – Authentication – provides the physical and digital solutions to authenticate products through the supply chain and to provide 

tracking of excisable goods to support compliance with government regulators. Working across the commercial and government 
sectors the division addresses consumer and Brand owner demand for protection against counterfeit goods; and

 – Identity Solutions – includes minimal non-core activity in the year. FY22 also included to sales under a service arrangement with 

HID Corporation Limited following the sale of the International Identity Solutions business in October 2019. 

The segment note is focused on three divisions, which reflects what has been reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker, this 
is in line with the commentary in other areas of this Annual Report and Accounts. The commentary elsewhere in this Annual Report 
and Accounts relating to the future strategy only refers to the Currency and Authentication divisions. Inter-segmental transactions 
are eliminated upon consolidation. 

FY23

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Less: inter-segment revenue

Revenue from contracts with customers
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Adjusted operating expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted items:
– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

– Net exceptionals

Operating (loss)/profit

Interest income 

Interest expense

Net retirement benefit obligation finance Income 

Net finance expense

(Loss)/Profit/(loss) before taxation 

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment (excluding grants received) 

Capital expenditure on intangible assets (note 10)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (note 9)

Impairment of intangible assets (note 10)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use-assets 
(note 9/23)

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 10)

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Unallocated
£m

Total of 
Continuing 
operations
£m

254.6 

– 

254.6

(196.4)

58.2

(44.6)

13.6

– 

(38.4)

(24.8)

1.0 

(0.9)

– 

0.1 

(24.7)

(7.9)

(2.9)

(3.9)

(1.4)

(11.1)

(1.3)

91.7 

– 

91.7 

(57.7)

34.0 

(19.7)

14.3

(1.0)

(7.9)

5.4

– 

(0.1)

– 

(0.1)

5.3

(7.1)

(7.4)

(1.5) 

(2.9)

(2.6)

(3.4)

3.4 

– 

3.4 

(3.5)

(0.1)

– 

(0.1)

– 

(0.1)

(0.2)

0.1 

– 

– 

0.1 

(0.1)

–

– 

– 

–

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

– 

(0.7)

(0.7)

0.1 

(10.6)

1.1 

(9.4)

(10.1)

(0.2)

(0.1)

– 

–

(1.0)

(0.6)

349.7

– 

349.7

(257.6)

92.1

(64.3)

27.8

(1.0)

(47.1)

(20.3)

1.2 

(11.6)

1.1

(9.3)

(29.6)

(15.2)

(10.4)

(5.4)

(4.3)

(14.7)

(5.3)

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

161

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

1  Segmental analysis continued

FY22

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Less: inter-segment revenue

Revenue from contracts with customers
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Adjusted operating expenses

Adjusted operating profit 

Adjusted items:
– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

– Net exceptionals

Operating profit/(loss)

Interest income 

Interest expense

Net retirement benefit obligation finance expense 

Net finance expense

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment (excluding grants received) 

Capital expenditure on intangible assets (note 10)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment on intangible assets (note 10)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use-assets 
(note 9/23)

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 10)

FY23

Segmental assets

Segmental liabilities
FY22

Segmental assets

Segmental liabilities

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Unallocated
£m

Total of 
Continuing 
operations
£m

280.9

–

280.9

(217.7)

63.2

(43.7)

19.5

–

(4.5)

15.0

0.9

(0.8)

(0.1)

–

15.0

(15.7)

(1.0)

0.1

(10.7)

(1.3)

90.3

–

90.3

(55.8)

34.5

(18.2)

16.3

(1.0)

(0.2)

15.1

–

–

–

–

15.1

(2.0)

(7.7)

–

(2.5)

(2.3)

3.9

–

3.9

(4.0)

(0.1)

0.7

0.6

–

–

0.6

–

–

–

–

0.6

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.0)

(1.0)

–

(5.4)

(0.1)

(5.5)

(6.5)

(0.4)

(0.1)

–

(1.1)

(0.7)

375.1

–

375.1

(277.5)

97.6

(61.2)

36.4

(1.0)

(5.7)

29.7

0.9

(6.2)

(0.2)

(5.5)

24.2

(18.1)

(8.8)

0.1

(14.3)

(4.3)

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Unallocated
£m

Total of 
Continuing 
operations
£m

169.9

(70.4)

203.1

(53.0)

68.5

(14.0)

65.7

(13.4)

15.8

(4.5)

13.3

(3.1)

94.4

(224.7)

348.6

(313.6)

96.4

(147.2)

378.5

(216.7)

Unallocated assets principally comprise long-term pension assets of £nil (FY22: £31.6m) deferred tax assets of £18.3m (FY22: 
£11.2m), cash and cash equivalents of £40.3m (FY22: £24.3m) and derivative financial instrument assets of £2.4m (FY22: £3.4m) 
as well as current tax assets, associates and centrally managed property, plant and equipment.

Unallocated liabilities principally comprise retirement benefit obligations of £54.7m (FY22: £1.8m), borrowings of £118.4m (FY22: 
£92.6m), current tax liabilities of £23.2 (FY22: £13.9m) and derivative financial instrument liabilities of £1.9m (FY22: £4.8m) as well 
as deferred tax liabilities and centrally held accruals and provisions.

Geographic analysis of non-current assets

UK 
Malta 

USA

Sri Lanka 

Other countries 

2023
£m

97.7

27.5

15.1

7.7

0.5

148.5

2022 
£m

91.2

22.9

15.4

9.4

14.2

153.1

Note:
1. 

Other financial assets, retirement benefit obligations, deferred tax assets and derivative financial instruments are excluded from the analysis shown above.

Major customers 
The Group had one (FY22: none) major customers from which it derived total revenues in excess of 10% of Group revenue. 

162

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

2   Revenue from contracts with customers
Information regarding the Group’s major customers, and a segmental analysis of revenue is provided in note 1. 

Timing of revenue recognition across the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers is as follows:

FY23

Timing of revenue recognition:

Point in time 

Over time

Total revenue from contracts with customers 

FY22

Timing of revenue recognition:

Point in time 

Over time

Total revenue from contracts with customers 

Geographic analysis of revenue by destination 

Middle East and Africa 

Asia 

UK

The Americas

Rest of Europe

Rest of world

Contract balances
The contract balances arising from contracts with customers are as follows:

Trade receivables 

Provision for impairment 

Net trade receivables 

Contract assets 

Contract liabilities 

Payments received on account 

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Total of 
Continuing 
operations
£m

217.6

37.0

254.6

78.3

13.4

91.7

3.4

–

3.4

299.3

50.4

349.7

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Total of 
Continuing 
operations
£m

257.2

23.7

280.9

76.0

14.3

90.3

Note

13

13

13

17

17

3.9

–

3.9

2023
£m

145.4

39.3

55.7

24.8

71.2

13.3

349.7

2023
£m

42.3

(0.6)

41.7

18.9 

(0.3) 

(22.7) 

337.1

38.0

375.1

2022 
£m

196.4

44.3

65.4

28.8

37.3

2.9

375.1

2022 
£m

64.8

(0.8)

64.0

8.0

(0.3)

(14.3)

Trade receivables have decreased to £42.3m in FY23 (FY22: £64.8m) reflecting timing of payments on certain material 
customer contracts. 

Contract assets have increased to £18.9m in FY23 (FY22: £8.0m) reflecting the timing of revenue recognition under IFRS 15.

Payments on account in FY23 have increased to £22.7m (FY22: £14.3m) reflecting significant additions in the year of £21.7m 
(FY22: £4.6m) and revenue recognised from payments on account at the end of FY22 of £13.3m (FY22: utilisation of £28.3m).

Amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year

Performance obligations satisfied in previous years

2023
£m

– 

– 

2022 
£m

1.3

–

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

163

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

2   Revenue from contracts with customers continued
Performance obligations
Information about the Group’s performance obligations is summarised in the Accounting Policies section on page 151.

The following table shows the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations for contracts with original expected 
duration of more than one year. The Group has decided to take the practical expedient provided in IFRS15.121 not to disclose the 
amount of the remaining performance obligations for contracts with original expected duration of less than one year.

Within 1 year 

Between 2 – 5 years 

5 years and beyond 

2023
£m

12.4

15.5

–

27.9

2022 
£m

31.3

25.8

–

57.1

3   Discontinued operations
In FY23 there were no amounts related to discontinued operations (FY22: gain of £0.8m, after tax of £0.1m). 

The Group completed the sale of the entire issued share capital of Cash Processing Solutions Limited and related subsidiaries 
(together ‘CPS’) to CPS Topco Limited, a company owned by Privet Capital on 22 May 2016. The gain on discontinued operations 
in FY22 of £0.8m (net of associated tax of £0.1m) included £0.3m related to the winding down and finalising of remaining activity 
related to the CPS contract, which has now ended and £0.5m foreign exchange gains in the period from a foreign subsidiary in 
Brazil, where operations have been discontinued. 

4   Adjusted operating expenses by nature 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangibles

Impairment of inventories

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Cost of sales relating to inventory

Expenses related to short-term and low-value leases

Research and non-capitalised development expense*

Employee costs (including Directors’ emoluments) 

Foreign exchange loss 

Amounts payable to EY and its associates: 
– Audit of these consolidated financial statements

– Audit of the financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

– Non-Audit Services

– Taxation services

Note

9

10

12

23

23

25

2023
£m

12.5

5.3

1.0

2.2

249.2

0.6

5.1

95.0

1.6

0.6

0.4

0.1

–

2022 
£m

12.0

4.3

0.9

2.3

265.1

0.5

6.3

97.6

2.2

0.4

0.4

0.1

–

Note:
* 

Includes £0.7m income in FY23 for RDEC claims (FY22: £0.8m). The Group policy is to net RDEC relating to research and development against the expense.

164

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

5  Exceptional items
Accounting policies 
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial statements to provide readers with an increased insight into the 
underlying performance of the Group.

Termination of Relationship Agreement with Portals Paper Limited

Site relocations and restructuring costs

Pension underpin costs

Foreign exchange loss on devaluation of Sri Lankan rupee

Recognition of expected credit loss provision on other financial assets (note 11)

Total exceptional items 
Tax charge/(credit) on exceptional items 

Net exceptionals

2023
£m

17.0

21.1

0.5

–

38.6

8.5

47.1

5.1

52.2

Cash
£m

9.3

7.6

0.5

–

17.4

–

17.4

Non-
cash
£m

7.7

13.5

–

–

21.2

8.5

29.7

Non-
cash
£m

–

(0.3)

–

0.4

0.1

3.1

3.2

2022 
£m

Cash
£m

–

2.1

0.4

–

2.5

–

2.5

–

1.8

0.4 

0.4

2.6

3.1

5.7

(1.8)

3.9

Termination of Relationship Agreement with Portals Paper Limited
On the 26 July 2022, the Group reached a settlement to terminate its long-term supply agreement with Portals Paper Limited 
(“Portals”), related to the supply of banknote, proofing and security paper (the “Relationship Agreement” or “RA”). As a result of this 
termination, £17.0m (FY22: £nil) was recorded as an exceptional item in the period, being the agreed settlement together with 
associated legal costs. This is further described below.

Background
In March 2018, De La Rue sold the Portals paper-making business to a private equity backed management buyout and entered into 
the RA for a period of 10 years. Under this agreement, De La Rue has purchased banknote, proofing and security paper from Portals, 
subject to a minimum annual volume guarantee, and Portals has purchased security features from De La Rue, with no guarantee 
of volume.

Settlement arrangements
Under the settlement terms, De La Rue is released from all obligations under the RA is free to purchase banknote and security 
paper from any supplier worldwide. De La Rue agreed to pay Portals the amounts due under the normal RA arrangements in 
respect of confirmed orders placed up to the end of July 2022, and a total of £16.7m in cash to terminate the RA. 

The £16.7m and the associated legal costs are classed as an exceptional charge in the period, and payments were made according 
to the following schedule: £1.7m on or before 31 October 2022, £7.5m on or before 31 December 2022 and £7.5m on or before 
7 April 2023. The final payment was made in FY24. 

With the termination of the RA, De La Rue is not liable to pay any more volume-related shortfall payments. These payments have 
averaged £3.3m annually for each of the past two financial years and totalled £3.0m in FY23, up to the termination of the RA. 

De La Rue retains its existing equity and loan note interests in the Portals group of companies and its rights in respect of those 
interests remain unaffected by this settlement.

Following the termination of the RA, De La Rue will be able to sell all banknote security features freely to customers, through any 
other paper supplier. This includes the advanced features developed in collaboration with Portals. Strategically, this settlement 
supports De La Rue’s goal to convert more of its print customers to polymer banknotes, as, in doing so, there will no longer be 
volume shortfall payments.

Site relocations and restructuring costs
Site relocations and restructuring costs in FY23 of £21.1m (FY22: £1.8m) included: 

 – in January 2023, the Group announced that owing to current market demand, and no expectation of new bank note orders from 
the Central Bank of Kenya for at least the next 12 months, De La Rue Kenya (a subsidiary with a material non-controlling interest 
held by joint venture with the Government of Kenya) has suspended banknote printing operations in the country. In addition, 
operations in our Authentication division are also in the process of winding down. As a result of the review of the business in 
Kenya an exceptional charge of £12.6m (FY22: £nil) was made in the year including redundancy charges of £5.5m, property, plant 
and equipment asset impairments of £4.9m, inventory impairments of £2.0m and other costs of £0.2m. Further costs, as yet 
undetermined, are expected in relation to this as the operations continue to be wound down in FY24. 

 – a £2.5m (FY22: £nil) charge for redundancy and legal fees was made in relation to restructuring initiatives in both the Currency 

(£1.2m) and Authentication (£1.3m) divisions in order to right-size the divisions for future operations. No further costs are 
expected in relation to these projects in FY24. 

 – an impairment charge of £4.3m (FY22: £nil) was made in the year in relation to capitalised product development costs and 

software assets. A review was carried out as part of the Authentication business right-sizing programme of ongoing development 
projects. With the resulting restructuring initiatives, the Group no longer had the technical and financial ability to complete two 
programs. As a result, work on the two programs was terminated and the technology mothballed with the associated capitalised 
costs impaired (£2.9m). A further £1.4m of software assets relating to the Currency business were impaired as future revenue 
relating to these assets are minimal. No further costs are expected in relation to this in FY24. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

165

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

5  Exceptional items continued
 – the recognition of £1.1m (FY22: £0.9m) of restructuring charges related to the cessation of banknote production at our Gateshead 
facility primarily relating to the costs, net of grant income received of £0.1m, of relocating assets to different Group manufacturing 
locations and further plant and equipment impairments of £0.5m. Since this program commenced, £9.9m of costs have been 
incurred in relation to this. As the Group continues its expansion of the manufacturing facilities in Malta, into FY25, a cost of 
approximately £2.1m net of any grants received, is expected; and 

 – a further £0.6m (FY22: £1.3m) of charges relating to other cost out initiatives including the initial Turnaround Plan restructuring of 
our central enabling functions, selling and commercial functions. Since this program commenced, £3.4m of costs have been 
incurred in relation to this. No further costs are expected.

FY22 was offset by a reversal of £0.4m of asset impairments no longer required related to cessation of banknote production at our 
Gateshead facility. 

Pension underpin costs
Pension underpin costs of £0.5m (FY22: £0.4m) relate to legal fees, net of amounts recovered, incurred in the rectification of certain 
discrepancies identified in the Scheme’s rules. The Directors do not consider this to have an impact on the UK defined benefit 
pension liability at the current time, but they continue to assess this.

Recognition of expected credit loss provision on other financial assets 
Other financial assets comprise securities interests held in the Portals International Limited group which were received as part of 
the consideration for the paper disposal in 2018. The amount presented on the balance sheet within other financial assets as at 
25 March 2023 includes the original principal received and accrued interest amounts. 

In accordance with IFRS 9, management has assessed the recoverability of the carrying value on the balance sheet and recorded 
an expected credit loss provision of £8.5m (FY22: £3.1m) in relation to the original principal value of £7.9m (FY22: £2.3m) and 
interest receivable of £0.6m (FY22: £0.8m) which has been recorded in exceptional items consistent with the original recognition 
as part of the loss on disposal. 

Further details can be found in “V Critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements”.

Foreign exchange loss on devaluation of Sri Lankan rupee
Significant devaluation of Sri Lanka Rupee versus the British Pound which occurred in March 2022 where the Rupee/GBP rate 
moved from 265/£ on 8 March 2022 to 342/£ on 15 March 2022, following the decision on 9 March 2022 by the Sri Lanka 
Government to free float the exchange rate. This period of significant devaluation is deemed an exceptional item as it is considered 
to be non-trading in nature resulting from of an external event being the impact of the exchange rate change triggered by the 
free-float of the exchange rate. An amount of £0.4m has been included in exceptional items in FY22.

Taxation relating to exceptional items
The overall tax charge relating to continuing exceptional items arising in the period was £5.1m (FY22: tax credit £1.8m).

Included in the exceptional tax items is a deferred tax charge of £4.0m (FY22: £1.5m credit) relating to the derecognition of a 
deferred tax asset in relation to restricted UK tax interest amounts that under IAS12 had to be recognised in prior years even though 
the amounts are not expected to be fully utilised for the foreseeable future. The asset was originally recognised because the defined 
benefit pension was in a surplus position which led to a deferred tax liability relating to pensions in the UK, and under IAS any 
potential deferred tax assets must be recognised against this deferred tax liability. 

During FY23 the pension moved from a surplus to a deficit position, which meant that the deferred tax asset on the UK restricted 
UK tax interest amounts is no longer required to be recognised. As the majority of the deferred tax in relation to the pension 
movements is recognised directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, to recognise movements in the recognition and 
derecognition of this asset as an operating item would distort the Operating Effective Tax Rate and therefore considered to be 
unhelpful for users of the accounts. This movement and any future creation or unwind of this asset is therefore considered to be 
an Exceptional item for financial reporting purposes where possible.

Exceptional items also includes a tax charge in respect of additional expected utilisation of tax credits in Malta of £6.1m, as they are 
expected to be surrendered for capital grants against future capital expenditure in Malta.

The balance of £5.0m credit within exceptional tax items relates to the tax impact on the exceptional costs before tax. 

166

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

6   Interest income and expense
Accounting policies 
Interest income/expense is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash flows through the expected life of the financial asset/
liability to the net carrying amount of that asset/liability.

Recognised in the income statement 

Interest income:
– Other interest

– Interest on loan notes and preference shares (note 11)

Total interest income

Interest expense:
– Bank loans

– Other, including amortisation of finance arrangement fees

– Net loss on debt modification

– Amortisation of debt modification loss

– Interest on lease liabilities (note 23)

Total interest expense 

Retirement benefit obligation finance income/(expense) (note 24)

Net finance expense

2023
£m

2022 
£m

0.1

1.1

1.2

(7.2)

(3.2)

(0.9)

0.2

(0.5)

(11.6)

0.1

0.8

0.9

(3.1)

(2.5)

–

–

(0.6)

(6.2)

1.1

(0.2)

(9.3)

(5.5)

All finance income and expense arise in respect of assets and liabilities not restated to fair value through the income statement.

Interest due on the loan notes and preference shares relates to interests held in the Portals International Limited group (formerly 
Mooreco Limited) (obtained as part of the considered for the Portals paper disposal). The loan notes and preference shares are 
included in the balance sheet as Other Financial Assets. In accordance with the terms of the instruments, the interest has not been 
paid in the year but accrued and added to the value of the Other Financial Asset. In the period £1.1m of interest was accrued  
(FY22: £0.8m) and an expected credit loss of £1.1m (FY22: £0.8m) was recorded within exceptional items (notes 5 and 11).

The gain/(loss) to the income statement in respect of the ineffective portion of derivative financial instruments was £nil (FY22: £nil).

On the 18 November 2022 the Group’s exiting banking facilities were extended until 1 January 2025 with a 25-basis point increase 
in margin (note 14b), which is treated as a non-substantial modification under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, as the refinancing did 
not result in an extinguishment of debt. The difference between the amortised cost carrying amount of the old facility and the 
present value of the new facility, discounted using the original effective interest rate, resulted in a modification loss, which is 
amortised over the life of the new revolving credit facility. The net loss on debt modification was £0.9m together with the 
subsequent associated amortisation of £0.2m (FY22: £nil). 

The retirement benefit obligation finance income/expense is calculated under IAS 19 and represents the difference between the 
interest on pension liabilities and assets. The credit in FY23 of £1.1m (FY22: loss £0.2m) was due to the opening pension valuation on 
an IAS 19 basis as at 26 March 2022 being a surplus of £29.8m. 

7   Taxation
Accounting policies 
The tax expense included in the income statement comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax is the expected tax payable on 
the taxable income for the year, including adjustments in respect of prior periods, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised 
directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured using tax rates that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and that are expected to apply when the asset is realised, or the 
liability is settled.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised. Such 
assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill not deductible for tax purposes or result 
from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither 
the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

167

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

7   Taxation continued
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except 
where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are only offset to the extent that there is a legally enforceable right to offset current 
tax assets and current tax liabilities, they relate to taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its 
current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis or to realise an asset and settle a liability simultaneously.

De La Rue has extensive international operations and is subject to various legal and regulatory regimes, including those covering 
taxation matters from which, in the ordinary course of business, uncertainty over the tax treatment can arise. De La Rue assesses 
whether it is probable or not the tax authority will accept the tax treatment; if probable that the treatment will be accepted then 
the potential tax effect of the uncertainty is a tax-related contingency. If it is not probable of being accepted, the most likely 
amount or the expected value is recognised. There are some tax assessments where a provision has been made on the basis of 
a combination of advice received and management judgement. The amount provided may be less than the headline figures on 
assessments received from a tax authority and reflect an estimate of a more likely outcome on the basis of current communications 
with the tax authority. In the possible event that there was an adverse outcome to any dispute this could result in a material outflow.

Current tax

UK corporation tax:
– Current tax

– Adjustment in respect of prior years

Overseas tax charges:
– Current year

– Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current income tax charge

Deferred tax:
– Origination and reversal of temporary differences, UK

– Origination and reversal of temporary differences, overseas

Total deferred tax credit

Total income tax charge in the consolidated income statement

Included in:

Income tax expense reported in the consolidated income statement in respect of continuing operations

Income tax expense/(credit) in respect of discontinued operations (note 3)

Total income tax charge in the consolidated income statement

Tax on continuing operations attributable to:
– Ordinary activities

– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

– Exceptional items (note 5)

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income:
– On remeasurement of net defined benefit liability

– On cash flow hedges

– On foreign exchange on quasi-equity balances

Income tax (credit)/charge reported within other comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of changes in equity:
– On share options

Income tax charge reported within equity

168

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

2023
£m

2022 
£m

11.9

0.1

12.0

2.1

(0.3)

1.8

13.8

7.4

6.4

13.8

27.6

27.6

–

27.6

22.8

(0.3)

5.1

27.6

2023
£m

(24.2)

0.1

0.1

(24.0)

0.5

0.5

3.3

0.2

3.5

1.7

0.2

1.9

5.4

(4.1)

0.1

(4.0)

1.4

1.3

0.1

1.4

3.4

(0.3)

(1.8)

1.3

2022 
£m

8.8

(0.1)

(0.2)

8.5

0.3

0.3

The tax on the Group’s consolidated (loss)/profit before tax differs from the UK tax rate of 19% as follows:

2023

2022

Before 
exceptional 
items
£m

Movement on 
acquired 
intangibles
£m

Exceptional 
items
£m

Before 
exceptional 
items
£m

Movement on 
acquired 
intangibles
£m

Exceptional 
items
£m

Total
£m

(Loss)/profit before tax

18.5

(1.0)

(47.1)

(29.6)

30.9

(1.0)

(5.7)

Tax calculated at UK tax rate of 19% 
(FY22: 19.0%)

Effects of overseas taxation

Charges/(credits) not allowable/taxable for 
tax purposes

Changes in uncertain tax provisions

Tax attributes not previously recognised for 
deferred tax

Utilisation of tax credits upon which no 
deferred tax was previously recognised

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Impact of UK tax rate change on deferred tax 
balances

Tax charge/(credit)

3.5

1.1

0.5

8.5

7.9

–

(0.5)

1.8

22.8

(0.2)

(8.9)

(5.6)

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.3)

1.2

1.7

–

4.0

6.1

–

1.0

5.1

2.2

2.2

8.5

11.9

6.1

(0.5)

2.8

27.6

5.8

0.4

(1.0)

–

(0.1)

–

0.8

(2.5)

3.4

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

– 

–

(0.3)

(0.2)

(1.1)

Total 
£m

24.2

4.5

0.3

(0.9)

–

–

0.1

–

(0.7)

(0.8)

–

0.2

(0.3)

(1.8)

– 

1.0

(2.8)

1.3

The underlying effective tax rate excluding exceptional items was 123.2% (FY22: 11.0%). This includes the impact of provisions against 
deferred tax balances, changes in uncertain tax provisions and the impact of tax rate changes in Sri Lanka: the underlying effective 
tax rate excluding these items was 24.9% (FY22: 19.4%). 

The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions and significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide 
provision for those taxes. The level of current and deferred tax recognised is dependent on subjective judgements as to the 
outcome of decisions to be made by the tax authorities in the various tax jurisdictions around the world in which the Group 
operates. It is necessary to consider which deferred tax assets should be recognised based on an assessment of the extent to 
which they are regarded as recoverable, which involves assessment of the future trading prospects of individual statutory entities.

The actual outcome may vary from that anticipated. Where the final tax outcomes differ from the amounts initially recorded, there 
will be impacts upon income tax and deferred tax provisions and on the income statement in the period in which such 
determination is made.

The Group has current tax provisions recorded within Current tax liabilities, in respect of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with 
IFRIC 23, tax provisions are recognised for uncertain tax positions where it is considered probable that the position in the filed tax 
return will not be sustained and there will be a future outflow of funds to a taxing authority. Tax provisions are measured either 
based on the most likely amount (the single most likely amount in a range of possible outcomes) or the expected value (the sum 
of the probability weighted amounts in a range of possible outcomes) depending on management’s judgement on how the 
uncertainty may be resolved.

The Group is disputing tax assessments received in certain countries in which the Group operates. These tax assessments have 
been subject to court ruling both in favour of the Group and also against the Group. The rulings are subject to ongoing appeal 
processes. The Group has increased the relevant tax provisions and is fully provided where necessary as required by the relevant 
accounting standards. The disputed tax assessments are subject to ongoing dialogue with the relevant tax authorities to reach 
a settlement without the requirement to continue in a protracted legal process.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

169

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

8   Earnings per share
Accounting policies 
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding those held in the employee share trust which are treated as 
treasury shares.

For diluted EPS, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted for the impact of the dilutive effect of 
share options. 

The Directors are of the opinion that the publication of the adjusted EPS, before exceptional items, is useful to readers of the 
accounts as it gives an indication of underlying business performance. 

Earnings per share

Basic EPS – continuing operations

Basic EPS – discontinued operations 

Basic EPS – total

Diluted EPS – continuing operations1

Diluted EPS – discontinued operations

Diluted EPS – total

Adjusted EPS
Basic EPS – continuing operations

Diluted EPS – continuing operations

Number of shares (m)
Weighted average number of shares

Dilutive effect of shares

2023
pence 
per share

2022 
pence 
per share

(28.6)

– 

(28.6)

(28.6)

– 

(28.6)

(1.5)

(1.5)

10.6

0.4

11.0

10.5

0.4

10.9

13.0

12.8

195.4

0.5

195.9

195.2

2.6

197.8

Note:
1. 

 The Group reported a loss from continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity shareholders of the Company for FY23. The Diluted EPS is reported as equal to Basic EPS, 
no account can be taken of the effect of dilutive securities under IAS 33.

Reconciliations of the earnings used in the calculations are set out below:

(Loss)/Earnings for basic EPS – Total 
Add: Earnings for basic EPS – discontinued operations

(Loss)/Earnings for basic EPS – continuing operations
Add: amortisation of acquired intangibles

Less: tax on amortisation of acquired intangibles 

Add: exceptional items (excluding non-controlling interests) 

Less: tax on exceptional items 

Earnings for adjusted EPS

Note

10

7

5

7

2023
£m

(55.9)

–

(55.9)

1.0

(0.3)

47.1

5.1

(3.0)

2022 
£m

21.5

(0.8)

20.7

1.0

(0.3)

5.7

(1.8)

25.3

170

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

9   Property, plant and equipment
Accounting policies 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated provision for impairment 
in value. Assets in the course of construction are included in property, plant and equipment on the basis of expenditure incurred at 
the balance sheet date.

Costs of major maintenance activities are capitalised and depreciated over the estimated useful life for the asset.

Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and all attached conditions 
will be complied with. The grant reduces the carrying amount of the asset and then is recognised in profit or loss over the useful life 
of the depreciable asset by way of a reduced depreciation charge.

No depreciation is provided on freehold land. Building improvements are depreciated over their estimated useful economic lives 
of 50 years. Other leasehold interests are depreciated over the lease term.

Plant and machinery are depreciated over their estimated useful lives which typically range from 10 to 20 years. Fixtures and fittings 
and motor vehicles are depreciated over their estimated useful lives which typically range from two to 15 years. No depreciation 
is provided for assets in the course of construction until they are ready for use.

Depreciation methods, residual values and useful lives are reviewed at least at each financial year end, taking into account 
commercial and technical obsolescence as well as normal wear and tear, provision being made where the carrying value exceeds 
the recoverable amount.

Cost
At 27 March 2021

Exchange differences 

Additions 

Reclassifications

Disposals 

At 26 March 2022
Exchange differences 

Additions1

Reclassifications 

Disposals 

At 25 March 2023

Accumulated depreciation 
At 27 March 2021

Exchange differences 

Depreciation charge for the year 

Disposals 

Impairments reversal

At 26 March 2022
Exchange differences 

Depreciation charge for the year 

Disposals 

Impairments2

At 25 March 2023

Net book value at 25 March 2023
Net book value at 26 March 2022

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Plant and 
machinery
£m

Fixtures and 
fittings and 
Motor 
Vehicles
£m

In course of 
construction
£m

53.3

(0.2)

–

0.2

–

233.0

(1.4)

1.0

2.1

(7.5)

53.3

227.2

0.2

1.7

1.0

(4.0)

52.2

3.8

(2.9)

12.6

(14.1)

226.6

29.1

–

0.5

0.8

(1.7)

28.7

0.3

0.5

3.5

(0.9)

32.1

30.7

177.2

20.2

–

1.0

–

–

31.7

0.1

1.0

(4.0)

0.5

29.3

22.9
21.6

(1.3)

8.9

(7.5)

–

177.3

3.0

9.3

(13.9)

4.9

180.6

46.0
49.9

(0.1)

2.1

(1.7)

–

20.5

0.3

2.2

(0.8)

–

22.2

9.9
8.2

15.6

(0.4)

15.0

(3.1)

(4.1)

23.0

0.5

11.9

(17.1)

–

18.3

2.9

–

–

(2.8)

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

18.3
23.0

Total
£m

331.0

(2.0)

16.5

–

(13.3)

332.2

4.8

11.2

–

(19.0)

329.2

231.0

(1.4)

12.0

(12.0)

(0.1)

229.5

3.4

12.5

(18.7)

5.4

232.1

97.1
102.7

Notes:
1. 

 During the year £3.5m (FY22: £1.5m) of government grants were received by the Group in cash for the purchase of certain items of property, plant and equipment, which is offset against 
the plant and machinery additions of £0.6m (FY22: £2.5m). A further £0.7m of government grants were received in cash relating to FY22. The following conditions are attached to these grants: 
–   Malta Phase 1 – to retain an average employment level of 250 workers for a period of 8 years and retain qualifying investment project for a minimum of 8 years. The investment project 

began on 1 September 2015, therefore at the year end 0.5 years was left to satisfy the minimum period. 

-   Malta Phase 2 – A further investment project commenced on 9 September 2021 linked to adding a further 100 employees within 4 years of 1 December 2020 and covering a further 

8 years of funding.

2. 

 Impairments in the year of £5.4m included £4.9m relating to the wind down of operations in Kenya (£0.5m in Land and buildings and £4.4m in Plant and machinery) and £0.5m for 
impairments in Gateshead, relating to cessation of manufacturing at Gateshead facility (all in Plant and machinery) (note 5).

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

171

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
Notes to the accounts continued

10  Intangible assets
Accounting policies 
Impairment of intangible assets
Intangible assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the 
carrying value may not be recoverable. In addition, goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment. Impairment tests are performed 
for all Cash Generating Units (CGUs) to which goodwill has been allocated at the balance sheet date or whenever there is indication 
of impairment. For the sensitivity information in impairment of goodwill, refer to Accounting policies – “C Other long-term 
estimation uncertainties”.

An impairment loss is recognised immediately in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds 
its recoverable amount, the latter being the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in 
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

In testing intangible assets for impairment, a number of assumptions must be made when calculating future cash flows. These 
assumptions include growth in customer numbers, market size and sales prices and volumes, all of which will determine the future 
cash flows.

Other information
Intangible assets purchased separately, such as software licences that do not form an integral part of related hardware, are 
capitalised at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Software intangibles are amortised on a straight-line 
basis over the shorter of their useful economic life or their licence period at rates which vary between three and five years.

Expenditure incurred in the development of products or enhancements to existing product ranges is capitalised as an intangible 
asset if the recognition criteria in IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ have been met. Development costs not meeting these criteria are 
expensed in the income statement as incurred. Capitalised development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their 
estimated useful economic lives, which vary between five and ten years, once the product or enhancement is available for use. 
Product research costs are written off as incurred.

Intangible assets purchased through a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill and are initially recognised at 
their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost). Subsequent to initial acquisition, intangible assets acquired 
through a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

Intellectual property recorded on the balance sheet relates to the acquisition of De La Rue Authentication Solutions Inc. and is 
amortised over its expected life of 10 years. Customer relationships, relating to those acquired in the acquisition of De La Rue 
Authentication Solutions Inc. are amortised over their expected lives of 10 to 15 years. Trade names relating to the acquisition of 
De La Rue Authentication Solutions Inc. are amortised over their expected lives of 15 years.

Assets in course of construction relates to internally generated software which is not yet completed. 

Goodwill relates to the acquisition in FY17 of De La Rue Authentication Inc. (previously DuPont Authentication Inc). The goodwill has 
been tested for impairment during the year as IAS 36 requires annual testing for assets with an indefinite life. For the purposes of 
impairment testing the Cash Generating Unit (CGU) for the Goodwill has been determined as the De La Rue Authentication entity 
as a whole. This is consistent with the fact that the entity is not fully integrated into the Group and the integrated nature of the 
Intellectual Property and other assets which collectively generate cash flows. 

Discount rate, derived from the company’s weighed average cost of capital have been used in discounting the projected cash 
flows. These rates are reviewed annually with external advisers and are adjusted for risks specific to the market in which the 
business operate.

The annual impairment test is performed at each year end, based initially on five-year cash flow forecasts approved by the senior 
management. Short term revenue growth rates used in five-year plan are based on internal data regarding our current contracted 
position, the pipeline of opportunities and forecast market growth. This growth rate considered to be consistent with publicly 
available growth rates for the markets in which the business operates. 

Short term profitability and cash conversion is based on our historic experiences and a level of judgement is applied to expected 
changes in both.

The calculations include a terminal value based on the projections for the fifth year of the short-term plan, with a growth rate 
assumption applied which extrapolates the business into perpetuity. The terminal growth rates are based on long term inflation 
rates of the geographic market for the business and does not exceed the average long term growth rates forecast. 

The key sensitivities in the impairment test are discount rate, future growth in revenue and the level of profit margin generated by 
De La Rue Authentication. For FY23 a discount rate of 13.8% (FY22: 11.5%), revenue growth rate of 3% (FY22: 2%) and long-term 
growth rate of 3% (FY22: 2%) have been used in the impairment test calculations. A discount rate of over 19.0% (FY22: 19.9%) would 
be required for an impairment to be realised. Based on the impairment test performed no impairment of the goodwill is considered 
necessary. There are no reasonable possible changes in the key assumptions (e.g. discount rate, growth rate or profit margin) that 
would cause the recoverable amount to fall below the carrying amount of the cash generating unit. 

172

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Cost
At 27 March 2021

Exchange differences 

Additions 

Disposals

Reclassification

At 26 March 2022
Exchange differences 

Additions 

Disposals

Reclassifications

At 25 March 2023

Accumulated amortisation
At 30 March 2021

Exchange differences 

Amortisation for the year1

Disposals

At 27 March 2022
Exchange differences 

Amortisation for the year1

Impairment1

Disposals

At 25 March 2023

Net book value at 25 March 2023
Carrying value at 26 March 2022

Goodwill
£m

Development
costs
£m

Software
assets
£m

Intellectual 
property
£m

Customer
relationships
£m

Trade
names
£m

In course of 
construction
£m

8.1

0.4

–

–

–

8.5

0.7

–

–

–

9.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.2
8.5

22.4

0.2

–

(1.1)

5.6

27.1

–

–

(0.2)

0.7

27.6

15.4

0.1

1.9

(1.1)

16.3

(0.1)

2.1

–

(0.1)

18.2

9.4
10.8

15.5

(0.1)

–

(3.7)

0.2

11.9

0.1

1.4

–

5.3

18.7

10.7

(0.1)

1.4

(3.7)

8.3

(0.1)

2.2

1.4

–

11.8

6.9
3.6

3.4

0.2

–

–

–

3.6

0.3

–

–

–

3.9

1.4

–

0.6

–

2.0

0.3

0.6

–

–

2.9

1.0
1.6

4.1

0.2

–

–

–

4.3

0.3

–

–

–

4.6

1.7

0.1

0.4

–

2.2

0.2

0.4

–

–

2.8

1.8
2.1

0.2

–

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.1

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

0.1

0.1
0.1

7.9

(0.1)

8.8

–

(5.8)

10.8

–

9.0

(2.9)

(6.0)

10.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.9

(2.9)

–

10.9
10.8

Total
£m

61.6

0.8

8.8

(4.8)

–

66.4

1.4

10.4

(3.1)

–

75.1

29.3

0.1

4.3

(4.8)

28.9

0.3

5.3

4.3

(3.0)

35.8

39.3
37.5

Notes:
1. 
2. 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles of £1.0m (FY22: £1.0m) relates to Intellectual property of £0.6m (FY22: £0.6m) and Customer relationships of £0.4m (FY22: £0.4m). 
Impairments in the year of £4.3m included £2.9m relating to product development costs and £1.4m of software licenses with limited future revenue generating expectations (note 5). 

11	 Other	financial	assets
Accounting policies 
As part of the consideration received for the disposal of the Portals De La Rue paper business, the Group received loan notes, 
preference shares and ordinary shares in the Portals International Limited group (formerly Mooreco Limited), a parent company 
of the purchaser. The instruments relating to the loan notes and preference shares are being held solely to collect principal and 
interest payments on specified dates (SPPI) and they meet the business test model to be held at amortised cost. Amortised cost 
approximated fair value at the date these instruments were received, as they were obtained in an arms-length transaction with a 
third party and priced accordingly as part of the sales negotiation process. The Group has not chosen to fair value these through 
the income statement, they are accounted for on an amortised cost basis. The ordinary shares are accounted for as fair value 
through profit and loss (FVPL) and the value of these represents £0.2m of the amounts shown below.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

173

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

11	 Other	financial	assets	continued

Opening balance

Interest accrued in the period

Additional investment in loan notes in the Portals International Limited group

Expected credit loss (reported in exceptionals) 

Closing balance

Analysed as:

Fixed rate unsecured loan notes in Portals Finance 1 Limited

Preference shares in Portals International Group Limited

Fixed rate unsecured loan notes in Portals International Group Limited

B ordinary shares in Portals International Group Limited

Cumulative accrued interest

Cumulative expected credit loss

Note

6

5

2023 
£m

7.4

1.1

–

(8.5)

–

3.8

2.6

0.9

0.2

4.1

(11.6)

–

2022 
£m

8.8

0.8

0.9

(3.1)

7.4

3.8

2.6

0.9

0.2

3.0

(3.1)

7.4

Fixed rate unsecured loan notes in Portals Finance 1 Limited are repayable in December 2028, bear interest at 10% per annum and 
compounds annually if the interest is not paid. These are listed on the International Stock Exchange in Guernsey. 

2,563,095 cumulative redeemable preference shares of £0.000001 each were issued at £1.00 per share, have a cumulative 
dividend of 10% per annum and are redeemable at any time at the discretion of the issuer or will be redeemed in full by 
31 December 2028. 

Fixed rate unsecured loan notes in Portals International Group Limited are repayable in December 2029 and interest accrues at 
a rate of 15% per annum and compounds annually if the interest is not paid. These are listed on the International Stock Exchange 
in Guernsey. 

In accordance with the terms of the instruments, the interest has not been paid in the year but accrued and added to the value 
of the Other Financial Asset. In FY22 an additional £0.9m was invested in loan notes in the Portals International Limited group. 

Management has assessed the recoverability of the other financial assets on the balance sheet as at 25 March 2023 and as a 
result an expected credit loss was recorded in the period of £8.5m. Further details on the impairment can be found in “B Critical 
accounting estimates – 1. Recoverability of other financial assets, assumptions and judgements” within Accounting Policies.

12  Inventories
Accounting policies 
Inventories and work in progress are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined on a weighted average 
cost basis and comprises directly attributable purchase and conversion costs, including direct labour and an allocation of production 
overheads based on normal operating capacity that have been incurred in bringing those inventories to their present location and 
condition. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less estimated costs of completion and selling costs.

Valuation of inventory
At any point in time, the Group has significant levels of inventory, including work in progress. Manufacturing is a complex process 
and the final product is required to be made to exacting specifications and tolerance levels. In valuing the work in progress at the 
balance sheet date, assessments are made over the normal levels of waste contained within the product based on the production 
performance to date and past experience. Any abnormal levels of waste is expensed as incurred. 

In assessing the recoverability of finished stock, assessments are made to validate that inventory is correctly stated at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value and that obsolete inventory, including inventory in excess of requirements, is provided against.

Raw materials 

Work in progress 

Finished goods 

2023
£m

19.6

9.6

20.1

49.3

2022 
£m

25.7

12.3

12.1

50.1

The replacement cost of inventories is not materially different from original cost. Income statement charges in FY23 with respect 
of the recognition of inventory provisions of £1.0m (FY22: £0.9m) was recognised in operating expenses – ordinary.

174

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

13  Trade and other receivables 
Accounting policies 
Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component are recognised at the transaction price and other 
receivables are measured at amortised cost. Trade and other receivables are recognised net of allowance for ECL. The Group 
calculates an allowance for potentially uncollectable accounts receivable balances using the ECL model and follows the simplified 
approach. The Group has calculated the ECL by segmenting its accounts receivable balances into different segments representing 
the risk levels applying to those customer groupings and thus allowing for the calculation of the ECL by applying the expected loss 
rate relevant to each segment. The loss rates applied to each segment are based on the Group historical experience of credit 
losses in addition to available knowledge of potential future credit risk based on available data such as country credit ratings. The 
Group reviews the account receivable ledger to identify if there are any collectability issues which might require the recognition of 
an expected credit loss allowance (i.e. a specific bad debt provision) in addition to the expected credit loss allowance calculated 
based on historical experience. The Group’s policy for managing credit risk is set out in note 14.

Trade receivables 

Provision for impairment 

Net trade receivables 

Other receivables1

Prepayments

2023
£m

42.3

(0.6)

41.7

25.4

3.6

70.7

2022 
£m

64.8

(0.8)

64.0

22.1

2.9

89.0

Note:
 1. 

 Other receivables of £25.4m (FY22: £22.1m) included, VAT recoverable of £6.2m (FY22: £5.1m), project work-in-progress costs of £3.3m (FY22: £3.2m), RDEC of £2.5m (FY22: £2.7m), 
and deposits for assets under construction of £2.2m (FY22: £2.2m).

The Group has considered the impact of the war in Ukraine on the recoverability of amounts due from customers in Ukraine, 
Belarus and Russia. At 25 March 2023 there was £0.1m (FY22: £0.3m) of current balances due relating to Ukraine covered by 
existing pledges to settle (of which £0.1m has been settled post year-end), a £nil (FY22: £14k Russia, £nil Belarus) balance relating 
to Russia and Belarus. The Group continued to monitor activities in these areas. 

The ageing of trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments and provisions for impairment) at the reporting date was:

Not past due 

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-120 days 

Past due more than 120 days 

Gross 
2023
£m

61.3

4.4

1.5

0.5

67.7

ECL
allowance 
2023
£m

(0.2)

(0.1)

–

(0.3)

(0.6)

Gross 
2022
£m

75.2

6.3

4.9

0.5

86.9

ECL 
allowance
2022
£m

(0.2)

–

(0.1)

(0.5)

(0.8)

The provision for impairment in respect of trade receivables is used to record losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery 
of the amount owing is possible, at that point the amounts considered irrecoverable are written off against the financial asset directly. 

The following expected credit loss rates were applied in the year:

2023

2022

Government departments 
and National banks 
(for Moody’s sovereign rating 
graded as ‘speculative’ only)

Private or
publicly 
traded 
organisations

Government departments
and National banks 
(for Moody’s sovereign rating 
graded as ‘speculative’ only)

Private or
publicly 
traded
organisations

Current not yet due

<6 months overdue

<1 year overdue

<2 years overdue

>2 years overdue

0.25%

1%

5%

25%

100%

1%

2%

50%

100%

100%

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at beginning of year 

Impairment losses recognised

Utilised

Impairment losses reversed 

Balance at end of year

0.25%

1%

5%

25%

100%

2023
£m

(0.8)

(0.2)

–

0.4

(0.6)

1%

2%

50%

100%

100%

2022 
£m

(1.5)

(0.1)

0.5

0.3

(0.8)

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

175

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

14  Financial risk
Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, the most significant of which are liquidity risk, market risk and 
credit risk.

The Group’s financial risk management policies are established and reviewed regularly to identify and analyse the risks faced by the 
Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. The use of financial derivatives is 
governed by the Group’s risk management policies approved by the Board of Directors, which provide written principles on the use 
of financial derivatives consistent with the Group’s risk management strategy. The Group’s treasury department is responsible for 
the management of these financial risks faced by the Group.

Group treasury identifies, evaluates and in certain cases hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the Group’s operating 
units. Group treasury provides written principles for overall financial risk management as well as policies covering specific areas, 
such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, use of derivative financial instruments and the investment of excess liquidity.

14(a)  Financial instruments
As permitted by IFRS 9, the Group has continued to apply the requirements of IAS 39 only in relation to hedge accounting at the 
current time. Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The gain or loss on subsequent fair value measurement is 
recognised in the income statement unless the derivative qualifies for hedge accounting when recognition of any resultant gain or 
loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged. 

Cash flow hedges 
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and are effective as hedges of future cash 
flows are recognised directly in equity and the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts 
accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the period in which the hedged item also affects the income 
statement. However, if the hedged item results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the amounts accumulated 
in equity on the hedging instrument are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset 
or liability. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer 
qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, for forecast transactions, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument 
recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement. Changes in the fair value of 
derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement as they arise.

Fair value hedges 
For an effective hedge of an exposure to changes in fair value of a recognised asset or liability or an unrecognised firm 
commitment, the hedged item is adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the risk being hedged with the corresponding 
entry in net income. Gains or losses from remeasuring the derivative or, for non-derivatives, the foreign currency component of its 
carrying value, are recognised in net income.

Embedded derivatives
Derivatives embedded in other financial liability instruments or other non-financial host contracts are treated as separate 
derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts and the host contracts are not 
carried at fair value. Any unrealised gains or losses on such separated derivatives are reported in the income statement within 
revenue or operating expenses, in line with the host contract.

176

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as follows:

Financial assets
Trade and other receivables1

Contract assets

Other financial assets2

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments: 

– Forward exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges 

– Foreign exchange fair value hedges – other economic hedges 

– Embedded derivatives 

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts3 

Trade and other payables4

Derivative financial instruments:

Note

Fair value 
hierarchy

Total fair 
value
2023
£m

Carrying 
amount
2023
£m

Total fair 
value*
2022
£m

Carrying 
amount*
2022
£m

13

2

11

15

Level 3

Level 3

Level 3

Level 1

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

58.4

18.9

–

40.3

1.2

1.1

0.1

58.4

18.9

–

40.3

1.2

1.1

0.1

120.0

120.0

78.3

8.0

7.2

24.3

1.3

0.9

1.2

121.2

78.3

8.0

7.2

24.3

1.3

0.9

1.2

121.2

18

17

Level 2

Level 3

(123.4)

(66.1)

(123.4)

(66.1)

(95.7)

(62.9)

(95.7)

(62.9)

– Forward exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges

– Short duration swap contracts designated as fair value hedges

– Foreign exchange fair value hedges – other economic hedges

– Embedded derivatives

Total financial liabilities

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

Level 2

(1.0)

(0.1)

(0.4)

(0.4)

(1.0)

(0.1)

(0.4)

(0.4)

(1.8)

–

(2.9)

(0.1)

(1.8)

–

(2.9)

(0.1)

(191.4)

(191.4)

(163.4)

(163.4)

Notes:
 1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 

Excludes prepayments of £3.6m (FY22: 2.9m), RDEC of £2.5m (FY22: £2.7m) and VAT recoverable of £6.2m (FY22: £5.1m).
FY22 excludes ordinary shares of £0.2m which are accounted for as fair value through profit and loss. 
Excludes unamortised pre-paid loan arrangement fees of £5.0m (FY22: £3.1m).
Excludes social security and other taxation amounts of £3.0m (FY22: £2.6m), contract liabilities of £0.3m (FY22: £0.3m) and payments on account of £22.7m (FY22: £14.3m).

*  

 The prior year comparatives have been restated to correct a prior year error by removing a VAT receivable of £5.1m from the Trade and other receivables line item in accordance with 
the requirements of IFRS 9. The restatement only affects the line item mentioned and has no other impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

Trade receivables decreased to £42.3m compared to £64.8m at FY22 reflecting timing of payments on certain material 
customer contracts. 

Contract assets have increased by £10.9m from £8.0m at FY22 to £18.9m at FY23. This relates to an increase in Currency contracts 
of £12.7m (FY22: £4.9m) and Authentication contracts of £6.2m (FY22: £3.1m). 

Fair value hierarchy
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value 
hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole. 

 – Level 1 valuations are derived from unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets 
 – Level 2 valuations use observable inputs for the assets or liabilities other than quoted prices 
 – Level 3 valuations are not based on observable market data and are subject to management estimates 

There has been no movement between levels during the current or prior periods.

Fair value measurement basis for derivative financial instruments
Fair value is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of 
interest at the reporting date. The valuation bases are classified according to the degree of estimation required in arriving at the fair 
values. See fair value hierarchy above.

Forward exchange contracts used for hedging
The fair value of forward exchange contracts has been determined using quoted forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date.

Embedded derivatives
The fair value of embedded derivatives is calculated based on the present value of forecast future exposures on relevant sales and 
purchase contracts and using quoted forward foreign exchange rates at the balance sheet date.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

177

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

14(a)  Financial instruments continued
Determination of fair values of non-derivative financial assets and liabilities
Non-derivative financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any 
interest, are recognised in profit or loss. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent 
to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Hedge reserves
The hedge reserve balance on 25 March 2023 was a gain of £0.1m (FY22: loss £0.5m). Net movements in the hedge reserve are 
shown in the Group statement of changes in equity. 

Comprehensive income after tax was £0.6m (FY22: £0.3m) includes a loss of £1.0m (FY22: loss £0.6m) of fair value movements 
on new and continuing cash flow hedges and a gain of £1.7m (FY22: gain £0.8m) on maturing cash flow hedges. 

Deferred tax on the gain of £0.7m (FY22: gain £0.2m) amounted to £0.1m credit (FY22: £0.1m charge). 

Hedge reserve movements in the income statement were as follows: 

25 March 2023
Maturing cash flow hedges 

Ineffectiveness on de-recognition of cash flow hedges

26 March 2022

Maturing cash flow hedges 

Ineffectiveness on de-recognition of cash flow hedges

Revenue
£m

Operating
expense 
£m

Exceptional
items
£m

(3.2)

–

(3.2)

0.7

–

0.7

1.7

–

1.7

(1.5)

–

(1.5)

–

(0.2)

(0.2)

–

–

–

Total
£m

(1.5)

(0.2)

(1.7)

(0.8)

–

(0.8)

The ineffective portion of fair value hedges that was recognised in the income statement amounted to £nil (FY22: £nil). 

The ineffective portion of cash flow hedges that was recognised in the income statement within operating expenses was a £nil 
(FY22: £nil) and within exceptional items was a £0.2m loss, relating to the close out of hedges relating to Portals relationship 
agreement termination (note 5) (FY22: £nil).

14(b)  Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to 
managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities where due, under 
both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group manages this risk by ensuring that it maintains sufficient levels of committed borrowing facilities and cash and cash 
equivalents. The level of headroom needed is reviewed annually as part of the Group’s planning process. 

A maturity analysis of the carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings is shown below in the reporting of financial risk section 
together with associated fair values.

The following are the contractual undiscounted cash flow maturities of financial liabilities, including contractual interest payments 
and excluding the impact of netting agreements. 

Note

18

17

23

25 March 2023

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts 

Trade and other payables1

Obligations under leases

Derivative financial liabilities 
Gross amount payable from currency 
derivatives:

–  Forward exchange contracts designated as 

cash flow hedges* 

–  Short duration swap contracts designated as 

fair value hedges*

Fair value hedges – other economic hedges* 

178

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Due
within
1 year
£m

Due 
between 1
and 2 years 
£m

Due 
between 2
and 5 years 
£m

After 
5 years 
£m

Total 
undiscounted 
cash flows
£m

Impact of 
discounting 
and netting
£m

Carrying 
amount
£m

9.7

66.1

4.0

129.4

–

2.7

91.3

27.3

35.2

233.6

2.3

–

0.7

135.1

0.7

–

6.5

–

–

–

7.2

–

–

23.1

139.8

66.1

36.3

(16.4)

–

(23.0)

123.4

66.1

13.3

–

–

–

93.6

(92.6)

27.3

35.9

(27.2)

(35.5)

(194.7)

1.0

0.1

0.4

204.3

23.1

399.0

Note

18

17

23

26 March 2022

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts2
Trade and other payables1
Obligations under leases
Derivative financial liabilities 
Gross amount payable from currency 
derivatives:
–  Forward exchange contracts designated as 

cash flow hedges

–  Short duration swap contracts designated as 

fair value hedges

Fair value hedges – other economic hedges

Due
within
1 year
£m

Due 
between 1
and 2 years 
£m

Due 
between 2
and 5 years 
£m

After 
5 years 
£m

Total 
undiscounted 
cash flows
£m

Impact of 
discounting 
and netting
£m

Carrying 
amount
£m

–
62.9
2.6

108.4

11.4
115.8
301.1

95.0
–
2.6

0.1

–
0.6
98.3

0.7
–
5.7

–

–
–
6.4

–
–
24.9

95.7
62.9
35.8

–
–
(21.6)

95.7
62.9
14.2

–

108.5

(106.7)

1.8

–
–
24.9

11.4
116.4
430.7

(11.4)
(113.5)
(253.2)

–
2.9
177.5

Notes:
 * 
1. 
2. 

Excludes embedded derivatives.
Excludes social security and other taxation amounts of £3.0m (FY22: £2.6m), contract liabilities of £0.3m (FY22: £0.3m) and payments on account of £22.7m (FY22: £14.3m). 
The undiscounted value of the unsecured bank loans and overdrafts as at 26 March 2022 was £106.9m. The impact of discounting was £5.9m.

The following are the contractual undiscounted cash flow maturities of financial assets, including contractual interest receipts and 
excluding the impact of netting agreements.

Note

15

13

2

11

Note

15

13

2

11

25 March 2023

Non-derivative financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables1*
Contract assets
Other financial assets2
Derivative financial assets 
Gross amount receivable from currency 
derivatives:
–  Forward exchange contracts designated as 

cash flow hedges*

–  Short duration swap contracts designated as 

fair value hedges*

–  Fair value hedges – other economic hedges*

26 March 2022

Non-derivative financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables1
Contract assets
Other financial assets2
Derivative financial assets 
Gross amount receivable from currency 
derivatives:
–  Forward exchange contracts designated as 

cash flow hedges*

–  Short duration swap contracts designated as 

fair value hedges*

–  Fair value hedges – other economic hedges* 

Due
within
1 year
£m

Due 
between 1
and 2 years 
£m

Due 
between 2
and 5 years 
£m

Due
after 
5 years 
£m

Total 
undiscounted 
cash flows
£m

Impact of 
discounting 
and netting
£m

Carrying 
amount
£m

40.3
58.4
18.9
–

71.3

1.0
88.8
278.7

–
–
–
–

0.3

–
–
0.3

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

40.3
58.4
18.9
–

–
–
–
–

40.3
58.4
18.9
–

71.6

(70.4)

1.2

1.0
88.8
279.0

(1.0)
(87.7)
(159.1)

–
1.1
119.9

Due
within
1 year
£m

Due 
between 1
and 2 years 
£m

Due 
between 2
and 5 years 
£m

Due 
after 
5 years 
£m

Total 
undiscounted 
cash flows
£m

Impact of 
discounting 
and netting
£m

Carrying 
amount
£m

24.3
78.3
8.0
–

60.7

8.1
56.9
236.3

–
–
–
–

0.7

–
2.0
2.7

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
7.2

–

–
–
7.2

24.3
78.3
8.0
7.2

–
–
–
–

24.3
78.3
8.0
7.2

61.4

(60.1)

1.3

8.1
58.9
246.2

(8.1)
(58.0)
(126.2)

–
0.9
120.0

Notes:
 * 
1. 
2. 

Excludes embedded derivatives.
Excludes prepayments of £3.6m (FY22: 2.9m), RDEC of £2.5m (FY22: £2.7m) and VAT recoverable of £6.2m (FY22: £5.1m).
FY22 excludes ordinary shares of £0.2m which are accounted for as fair value through profit and loss. 

* 

 The prior year comparatives have been restated to correct a prior year error by removing a VAT receivable of £5.1m from the Trade and other receivables line item in accordance with the 
requirements of IFRS 9. The restatement only affects the line item mentioned and has no other impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

179

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

14(b)  Liquidity risk continued
The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged 
instrument is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability if the maturity of the hedged instrument is less than 12 months.

Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other current receivables, contract assets, bank loans and overdrafts, trade payables and 
other current liabilities have fair values that approximate to their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature.

The Group has Bank facilities of £275.0m (FY22: £275.0m) including an RCF cash drawdown component of up to £175.0m (FY22: 
£150.0m) and bond and guarantee facilities of a minimum of £100.0m (FY22: £125.0m), which were previously due to mature in 
December 2023. 

On 18 November 2022. the existing banking facilities were extended until 1 January 2025 with 25-basis point increase in margin. 

The terms of the extended facilities are as follows: 

 – Maturity date of 1 January 2025;
 – An up-front arrangement fee of 25 basis points payable in November 2022; 
 – An increase in Margin of 25 basis points; 
 – Further arrangement fees payable between June and December 2023 of 95 basis points on the commitments under this facility 

on the dates those fees would be due; and

 – No change in covenant tests.

This debt refinancing has been accounted for as a debt modification with extinguishment under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments as the 
terms of the debt remain substantially the same. A debt modification loss has been recognised within Interest expense in the 
Consolidated income statement. Refer to note 6 for further details. 

The Group can convert (in blocks of £25.0m) up to £50.0m of the undrawn RCF cash component to the bond and guarantee 
component if required and can elect to convert this back (again in blocks of £25.0m) in order to draw in cash if the bond and 
guarantee component has not been sufficiently utilised. During FY23 the Group has reallocated £25.0m of the bond and guarantee 
component to the cash component, such that at present £175.0m in total is available on the RCF component.

As at 25 March 2023, the Group, as part of the £175.0m RCF cash component, has a total of undrawn committed borrowing 
facilities, all maturing in more than one year, of £53.0m (26 March 2022: £55.0m in more than one year). 

The amount of loans drawn on the £175.0m RCF facility is £122.0m (26 March 2022: £95.0m). Guarantees of £52.1m (26 March 
2022: £55.6m) have been drawn using the £100.0m guarantee facility. The accrued interest in relation to cash drawdowns 
outstanding as at 25 March 2023 is £0.3m (26 March 2022: £0.1m).

Facilities:
Cash

Bonds and guarantees

Actual as at 
26 March 
2023
£m

Minimum 
Facility
£m

Maximum 
Facility
£m

122.0

52.1

172.1

125.0

150.0

275.0

175.0

100.0

275.0

The financial covenants require that the ratio of EBIT to net interest payable will not be less than 3.0 times and the net debt to 
EBITDA ratio will not exceed three times. At the period end the specific covenant tests were as follows: EBIT/net interest payable of 
3.03 times (FY22: 7.4 times), net debt/EBITDA of 2.21 times. (FY22: 1.46 times) The covenant tests use earlier accounting standards 
and exclude adjustments including IFRS 16.

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The net principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts as at 25 March 2023 are US dollar 108.1m, 
Euro 49.1m, Swiss franc 7.6m, Saudi Arabian riyal 11.6m, Swedish krona 64.9m, Hong Kong dollar 2.8m and United Arab Emirates 
dirham 1.1m.

The net principal amounts outstanding under forward contracts with maturities greater than 12 months are Euro 0.8m, 
US dollar 2.8m and Saudi Arabian riyal 1.2m.

These forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges as appropriate. 

Gains and losses recognised in the hedging reserve in equity on forward foreign exchange contracts at 25 March 2023 will be 
released to the income statement at various dates between one month and 14 months from the balance sheet date. For this 
financial year the tables below include all net foreign exchange forward contracts over £500k.

180

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Hedges versus GB Pounds only

As at 25 March 2023
Forward exchange forward contracts

USD

EUR

CHF

SAR

SEK

As at 26 March 2022

Forward exchange forward contracts

USD

EUR

CHF

SAR

HKD

Note:
 Forward sales shown as positive, and purchases shown as negative.

Hedges versus other currencies

As at 25 March 2023
Forward exchange forward contracts

EUR/CHF

EUR/USD

26 March 2022

Forward exchange forward contracts

EUR/CHF

EUR/USD

Notional 
amount in 
currency

Notional 
amount in 
£m

Maturity

Average 
forward 
rate

110.2

(57.5)

(1.3)

(11.6)

64.9

127.2

(25.4)

(9.4)

(14.3)

5.7

(91.1)

50.9

1.2

2.6

(5.1)

(94.0)

22.0

7.6

2.9

(0.5)

2024

2024

2024

2024

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

2023

1.2099

1.1313

1.1247

4.4951

12.6468

1.3533

1.1534

1.2378

4.9962

10.5843

Notional 
amount 
currency 1 in 
m

Notional 
amount 
currency 2 in 
m

Maturity

Average 
forward rate

6.4

2.0

6.2

1.1

(6.3)

(2.1)

2024

2024

0.9789

1.0639

(6.5)

(1.3)

2023

2023

1.0608

1.1780

Notes:
Forward sales are shown as positive and purchases are shown as negative.
Notional amount in currency 1 refers to Euro and notional amounts in currency 2 refer to CHF or USD as indicated.
Notional amounts are shown in the currency as stated and not in GBP.

Short duration swap contracts
(i)  Cash management swaps
The Group uses short duration currency swaps to manage the level of borrowings in foreign currencies. The fair value of cash 
management currency swaps at 25 March 2023 was £nil (26 March 2022: £nil). Gains and losses on cash management swaps are 
included in the consolidated income statement.

The principal amounts outstanding under cash management currency swaps at 25 March 2023 are, Euro 6.9m, United Arab 
Emirates dirham 1.7m and Saudi Arabian riyal 3.8m.

(ii)   Balance sheet swaps
The Group uses short duration currency swaps to manage the translational exposure of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies. The fair value of balance sheet swaps as at 25 March 2023 was a £0.1m liability (26 March 2022: 
£nil). Gains and losses on balance sheet swaps are included in the consolidated income statement.

The principal amounts outstanding under balance sheet swaps at 25 March 2023 are US dollar 10.7m (FY22: 13.5m), Euro 12.7m 
(FY22: 6.6m) and Swiss franc 1.1m (FY22: 1.2m).

Embedded derivatives
Embedded derivatives relate to sales and purchase contracts denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of 
the customer/supplier, or a currency that is not deemed to be a commonly used currency of the country in which the customer/
supplier is based. The net fair value of embedded derivatives at 25 March 2023 was a £0.3m liability (26 March 2022: £1.1m).

Gains and losses on fair value hedges
The gains and losses recognised in the year on the Group’s fair value hedges were a loss of £0.1m relating to balance sheet hedges 
(FY22: gain £0.1m), loss £6.5m relating to other fair value hedges (FY22: gain £1.9m), and £nil relating to cash management hedges 
(FY22: £nil). 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

181

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

14(c)  Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s 
income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The Group uses a range of derivative instruments, including forward 
contracts and swaps to hedge its risk to changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates with the objective of controlling 
market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return. Derivative financial instruments are only used 
for hedging purposes.

Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with 
respect to the US dollar and the euro. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognised assets and 
liabilities, unrecognised firm commitments and investments in foreign operations.

To manage their foreign exchange risk arising from future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities, entities 
in the Group use forward contracts, transacted with Group treasury. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial 
transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. 
Group treasury is responsible for managing the net position in each currency via foreign exchange contracts transacted with 
financial institutions.

The Group’s risk management policy aims to hedge firm commitments in full, and between 60% and 100% of forecast exposures 
in each major currency for the subsequent 12 months to the extent that forecast transactions are highly probable.

The Group has certain investments in foreign operations, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. The 
Group’s policy is to manage the currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations primarily through 
borrowings denominated in the relevant foreign currencies.

Exposure to currency risk
The following significant exchange rates applied during the year:

US dollar

Euro

Average rate

Reporting date spot rate

2023

1.22

1.16

2022

1.37

1.18

2023

1.22

1.14

2022

1.32

1.20

Sensitivity analysis
A 10 per cent strengthening of Sterling against the following currencies at 25 March 2023 and 26 March 2022 would have 
increased/(decreased) profit or loss by the amounts shown below based on the Group’s external monetary assets and liabilities.

XAF

EURO

LKR

CHF

2023
£m

(0.4)

0.4

(0.8)

(0.1)

A 10 per cent weakening of Sterling against the above currencies at 25 March 2023 and 26 March 2022 would have had the 
following effect

XAF

EURO

LKR

CHF

2023
£m

0.5

(0.4)

0.9

0.1

2022 
£m

(0.3)

0.3

(0.2)

(0.1)

2022 
£m

0.3

(0.3)

0.2

(0.1)

The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same 
basis for FY22.

Interest rate risk
All material financial assets and liabilities are initially contracted at floating rates of interest. Where the Group has forecast average 
levels of net debt above £50.0m on a continuing basis, the policy is to use floating to fixed interest rate swaps to fix the interest 
rate on a minimum of 50% of the Group’s forecast average levels of net debt for a period of at least 12 months, if sufficient capacity 
is available in the market to do so. This remains the policy in the medium term however the Group was unable to apply this policy 
during FY23 due to market conditions and this remains the policy in the medium-term and will be reviewed periodically. 

182

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments was:

Variable rate instruments:

Financial assets (note 15)

Financial liabilities (note 18)

Carrying amount

2023
£m

2022
£m

40.3

(123.4)

(83.1)

24.3

(95.7)

(71.4)

At the year ending 25 March 2023 the Group had no floating to fixed interest rate swaps with financial institutions in place. 

Excluded from the above analysis is £13.3m (FY22: £14.2m) of amounts payable under leases, which are subject to fixed rates 
of interest (note 23).

Sensitivity analysis
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) equity and profit and loss by 
the amounts shown below. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

Variable rate instruments cash flow sensitivity (net)

25 March 2023
26 March 2022

Profit and loss

Equity

100bp
increase
£m

100bp 
decrease
£m

100bp
increase
£m

100bp 
decrease
£m

(0.9)
(0.6)

0.9
0.6

–
–

–
–

14(d)  Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced by various factors, largely pertaining to the profile of the customer as 
acknowledged in our IFRS 9 Receivables segmentation, in particular the customer’s status as a Government or Banking institution 
as compared to that of a private or publicly owned entity. Due to the large make up of Government or central banks at around 80% 
of the Group’s revenues, measuring credit risk is largely driven by factors including the country’s sovereign rating, historic knowledge, 
local market insights, and political factors in country. Industry credit risk is not an influencing factor. The Group’s long standing 
historic trade with Government and central bank institutions guides strongly towards the lower credit or doubtful debt risk that 
these customers represent. Where private or publicly owned Business Trade applies, the Business adopts a conventional and 
in-depth trading entity credit review. Where appropriate, letters of credit are used to reduce the credit risk for the Business and 
where possible advanced payments are also requested.

All credit assignment risk is mitigated through a threshold-based sign-off matrix, where larger value credit exposures require 
multiple and more senior Business sign-off. The Group has processes in place to ensure appropriate credit limits are set for 
customers and for ensuring appropriate approval is given for the release of products to customers where any perceived risk has 
been highlighted.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the credit exposure at the reporting date. The exposure to credit risk at the 
reporting date was:

Trade and other receivables1 

Contract assets

Other financial assets2

Cash and cash equivalents 

Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

Embedded derivatives 

Notes: 
1. 
2. 

Excludes prepayments of £3.6m (FY22: 2.9m), RDEC of £2.5m (FY22: £2.7m) and VAT recoverable of £6.2m (FY22: £5.1m).
FY22 excludes ordinary shares of £0.2m which are accounted for as fair value through profit and loss. 

Carrying amount

Notes

13

2

11

15

14(a)

14(a)

2023
£m

58.4

18.9

–

40.3

2.3

0.1

120.0

2022
£m

78.3

8.0

7.2

24.3

2.2

1.2

121.2

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

183

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

14(d)  Credit risk continued
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments, RDEC and VAT recoverable) 
by geographic region was:

UK 

Rest of Europe 

Africa

Rest of world 

Carrying amount

2023
£m

12.6

16.0

12.7

17.1

58.4

2022
£m

17.6

11.5

17.6

31.6

78.3

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments, RDEC and VAT recoverable) by type 
of customer was:

Banks and financial institutions 

Government institutions 

Other

Carrying amount

2023
£m

17.2

6.5

34.7

58.4

2022
£m

36.0

6.9

35.4

78.3

Fair value adjustment to credit risk on derivative contracts
The impact of credit related adjustments being made to the carrying amount of derivatives measured at fair value and used for 
hedging currency and interest rate risk has been assessed and considered to be immaterial. These derivatives are transacted with 
investment grade financial institutions. Similarly, the impact of the credit risk of the Group on the valuation of its financial liabilities 
has been assessed and considered to be immaterial.

14(e)  Capital management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base in order to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain 
future development of the business. The Group finances its operations through a mixture of equity funding and debt financing, 
which represent the Group’s definition of capital for this purpose.

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

Add back/(deduct)/add back long-term pension deficit/(surplus)

Adjusted equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

Net debt

Group capital

Notes

24

22

2023
£m

19.1

54.7

73.8

83.1

156.9

2022
£m

143.8

(29.8)

114.0

71.4

185.4

The long-term pension (deficit)/surplus has been removed as a separate agreement is in place regarding the funding for this deficit 
which is paid out of cash flows from continuing operations. The Group’s debt financing is also analysed in notes 18 ‘Borrowings’ and 
22 ‘Analysis of Net Debt’. 

Included within the Group’s net debt are certain cash and cash equivalent balances that are not readily available for use by the Group. 
These balances are not significant and are not readily available due to restrictions within some of the countries in which we operate.

Earnings per share and dividend payments are the two measures which, in the Board’s view, summarise best whether the Group’s 
objectives regarding equity management are being met. The Group’s earnings and dividends per share and relative rates of growth 
illustrate the extent to which equity attributable to shareholders has changed. Both measures are disclosed and discussed within 
the Strategic Report. Earnings per share is disclosed in note 8. 

The Group’s objective is to maximise sustainable long-term growth of the earnings per share. 

De La Rue’s dividend policy is to provide shareholders with a competitive return on their investment over time, while ensuring 
sufficient reinvestment of profits to enable the Group to achieve its strategy. During the period, the Group invested in ongoing 
research and development expenditure and capital expenditure. There is no proposed dividend to De La Rue plc shareholders for 
the year. Dividends can be paid pro-rata to all shareholders (including external parties) in respect of companies treated as consolidated 
subsidiaries that have non-controlling interests. 

The decision to pay dividends, and the amount of the dividends, will depend on, among other things, the earnings, financial position, 
capital requirements, general business conditions, cash flows, net debt levels and share buyback plans. 

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year but in the short-term some restrictions 
apply following the refinancing.

184

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

14(f)	 Changes	in	liabilities	arising	from	financing	activities
The analysis below provides a reconciliation between the opening and closing positions in the balance sheet for liabilities arising 
from financing activities excluding movements in cash and cash equivalents.

Borrowings (gross)

Prepaid loan arrangement fees

Borrowings

Lease liabilities1

Liabilities arising from financing activities

Borrowings (gross)

Prepaid loan arrangement fees

Borrowings

Lease liabilities1

Liabilities arising from financing activities

Note

18

18

23

Note

18

18

23

At 27
March
2022
£m

(95.7)

3.1

(92.6)

(14.2)

(106.8)

At 28
March
2021
£m

(78.0)

3.8

(74.2)

(15.7)

(89.9)

Cash 
flow
£m

(27.0)

1.4

(25.6)

2.9

(22.7)

Cash 
flow
£m

(17.0)

–

(17.0)

2.8

(14.2)

Exchange 
differences 
and other 
£m

New 
leases and 
modifications
£m

Non-cash 
movements 
£m

–

–

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

–

–

–

(1.4)

(1.4)

(0.7)

0.5

(0.2)

(0.5)

(0.7)

Exchange 
differences 
and other
£m

New 
leases and 
modifications
£m 

Non-cash
movements
£m

(0.7)

–

(0.7)

(0.2)

(0.9)

–

–

–

(0.5)

(0.5)

–

(0.7)

(0.7)

(0.6)

(1.3)

As at 26 
March 
2023 
£m

(123.4)

5.0

(118.4)

(13.3)

(131.7)

At 26 
March 
2022
£m

(95.7)

3.1

(92.6)

(14.2)

(106.8)

Note:
1. 

Lease liability payments include principal of £2.4m (FY22: £2.2m) and interest of £0.5m (FY22: £0.6m) (note 6).

15		Cash	and	cash	equivalents
Accounting policies 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank balances and cash held by the Group and short-term deposits with an original maturity 
of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form part of the Group’s cash management are 
included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the cash flow statement. 

Cash at bank and in hand

Short term bank deposits

2023
£m

26.5

13.8

40.3

2022 
£m

20.3

4.0

24.3

An analysis of cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts is shown in the Group cash flow statement. Certain cash and deposits 
are of a floating rate nature and are recoverable within three months. 

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and a sensitivity analysis for financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 14.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

185

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

16  Deferred taxation
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The offset amounts are as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

The gross movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:

Beginning of the year

Exchange differences

Tax credit/(charge) to income statement

Tax credit/(charge) to OCI

Tax credit/(charge) to equity

End of the year

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the period is as follows:

2023
£m

18.3

(2.8)

15.5

2023
£m

8.8

0.2

(13.8)

20.9

(0.6)

15.5

Deferred Tax Liabilities

At 27 March 2021

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in OCI 

Exchange differences

Subtotal

Jurisdictional offset

At 26 March 2022

At 26 March 2022

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in OCI 

Exchange differences

Subtotal

Jurisdictional offset

At 25 March 2023

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£m

Fair value 
gains 
£m

Development 
costs

Retirement 
benefits 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.8)

–

(0.1)

(1.9)

(1.1)

0.3

–

(0.2)

(1.0)

(1.0)

0.3

–

(0.1)

(0.8)

(2.0)

(0.3)

–

–

(2.3)

(2.3)

(1.0)

–

–

(3.3)

–

–

(7.4)

–

(7.4)

(7.4)

–

7.4

–

–

2022 
£m

11.2

(2.4)

8.8

2022 
£m

17.1

(0.2)

4.0

(11.8)

(0.3)

8.8

Total 
£m

(3.1)

–

(7.4)

(0.2)

(10.7)

8.3

(2.4)

(10.7)

(2.5)

7.4

(0.2)

(6.0)

3.2 

(2.8) 

186

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Tax Assets

At 27 March 2021

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in OCI

Recognised in equity

Exchange differences

Subtotal

Jurisdictional offset

At 26 March 2022

At 26 March 2022

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in OCI

Recognised in equity

Exchange differences

Subtotal

Jurisdictional offset

At 25 March 2023

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£m

Retirement 
benefits 
£m

Tax 
losses 
£m

1.6

(1.1)

–

–

0.1

0.6

0.6 

(0.6)

–

–

–

–

4.1

0.3

(4.4)

–

–

–

–

0.1

13.7

–

0.1

13.9

4.3

1.9

–

–

–

6.2

6.2

0.1

–

–

–

6.3

Other 
£m

10.2

2.9

–

(0.3)

(0.1)

12.7

12.7

(10.9)

(0.2)

(0.6)

0.3

1.3

Total 
£m

20.2

4.0

(4.4)

(0.3)

–

19.5

(8.3)

11.2

19.5

(11.3)

13.5

(0.6)

0.4

21.5

(3.2)

18.3

Other deferred assets and liabilities include tax associated with provisions of £0.5m (FY22: £0.4m), restricted interest carried 
forward of £nil (FY22: £3.9m) and in respect of overseas tax credits of £1.0m (FY22: £7.0m).

Gross deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses available (FY23: £6.3m; FY22: £6.2m) and temporary deductible differences 
on retirement obligations (FY23: £13.9m; FY22: £nil) to carry forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit 
through future taxable profits is probable. Tax losses carried forward do not have an expiry date.

Future taxable profits have been forecast based on the expected profitability of the group over a 5-year period based on 
management’s forecasts for FY24 and FY25 applying no growth in the final 3 years and taking into account historic performance 
against budgets. The forecasts for FY24 and FY25 were also used in the group’s going concern and viability assessments.

Recent group tax losses have mostly arisen as a consequence of non-recurring exceptional costs. Future exceptional costs are 
expected to be significantly lower, with the company forecast to be profitable on this basis, allowing the company to recover the 
amounts noted above before the end of FY28.

The Directors have assessed that:

 – if the forecast taxable profits are lower by 5% over the 5-year period, then this would reduce the deferred tax assets recognised 

by approximately £0.3m; 

 – if the forecast taxable profits are higher by 5% over the 5-year period, then this would increase the deferred tax assets 

recognised by approximately £0.8m. 

The Group has not recognised deferred tax assets of £14.3m (FY22: £6.4m) in respect of losses amounting to £54.6m (FY22: 
£27.9m) that can be carried forward against future taxable income or deferred tax assets of £3.8m related to property, plant, and 
equipment timing differences (FY22: £nil). Similarly, the Group has not recognised certain deferred tax assets of £26.2m (FY22: 
£19.2m) in respect of overseas tax credits that are carried forward for utilisation in future periods, including some that have been 
allocated for providing to Governmental authorities as part of investment projects. 

Unremitted foreign earnings totalled £198.8m at 25 March 2023 (FY22: £200.6m). Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised 
for the withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries where the timing 
of the reversal can be controlled and it was considered unlikely that dividends would be paid from those subsidiaries.

UK capital losses of £317.2m are carried forward at 25 March 2023 (FY22: £317.2m). No deferred tax asset has been recognised in 
respect of these losses. 

UK tax rate
The UK deferred tax assets and liabilities at 25 March 2023 have been calculated based on the rate of 25%, being the substantively 
enacted rate at the balance sheet date.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

187

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

17  Trade and other payables
Accounting policies 
Trade and other payables are measured at carrying value which approximates to fair value.

Payments received on account relate to monies received from customers under contract, as per individual contract agreements, 
prior to commencement of production of goods or delivery of services. Once the obligation has been fulfilled the revenue is 
recognised in accordance with IFRS 15.

Contract liability is recognised when a payment from customer is due or already received, before a related performance obligation 
is satisfied for the contract agreements that have started production of goods or delivery of services.

Current liabilities
Payments received on account 

Contract liabilities

Trade payables 

Social security and other taxation 

Accrued expenses1 

Other payables2

2023
£m

22.7

0.3

39.2

3.0

21.3

5.6

92.1

2022 
£m

14.3

0.3

31.0

2.6

25.6

6.2

80.0

Notes: 
1. 

2. 

 Accrued expenses include commissions £0.4m (FY22: £1.8m), rebate accruals of £2.7m (FY22: £2.7m), employee related accruals of £1.9m (FY22: £5.6m), and freight accruals £2.1m (FY22: 
£2.5m), and commission and TTP Accruals of £1.24m (FY22: £2.4m) and bank financing fee accruals of £2.6m (FY22: £nil).
 Other payables include capex creditors £0.8m (FY22: £1.2m) and interest payable £1.6m (FY22: £1.4m).

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 14.

18  Borrowings
Accounting policies 
Borrowings are recognised at amortised cost. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign currency 
and liquidity risk (note 14).

Non-current liabilities
Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts

Unsecured bank loans and overdrafts

Total interest-bearing liabilities

Currency

Nominal 
interest
rate

Year of 
maturity

Face value 
2023 
£m

Carrying 
amount 
2023 
£m

Face value 
2022 
£m

Carrying 
amount 
2022 
£m

EUR

GBP

4.83%

7.72%

2028

2025

0.7

122.7

123.4

0.7

122.7

123.4

0.7

95.0

95.7

0.7

95.0

95.7

The total interest-bearing liabilities above is presented excluding unamortised pre-paid borrowing fees of £5.0m (FY22: £3.1m).

Under the Group’s banking arrangements there is no right of offset and no accounts were in an overdraft position as at 
25 March 2023. 

As at 25 March 2023, the Group has a committed revolving facility, all maturing in more than one year, of £275m which depending 
on the value of guarantees utilised a maximum of £175m can be used as way of cash draw downs.

The drawdowns on the RCF facility are typically rolled over on terms of between one and three months. However, as the Group has 
the intention and ability to continue to roll forward the drawdowns under the facility, the amount borrowed has been presented as 
long-term at FY23. 

On 18 November 2022, the existing banking facilities were extended until 1 January 2025 with a 25-basis point increase in margin. 
The terms of the extended facilities are as follows: 

 – Maturity date of 1 January 2025;
 – An up-front arrangement fee of 25 basis points payable in November 2022; 
 – An increase in Margin of 25 basis points; 
 – Further arrangement fees payable between June and December 2023 of 95 basis points on the commitments under this facility 

on the dates those fees would be due; and

 – No change in covenant tests.

This debt refinancing has been accounted for as a debt modification with extinguishment under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments as 
the terms of the debt remain substantially the same. A debt modification loss has been recognised within Interest expense in the 
Consolidated income statement. Refer to note 6 for further details. 

188

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

19		Provisions	for	liabilities	and	charges
Accounting policies 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation in respect of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources will be required to settle the obligation, and where the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are measured at the 
management’s best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted where 
the time value of money is considered material.

At 27 March 2021

Charge for the year

Utilised in the year

Released in the year

At 26 March 2022
Charge for the year

Utilised in year

Released in year

At 25 March 2023

Restructuring 
£m

Warranty 
£m

Other 
£m

0.7

0.3

(0.6)

–

0.4

1.8

(0.2)

(0.2)

1.8

3.2

0.6

(0.8)

(1.6)

1.4

0.7

–

(1.2)

0.9

5.7

1.0

(1.2)

(1.4)

4.1

2.8

(2.2)

(1.4)

3.3

Total 
£m

9.6

1.9

(2.6)

(3.0)

5.9

5.3

(2.4)

(2.8)

6.0

Expected to be utilised within 1 year

1.8

0.9

3.3

6.0

Restructuring provisions
Restructuring provisions as at 26 March 2022 of £1.8m (FY22: £0.4m) primarily relate to redundancy and other employee 
termination costs as a result of the wind down of operations in Kenya and other restructuring programmes within the Currency 
and Authentication divisions. The remaining provision as at 25 March 2023 is expected to be utilised in FY24. 

Warranty provisions
Warranty provisions relate to present obligations for defective products. The provisions are management judgements based 
on information currently available, past history and experience of the products sold. However, it is inherent in the nature of the 
business that the actual liabilities may differ from the provisions. The precise timing of the utilisation of these provisions is 
uncertain but is generally expected to fall within one year. 

The Group measures warranty provisions at the Directors’ best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the 
balance sheet date, discounted where the time value of money is considered material. These estimates take account of available 
information, historical experience and the likelihood of different possible outcomes. Both the amount and the maturity of these 
liabilities could be different from those estimated. 

Other provisions
Other provisions comprise a number of liabilities with varying expected utilisation rates. The liabilities include a small number of 
onerous contract provisions (£1.2m), employee related liabilities (£0.6m), IBNR insurance claim provisions (£0.5m) and other liabilities 
(£1.0m) arising through the Group’s normal operations. The £1.4m released in the year related primarily to onerous contract 
provisions no longer required. 

Onerous contract provisions arise where the unavoidable costs under a contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be 
received under it. Unavoidable costs represent the least net cost of exiting the contract, which is the lower of the cost of fulfilling 
it and any compensation or penalties arising from failure to fulfil it. Costs to fulfil a contract include those that directly relate to the 
contract, including incremental costs and allocation of production overheads. The precise timing of the utilisation of these 
provisions is uncertain but is generally expected to fall within one year.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

189

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

20	Share	capital

Issued and fully paid

195,437,227 ordinary shares of 44152⁄175p each (FY22: 195,157,352 ordinary shares of 44152⁄175p each)

111,673,300 deferred shares of 1p each (FY22: 111,673,300 deferred shares of 1p each)

Allotments during the year
Shares in issue at 26 March 2022/27 March 2021

Issued under Savings Related Share Option Scheme

Issued under Annual Bonus Plan

Issued under Performance Share Plan

Shares in issue at 25 March 2023/26 March 2022

2023
£m

2022 
£m

87.7 

1.1 

88.8 

87.7

1.1

88.8

2023

2022

Ordinary 
shares 
’000

Deferred 
shares 
’000

Ordinary
shares 
’000

Deferred
shares 
’000

195,157

111,673

195,064

111,673

–

279 

1 

–

–

–

46 

24 

23

–

–

–

195,437

111,673

195,157

111,673

The deferred shares carry limited economic rights (and no right to receive a dividend) and no voting rights. They are unlisted and 
are not transferable except in accordance with the articles.

21  Share based payments 
Accounting policies 
The Group operates various equity settled and cash settled option schemes. 

For equity settled share options, the services received from employees are measured by reference to the fair value of the share 
options. The fair value is calculated at grant date and recognised in the consolidated income statement, together with a 
corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the numbers of shares 
that are actually expected to vest, taking into account non-market vesting conditions (including service conditions). Vesting 
conditions, other than non-market-based conditions and non-vesting conditions (requirement to save) are taken into account 
when estimating the fair value.

On the performance related awards, until 2020 performance measure was based on ROCE and EPS. From 2020 ROCE was 
replaced by TSR, a market-based condition.

For cash settled share options, the services received from employees are measured at the fair value of the liability for options 
outstanding and recognised in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The fair value 
of the liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at the date of settlement with changes in fair value recognised in the 
consolidated income statement. 

At 25 March 2023, the Group has a number of share-based payment plans, which are described below. The compensation cost 
and related liability that have been recognised for the Group’s share-based plans are set out in the table below:

Annual Bonus Plan

Performance Share Plan

Savings Related Share Option Scheme

Expense recognised 
for the year

2023
£m

0.2

0.4

1.3

1.9

2022 
£m

0.9

0.4

0.5

1.8

Note: 
The FY23 Performance Share Plan above includes cash settled share-based payments of £nil (FY22: £nil).

Reconciliations of option movements over the period to 25 March 2023 for each class of share awards are shown below:

190

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Annual Bonus Plan
For details of the Annual Bonus Plan, refer to the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 102 to 127.

Share awards outstanding at start of year

Granted

Forfeited 

Vested

Outstanding at end of year

2023
Number of 
awards 
’000

2022
Number of 
awards 
’000

453 

484

(102)

(278)

557

23

462

(9)

(23)

453

During the period the weighted average share price on share awards exercised in the period was 84.65p (FY22: 174.4p).

Performance Share Plan
For details of the Performance Share Plan, refer to the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 102 to 127.

Performance Share Options (the “Options”) were granted to Executive Director’s and other employees on 31 August 2022. 
The Options were granted with an exercise price of nil. The Awards will vest, subject to achievement of the performance conditions 
on 31 August 2025. The “Performance Period” for the Awards is the three years ending 31 July 2025. Awards granted to 
Executive Directors are subject to a post-vesting holding period which ends two years after the vest date, being 31 August 2027.

The fair value of share options is estimated at the date of grant using Monte Carlo model to value the awards subject to the 
TSR performance condition. The Options subject to non-market performance conditions have been valued using a Black-Scholes 
model. The significant assumptions used in the valuation models are disclosed below:

FY23 Arrangements

Performance Share Plan

Performance Share Plan

Dates of current year grants 

Participant

Performance conditions

Award type

Fair value (per option granted)1

Fair value (% of share price at grant date)

Number of options granted

Inputs
Share price at grant

Exercise price

Dividend yield

Expected term

Risk free rate

Share price volatility of the Company

Median share price volatility of the 
Comparator Group

Median correlation

TSR performance of the Company at date 
of grant

Median TSR performance of the Comparator 
Group at the date of grant

Discount for post vesting restrictions

31 August 2022

31 August 2022

Executive Directors

Non-market (50%) – 
EPS growth

Options

69p

80.2%

828,188

TSR (50%)

Options

50p

58.1%

828,187

Non-market (50%) – 
EPS growth

Options

86p

100.0%

676,948

TSR (50%)

Options

63p

73.3%

676,948

86p

Nil

0.0%

3 years

2.84%

50.0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

44.1%

16.6%

10.1%

(0.4)%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

44.1%

16.6%

10.1%

(0.4)%

20.0%

n/a

Note:
1. 

The fair value of Awards granted to Executive Directors is shown after deducting a discount in relation to the post-vesting holding period which is applicable to Executive Directors Awards.

To value the Awards, a continuously compounded risk-free rate of 2.84% has been used. The risk-free rate is based on the implied 
yield available on zero-coupon UK government issues at the date of grant with a term in line with expected term of the Awards 
(sourced from Thomson DataStream).

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

191

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

21		Share	based	payments	continued
During the year ended 26 March 2022 the fair value of share options were estimated at the date of grant using a lattice-based 
option valuation model. The significant assumptions used in the valuation model are disclosed below:

FY22 Arrangements

Dates of current year grants 

Performance conditions

Number of options granted

Exercise price

Contractual life (years)

Settlement 

Vesting period (years)

TSR correlation with comparator index

TSR/Share price volatility

Share price at grant (pence)

Fair value per option at grant date

Reconciliation of option movements:

Share awards outstanding at start of year

Granted

Forfeited 

Vested

Outstanding at end of year

Performance Share Plan

30 June 2021

EPS

702,184

n/a

10

Share

3

n/a

90% pa

186.2

191.76

TSR

702,183

n/a

10

Share

3

35% pa

90% pa

186.2

144.40

2023
Number of 
awards 
’000

2022
Number of 
awards 
’000

3,485

3,010

(1,946)

(1)

2,560

1,404

(466)

(13)

4,548 

3,485

During the period the weighted average share price on share awards exercised in the period was 61.05p (FY22: 157.07p). 

Savings Related Share Option Scheme
The scheme is open to all UK employees. Options are granted at the prevailing market price at the time of the grant (with a 
discretionary discount to the market price) to employees who agree to save between £5 and the maximum savings amount 
offered per month over a period of three or five years. 

During the year ended 25 March 2023, the Company granted a new SAYE grant as a replacement for the two grants that due to 
vest in FY24 and FY25 with option prices significantly higher than the average share price for the year. The new grant has a vesting 
period of 3 years and is subject to service conditions only. Employees were invited to invest into a new grant with the option to 
cancel their contributions to 2020 and 2021 grants, with option price of 131.1p and 112.4p respectively, to maximise their investment 
at an option price of the replacement grant of 60.2p. Options cancelled and reinvested into the replacement grant during the 
investment window and up to the grant date, were accounted for on modification basis and shares cancelled but not replaced, 
were treated as cancellations. An explanation on why the FY23 grant is treated as a replacement grant is included in the “V Critical 
accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements”.

The following number of awards were identified for each type of award and the fair values calculated:

Plan type

SAYE

SAYE

SAYE

SAYE

SAYE

SAYE

Note:
1. 

For modified awards fair value represents incremental fair value.

Award type

Award year

Number of 
awards

Fair value (at 
the date of 
grant)

Modified awards1

Modified awards1

New grant

Cancelled/forfeited awards

Cancelled/forfeited awards

Cancelled/forfeited awards

2020

2021

354,955

201,576

2022

2,963,125

2019

2020

2021

252,200

710,040

367,740

£0.19

£0.14

£0.22

£0.48

£1.04

£1.01

192

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

The fair value of the modified transactions was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, with the 
following assumptions:

Year Granted

Fair value per Option

Assumptions:
Share price at grant

Exercise price

Dividend yield

Expected term

Risk free rate

Volatility

Discount for non-vesting conditions

A summary of the incremental fair values is set out in the following table:

Award

SAYE 2020

SAYE 2021

2020

2021

2022

£0.026

£0.083

£0.219

£0.638

£0.638

£1.311

0.0%

£1.124

0.0%

£0.638

£0.602

0.0%

1.25 years 2.25 years 3.25 years

4.12%

50.0%

5.0%

3.86%

50.0%

10.0%

3.44%

50.0%

15.0%

Option fair 
value

2022 Option 
fair value

Incremental 
fair value

£0.026

£0.083

£0.219

£0.219

£0.193

£0.136

For the Savings Related Share Option Scheme (SAYE) an expected volatility rate of 50% (FY22: 95%) has been used for grants in the 
period. This rate is based on historical volatility over the last 3.25 years to 22 February 2023. For the 2022 grant, it was noted that 
the 3.25 year historical share price volatility includes the significant impact of Covid-19 on the Company’s share price. In accordance 
with IFRS 2 it is appropriate to adjust historical volatility for one-off events and given the Company’s volatility has reduced to 
a more stable level over the past two years, it was considered appropriate to use a lower adjusted volatility for the 2022 grant. 
The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk-free rate of return is based on the implied yield available on 
zero-coupon government issues at the date of grant with a life equal to the expected term of the Options. The rate applied during 
the year was 3.44% per annum for a period of 3.25 years (FY22: 0.82%).

During the year ended 26 March 2022 the fair value of share options were estimated at the date of grant using a lattice-based 
option valuation model. The significant assumptions used in the valuation model are disclosed below:

FY22 Arrangement

Dates of current year grants

Number of options granted

Exercise price

Contractual life (years)

Settlement

Vesting period (years)

Dividend yield

Risk free interest rate

Share price volatility

Share price at grant (pence)

Fair vale per option at grant date

Savings Related Share Option 
Scheme

5 January 2022

991,157

112.43

3

Share

3

Nil to 31 March 2023 
and 10p per share pa 
thereafter

0.82% pa

90%pa

158.2

101.0

There are no performance conditions attaching to the options. After the three or five-year term has expired, employees normally 
have six months in which to decide whether or not to exercise their options. A pre-vesting forfeiture/cancellation rate of 15%, 
reflecting leavers and withdrawals, has been assumed on new options granted in the year based on historic experience.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

193

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

21		Share	based	payments	continued
Reconciliation of option movements:

Options outstanding at start of year
Granted

Forfeited/Cancelled

Exercised

Expired

Outstanding at end of year

2023

2022

Weighted 
average 
exercise
price pence 
per share

130.91

60.15 

155.71 

111.38 

409.64 

130.91 

Number of 
options 
’000

3,173

3,520

(1,942)

–

(139)

4,612

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price pence
per share

Number of 
options 
’000

151.29

149.31

155.71

111.38

409.64

130.91

2,803

991

(475)

(46)

(100)

3,173

The range of exercise prices for the share options outstanding at the end of the year is between 60.15p and 131.10p (FY22: between 
108.55p and 403.46p). 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options is 2.20 years (FY22: 1.99 years). 

During the period the weighted average share price on options exercised in the period was nil (FY22: 174.17p).

Market share purchase of shares by Trustee De La Rue Employee Share Ownership Trust 
The De La Rue Employee Share Ownership Trust (Trust) is a separately administered trust established to administer shares granted 
to Executive Directors and senior employees under the various discretionary share option plans established by the Company. 
Liabilities of the Trust are guaranteed by the Company and the assets of the Trust mainly comprise shares in the Company. Equiom 
(Guernsey) Limited is the Trustee. The own shares held by the Trust are shown as a reduction in shareholders’ funds. The shares will 
be held at historical rates until such time as they are disposed of. Any profit or loss on the disposal of own shares is treated as a 
movement in reserves rather than as an income statement item. 

The Trustee held nil shares at 25 March 2023 (26 March 2022: nil).

22 Analysis of net debt
The analysis below provides a reconciliation between the opening and closing of the Group’s net debt position (being the net of 
borrowings and cash and cash equivalents). 

Borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

At 26 March 
2022 
£m

Cash flow
£m

Foreign 
exchange and 
other 
£m

At 25 March 
2023 
£m

(95.7)

24.3

(71.4)

(27.0)

15.6

(11.4)

(0.7)

0.4

(0.3)

(123.4)

40.3

(83.1)

At 27 March 
2021
£m

Cash flow
£m

Foreign 
exchange and 
other
£m

At 26 March 
2022 
£m

(78.0)

25.7

(52.3)

(17.0)

(1.6)

(18.6)

(0.7)

0.2

(0.5)

(95.7)

24.3

(71.4)

Note

18

15

Note

18

15

Net debt is presented excluding unamortised pre-paid borrowing fees of £5.0m (FY22: £3.1m) and £13.3m (FY22: £14.2m) of 
lease liabilities. 

The Group has Bank facilities of £275.0m including an RCF cash drawdown component of up to £175.0m and bond and guarantee 
facilities of a minimum of £100.0m, which currently are due to mature in January 2025. The Group can convert (in blocks of 
£25.0m) up to £50.0m of the undrawn RCF cash component to the bond and guarantee component if required and can elect 
to convert this back (again in blocks of £25.0m) in order to draw in cash if the bond and guarantee component has not been 
sufficiently utilised.

The drawdowns on the RCF facility are typically rolled over on terms of between one and three months. However, as the Group has 
the intention and ability to continue to roll forward the drawdowns under the facility, the amount borrowed has been presented as 
long-term. 

In the second half of FY23, the Group reallocated £25.0m of the bond and guarantee component to the cash component such that at 
present, £175.0m in total is available on the RCF component, of which £122.0m was drawn as at 25 March 2023. A separate borrowing 
facility for financing equipment under construction is in place and at 25 March 2023 the amount outstanding on this facility is £0.7m.

As at 25 March 2023, the Group had a total of undrawn committed borrowing facilities, all maturing in more than one year, 
of £53.0m (26 March 2022: £55.0m, all maturing in more than one year). 

194

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

23 Leases
Accounting policies
At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if the 
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group 
accounts for identified leases in accordance with IFRS 16 (‘Leases’).

Management has made certain judgements on lease terms based on the Group’s current expectations of whether break or renewal 
options will be taken. Judgements have also been made in estimating the incremental borrowing rates to use when discounting 
lease payments.

Leases are recognised on the balance sheet (unless they are low value or for a term of less than 12 months) with a right to use asset 
and corresponding lease liability being recorded at the date the lease asset is available for use. 

The right to use asset is depreciated over the shorter of, the assets useful economic life and the lease term. Each lease payment is 
allocated between repayment of the lease liability and finance cost. 

The finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease term to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
remaining lease liability. 

At commencement date of the lease, a lease liability is initially recognised on the balance sheet at the present value of future lease 
payments (including fixed payments and variable lease payments that depend upon an index) and any lease penalties payable on 
the early exit of a lease if management anticipates taking these, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate appropriate for 
that lease, absent of the interest rate implicit in the lease being available. 

The right to use asset is initially measured at cost, being the initial value of the lease liability, any lease payments made (net of any 
incentives received from the lessor) before the commencement of the lease and any initial direct costs and any restoration costs. 
Payments in respect of short-term leases (duration of less than 12 months) or low value leases continue to be charged to the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Right-of-use assets are tested for impairment when indicators of 
impairment exist.

The Group has lease contracts for various properties and ground leases in addition to other equipment used in its operations. 
Leases for property and ground leases range from 2 years to in excess of 100 years in certain cases. Leases for other equipment 
used in operations are typically for periods of 2 to 5 years. There are several lease contracts which include extensions and 
termination options and these are discussed below. 

The Group also has certain leases that have terms of less than 12 months or lease or where equipment is of a low value. The Group 
applies the ‘short-term lease’ and ‘lease of low-value assets’ recognition exemptions.

Right-of-use assets
Set out below are the carrying amounts of right-to-use assets recognised and the movement during the period:

At 27 March 2021

Additions – change in lease assessment

Depreciation expense

At 26 March 2022
Additions – change in lease assessment

Depreciation expense

At 25 March 2023

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
equipment
£m

14.1

0.6

(2.2)

12.5

1.0

(2.1)

11.4

0.5

–

(0.1)

0.4

0.4

(0.1)

0.7

Total
£m

14.6

0.6

(2.3)

12.9

1.4

(2.2)

12.1

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

195

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

23	Leases	continued
Lease liabilities
Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movement during the period:

At 27 March 2021

Additions – change in lease assessment

Accretion of interest (note 6)

Lease payments1

Exchange differences

At 26 March 2022
Additions – change in lease assessment

Accretion of interest (note 6)

Lease payments1

Exchange differences

At 25 March 2023

Included within:
Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Note:
1. 

Lease payments include principal of £2.4m (FY22: £2.2m) and interest of £0.5m (FY22: £0.6m).

The following amounts have been recognised in the income statement:

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities (note 6)

Expense relating to short-term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets

Land and 
buildings
£m

Plant and 
equipment
£m

(15.2)

(0.5)

(0.6)

2.7

(0.2)

(13.8)

(1.0)

(0.5)

2.8

(0.1)

(12.6)

(0.5)

–

–

0.1

–

(0.4)

(0.4)

–

0.1

–

(0.7)

2023
£m

(3.0)

(10.3)

(13.3)

2023
£m

(2.2)

(0.5)

(0.3)

(0.3)

Total
£m

(15.7)

(0.5)

(0.6)

2.8

(0.2)

(14.2)

(1.4)

(0.5)

2.9

(0.1)

(13.3)

2022
£m

(2.7)

(11.5)

(14.2)

2022
£m

(2.3)

(0.6)

(0.3)

(0.2)

The Group had total cash outflows for leases of £3.5m in FY23 (FY22: £3.3m), including amounts relating to principal payment 
£2.4m (FY22: £2.2m), interest payments of £0.5m (FY22: £0.6m) and short and low values assets £0.6m (FY22: £0.5m). 

The Group also had non-cash additions to right-of-use assets £1.4m (FY22: £0.6m) and liabilities of £1.4m (FY22: £0.6m). 
At 25 March 2023, there are no leases entered into which have not yet commenced. 

The Group has certain leases that include extension or termination options. Management exercises judgement in determining 
whether these extensions and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised.

Set out below are the undiscounted potential future rental payment relating to the period following the exercise date of extension 
and termination options that are not included in the lease term:

Extension options expected not to be exercised

Termination options expected to be exercised

Within 
five years 
£m

More than 
five years
£m

0.8

0.3

0.5

–

Total 
£m

1.3

0.3

196

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

24	Retirement	benefit	obligations
Accounting policies 
The Group operates retirement benefit schemes, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices in the country 
concerned, covering the majority of employees. The assets of the Group’s schemes are generally held in separately administered 
trusts or are insured. The major schemes are defined benefit pension schemes with assets held separately from the Group. The 
cost of providing benefits under each scheme is determined using the projected unit credit actuarial valuation method. The major 
defined benefit pension scheme is based in the UK and is now closed to future accrual. The current service cost and gains and 
losses on settlements and curtailments are included in operating costs in the Group income statement. The interest income on the 
plan assets of funded defined benefit pension schemes and the imputed interest on pension scheme liabilities are disclosed as 
retirement benefit obligation net finance expense/income respectively in the income statement.

Return on plan assets excluding assumed interest income on the assets, changes in the retirement benefit obligation due to 
experience and changes in actuarial assumptions are included in the statement of comprehensive income in full in the period in 
which they arise.

The net liability/surplus recognised in respect of defined benefit pension schemes is the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation less the fair value of the scheme assets, as determined by actuarial valuations carried out at the balance sheet date. 
Any net pension surplus is recognised at the lower of the net surplus in the defined benefit pension valuation under IAS 19 and 
the asset ceiling. 

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to the income statement in the period to which the 
contributions relate. A trustee board has been appointed to operate the UK defined benefit scheme in accordance with its 
governing documents and pensions law. The scheme meets the legal requirement for member nominated trustee representation 
on the trustee board and a professional independent trustee has been appointed as chair of the Board. The trustee board 
undertakes regular training to ensure they are able to fulfil their function as a trustee and have appointed professional advisers 
to give them specialist expertise where required.

The Group has calculated the value of the minimum funding commitments to its schemes and determined that no additional 
liability under IFRIC 14 is required at 25 March 2023 as the Group has an unconditional right to any surplus. No significant 
judgements were involved in making this determination. The Group has recorded a net deficit on an IAS 19 basis within non-current 
liabilities on the balance sheet as at 25 March 2023. A deferred tax asset has been recognised on the pension deficit and was 
included within deferred tax assets as at 25 March 2023 (see note 18). 

On 2 March 2022, the Trustee and the Company agreed the terms for a schedule of contributions and a recovery plan, setting 
out a programme for clearing the UK Pension Scheme deficit (the “Recovery Plan”). The last actuarial valuation of the UK Pension 
Scheme was at 5 April 2021, which was based on intentionally prudent assumptions, revealed a funding shortfall (technical 
provisions minus the value of the assets) of £119.5m.

The £119.5m deficit is addressed by payments of £15m per annum (payable quarterly in arrears) under the Recovery Plan payable 
from the year ending 5 April 2022 until 31 March 2029. Additional contingent contributions in exceptional circumstances will 
become payable by way of an acceleration of the contributions due in later years where: 

(i)    the leverage ratio (consolidated net debt: EBITDA) is equal to or greater than 2.5x in FY23, up to a maximum of £4m in the 

financial year and/or 

(ii)   the Company or any of its subsidiaries take any action which will cause material detriment (defined in section 38 Pensions Act 

2004) to the UK Pension Scheme of £8m (£8m in FY23) over the period up to March 2023.

On 24 May 2022, the Trustees of the Main Scheme entered into a partial pensioner buy-in contract (qualifying insurance policy) 
for a proportion of pension members. In return for a premium paid from the Scheme’s assets, from the date of the buy-in, 
payments will be made to the Scheme that match the benefit payments to those Scheme members covered under the buy-in 
contract. The buy-in is considered to be a qualifying insurance policy. The premium paid to the insurer was £319.0m. As at 25 
March 2023, the value of the buy-in contract was £220.6m. The impact of the partial pensioner buy-in has been recognised as 
a loss on the scheme assets. 

In addition, during FY23, legal fees of £0.5m have been incurred in the rectification of certain discrepancies identified in the 
Scheme’s rules (FY22: £0.4m) (note 5). This has no impact on the UK defined benefit pension liability. 

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

197

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

24	Retirement	benefit	obligations	continued
(a) Defined benefit pension schemes
Amounts recognised in the consolidated balance sheet:

UK retirement benefit (deficit)/surplus

Overseas retirement liability

Retirement benefit (deficit)/surplus

Reported in:

Non-current assets

Non-current liabilities

Equities

Bonds

Secured/fixed income

Liability Driven Investment Fund

Multi Asset Credit

Qualifying insurance policy

Other

Fair value of scheme assets

Present value of funded obligations

Funded defined benefit pension schemes

Present value of unfunded obligations

Net (deficit)/surplus

Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement:

2023
UK
£m

3.2

88.7

133.0

163.6

60.2

220.6

8.9

678.2

(727.5)

(49.3)

(3.8)

(53.1)

2023
Overseas
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.6)

(1.6)

2023
UK
£m

2023
Overseas
£m

Included in employee benefits expense:
— Current service cost

— Administrative expenses and taxes

Included in interest on retirement benefit obligation net finance 
expense:
— Interest income on scheme assets

— Interest cost on liabilities

Retirement benefit obligation net finance expense (note 6)

Total recognised in the consolidated income statement

Return on scheme assets excluding assumed interest income

Remeasurement gains/(losses) on defined benefit pension obligations

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income

–

(1.6)

27.6

(26.5)

(1.1)

(0.5)

(301.1)

200.4

(100.7)

198

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

2023
£m

(53.1)

(1.6)

(54.7)

–

(54.7)

(54.7)

2022
UK 
£m

2022
Overseas 
£m

56.3

154.9

456.2

248.1

62.8

–

10.4

988.7

(952.8)

35.9

(4.3)

31.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.8)

(1.8)

2022
UK 
£m

2022
Overseas 
£m

–

(1.8)

2023
Total
£m

3.2

88.7

133.0

163.6

60.2

220.6

8.9

678.2

(727.5)

(49.3)

(5.4)

(54.7)

2023
Total
£m

–

(1.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

27.56

(26.5)

(1.1)

20.2

(20.4)

(0.2)

(0.5)

(2.0)

0.4

–

0.4

(300.7)

200.4

(100.3)

(51.2)

86.9

35.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2022
£m

31.6

(1.8)

29.8

31.6

(1.8)

29.8

2022
Total 
£m

56.3

154.9

456.2

248.1

62.8

–

10.4

988.7

(952.8)

35.9

(6.1)

29.8

2022
Total 
£m

–

(1.8)

20.2

(20.4)

(0.2)

(2.0)

(51.2)

86.9

35.7

Major categories of scheme assets as a percentage of total scheme assets:

Equities

Bonds

Secured/fixed income

Liability Driven Investment Fund

Multi Asset Credit

Qualifying insurance policy

Other

2023
UK
%

2023
Overseas
%

1  

13

20

24

9

32

1

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2023
Total
%

1

13

20

24

9

32

1

2022
UK 
%

2022
Overseas 
%

6

16

46

25

6

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2022
Total 
%

6

16

46

25

6

–

1

100

100

100

The Liability Driven Investment (“LDI”) fund consists of fixed interest and inflation linked bond holdings and interest, inflation, credit 
default and other swaps. Derivatives have been valued on a “mark to market basis”. 

The Multi Asset Credit Fund invests in a variety of debt instruments. Multi Asset Credit, Diversified Growth Funds, Secured income 
and LDI asset categories include certain assets which are not quoted in an active market and are stated at fair value estimates 
provided by the manager of the investment fund. 

Debt securities (bonds) have quotes prices in active markets and equity instruments consist of private indices with underlying 
equities with quoted prices in active markets. Multi Asset Credit and LDI asset categories include certain assets which are not 
quoted in an active market and are stated at fair value estimates provided by the manager of the investment fund. 

Other UK assets comprise of cash, interest rate swaps and floating rate notes.

Principal actuarial assumptions:

Discount rate

CPI inflation rate

RPI inflation rate

2023
UK
%

2023
Overseas
%

2022
UK 
%

2022
Overseas 
%

4.70%

2.50%

3.00%

–

–

–

2.85%

3.10%

3.50%

–

–

–

The financial assumptions adopted as at 25 March 2023 reflect the duration of the scheme liabilities which has been estimated 
to be broadly 14 years (FY22: broadly 15 years).

At 25 March 2023 mortality assumptions were based on tables issued by Club Vita, with future improvements in line with the CMI 
model, CMI_2021 (FY22: CMI_2021) with a smoothing parameter of 7.5 and a long-term future improvement trend of 1.25% per 
annum (FY22: long-term rate of 1.25% per annum) and w2020 parameter of 20% (FY22: 5%). The resulting life expectancies within 
retirement are as follows:

Aged 65 retiring immediately (current pensioner)

Aged 50 retiring in 15 years (future pensioner)

Male

Female

Male

Female

2023

21.8

23.9

22.4

25.3

2022

22.0

24.0

22.5

25.4

The defined benefit pension schemes expose the Group to the following main risks:

Mortality risk – An increase in the life expectancy of members will increase the liabilities of the schemes. The mortality 
assumptions are reviewed regularly and are considered appropriate.

Interest rate risk – A decrease in bond yields will increase the liabilities of the scheme. Liability driven investment strategies are 
used to hedge part of this risk.

Investment risk – The value of pension scheme assets vary with changes in interest rates, inflation expectations, credit spreads, 
exchange rates, and equity and property prices. There is a risk that asset returns are volatile and that the value of pension scheme 
assets may not move in line with changes in pension scheme liabilities. To mitigate against investment risk the pension scheme 
invests in derivatives which aim to hedge a proportion of the movements in assets and liabilities. The pension scheme invests in a 
wide range of assets to provide diversification in order to reduce the risk that a single investment or type of asset class could have 
a materially adverse impact on total scheme assets. The investment strategy and performance of investment funds are reviewed 
regularly to ensure the asset strategy of the pension schemes continues to be appropriate.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

199

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
Notes to the accounts continued

24	Retirement	benefit	obligations	continued
Inflation risk – The liabilities of the scheme are linked to inflation. An increase in inflation will result in an increase in liabilities. 
There are caps in place for UK scheme benefits to mitigate the risk of extreme increases in inflation. Liability driven investment 
strategies are used to hedge part of this risk. Any increase in the retirement benefit obligation could lead to additional funding 
obligations in future years. 

The table below provides the sensitivity of the liability in the scheme to changes in various assumptions:

Assumption change

0.50% decrease in discount rate

0.50% increase in discount rate

0.25% increase in expected RPI and CPI inflation rate

0.25% increase in expected CPI inflation rate

Increasing life expectancy by one year

Approximate impact on liability

Increase in liability of c.£46m

Decrease on liability by c£42m

Increase in liability of c.£9m

Increase in liability of £8m

Increase in liability of c.£27m

The liability sensitivities have been derived using the duration of the scheme based on the membership profile as at 5 April 2021 
and assumptions chosen for the FY23 year end. The sensitivity analysis does not allow for changes in scheme membership since 
the 2021 actuarial valuation or the impact of the Scheme or Group’s risk management activities in respect of interest rate and 
inflation risk on the valuation of the Scheme assets.

The largest defined benefit pension scheme operated by the Group is in the UK. Changes in the fair value of UK scheme assets:

UK Scheme assets

At 26 March 2022/27 March 2021

Assumed interest income on scheme assets

Scheme administration expenses

Return on scheme assets less interest income1

Employer contributions and other income

Benefits paid (including transfers)

At 25 March 2023/26 March 2022

2023
£m

2022
£m

988.7

1,053.3

27.6

(1.6)

(301.1)

16.5

(51.9)

678.2

20.2

(1.8)

(51.2)

16.4

(48.2)

988.7

Note:
1. 

 The £16.5m of pension payments includes £15.0m payable under the Recovery Plan, agreed in May 2020, and a further £1.5m relating to payments made by the Group towards the 
administration costs of running the scheme, which were £1.6m in FY23. 

Changes in the fair value of UK defined benefit pension obligations:

UK defined benefit pension obligations

At 27 March 2022/27 March 2020

Interest cost on liabilities

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

Effect of experience items on liabilities

Benefits paid (including transfers)

At 25 March 2023/26 March 2022

2023
£m

(957.1)

(26.5)

225.3

3.0

(27.9)

51.9

(731.3)

2022
£m

(1,071.8)

(20.4)

101.0

(2.1)

(12.0)

48.2

(957.1)

(b) Defined contribution pension plans
The Group operates a number of defined contribution plans for which the charge in the consolidated income statement for the 
year was £4.1m (FY22: £4.1m).

200

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

25 Employee information

Average number of employees 
United Kingdom and Ireland 

Rest of Europe 

The Americas 

Rest of World 

Employee costs (including Directors’ emoluments) 
Wages and salaries 

Social security costs 

Pension costs 

Share incentive schemes 

Sharesave schemes 

2023
number

2022
number

935

557

65

485

985

558

63

630

2042

2,236

2023
£m

80.8

7.7

4.6

93.1

0.6

1.3

95.0

2022
£m

83.5

7.8

4.5

95.8

1.3

0.5

97.6

More detailed information regarding the Directors’ remuneration, shareholdings, pension entitlement, share options and other long 
term incentive plans is shown in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 102 to 127.

26	Capital	and	other	commitments

Capital and other expenditure contracted but not provided:
Property, plant and equipment

Lease commitments

Other commitments 

2023
£m

16.4

13.9

–

30.3

2022
£m

10.6

–

364.2

374.8

Lease commitments relate to the factory site extension in Malta where the Company has signed a lease for the premises for an 
initial term of 20 years. The lease will be recognised when the building becomes available for use. 

Other commitments in the table above in FY22 were amounts in relation to the sale of Portals De La Rue Limited to EPIRIS Fund II 
on 29 March 2018. As part of the transaction, Portals De La Rue Limited supplied paper to meet the Group’s anticipated internal 
requirements with pre-agreed volumes and price mechanisms until March 2028. Based on the terms of the agreement the Group 
had other commitments of approximately £626.9m over 10 years from the date of sale. Management assessed that such supply 
arrangement all associated commitments form a single agreement for accounting purposes. The termination of the Relationship 
Agreement with Portals in the year resulted in these commitments being extinguished (note 5).

27 Contingent assets and liabilities
In June 2019 De La Rue International Limited terminated its agency agreement and sales consultancy agreement with Pastoriza 
SRL, a company which provided agency and sales consultancy services to the Group in the Dominican Republic from 2016 to 2019. 
Pastoriza disputed the termination and commenced a commercial lawsuit in the Dominican Republic for a claimed amount of 
approximately US$8m (plus monthly interest) which was dismissed by the Court in December 2020. Pastoriza appealed the 
decision, but the Court of Appeal dismissed the appeal in May 2021. Pastoriza then appealed to the Supreme Court, which also 
dismissed the appeal in July 2022. We have now had confirmation from the Court that Pastoriza has not lodged an appeal with 
the Constitutional Court (which would have been the final possible forum for this litigation) and it is now too late to do so, therefore 
the litigation is now at an end.

De la Rue has been made aware that the Central Bureau of Investigation in India (CBI-I) has launched an investigation into the 
conduct of Arvind Mayaram, the former Indian Finance Secretary, in which the historical activities of De La Rue in India prior to 2016 
have been implicated. The Company has not received any official direct communication of this investigation from the CBI-I but has 
learned about it from publicly available sources. De La Rue has not served the Government of India or the Central Bank of India in 
any capacity since 2016. The Company believes that there is no merit to the allegations that relate to De La Rue and is seeking legal 
advice in this regard.

The Group also provides guarantees and performance bonds which are issued in the ordinary course of business. In the event that 
a guarantee or performance bond is called, a provision may be required subject to the particular circumstances including an 
assessment of its recoverability.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

201

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
Notes to the accounts continued

28	Related	party	transactions
During the year the Group traded on an arm’s length basis with the associated company Fidink (33.3% owned). The Group’s trading 
activities with Fidink in the period comprise £22.2m (FY22: £20.3m) for the purchase of ink and other consumables on an arm’s 
length basis. At the balance sheet date there was £1.7m (FY22: £4.6m) owing to this company.

The value of the Group’s investment in associate is not material and hence not disclosed on the face of the balance sheet.

Intra-group transactions between the Parent and the fully consolidated subsidiaries or between fully consolidated subsidiaries are 
eliminated on consolidation.

Directors and Key management compensation

Directors

Aggregate emoluments

Aggregate gains made on the exercise of share options 

Directors and Key management

Salaries and other short term employee benefits 

Retirement benefits – Defined contribution 

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

1,595 

2,097 

–

1,595

–

2,097

2023
£m

2.1

0.1

0.2

0.1

2.5

2022
£m

2.7

0.1

–

0.8

3.6

Key management comprises members of the Board (including the fees of Non-executive Directors) and the Executive Leadership 
Team. Termination benefits include compensation for loss of office, ex gratia payments, redundancy payments, enhanced 
retirement benefits and any related benefits in kind connected with a person leaving office or employment.

29	Subsidiaries	and	associated	companies	as	at	25	March	2023	
A full list of subsidiary and associated undertakings is below. Unless otherwise stated all Group owned shares are ordinary.

Country of incorporation

Name and Registered Office address and operation

Activities

De La Rue 
interest %

Europe
United Kingdom

DLR (No.1) Limited

DLR (No.2) Limited1

De La Rue Holdings Limited

De La Rue International Limited

De La Rue Overseas Limited

De La Rue Finance Limited

De La Rue Investments Limited

Portals Group Limited2

De La Rue Consulting Services Limited

De La Rue Healthcare Trustee Limited

De La Rue Pension Trustee Limited

De La Rue Scandinavia Limited

Harrison & Sons Limited

Portals Holdings Limited

Portals Property Limited

Guernsey

Ireland

Malta

Netherlands

De La Rue House, Jays Close, Viables, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4BS, 
United Kingdom

The Burnhill Insurance Company  
Limited Level 5, Mill Court, La Charroterie, St Peter Port, GY1 1EJ, Guernsey

De La Rue (Guernsey) Limited  
PO Box 142, Suite 2, Block C, Hirzel Court, St Peter Port, GY1 3HT, Guernsey 

Thomas De La Rue and Company (Ireland) Limited  
Floor 3, Block 3, Miesian Plaza, Dublin 2, D02 Y754, Ireland

De La Rue Currency and Security Print  
Limited B40/43 Industrial Estate, Bulebel, Zejtun, Malta

De La Rue BV  
Hoogoorddreef 15, 1101 BA, Amsterdam, Netherlands

202

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Holding company

Holding company

Holding and general 
commercial activities

Trading

Holding company

Internal financing

Holding company

Holding company

Trading

Dormant

Dormant

Holding company

Non-trading

Dormant

Trading

Insurance

Non-trading

Dormant

Trading

Non-trading

100

100 

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Country of incorporation

Name and Registered Office address and operation

De La Rue (Sverige) AB  
Box 6343, 102 35 Stockholm, Sweden

Thomas De La Rue A.G.  
Rue de Morat 11, 1700 Fribourg, Switzerland

De La Rue North America Holdings Inc.3

De La Rue Authentication Solutions Inc. 
1750 North 800 West, Logan, Utah 84321, USA

De La Rue Canada One Limited  
1400-340 Albert Street, Ottawa, ON K1R 0A5, Canada

De La Rue Cash Systems Industrias Limitada4  
Rua Boa Vista, 254, 13th Floor, Suite 40, Centro, Sao Paulo, State of Sao Paulo, 
01014-907, Brazil

De La Rue Cash Systems Limitada4  
Rua Boa Vista, 254, 13th Floor, Suite 41, Centro, Sao Paulo, State of Sao Paulo, 
01014-907, Brazil

De La Rue Currency and Security Print Limited

De La Rue Kenya EPZ Limited  
ABC Towers, 6th Floor, ABC Place, Waiyaki Way, Nairobi, Kenya

De La Rue Commercial Services Limited  
7th Floor, Marble House, 1 Kingsway Road, Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria

De La Rue West Africa SARL  
Ouakam, derrière l’hôpital, Lot No 43, Dakar, Senegal

Activities

Non-trading

Holding company

Holding company

Trading

Trading

Non-trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Sweden

Switzerland

North America
USA

Canada

South America
Brazil

Africa
Kenya

Nigeria

Senegal

South Africa

Ghana

De La Rue Global Services (SA) (Pty) Limited  
Wanderers Office Park, 52 Corlett Drive, Illovo, Johannesburg, 2196, South Africa

De La Rue Buck Press LTD  
Buck Press Building, Accra-Nsawam Hwy, Accra, Ga West, Greater Accra, P.O. Box 
AN 12321, Accra GA/R, Ghana

Non-trading

Trading

Australia and Oceania
Australia

Far East and Asia
China

Hong Kong

Sri Lanka

India

Malaysia

Qatar

Singapore

De La Rue Australia Pty Limited  
Level 7, 151 Clarence Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia

De La Rue Security Technology (Beijing) Co. Ltd  
Room 1-053, Building No.1, Yard 4, East Beitucheng Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 
PR, China

Thomas De La Rue (Hong Kong) Limited  
Suite 1106-8, 11/F Tai Yau Building, No 181 Johnson Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong

De La Rue Lanka Currency and Security Print (Private) Limited  
Export Processing Zone, Biyagama, Malwana, Sri Lanka

De La Rue India Private Limited  
312 Vardaan House, 7/28 Ansari Road, Darya Gank, Central Delhi, Delhi, 110002, India

De La Rue Asia Sdn. Bhd.  
No. 256B, Jalan Bandar 12, Taman Melawati, 53100 Kuala Lampur, Wilayah 
Persekutuan, Malaysia

De La Rue Doha LLC  
Desk BL24, 22nd Floor, Tornado Tower, Westbay, Doha, Qatar

De La Rue Currency and Security Print Pte Ltd  
80 Raffles Place, #32-01, UOB Plaza, 048624, Singapore

United Arab Emirates

De La Rue FZCO  
Dubai Airport Free Zone Authority, Building 6 West Wing A, Office #820, PO Box 
371683, Dubai

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Non-Trading

Trading

Non-trading

Trading

Saudi Arabia

Associates
Switzerland

De La Rue Communication and Information Technology Co LLC  
Akaria Plaza, Gate “D”, Level 6, Olaya Main St, Riyadh, 1148, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Trading

Fidink S.A.

Trading

Ordinary shares held directly by De La Rue plc.

Notes: 
1. 
2.  Ordinary shares, cumulative preference shares and deferred shares.
3.  Common stock.
4.  Quotas.

De La Rue 
interest %

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

60

100

100

100

49

100

100

100

60

100

100

100

100

100

100

33

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

203

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts continued

30		Non-controlling	interest
The Group has three subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests:

 – De La Rue Buck Press Limited, whose country of incorporation is Ghana;
 – De La Rue Lanka Currency and Security Print (Private) Limited, whose country of incorporation is Sri Lanka; and
 – De La Rue Kenya EPZ Limited, whose country of incorporation and operation is Kenya.

The accumulated non-controlling interest of the subsidiary at the end of the reporting period is shown in the Group balance sheet. 
The following table summarises the key information relating to these subsidiaries, before intra-group eliminations.

Ghana

Sri Lanka

Kenya1

Ghana

Sri Lanka

Non-controlling interest percentage

51%

40%

40%

Non-current assets

Current assets

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Net assets (100%)

Revenue

Profit/(loss)for the year

Profit/(loss) allocated to non-controlling interest 

Dividends declared by non-controlling interest

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

2023
£m

–

8.9

–

(5.7)

3.2

2023
£m

13.8

2.2

1.1

–

2.9

–

–

2.9

2023
£m

7.7

30.5

(0.4)

(10.6)

27.2

2023
£m

35.0

1.2

0.5

0.8

8.9

(0.2)

(1.9)

6.8

2023
£m

0.2

22.8

–

(13.7)

9.3

2023
£m

16.8

(7.3)

(2.9)

–

0.8

(0.3)

(0.1)

0.4

51%

2022
£m

–

5.8

–

(5.1)

0.7

2022
£m

14.3

0.3

0.2

–

(0.6)

–

0.3

(0.3)

40%

2022
£m

9.4

22.6

(0.3)

(3.8)

27.9

2022
£m

34.4

3.0

1.1

0.7

(0.6)

0.2

(1.8)

(2.2)

Kenya

40%

2022
£m

5.8

25.1

(0.1)

(14.2)

16.6

2022
£m

30.5

2.2

0.9

0.2

0.9

(0.3)

(0.5)

0.1

Notes: 
1. 

 In January 2023, the Group announced that it has suspended banknote printing operations Kenya. In addition, operations in Authentication division are also in the process of winding down 
(note 5).

31		Post	balance	sheet	events
On 29 June 2023 the Company entered into a number of documents which had the effect of amending and restating the terms 
of the revolving facility agreement with its lending banks and their agents.

These documents are an amendment and restatement agreement with the various lenders and the banks’ agent and security 
agent, a debenture between the Company, certain other Group companies and the banks’ security agent and an inter-creditor 
agreement between the creditors. As a result of these changes, the facilities are now secured against material assets and shares 
within the Group.

On the 28 June 2023 the Company entered into an agreement with the trustees of the De La Rue Pension Scheme in relation to 
the deferral of certain deficit reduction payments that were otherwise due to be paid by the Company and other Group companies 
to that scheme. In order to preserve and support the position of the scheme, with the support of the lenders, the scheme will be 
provided with security on a pari passu basis together with the lenders, as well as an enhanced information sharing protocol to 
ensure ongoing communication between the Group and the trustee remains comprehensive.

204

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Company balance sheet

Company balance sheet
at 25 March 2023

Fixed assets
Investments in subsidiaries

Current assets
Debtors: receivable within one year

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors:
Amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Other reserve

Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

The loss for the year of the Company was £197.1m (FY22: profit £1.3m).

Approved by the Board on 29 June 2023.

Clive Vacher 
Chief Executive Officer 

Rob Harding
Chief Financial Officer

Notes

2023 
£m

2022 
£m

3a

4a

5a

6a

71.8

71.8

–

1.0

1.0

(0.2) 

(0.2)

0.8

72.6

72.6

88.8

42.2

5.9

–

(64.3)

72.6

155.8

155.8

111.3

0.9

112.2

(0.6)

(0.6)

111.6

267.4

267.4

88.8

42.2

5.9

51.9

78.6

267.4

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

205

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

Company statement of changes in equity
for the period ended 25 March 2023

Balance at 27 March 2021
Profit for the financial year 

Employee share scheme: 

– value of services provided 

Balance at 26 March 2022

Loss for the financial year 

Reclassification between reserves

Employee share scheme: 

– value of services provided

Other – unclaimed dividends

Balance at 25 March 2023

Share 
premium 
account 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Other
reserve
£m

Profit and 
loss account 
£m

Share 
capital 
£m

88.8

–

–

42.2

–

–

88.8

42.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5.9

–

–

5.9

–

–

–

–

51.9

–

–

51.9

–

(51.9)

–

–

–

75.6

1.3

1.7 

78.6

(197.1)

51.9

1.9

0.4

(64.3)

Total 
equity 
£m

264.4

1.3

1.7

267.4

(197.1)

–

1.9

0.4

72.6

88.8

42.2

5.9

Share premium account
This reserve arises from the issuance of shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value.

Capital redemption reserve
This reserve represents the nominal value of shares redeemed by the Company.

Other reserve
On 1 February 2000, the Company issued and credited as fully paid 191,646,873 ordinary shares of 25p each and paid cash of 
£103.7m to acquire the issued share capital of De La Rue plc (now De La Rue Holdings Limited), following the approval of a High 
Court Scheme of Arrangement. In exchange for every 20 ordinary shares in De La Rue plc, shareholders received 17 ordinary shares 
plus 920p in cash. The other reserve of £83.8m arose as a result of this transaction and is a permanent adjustment to the 
consolidated financial statements.

On 17 June 2020 the Group announced that it would issue new ordinary shares via a “cash box” structure to raise gross proceeds 
of £100m, in order to provide the Company and its management with operational and financial flexibility to implement De La Rue’s 
turnaround plan, which was first announced by the Company earlier in the year. The cashbox completed on 7 July 2020 and 
consisted of a firm placing and open offer. The Group issued 90.9m new ordinary shares each with a nominal value of 44 152⁄175p, at 
a price of 110p per share (giving gross proceeds of £100m). A “cash box” structure was used in such a way that merger relief was 
available under Companies Act 2006, section 612 and thus no share premium needed to be recorded and instead an ‘other reserve’ 
of £51.9m was recorded. This section applies to shares which are issued to acquire non-equity shares (such as the Preference 
Shares) issued as part of the same arrangement.

The Group recorded share capital equal to the aggregate nominal value of the ordinary shares issued (£40.8m) and merger reserve 
equal to the difference between the total proceeds net of costs and share capital. As the cash proceeds received by De La Rue plc 
where loaned via intercompany account to a subsidiary company to enable a substantial repayment of the RCF, the increase to 
other reserves of £51.9m was treated as an unrealised profit. In the current year the Group recorded an impairment of the intercompany 
loan. As a matter of generally accepted accounting practice, a profit previously regarded as unrealised becomes realised when 
there is a loss recognised on the write-down for depreciation, amortisation, diminution in value or impairment of the related asset. 
Therefore, on the basis, the £51.9m previously treated as unrealised within Other Reserves is now treated as a realised amount and 
has therefore been reclassified from “Other Reserves” to “Profit and Loss Account” as at 25 March 2023. 

206

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Accounting policies – Company

Basis of preparation
The financial statements of De La Rue plc 
(the Company) have been prepared in 
accordance with the revised Financial 
Reporting Standard 102. The presentation 
and functional currency of these financial 
statements is GBP. 

Critical accounting 
estimates and judgement
Impairment of subsidiary 
During the period, the Company booked 
an impairment in its subsidiary of £85.6m 
based on an equity valuation of £71.6m.

Under section s408 of the Companies 
Act 2006 the Company is exempt from 
the requirement to present its own profit 
and loss account. 

In accordance with FRS 102, the Company 
meets the definition of a qualifying entity 
and has therefore taken advantage of the 
exemptions from the following disclosure 
requirements listed below:

 –  Disclosures in respect of transactions 

with wholly owned subsidiaries

 – Cash Flow Statement and related notes
 –  Key Management Personnel 

compensation 

As the consolidated financial statements 
of the Company include the equivalent 
disclosures, the Company has also taken 
the exemptions under FRS 102 available in 
respect of the following disclosures:

 –  Share based payment – share based 

payment expense charged to profit or 
loss, reconciliation of opening and 
closing number and weighted average 
exercise price of share options, how the 
fair value of options granted was 
measured, measurement and carrying 
amount of liabilities for cash settled 
share-based payments, explanation 
of modifications to arrangements; 
 – The disclosures required by FRS 102.11 
Basic Financial Instruments and FRS 
102.12 Other Financial Instrument Issues 
in respect of financial instruments not 
falling within the fair value accounting 
rules of Paragraph 36(4) of Schedule 1; 
and

 – The Company proposes to continue 
to adopt FRS 102 with the above 
disclosure exemptions in its next 
financial statements.

Judgements made by the Directors, in the 
application of these accounting policies 
that have significant effect on the 
financial statements and estimates with 
a significant risk of material adjustment 
in the next year are discussed below.

Management considers this appropriate 
given the significant reduction in the 
market capitalisation of the group to 
approximately £71m at 27 June 2023 
versus approximate £214m market 
capitalisation as at 26 March 2022 given 
the resetting of market expectations on 
FY24 and revised outlook guidance.

Management has used the same valuation 
methodology as used in the prior period 
and prepared an updated impairment 
assessment based on Group’s latest 
approved budgets and longer-term 
cashflows as used in its Viability 
Statement and Going Concern modelling. 
Management has also used an updated 
post-tax discount rate of 12.3% (which 
was applied to the post-tax cashflow) 
which management considers to be 
appropriate. Management determined 
that the impact of using pre-tax 
cashflows as a pre-tax discount rate, 
would not be material.

The Directors consider the 3% terminal 
growth rate reasonable, as encouraging 
signs of recovery are being seen in 
Currency. In addition, continued growth in 
Authentication is expected at a rate that 
supports a terminal growth rate of 3%. 
The Directors also consider that a 3% 
terminal growth rate can be supported by 
the ability to maintain operating margins 
in later years. The combination of these 
factors led the Directors to be comfortable 
with a 3% terminal growth rate.

Management applied the following 
sensitivities, based on reasonably 
possible change in assumptions:

The Directors noted that a reduction in 
the discount rate by 1% (from 12.3%) would 
have increased the equity valuation to 
£99.5m, increasing the headroom vs the 
revised investment carrying value of 
£71.6m by £27.8m.

The Directors noted that decreasing the 
terminal rate from 3% to 2% would have 
reduced the equity valuation to £46.8m, 
reducing the headroom versus the 
revised investment carrying value of 
£71.6m by £24.9m.

The accounts have been prepared as at 
25 March 2023, being the last Saturday in 
March. The comparatives for the 2020/21 
financial period are for the period ended 
26 March 2022.

Other than as described below, the 
following accounting policies have been 
applied consistently to all periods 
presented in these financial statements 
as at, and for the period ended, 26 March 
2022, apart from standards, amendments 
to or interpretations of published 
standards adopted during the year.

Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared 
on the historical cost basis.

Foreign currencies
Amounts receivable from overseas 
subsidiaries which are denominated in 
foreign currencies are translated into 
sterling at the appropriate period end 
rates of exchange. Exchange gains and 
losses on translating foreign currency 
amounts are included within the interest 
section of the profit and loss account 
except for exchange gains and losses 
associated with hedging loans that are 
taken to reserves.

Transactions in foreign currencies are 
translated into the functional currency 
at the rates of exchange prevailing at 
the dates of the individual transactions. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies are subsequently 
retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling 
at the balance sheet date. Such exchange 
differences are taken to the profit and 
loss account.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

207

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsAccounting policies – Company continued

Dividends
Under FRS 102, final ordinary dividends 
payable to the shareholders of the 
Company are recognised in the period 
that they are approved by the shareholders. 
Interim ordinary dividends are recognised 
in the period that they are paid.

Taxation
The charge for taxation is based on 
the result for the year and takes into 
account taxation deferred because of 
timing differences between the treatment 
of certain items for taxation and 
accounting purposes.

Deferred tax is recognised, without 
discounting, in respect of all timing 
differences between the treatment of 
certain items for taxation and accounting 
purposes which have arisen but not 
reversed by the balance sheet date, 
except as otherwise required by FRS 102.

Financial guarantee 
contracts
Where the Company enters into financial 
guarantee contracts to guarantee the 
indebtedness of other companies within 
the Group, the Company considers these 
to be insurance arrangements and 
accounts for them as such. In this respect, 
the Company treats the guarantee 
contract as a contingent liability until such 
time as it becomes probable that the 
Company will be required to make a 
payment under the guarantee.

Investments in subsidiaries
These are separate financial statements 
of the Company. In the transition to 
FRS 102 the Company took the first-time 
adoption exemption for separate financial 
instruments and as such the carrying 
amount of the Company’s cost of 
investment in subsidiaries is its deemed 
cost at transition date, 30 March 2014.

Employee benefits
Defined benefit plans
The pension rights of the Company’s 
employees are dealt with through a 
self-administered scheme, the assets 
of which are held independently of the 
Group’s finances. The scheme is a defined 
benefit scheme and is largely closed to 
future accrual. The Group agrees deficit 
funding with the scheme Trustees and 
Pension Regulator. The Company is a 
participating employer but the Group has 
adopted a policy whereby the scheme 
funding and deficit are recorded in the 
main UK trading subsidiary of the 
Company, De La Rue International Limited, 
which pays all contributions to the 
scheme and hence these are not shown 
in the Company accounts. Full details of 
the scheme can be found in note 24 to 
the consolidated financial statements.

Share-based payment 
transactions
Full details of the share-based payments 
Schemes operated by the Group are 
found in note 21 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

208

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Notes to the accounts – Company

1a   Employee costs and numbers
Employee costs are borne by De La Rue Holdings Limited. For details of Directors’ remuneration, refer to disclosures in the 
Directors’ remuneration report on pages 102 to 127.

Average employee numbers

2023
number

2022 
number

3

3

2a  Auditor’s remuneration
Auditor’s remuneration is borne by De La Rue Holdings Limited. For details of auditor’s remuneration, see note 4 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

3a  Investments
Investments are stated at deemed cost in the balance sheet, less provision for impairment.

Investments comprise:

Investments in subsidiaries 

Cost at 27 March 2022 and 26 March 2021

Additions

Impairment

Cost at 25 March 2023 and 26 March 2022

2023
£m

2022 
£m

71.8

155.8

155.8

1.6

(85.6)

71.8

154.5

1.3

–

155.8

Where the Company grants share options over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiary undertakings these awards are 
accounted for by the Company, as an additional investment in its subsidiary. The costs are determined in accordance with FRS 102. 
Any payments made by the subsidiary undertaking in respect of these arrangements are treated as a return of this investment.

For further details on the impairment, see the ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgements’ section on page 207 of 
Accounting Policies.

For details of investments in Group companies, refer to the list of subsidiary and associated undertakings on pages 202 to 203.

4a Debtors
Other receivables are measured at amortised cost, which approximates to fair value. Trade and other receivables are discounted 
when the time value of money is considered material. The amounts owed by Group undertakings are repayable on demand but are 
not expected to be realised within 12 months.

Amounts due within one year 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

2023
£m

2022 
£m

–

111.3

During the year an impairment charge of £113.9m (FY22: £nil) was recorded against amounts owed to Group undertakings.

5a  Other creditors

Amounts falling due within one year 
Accruals and deferred income 

Other creditors 

2023
£m

0.2

0.2

2022 
£m

0.6

0.6

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

209

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNotes to the accounts – Company continued

6a Share capital
For details of share capital, see note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

7a Share based payments
The Company operates various equity and cash settled option schemes although the majority of plans are settled by the issue 
of shares. The services received from employees are measured by reference to the fair value of the share options. The fair value 
is calculated at grant date and recognised in the profit and loss account, together with a corresponding increase in shareholders’ 
funds, on a straight line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. 
Vesting conditions, other than market conditions, are not taken into account when estimating the fair value. FRS 102 has been 
applied to share settled share options granted after 7 November 2002.

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiary undertakings these awards are 
accounted for by the Company, as an additional investment in its subsidiary. The costs are determined in accordance with FRS 102. 
Any payments made by the subsidiary undertaking in respect of these arrangements are treated as a return of this investment.

For details of share-based payments, see note 21 to the consolidated financial statements and the Directors’ remuneration report 
on pages 102 to 127.

8a Related party transactions
The Company has no transactions with or amounts due to or from subsidiary undertakings that are not 100% owned either 
directly by the Company or by its subsidiaries. For details of key management compensation, see note 28 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

210

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Non-IFRS measures

De La Rue plc publishes certain additional information in a non-statutory format in order to provide readers with an increased 
insight into the underlying performance of the business. These non-statutory measures are prepared on a basis excluding the 
impact of exceptional items and amortisation of intangibles acquired through business combinations, as they are not considered 
to be representative of underlying business performance. The measures the Group uses along with appropriate reconciliations to 
the equivalent IFRS measures where applicable are shown in the following tables.

The Group’s policy on classification of exceptional items is also set out below:

The Directors consider items of income and expenditure which are material by size and/or by nature and not representative of 
normal business activities should be disclosed separately in the financial statements so as to help provide an indication of the 
Group’s underlying business performance. The Directors label these items collectively as ‘exceptional items’. Determining which 
transactions are to be considered exceptional in nature is often a subjective matter. However, circumstances that the Directors 
believe would give rise to exceptional items for separate disclosure would include: gains or losses on the disposal of businesses, 
curtailments on defined benefit pension arrangements or changes to the pension scheme liability which are considered to be of a 
permanent nature such as the change in indexation or the GMPs, and non-recurring fees relating to the management of historical 
scheme issues, restructuring of businesses, asset impairments and costs associated with the acquisition and integration of 
business combinations. All exceptional items are included in the appropriate income statement category to which they relate.

A  Adjusted revenue
Adjusted revenue excluded “pass-through” revenue relating to non-novated contracts following the paper and international 
identity solutions business sales. There has been no “pass-through” revenue in FY23 or FY22 and therefore this non-IFRS is no 
longer used by the Group. 

B  Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted operating profit represents earnings from continuing operations adjusted to exclude exceptional items and amortisation 
of acquired intangible assets.

Operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations on an IFRS basis 

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 

Exceptional items

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations

2023
£m

(20.3)

1.0

47.1

27.8

2022 
£m

29.7

1.0

5.7

36.4

C  Adjusted basic earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share are the earnings attributable to equity shareholders, excluding exceptional items and amortisation of 
acquired intangible assets and discontinued operations divided by the weighted average basic number of ordinary shares in issue. 
It has been calculated by dividing the De La Rue plc’s adjusted operating profit from continuing operations for the period by the 
weighted average basic number of ordinary shares in issue excluding shares held in the employee share trust.

(Loss)/Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company

Exclude: discontinued operations 

(Loss)/Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company from continuing operations on an

IFRS basis

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Exceptional items

Tax on amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Tax on exceptional items

Adjusted (loss)/profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company from continuing operations

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings

Continuing operations

Basic earnings per ordinary share on an IFRS basis

Basic adjusted earnings per ordinary share

2023
£m

(55.9)

–

2022 
£m

21.5

(0.8)

(55.9)

20.7

1.0

47.1

(0.3)

5.1

(3.0)

1.0

5.7

(0.3)

(1.8)

25.3

195.4

195.2

 2023
pence per 
share

2022
pence per 
share

(28.6)

(1.5)

10.6

13.0

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

211

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsNon-IFRS measures continued

D  Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin
Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings from continuing operations before the deduction of interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation 
and exceptional items. 

The EBITDA margin percentage takes the applicable EBITDA figure and divides this by the continuing revenue in the period of 
£349.7m (FY22: £375.1m). The covenant test (note 14(b)) uses earlier accounting standards and excludes adjustments for IFRS 16 
and takes into account lease payments made.

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Add back:

Profit on discontinued operations

Taxation

Net finance expenses

(Loss)/Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations 

Add back:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets 

EBITDA 
Exceptional items

Adjusted EBITDA

Revenue £m

EBITDA margin 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

The adjusted EBITDA split by division was as follows:

FY23

Operating (loss)/profit on IFRS basis
Add back:

Net exceptional items

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Adjusted EBITDA

FY22

Operating (loss)/profit on IFRS basis
Add back:

Net exceptional items

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Adjusted EBITDA

2023 
£m

(57.2)

–

27.6

9.3

(20.3)

12.5

2.2

5.3

(0.3)

47.1

46.8

349.7

(0.1)%

13.4%

2022
£m

23.7

(0.8)

1.3

5.5

29.7

12.0

2.3

4.3

48.3

5.7

54.0

375.1

12.9%

14.4%

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Central
£m

Total of 
continuing 
operations 
£m

(24.8)

5.4

(0.2)

(0.7)

(20.3)

38.4

11.1

1.3

26.0

7.9

2.5

3.4

19.2

0.1

0.1

–

–

0.7

1.0

(0.6)

1.6

47.1

14.7

5.3

46.8

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Central
£m

Total of 
continuing 
operations 
£m

15.0

4.5

10.7

1.3

31.5

15.1

0.2

2.5

2.3

20.1

0.6

–

–

–

0.6

(1.0)

29.7

1.0

1.1

0.7

1.8

5.7

14.3

4.3

46.8

212

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

E  Adjusted controllable operating profit by division
Adjusted controllable operating profit represents earnings from continuing operations of the on-going divisions adjusted to 
exclude exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangible assets and costs relating to the enabling functions such as 
Finance, IT and Legal that are deemed to be attributable only to the on-going two divisional structure model. Key reporting metrics 
for monitoring the divisional performance is linked to gross profit and controllable profit (being adjusted operating profit before the 
allocation of enabling function overheads), with the enabling functional cost base being managed as part of the overall business key 
Turnaround Plan objectives.

FY23

Operating (loss)/profit on IFRS basis
Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Net exceptional items

Adjusted operating profit (note 1)
Enabling function overheads

Adjusted controllable operating profit/(loss)

FY22

Operating profit/(loss) on IFRS basis
Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Net exceptional items

Adjusted operating profit (note 1)
Enabling function overheads

Adjusted controllable operating profit/(loss)

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

Central
£m

Total of 
continuing 
operations 
£m

(24.8)

–

38.4

13.6

24.0

37.6

5.4

1.0

7.9

14.3

8.7

23.0

(0.2)

–

0.1

(0.1)

–

(0.1)

Currency
£m

Authentication
£m

Identity 
Solutions
£m

15.0

–

4.5

19.5

23.0

42.5

15.1

1.0

0.2

16.3

7.4

23.7

0.6

–

–

0.6

–

0.6

(0.7)

(20.3)

–

0.7

–

(32.7)

(32.7)

Central
£m

(1.0)

–

1.0

–

(30.4)

(30.4)

1.0

47.1

27.8

–

27.8

Total of 
continuing 
operations 
£m

29.7

1.0

5.7

36.4

–

36.4

F   Return on capital employed (“ROCE”)
ROCE is the ratio of the adjusted operating profit (operating profit before amortisation of acquired intangible assets and net 
exceptional items) over the average capital employed for the current and prior year.

In 2020 the Performance share plan measures were revised and TSR (Total Shareholder Return relative to FTSE 250 companies, 
measured over three calendar years) was used in replacement of ROCE, to align to planned growth over the three-year period of 
the Turnaround Plan, so that appropriate focus is placed on the key business imperative of restoring value to shareholders. 

The ROCE measure was still applicable to PSP share awards which vested between 2021 and 2022, with the last vesting date was 
in July 2022. This non-IFRS measure is no longer used by the Group. 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Other financial assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Contract assets

Derivative financial assets

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial liabilities

Capital Employed

ROCE = Adjusted operating profit/Average Capital Employed

Adjusted operating profit 

Capital Employed – current year

Capital Employed – prior year

Average Capital Employed

ROCE

2022 
£m

102.7

37.5

12.9

7.4

50.1

89.0

8.0

3.4

(80.0)

(4.8)

226.2

36.4

226.2

202.5

214.3

17.0%

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

213

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statements2019 
£m

564.8

60.1

(0.7)

(27.9)

31.5

0.6

(4.5)

(2.1)

25.5

(4.8)

20.7

(2.4)

18.3

(1.3)

17.0

25.7

25.0p

18.8

(2.3)

18.8

(2.3)

42.9

2019 
£m

174.2

(13.0)

(107.5)

(82.9)

(9.9)

(39.1)

2020 
£m

472.1

23.7

(0.9)

20.0

42.8

1.0

(6.1)

(1.6)

36.1

–

36.1

(0.3)

35.8

(1.7)

34.1

–

n/a

30.3

(0.3)

30.2

(0.3)

11.1

2020 
£m

233.2

(19.2)

(102.8)

(22.8)

(15.5)

72.9

2021
£m

397.4

38.1

(1.0)

(22.6)

14.5

0.8

(7.1)

1.7

9.9

(1.4)

8.5

(0.4)

8.1

(2.2)

5.9

–

n/a

3.7

(0.3)

3.7

(0.3)

14.7

2021
£m

175.5

21.3

(52.3)

(33.1)

(16.4)

95.0

2022
£m

375.1

36.4

(1.0)

(5.7)

29.7

0.9

(6.2)

(0.2)

24.2

(1.3)

22.9

0.8

23.7

(2.2)

21.5

–

n/a

10.6

0.4

10.5

0.4

13.0

2022
£m

203.4

43.5

(71.4)

(13.7)

(18.0)

143.8

2023
£m

349.7

27.8

(1.0)

(47.1)

(20.3)

1.2

(11.6)

1.1

(29.6)

(27.6)

(57.2)

–

(57.2)

1.3

(55.9)

–

n/a

(28.6)

–

(28.6)

–

(1.5)

2023
£m

166.8

15.3

(83.1)

(64.0)

(15.9)

19.1

Five-year record

Income Statement

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit 
– Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

– Net exceptional items

Operating profit/(loss)

Interest income

Interest expense

Retirement benefit obligation net finance expense/income

Profit/(loss) before taxation from continuing operations

Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation from continuing operations

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) for the year

Equity non-controlling interests 

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Dividends

Dividends per ordinary share

Earnings per share (‘EPS’)

Basic EPS – continuing operations

Basic EPS – discontinued operations

Diluted EPS – continuing operations

Diluted EPS – discontinued operations

Adjusted basic EPS – continuing operations

Balance sheet

Non-current assets 

Net current (liabilities)/assets1

Net debt 

Non-current liabilities1

Equity non-controlling interests 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

Note:
1. 

Excludes amounts included in net debt (note 22).

214

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

Shareholder information

Warning to shareholders – investment fraud 
We are aware that some of our 
shareholders have received unsolicited 
telephone calls or correspondence 
offering to buy or sell their shares on 
very favourable terms. The callers can 
be very persuasive and extremely 
persistent and often have professional-
looking websites and telephone 
numbers to support their activities. 
These callers will sometimes imply a 
connection to De La Rue and provide 
incorrect or misleading information. 
This type of call should be treated 
as an investment scam – the safest 
thing to do is hang up and ignore any 
written communications.

You should always check that any firm 
calling you about potential investment 
opportunities is properly authorised 
and regulated by the FCA. If you deal 
with an unauthorised firm, you will not 
be eligible for compensation under 
the Financial Services Compensation 
Scheme. You can find out more about 
protecting yourself from investment 
scams by visiting the FCA’s website 
www.fca.org.uk/consumers, or by calling 
the FCA’s helpline on 0800 111 6768.

If you have already paid money to 
share fraudsters contact Action Fraud 
immediately on 0300 123 2040 or 
through their website,  
www.actionfraud.police.uk.

Registered Office and 
Company Secretary
De La Rue House,  
Jays Close, Viables,  
Basingstoke,  
Hampshire RG22 4BS

Telephone: +44 (0)1256 605000  
Fax: +44 (0)1256 605336

De La Rue plc is registered in  
England & Wales with company  
number: 3834125 

Company Secretary: Jon Messent

E-mail: companysecretarial@delarue.com

Website
There is a wide range of information 
on the Group and its business available 
on the Company’s website  
www.delarue.com, including:

 – Information on our businesses – 
Authentication and Currency

 – Our priorities and activities in the areas 

of Responsible Business, including 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) matters

 – Share price information
 – Shareholder services information
 – Financial information – annual 

and interim reports, financial news 
and presentations 

 – Regulatory news and press releases, 

including an archive

 – A Q&A facility for the 2023 AGM

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC,  
The Pavilions,  
Bridgwater Road,  
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Telephone: +44 (0)370 703 6375 

Shareholder enquiries 
Enquiries regarding shareholdings or 
dividends should, in the first instance, be 
addressed to Computershare. Details of 
your shareholding(s) and how to make 
amendments to personal details can be 
viewed online at www.investorcentre.co.uk 

Shareholder helpline telephone: 
+44 (0)370 703 6375

Electronic shareholder 
communications
Shareholders can register online at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk/ecomms to 
receive statutory communications 
electronically rather than through the 
post. Shareholders who choose this 
option will receive an email notification 
each time the Group publishes new 
shareholder documents on its website. 

Shareholders will need to have their 
shareholder reference number (SRN) 
available when they first log in. This 11 
character number (which starts with the 
letter C or G) can be found on share 
certificates and dividend tax confirmations. 
Shareholders who subscribe for electronic 
communications can revert to postal 
communications or request a paper copy 
of any shareholder document at any time 
in the future.

Consolidation of shares 
Where registered shareholdings are 
represented by several individual share 
certificates, shareholders may wish to 
have these replaced by one consolidated 
certificate. 

The Company will meet the cost for this 
service. Share certificates should be sent 
to the Company’s registrar together with 
a letter of instruction.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held at 10:00am on 
7 September 2023 at De La Rue House, 
Jays Close, Viables, Basingstoke, 
Hampshire RG22 4BS. 

Further information is also available on the 
Group’s website, www.delarue.com, where 
there is a page containing a range of 
materials relating to the 2023 AGM.

Electronic voting
All shareholders can submit proxies for 
the AGM electronically by logging onto 
Computershare’s website at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk/eproxy

Share dealing facilities
Computershare, the Company’s registrar, 
provides a simple way to sell or purchase 
De La Rue plc shares. For further 
information please visit their website, 
www.computershare.com/dealingUK or 
telephone +44 (0)370 703 0084 between 
08:00 and 16:30 (UK time) on Monday to 
Friday, excluding UK bank holidays.

Services include online, postal and 
telephone dealing, on either a 
certificated or uncertificated basis. 
Fees apply and are explained on 
Computershare’s share dealing website,  
www.computershare.com/dealingUK.

Capital gains tax
March 1982 valuation
The price per share on 31 March 1982 
was 617.5p.

Shareholders are advised to refer to 
their brokers/financial advisers for 
detailed advice on individual capital 
gains tax calculations.

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

215

Strategic reportGovernance reportFinancial statementsShareholder information continued

Past performance cannot be relied upon 
as a guide to future performance and 
should not be taken as a representation 
or assurance that trends or activities 
underlying past performance will 
continue in the future. Accordingly, 
readers of this documents are cautioned 
not to place undue reliance on these 
forward-looking statements.

Other than as required by English law, 
none of the Company, its Directors, 
officers, advisers or any other person 
gives any representation, assurance or 
guarantee that the occurrence of the 
events expressed or implied in any 
forward-looking statements in this 
document will actually occur, in part or 
in whole. Additionally, statements of the 
intentions of the Board and/or Directors 
reflect the present intentions of the Board 
and/or Directors, respectively, as at the 
date of this document, and may be 
subject to change as the composition 
of the Company’s Board of Directors 
alters, or as circumstances require.

The forward-looking statements 
contained in this document speak only 
as at the date of this document. Except 
as required by the UK’s Financial Conduct 
Authority, the London Stock Exchange or 
applicable law (including as may be 
required by the UK Listing Rules and/or 
the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules), De La Rue expressly disclaims any 
obligation or undertaking to release 
publicly any updates or revisions to any 
forward-looking statements contained 
in this document to reflect any change 
in the Group’s expectations with regard 
thereto or any change in events, conditions 
or circumstances on which any such 
statement is based.

Cautionary note regarding 
forward-looking statements
Certain statements contained in this 
document relate to the future and 
constitute ‘forward-looking statements’. 
These forward-looking statements 
include all matters that are not historical 
facts. In some case, these forward-looking 
statements can be identified by the use 
of forward-looking terminology, including 
the terms “believes”, “estimates”, 
“anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “plans”, 
“may”, “will”, “could”, “shall”, “risk”, “aims”, 
“predicts”, “continues”, “assumes”, 
“positioned” or “should” or, in each case, 
their negative or other variations or 
comparable terminology. They appear 
in a number of places throughout this 
document and include statements 
regarding the intentions, beliefs or current 
expectations of the Directors, De La Rue 
or the Group concerning, amongst other 
things, the results of operations, financial 
condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, 
strategies and dividend policy of 
De La Rue and the industry in which 
it operates.

By their nature, forward-looking 
statements are not guarantees or 
predictions of future performance 
and involve known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties, assumptions and other 
factors, many of which are beyond the 
Group’s control, and which may cause 
the Group’s actual results of operations, 
financial condition, liquidity, dividend 
policy and the development of the 
industry and business sectors in which 
the Group operates to differ materially 
from those suggested by the forward-
looking statements contained in this 
document. In addition, even if the Group’s 
actual results of operations, financial 
condition and the development of the 
business sectors in which it operates are 
consistent with the forward-looking 
statements contained in this document, 
those results or developments may not 
be indicative of results or developments 
in subsequent periods.

216

De La Rue plc Annual Report 2023

De La Rue is a registered trademark of 
De La Rue Holdings Limited.

Designed and produced by Gather 
www.gather.london

DLR Certify™ is an unregistered trademark of 
De La Rue International Limited.

SAFEGUARD® is a registered trademark of 
De La Rue International Limited.

Traceology® is a registered trademark of 
De La Rue Authentication Solutions Inc.

Printed by Pureprint Group, ISO 14001 
Certified, FSC® Certified and a 
CarbonNeutral® company. The printing 
inks used are all vegetable oil based.

This report is printed on Forest Stewardship 
Council® (FSC®) certified Amadeus Silk 
paper and board, from well managed 
forests and other controlled sources. The 
manufacturing mill hold EMAS and ISO14001 
environmental certification.

De La Rue plc
De La Rue House 
Jays Close 
Viables 
Basingstoke 
Hampshire 
RG22 4BS

T +44 (0)1256 605000

www.delarue.com